1969 Book InternationalCompendiumOfNumer

International Compendium
of Numerical Data Projects

A Survey and Analysis
Produced by CODATA
The Committee on Data for Science and Technology

of the
International Council of Scientific Unions
Springer-Verlag
New York· Heidelberg' Berlin 1969
ISBN-13: 978-3-642-87120-7 e-ISBN-13: 978-3-642-87118-4
DOl: 10.1007/978-3-642-87118-4
All rights reserved. No part of this book should be translated or reproduced without written per-
mission from Springer-Verlag. © by Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 1969. Library of Congress
Catalog Card Number 75-89813.
Softcover reprint of the hardcover 15t edition 1969
Title No. 1611
Foreword
At the time of its establishment in 1966, by the International Council of

Scientific Unions (ICSU), the Committee on Data for Science and Technol-
ogy (CODATA) was given the basic mission of promoting and encouraging,
on a worldwide basis, the production and distribution of compendia and
other forms of collections of critically selected numerical data on substances
of interest and importance to science and technology. To accomplish this
aim, the following tasks were assigned to CODATA:
(1) To ascertain, on a worldwide basis, what work on compilation of
numerical data is being carried on in each country and under each union,
and from this information, to prepare and distribute a Directory or Com-
pendium of the Data-Compiling Projects and Related Publications of the
World;
(2) To achieve coordination of existing programs and to recommend
new programs;
(3) To encourage, from all appropriate sources, financial support for
work on compilation;
(4) To encourage the use of internationally approved symbols, units,
constants, terminology, and nomenclature;
(5) To encourage and coordinate research on new methods for preparing
and disseminating data for science and technology.
In its first two years of operation, 1966 to 1968, in Washington, D. c.,
U.S.A., CODATA fortunately had as its Director Dr. GUY WADDINGTON,
who was also Director of the Office of Critical Tables of the National
Research Council (NRC), U.S.A. Dr. WADDINGTON brought to CODATA
the knowledge and experience gained in the supervision of the preparation
and publication of two similar compendia covering the status of compilation
work in the U. S.A., which had been prepared by the NRC Office of Critical
Tables and published in the years 1961 and 1966. As of July 1,1968, accord-
ing to plans previously made by the Bureau of CODATA, the Central
Office of CODATA was moved to Frankfurt, Germany, with Dr. CHRI-
STOPH SCHAFER advancing to Director. Meanwhile, Dr. WADDINGTON, with
III
Foreword
the continuous able work of Mrs. BARBARA JAMES, in Washington, D. c.,

completed preparation of this first CODATA Compendium. During the
last two months of the work, Mr. MARTIN LEWIS, of the Central Office of
CODATA, went to Washington, D.C., to prepare the index cards later
assembled in Frankfurt. Credit for the typing and related work goes to Mrs.
ELOISE BATCHELOR, Mrs. ALICE MAcINTYRE, and Mrs. FLORENCE SCHIFTER.
With this first CODATA Compendium now available to the scientific
and technical community of the world, CODATA can proceed more
expeditiously on the other tasks that have been assigned to it. It is hoped
to have a revision of the CODATA Compendium published every two years.
FREDERICK D. ROSSINI
President
Committee on Data for Science and Technology (CODATA)
IV
The Committee on Data for Science and Technology
of the
Organization and Membership

The Committee on Data for Science and Technology (CODATA) of the
International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) was formally established
by the Eleventh General Assembly of ICSU held in Bombay, India, in
January 1966. It consists of Union Members designated by member unions
of ICSU; National Members, designated by the national organizations
adhering to ICSU; co-opted Members; and Liaison Representatives from
other organized international groups. The officers of CODATA are: Presi-
dent, two Vice Presidents, and a Secretary-Treasurer. The Bureau of
CODATA, which functions as an executive committee, consists of the
elected officers plus two others elected from and by members of the Com-
mittee. A Central Office with a professional staff carries out the program
decided on by the Committee. The 1969 membership is as follows:
Union Members
Dr. R. 1. CURRIE: International Union of Biological Sciences (IUBS);
Prof. J. T. EDSALL: International Union of Pure and Applied Biophysics
(IVPAB);
Prof. G. GARLAND: International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics
(IUGG);
Prof. W. GARRISON: International Geographical Union (lGU);
Dr. OLGA KENNARD: International Union of Crystallography (IUCr);
Prof. W. KLEMM: International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
(IUPAC);
Prof. F. ODQVIST: International Union of Theoretical and Applied Mechan-
ics (IUTAM);
Prof. M. ROUBAULT: International Union of Geological Sciences (lUGS);
Dr. CHARLOTTE SITTERLY: International Astronomical Union (lAU);
Prof. B. VODAR: International Union of Pure and Applied Physics (IUPAP).
V
Organization and Membership
National Members
Dr. R. N. JONES, Canada;
Prof. Dr. W. KLEMM*, Secretary-Treasurer, Germany (B.R.D.);
Prof. M. KOTANI*, Japan;
Prof. F. D. ROSSINI*, President, U.S.A.;
Academician M. A. STYRIKOVICH*, U.S.S.R.;
Sir GORDON SUTHERLAND*, Vice President, U.K.;
Prof. R VODAR*, Vice President, France.
* Member of Bureau of CODATA.
Co-opted Member
Dr. GUY WADDINGTON (U.S.A.).
Liaison Organizations
ICSU Abstracting Board (lAB);
Federation of Astronomical and Geophysical Services (FAGS);
International Federation for Documentation (FID);
International Atomic Energy Agency (lAEA);
World Meteorological Organization (WMO);
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).
Central Office
Dr. CHRISTOPH D. E. SCHAFER, Executive Director
ICSU-CODATA
Westendstrasse 19
6 Frankfurt/Main, Germany (RR.D.)
VI
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . XVII
List of Abbreviations . XXI
Chapter 1. National Data Programs and National Committees

jorCODATA
1.1. National Data Programs . 1
1.1.1. National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS): u. S. 1
1.1.2. Officefor Scientific and TechnicalInformation (OST!): U. K. 3
1.1.3. The State Service for Standard and Reference Data (GSSSD):
U.S.S.R. 3
1.2. National Committees for CODATA 4

1.2.1. The Canadian National Committee for CODATA. 4
1.2.2. The German National Committee for CODATA 4
1.2.3. The Japanese National Committee for CODATA 4
1.2.4. The U.K. National Committee for CODATA 5
1.2.5. The U. S. National Committee for CODATA. 5
1.2.6. The U.S.S.R. National Committee for CODATA. 5
Chapter 2. Centers Covering a Number of Areas of Science

2.1. Landolt-Bomstein......... 6
2.2. Tables de Constantes Selectionnees . 10
2.3. Thermodynamics Research Center. 13
2.3.1. The American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44
(API RP 44) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.2. The Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC) Data Project . 14
VII
Contents
Chapter 3. Continuing Numerical Data Projects and Their

Publications
3.1. Nuclear Properties. 16
General Nuclear Properties. 16
3.1.1. Nuclear Data Project 16
3.1.2. Nuclear Tables (Tabellen der Atomkerne) 20
3.1.3. Nuclear Constants Group 21
3.1.4. Table of Isotopes . 23
3.1.5. Nuclear Radii. 24
3.1.6. Reactor Physics Constants Center . 26
Properties of Neutrons 27
3.1.7. National Neutron Cross Section Center 27
3.1.8. IAEA Nuclear Data Unit 29
3.1.9. Neutron Cross Sections for Fast Reactor Materials 31
3.1.10. UKAEA Nuclear Data Library . 32
3.1.11. ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre 33
3.1.12. U. S. S. R. Nuclear Data Information Centre. 34
Properties of Nuclides. 34
3.1.13. Charged-Particle Cross Sections . 34
3.1.14. Decay Schemes of Radioactive Nuclei 36
3.1.15. Energy Levels of Light Nuclei 38
3.1.16. Energy Levels of Z = 11-21 Nuclei 39
3.1.17. Energy Levels of Nuclei: A = 5 to A = 257 . 40
3.1.18. Photonuclear Data Center 43
Indexes. 44
3.1.19. CINDA (Computer Index of Neutron Data): An Index to the
Literature on Microscopic Neutron Data 44
3.2. Atomic and Molecular Properties . 46

Atomic Properties Including Spectra 46
3.2.1. Atomic Energy Levels Data and Information Center 46
3.2.2. Atomic Transition Probabilities Data Center 49
3.2.3. X-Ray Wavelengths and X-Ray Atomic Energy Levels 51
3.2.4. M.l. T. Wavelength Tables. 52
3.2.5. Atomic Collision Information Center . 53
VIII
Contents
Molecular Properties Including Spectra . 55

3.2.6. Diatomic Molecule Spectra and Energy Levels Data Center 55
3.2.7. Donnees Spectroscopiques concernant les Molecules Diato-
miques 56
3.2.8. Atlas des Longueurs d'Onde Caracteristiques des Bandes
d'Emission et d'Absorption des Molecules Diatomiques 57
3.2.9. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure. 58
3.2.10. Tables of Molecular Vibrational Frequencies . 59
3.2.11. Atomic and Molecular Processes Information Center . 61
3.2.12. Data Center for Atomic and Molecular Ionization Processes 62
3.2.13. Compendium of ab initio Calculations of Molecular Energies
and Properties 63
3.2.14. Digest of Literature on Dielectrics 64
3.2.15. Selected Values of Electric Dipole Moments for Molecules in
the Gas Phase 66
Infrared and Microwave Spectra . 67

3.2.16. Selected Infrared Spectral Data: American Petroleum Institute
Research Project 44 . 67
3.2.17. Selected Infrared Spectral Data: Thermodynamics Research
Center Data Project . 69
3.2.18. Coblentz Society Infrared Absorption Spectra. 70
3.2.19. Documentation of Molecular Spectroscopy. 71
3.2.20. The Infrared Data Committee of Japan. 74
3.2.21. Infrared Spectra, Sadtler Research Laboratories, Inc. 75
3.2.22. Berkeley Analyses of Molecular Spectra 78
3.2.23. Spectral Data and Physical Constants of Alkaloids . 79
3.2.24. Tables of Wavenumbers for the Calibration of Infra-red
Spectrometers 81
3.2.25. Microwave Spectral Tables . 82
3.2.26. Molecular Constants from Microwave Spectroscopy . 85
Raman Spectra . 86
3.2.27. Selected Raman Spectral Data: American Petroleum Institute
Research Project 44 . 86
3.2.28. Selected Raman Spectral Data: Thermodynamics Research
Center Data Project . 87
IX
Contents
Electronic Spectra - Ultraviolet (UV) and Visible 88

3.2.29. Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data: American Petroleum Insti-
tute Research Project 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.2.30. Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data: Thermodynamics Research
Center Data Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.2.31. Organic Electronic Spectral Data . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.2.32. Ultraviolet Spectra, Sadtler Research Laboratories, Inc... 92
3.2.33. Absorption Spectra in the Ultraviolet and Visible Region . 94
3.2.34. The UV Atlas of Organic Compounds/UV-Atlas organischer
Verbindungen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Mass Spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.2.35. Selected Mass Spectral Data: American Petroleum Institute
Research Project 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.2.36. Selected Mass Spectral Data: Thermodynamics Research
Center Data Project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.2.37. Compilation of Mass Spectral Data (Index de Spectres de
Masse). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.2.38. Mass Spectrometry Data Centre. . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectra . . . . 103
3.2.39. Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data: Ameri-
can Petroleum Institute Research Project 44 . . . . . . . 103
3.2.40. Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data: Thermo-
dynamics Research Center Data Project. . . . . . . . . . 104
3.2.41. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectra, Sadtler Research Labo-
ratories, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.2.42. High Resolution NMR Spectra Catalog 107
3.2.43. ]EOL High Resolution NMR Spectra . 108
Other Atomic and Molecular Projects. 110
3.2.44. Interatomic Distances and Configurations in Molecules and
Ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.2.45. Bond Energies, Ionization Potentials, and Electron Mfinities 111
3.2.46. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules. . 112
3.2.47. X-Ray Attenuation Coefficient Information Center. 113
3.2.48. Data relative to Sesquiterpenoids . . 114
3.2.49. Luminescence of Organic Substances 115
3.2.50. Magnetic Properties of Free Radicals 117
X
Contents
Indexes to Compilations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

3.2.51. Indexes to Infrared Spectral Data Compilations . . . . 118
3.2.52. Indexes to Ultraviolet-Visible Spectral Data Compilations . 118
3.2.53. Indexes to Mass Spectral Data Compilations . . . . . . 119
3.3. Solid State, Including Crystallographic, Mineralogical,
Electrical and Magnetic, and Related Properties 119
Crystallographic Properties . 119
3.3.1. Crystal Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.3.2. Crystal Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.3.3. Powder Diffraction File: Joint Committee on Powder
Diffraction Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
3.3.4. Structure Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.3.5. A Handbook of Lattice Spacings and Structures of Metals and
Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.3.6. International Tables for X-Ray Crystallography . . . . 132
3.3.7. International Data Centre for Work on Crystallography. 134
3.3.8. The Barker Index of Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.3.9. Elastic, Piezoelectric, Piezooptic and Electrooptic Constants
of Crystals . . . . . . . . . 137
Mineralogical Properties . . 138
3.3.10. Dana's System of Mineralogy. 138
3.3.11. Rock-Forming Minerals . . . 140
Electrical and Magnetic Properties 141
3.3.12. Electrical Resistivity of Metals at Low Temperatures . 141
3.3.13. Selected Constants relative to Semi-Conductors. . . 142
3.3.14. Magnetic Properties of Coordination and Organo-Metallic
Transition Metal Compounds . . . . . . . . 143
3.3.15. Diamagnetisme et Paramagnetisme, and Relaxation Para-
magnetique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.3.16. Pouvoir Rotatoire Magnetique, and Effet Magneto-Optique
de Kerr . . . . . 146
Other Solid State . . . . . . . . . 146
3.3.17. Superconductive Materials Data Center. 146
3.4. Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, Including
Solution Properties 147
Thermodynamic Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
XI
Contents
3.4.1. Selected Values of Chemical Thermodynamic Properties 147

3.4.2. Selected Values of Properties of Hydrocarbons and Related
Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.4.3. Selected Values of Properties of Chemical Compounds . 152
3.4.4. JANAF Thermochemical Tables . . . . . . . . . 154
3.4.5. Contributions to the Data on Theoretical Metallurgy . 156
3.4.6. Thermodynamic Properties of Chemical Substances . 158
3.4.7. Thermodynamic Constants of Substances. . . . . . 160
3.4.8. Chemical Thermodynamics in Nonferrous Metallurgy 161
3.4.9. Selected Values for the Thermodynamic Properties of Metals
and Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3.4.10. Thermochemistry for Steelmaking. . . . . . . . . 165
3.4.11. Binary Metal and Metalloid Constitution Data Center. 167
3.4.12. Phase Diagrams for Ceramists. . . . . . . . . 168
3.4.13. High Temperature Behavior of Inorganic Salts. . . 170
3.4.14. Low Temperature Specific Heats Data Center. . . . 172
3.4.15. The Thermodynamic Tables Project of the International Union
of Pure and Applied Chemistry . . . . . . . . . 173
3.4.16. International Conference on the Properties of Steam 174
3.4.17. Thermodynamic Functions of Gases . . 178
3.4.18. Thermodynamic Properties of Ammonia 180
3.4.19. Thermodynamic Functions of Air . . . 180
Transport (including Thermophysical) Properties. 182
3.4.20. Thermophysical Properties Research Center. 182
3.4.21. Cryogenic Data Center. . 187
3.4.22. Molten Salts Data Center. 189
Solution Properties. . . 191

3.4.23. Seidell's Solubilities ofInorganic, Metal-Organic, and Organic
Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.4.24. Stability Constants of Metal-Ion Complexes . 193
3.4.25. Dissociation Constants of Acids and Bases 194
3.4.26. Potentiels d'Oxydo-Reduction 196
Indexes to Compilations. . 197
3.4.27. Consolidated Index of Selected Property Values: Physical
Chemistry and Thermodynamics . . . . . . . . 197
xn
Contents
3.5. Properties Relating to Chemical Reaction Rates. 197

Chemical Kinetics . 197
3.5.1. Chemical Kinetics Information Center . 197
3.5.2. Tables of Bimolecular Gas Reactions 198
3.5.3. Hydrogenation of Ethylene on Metallic Catalysts 199
3.5.4. Radiolytic Yields 200
3.5.5. Gas Phase Reaction Kinetics of Neutral Oxygen Species. 201
3.6. Miscellaneous Projects and Their Publications 202

Gas Chromatographic Data. 202
3.6.1. Gas Chromatographic Data Committee of Japan. 202
3.6.2. Gas Chromatographic Data Compilation 203
Optical Properties . 204
3.6.3. Optical Rotatory Power, 1. a- Steroids 204
3.6.4. Optical Rotatory Power, II. - Triterpenes 205
3.6.5. Optical Rotatory Power, II1.-Amino-acids 206
3.6.6. Optical Rotatory Power, IV.-Alkaloids 207
Other Properties. 208
3.6.7. Handbook of the Physicochemical Properties of the Elements 208
Chapter 4. New and Secondary Centers

4.1. Secondary Nuclear Data Centers. 210
4.1.1. The Nuclear Codes Center 210
4.1.2. The Central Bureau of Nuclear Measurements . 210
4.1.3. The Swedish A. B. Atomenergi and the Research Institute of
National Defense . 211
4.1.4. Mainz-Amsterdam . 211
4.1.5. Japan Nuclear Data Committee (JNDC) 211
4.2. Colloid and Surface Properties . 211
4.2.1. Electrical Properties of Interfaces 211
4.2.2. Surface Tension Data of Pure Liquids 212
4.2.3. Data for the Field of Critical Micelle Concentrations . 212
4.2.4. Light Scattering Critical Data Center . 213
XIII
Contents
4.3. Other Specialized Centers 213

4.3.1. High Pressure Data Center (U. S.) . 213
4.3.2. High Pressure Data Center of Japan 214
4.3.3. Radiation Chemistry Data Center 214
4.3.4. The Groth Institute . 215
4.3.5. Diffusion in Metals and Alloys Data Center . 215
4.3.6. Alloy Data Center. 215
4.3.7. Equilibrium Constants of Molten Steel (JAPAN) 217
4.3.8. Molecular Weights of Polymers (JAPAN). 217
4.3.9. Properties of Electrolyte Solutions. 217
Chapter S. Handbooks and Other Sources of Useful Tabular Data

5.1. Comprehensive Multi-volume Handbooks . 218
5.2. Desk Handbooks for Broad Fields of Science . 219
Chemistry and Physics . 219
Biology 220
Earth Sciences 220
5.3. Handbooks for Special Areas of Science 221
Nuclear Properties 221
Spectroscopic Properties . 222
Solid State Properties; Including Crystallographic, Mineral-
ogical, and Electrical and Magnetic 223
Thermodynamic and Transport Properties; Including Solution
Properties 224
5.4. Handbooks for Special Substance Categories 227
5.5. Handbooks for Analytical Chemistry . 228
Chapter 6. Physical Quantities, Units and Symbols;

Basic Physical Constants; Nomenclature; and Related Matters
6.1. Organizations (CIPM, ISO, ICSU Unions) . . . . . . . . 230
6.2. Physical Quantities, Units, and Symbols; and Basic Physical
Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
XIV
Contents
6.3. Nomenclature.................. 236

6.4. Recommendations on the Publication of Numerical Property
Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Author Index 241
Subject Index 249
Country Index 293
International Projects - International Unions Index 295
XV
Introduction
This International Compendium of Numerical Data Projects is a key part

of the program of the Committee on Data for Science and Technology
(CODATA) of the International Council of Scientific Unions. The general
purpose of CODATA is to promote and encourage on a world-wide basis,
the production and distribution of collections of critically selected numerical
and other quantitatively expressed values of properties of substances, and
systems of substances, of importance to science and technology. As a start
toward the attainment of this goal the present Compendium has been
assembled from the results of questionnaires submitted to National and
Union Members of CODATA and other key people throughout the world.
Of particular value has been "Continuing Numerical Data Projects, A
Survey and Analysis" prepared in the Office of Critical Tables of the U. S. A.
National Academy of Sciences.
The term "numerical data of science and technology" if taken in its
broadest sense would include an enormous amount and variety of quanti-
tative information. CODATA recognizes this fact, and believes that the
initial step in its task must be restricted in the main to consideration of
critically evaluated quantitative data for pure substances and simple,
characterized systems of pure substances. Such data constitute the building
blocks on which depend properties of more complex systems.
The material in the Compendium attempts to answer the following gener-
al questions: what compilations containing critically evaluated data are now
available; what centers or organizations produce or aid production of such
data for publication on a continuing basis; what national programs exist for
financial support and encouragement of data compilation work; and what
guidelines are available to compilers of all countries so that their products
may be compatible. Information about centers will be restricted to those
centers that regularly publish data compilations, or have well advanced
programs for publishing such compilations, or have a supporting role for
compilers such as the preparation of bibliographies of papers that contain
numerical data. Centers that may have files of data, but only answer questions
on request are not included. Publications otherwise suitable but not generally
available are also excluded.
XVII
Introduction
The primary emphasis is on projects that systematically extract, evaluate,

and publish data for selected fields on a continuing basis.
Except for a few special categories of publications the entries in the
Compendium are grouped by fields of science as may be seen in the Table
of Contents. The classification employed is arbitrary to some extent but in
most cases will guide the user to the categories of properties in which he is
interested. For information on specific properties or classes of substances
an index is provided which can do no more than point to categories of
substances and properties referred to in Compendium entries.
Unfortunately, it is beyond the scope of this volume to index every
substance and every property value given in the many publications covered
no matter how useful and desirable such a generalized index would be.
The entries in Chapter 3 of the Compendium, which is the most impor-
tant part, are organized under the following headings: 1) Organization;
2) Coverage; 3) Analysis; and 4) Publications.
The first heading presents briefly information about the organization
under which the work is done, i.e., the name of the director and number
of his staff, sources of support and guidance, and history. The second gives
factual information as to the substances covered and their states, the pro-
perties covered and the range of variables if appropriate, and the period of
time covered. Under the term "Analysis" an effort is made to present facts
and observations that reflect the aims of the compiler in evaluating and
distributing the results of his work. Finally under "Publications" informa-
tion is given leading the user to the source of the publication and its cost.
Under the term Analysis the concept of "critical evaluation of data"
is included. Since CODATA has a primary interest in evaluated data a few
words on evaluation are in order. The earliest compilations of numerical
data did no more than extract reported property values from the literature
and present these in tabular form to the user. Not infrequently several
values for the same property determined under similar conditions by
different investigators were presented without comment. Thus the user had
no basis for differentiation without intensive effort on his part. With the
publication of the International Critical Tables the concept of critical
evaluation of data and critical tables emerged. In the preparation of such
tables each datum is the result of appraisal by experts of all available pertinent
information. The value presented is that which in the opinion of the evaluat-
ing person or group best represents the numerical value of the property in
question. Today, more and more compilers of numerical data are striving
to achieve high standards in the evaluation of data. However, among the
many compilations available there exists a spectrum of quality ranging
from excellent to mediocre. In some cases the cause of less than optimum
quality is simply that the state of development of measurement in a given
XVIII
Introduction
field does not permit meaningful evaluation. But in other situations economic
factors or urgent need may prevent expenditure of the time needed for
careful evaluation; or the experience and competence of the compiling group
may be at fault.
CODATA makes no claim of omniscience in judging the quality of data
compilations. The criteria used in selecting entries for the Compendium
have had to be flexible. Ideally every entry should meet the highest standards
of quality. Actually most entries describe products of high reliability. How-
ever, some publications are included that could be improved. Justifications
for including publications of less than top quality are based on criteria such
as the following: (a) the data are adequate for their main use and are
acceptable to a large body of users; (b) the output of new projects initially
may lack the highest quality but the anticipation is that experience will
bring improvement; and (c) a continuing series of publications, with volum-
es written on different topics by different authors, may not be uniform in
quality but the policy is to include all volumes of a given series.
This Compendium is addressed to two principal audiences. First, it
aims to help the compiler, would-be-compiler, or planner who must know
what activities and compilations exist so that new work can be planned
effectively. This audience will probably be reasonably well satisfied by the
present Compendium. The other audience comprises all scientists and
engineers who must find reliable data for their calculations and research.
The needs of this audience are usually highly specific. It will seek numerical
property values of specific substances under particular conditions. The
Compendium narrows the search for such users but can give only a source -
not the actual data required.
CODATA plans revisions of this volume from time to time. Readers
are requested to submit information about errors and omissions, and other
suggestions for improvement to the Central Office of CODATA in Frank-
furt, Germany.
XIX
List of Abbreviations
ACA American Crystallographic Association

API RP 44 American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44
ARPA Advanced Research Projects Agency, Department of
Defense, U. S. A.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWRE Atomic Weapons Research Establishment, U.K.
BNL Brookhaven National Laboratory, U.S.A.
CaTT Comite Consultatif International Telegraphique et Tele..
phonique (International Consultative Committee on Tele-
graphy and Telephony)
CINDA Computer Index of Neutron Data
aNDU Catalog of IAEA Nuclear Data Unit
CIPM Comite International des Poids et Mesures (International
Committee on Weights and Measures)
CODATA Committee on Data for Science and Technology, ICSU
CPX Charged-Particle Cross Sections, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, U. S. A.
CSISRS Cross Section Information Storage and Retrieval System,
National Neutron Cross Section Center, U.S.A.
DASTAR Data Storage and Retrieval System, International Atomic
Energy Agency
DMS Documentation of Molecular Spectroscopy
ECSIL Experimental Cross Section Information Library, Nuclear
Constants Group, Livermore, U. S. A.
ENDF Evaluated Nuclear Data File, National Neutron Cross
Section Center, U. S. A.
ENEA European Nuclear Energy Agency
GCDC Gas Chromatographic Data Committee of Japan
XXI
GSSSD Gosudarstevennaya Sluzhba Standartnykh i Spravoch-

nykh Dannykh (State Service for Standard and Reference
Data, U.S.S.R.)
IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency
IAU International Astronomical Union
ICI International Commission on Illumination
ICPS International Conference on the Properties of Steam
ICRU International Commission on Radiological Units
ICSU International Council of Scientific Unions
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IFC International Formulation Committee, International Con-
ference on the Properties of Steam
IRDC Infrared Data Committee of Japan
ISO (TC 12) International Organization for Standardization (Techni-
cal Committee 12)
IUB International Union of Biochemistry
IUCr International Union of Crystallography
IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
IUPAP International Union of Pure and Applied Physics
JANAF Joint Army-Navy-Air Force, U.S.A.
JEOL Japan Electron Optics Laboratory
JILA J oint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics, U. S. A.
JNDC Japan Nuclear Data Committee
KEDAK Kerndaten Karlsruhe (Karlsruhe Nuclear Data File,
Germany-B.R.D.)
LRL Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, U.S.A.
MCA Manufacturing Chemists Association, U. S. A.
MIT Massachusetts Institute of Technology, U. S. A.
NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration, U.S.A.
NAS-NAE-NRC National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of
Engineering, National Research Council, U.S.A.
NBS National Bureau of Standards, U. S. A.
NNCSC National Neutron Cross Section Center, U. S. A.
NSF National Science Foundation, U. S. A.
NSRDS National Standard Reference Data System, U. S. A.
NSRDS-NBS National Standard Reference Data Series, National Bu-
reau of Standards, U. S.A.
OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Devdop-
ment
OIML Organization Internationale de Metrologie Legale (Inter-
national Organization for Legal Metrology)
XXII
ORNL Oak Ridge National Laboratory, U. S. A.

OSRD Office of Standard Reference Data, National Bureau of
Standards, U. S. A.
OSTI Office for Scientific and Technical Information, U.K.
RPCC Reactor Physics Constants Center, U. S.A.
SIRCH Infrared File Searching System, American Society for
Testing and Materials
SUN Commission Commission for Symbols, Units and Nomenclature, Inter-
national Union of Pure and Applied Physics
TPRC Thermophysical Properties Research Center, U. S.A.
TRC Thermodynamics Research Center, U.S.A.
UKAEA United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Orga-
nization
USAEC United States Atomic Energy Commission
WMO W orId Meteorological Organization
ZWA Nederlandse Organisatie voor Zuiver Wetenschappelijk
Anderzoek (Netherlands Organization for Pure Scientific
Research)
XXIII
CHAPTER 1
National Data Programs and National Committees

for CODATA
1.1. National Data Programs

With the growth of science as a major factor in the life of nations, govern-
ments are participating in efforts to assure the flow of reliable scientific data
to scientists and engineers. Three major countries have established offices
having the function of funding and monitoring projects for the production
of tables of reliable numerical data in the physical sciences. The countries
are the U. K., the U. S. A., and the U. S. S. R. Brief descriptions of the three
national programs follow. Descriptions of specific projects sponsored within
the national programs are given at appropriate places in this volume. Each
of these countries also has a national committee for CODATA which may
provide advice to the national program and also avenues of communication
with activities in other countries and with international organizations.
1.1.1. National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS):

United States
The National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS) was established in
1963 at the U. S. National Bureau of Standards (Washington, D. C. 20234)
by action of the President's Office of Science and Technology and the Federal
Council for Science and Technology to make critically evaluated numerical
data in the physical sciences available to science and technology on a national
basis. In 1968, this national policy was affirmed by the Congress of the
United States in the "Standard Reference Data Act" which provides formal
authority for funding and implementing the program. The National Bureau
of Standards administers NSRDS through the Office of Standard Reference
Data, which, since January 1969, has been directed by DAVID R. LIDE, JR.
It is part of the responsibility of the Associate Director for Information
Programs; EDWARD L. BRADY, formerly Director of OSRD, is the Associate
Director.
Under its directive, the Office of Standard Reference Data serves to
coordinate data evaluation and compilation activities in the U. S. A., parti-
1 International Compendium 1
1.1.1.
cularly those sponsored by Federal Government agencies. The Office has

also undertaken to provide information on existing activities in this area,
to identify technical areas where work is needed, to help develop standards,
and to set up an effective system for disseminating results of these data
activities to the technical and scientific community. The Office also provides
partial or complete support for a significant number of compilation pro-
grams in both governmental and non-governmental organizations.
The NSRDS is conducted as a decentralized operation of nationwide
scope. It comprises a complex of data centers and other activities, carried
on in government agencies, academic institutions, and non-governmental
laboratories. The independent operational status of existing critical data
projects is maintained and encouraged. Data centers that are components of
the NSRDS produce compilations of critically evaluated data, critical
reviews of the state of quantitative knowledge in specialized areas, compu-
tations of useful functions derived from standard reference data, and useful
bibliographies.
An important aspect of the NSRDS is the advice and planning assistance
which the National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences -
National Academy of Engineering provides. These services are organized
under an overall Advisory Committee which considers the program as a
whole and makes recommendations on policy, long-term planning, and
international collaboration. Advisory panels, each concerned with a
single technical area, meet regularly to examine major portions of the
program, recommend relative priorities, and identify specific key problems
in need of further attention. Subpanels make detailed studies of specific
topics.
The technical scope of NSRDS is delineated by seven property catego-
ries: nuclear, atomic and molecular, solid state, thermodynamic and trans-
port, chemical kinetics, colloid and surface, and mechanical. The data publi-
cations of NSRDS, which may be monographs, loose-leaf sheets, computer
tapes, journal articles, and some special forms, will be classified in these
categories. Most compilations of critically evaluated data, and critical
reviews are published in the National Standard Reference Data Series which
has been initiated within the NBS publication series (NSRDS-NBS).
Currently available publications, and the centers that produce them, are
described in this compendium under the appropriate subject category.
Additional details and information on specific accomplishments of the
program may be found in Status Report: National Standard Reference Data
System, April 1968 (NBS Technical Note 448, E. L. BRADY, Ed., U. S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20204, June 1968, 129 pp,
US $ 0.70).
2
1.1.2.-1.1.3.
1.1.2. Office for Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI):

United Kingdom
The Office for Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI) forms part of
the Department of Education and Science and was established in 1965. OSTI
supports U. K. activities in scientific and technical information over the
whole field of the natural and social sciences and their related technologies
and within this has a responsibility for work on numerical data compilation.
Funds are provided for approved projects in universities, learned societies,
research associations and Government agencies.
OSTI coordinates and stimulates data compilation activities by publish-
ing periodically a list of ongoing numerical data projects in the U. K. The
latest edition of this list entitled "Critical Data in Britain 1966 to 1967" was
issued in May 1967 and was available free of charge from OSTI. A new
edition will be prepared in 1969. It is a function of OSTI policy to coordinate
the U. K. effort with international data activities. Several of the data compi-
lation projects in the U. K. are international in scope though funded by
OSTL Advice on national and international policy on data is also given by
the U.K. National Committee for CODATA (see 1.2.4.) sponsored by the
Royal Society. Major OSTI policies, including those concerned with data,
are reviewed from time to time by the Advisory Committee for Scientific and
Technical Information comprised of members from academic, industrial,
and other interested institutions. A number of publications and centers
sponsored by OSTI are described elsewhere in this volume.
1.1.3. The State Service for Standard and Reference Data

(GSSSD): U.S.S.R.
This program is one of the responsibilities of the State Committee on
Standards which also has cognizance over a corresponding program on
Standard Reference Materials. The purpose of the GSSSD is to provide
science and technology in the U. S. S. R. with standard and reference data
of materials on a broad scale. In the context of this program reference data
are conceived of as being somewhat equivalent to critically evaluated
property values whereas standard data have the connotation of prescribed
specifications for materials used in manufacturing. The GSSSD will also
cover properties of complex industrial materials, customarily designated
engineering properties.
The headquarters of the GSSSD will serve as a focal point to coordinate
activities, to determine data requirements of science and industry, and to
establish priorities. It will not only develop standards of testing and eval-
uation of data, but also identify centers to compile and evaluate standard
1* 3
1.2.-1.2.3.
data. To support its function as an information center, it is developing

methods of storing and retrieving data.
The program of the GSSSD is still in the formative stage. However,
about a hundred titles of compilations to be assembled under its aegis have
been projected with the first publications scheduled for 1968. A number of
these titles which seem to fall within the scope of CODATA are listed in
Chapter 5.
Primary guidance and coordination in the U. S. S. R. for compilations
covering well defined properties of simple substances are vested in the
National Committee for CODATA (see 1.2.6.) which functions within the
Academy of Sciences of the U. S. S. R.
1.2. National Committees for CODATA

One of the conditions for national membership on CODATA is that the
country shall have a national committee for CODATA attached to the
organization which adheres to ICSU. Usually such organizations are non-
governmental. These national committees provide support on an inter-
disciplinary basis to the CODATA National Member and also are available
to provide advice and guidance to data compilation activities within their
countries. Eventually all member countries of CODATA will have such
committees. To date six countries have formally established committees.
For several of these committees, but not all, the Chairman is also the National
Representative for his country on CODATA. In 1969 the individuals
named below were chairmen of their respective national committees:
1.2.1. The Canadian National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Dr. R. N. JONES. Sponsoring organization: National Research
Council of Canada, Sussex Drive, Ottawa, Ontario.
1.2.2. The German National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Professor Dr. W. KLEMM. Sponsoring organization: Deutsche
Forschungsgemeinschaft, Kennedyallee 40, 5320 Bad Godesberg, Germany,
B.R.D.
1.2.3. The Japanese National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Professor MAsAo KOTANI. Sponsoring organization: The Science
Council of Japan, Ueno Park, Tokyo.
4
1.2.4.-1.2.6.
1.2.4. The U.K. National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Dame KATHLEEN LONSDALE. Sponsoring organization: The Royal
Society, 6 Carlton House Terrace, London, S. W. 1.
1.2.5. The U.S. National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Professor FREDERICK D. ROSSINI. Sponsoring organization:
National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences - National
Academy of Engineering, 2101 Constitution Avenue, Washington, D. c.,
20418.
1.2.6. The U. S. S. R. National Committee for CODATA

Chairman: Academician M. A. STYRIKOvrcH. Sponsoring organization: The
Academy of Sciences of the U. S. S. R., Leninsky Prospekt 14, Moscow
B-17.
5
CHAPTER 2
Centers Covering a Number of Areas of Science
At one time, years ago, it was possible for a single organization to undertake
the compilation of all existing numerical data for the physical sciences. The
International Critical Tables completed such an endeavor. The LANDOLT-
BORNSTEIN Tabellen (2.1) through the sixth edition aimed at covering all of
the physical sciences. The Tables Annuelles des Constantes Selectionees (2.2)
also originally had wide coverage. But today no single organization can
dream of tackling the evaluation and publication of data for all major areas
of science. However, some current publication efforts do cover numerical
property values in several, or many, areas of science. The organizations
with such programs are described in this section. Their individual publi-
cations are discussed in detail under the pertinent sections of this volume.
2.1. Landolt-Bornstein
Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Physik, Chemie, Astronomie, Geophysik
und Technik; and Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften
und Technik - Neue Serie (Numerical Data and Functional Relationships
in Science and Technology - New Series).
Organization
In 1883, HANS LANDOLT, with the collaboration of RICHARD BORNSTEIN,
issued the first (one volume) edition of "Physikalisch-Chemische Tabellen".
Work on the sixth edition of LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, "Zahlenwerte und
Funktionen aus Physik, Chemie, Astronomie, Geophysik und Technik",
started soon after the last volume of the fifth edition was published in 1936.
Publication began in 1950 under the editorship of the late ARNOLD EUCKEN.
Editorial responsibility for recent volumes has been shared by H. BORCHERS,
H. HAUSEN, K.-H. HELLWEGE, KL. SCHAFER, E. SCHMIDT, and the late
]. BARTELS. The rapid advance in existing fields of physical science and the
growth of important new fields made it evident that after publication of the
sixth edition it would be practically impossible to resume publishing with
6
2.1.
such a comprehensive coverage of all fields of science. Beginning in 1961,

publication of a new series of volumes was started. These volumes will
appear under the general title "Numerical Data and Functional Relationships
in Science and Technology" and are, at present, under the general editorship
of K.-H. HELLWEGE. The editorial office is in the Technische Hochschule,
Institut fUr Technische Physik, 61 Darmstadt, Germany. The selection of
topics for this series is determined by the current trends and needs of
science. Thus active fields will be the subject of frequently published
volumes, and inactive fields may receive no attention for many years.
Coverage
Very wide coverage is attained including the elements (all nuclides), organic
and inorganic compounds, and characterized systems of compounds as
necessitated by the subject matter of the individual volumes.
The goal of the editors of the sixth edition has been to present com-
prehensively all the important fundamental properties of physics, chemistry,
astronomy, geophysics, and technology. In the new series an entire volume
may be devoted to a limited area of research.
Sources of data are from the literature. The lists of references are very
complete and provide a useful guide to the literature in specific fields.
Analysis
Data for the sixth edition have been more critically examined than those in
previous editions. There is no overall standard by which data are evaluated,
the standard for each volume depending upon the individual compilers and
editors.
All the volumes of a compilation with publication extending over more
than 15 years cannot possibly be current. The establishment of the new
series is an attempt to bring the earlier volumes of the sixth edition up to
date in the most important areas and to present data in new fields of interest.
The volumes of the sixth edition are published as cloth-bound books,
divided into sections. The individual volumes have no indexes (except
VoL II/9), but an index for the entire sixth edition is in preparation. A table
of contents is given in each book, with the applicable part repeated at the
beginning of each section in some of the volumes. Data are presented in
tables and graphs. References either accompany the individual tables or
graphs, or are placed at the end of the section. Earlier editions and most
volumes of the sixth edition are in German. A welcome trend evident in
some recent volumes, and planned for all volumes of the new series, is to
have the introductory material and a large part of the data and explanatory
paragraphs in both German and English.
7
2.1.
Description of the volumes listed under "New Series" are to be found

under the appropriate classification elsewhere in this compendium.
Publications
LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN: Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Physik, Chemie, Astronomie,
und Technik, sixth edition, published by Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidel-
berg. Also available from Springer-Verlag New York Inc., 175 Fifth Avenue,
New York, N. Y. 10010.
Vol. I: Atom- und Molekularphysik.
Part 1, Atome und Ionen, 1950, XII, 441 pp, DM 126 (US $ 31.50).
Part 2, Molekeln I: Kerngertist, 1951, VIII, 571 pp, DM 168 (US $ 42.00).
Part 3, Molekeln II: Elektronenhtille, 1951, XI, 724 pp, DM 218 (US $ 54.50).
Part 4, Kristalle, 1955, XI, 1.007 pp, DM 318 (US $ 79.50).
Part 5, Atomkerne und Elementarteilchen, 1952, VIII, 470 pp, DM 148
(US $ 37.00).
Vol. II: Eigenschaften der Materie in ihren Aggregatzustanden.
Part 1, Mechanisch-thermische ZustandgroBen (in preparation).
Part 2, Gleichgewichte auBer Schmelzgleichgewichten.
Part 2a, Gleichgewichte Dampf-Kondensat und osmotische Phanomene, 1960,
XII, 974 pp, DM 448 (US $ 112.00).
Part 2b, Losungsgleichgewichte 1.,1962, XII, 984 pp, DM 510 (US $ 127.50).
Part 2c, Losungsgleichgewichte 11.,1964, VIII, 731 pp, DM 388 (US $ 97.00).
Part 3, Schmelzgleichgewichte und Grenzflachenerscheinungen, 1956, XII,
535 pp, DM 198 (US $ 49.50).
Part 4, Kalorische ZustandgroBen, 1961, XII, 863 pp, DM 438 (US $109.50).
Part 5, Transportphanomene. Kinetik. Homogene Gasgleichgewichte.
Part 5a, Transportphanomene I (in preparation).
Part 5 b, Transportphanomene II. Kinetik. Homogene Gasgleichgewichte,
1968, ca. 410 pp, ca. DM 228 (US $ 57.00).
Part 6, ElektrischeEigenschaftenI., 1959,XVI, 1018pp,DM448 (US$112.00).
Part 7, Elektrische Eigenschaften 11.,1960, XII, 959 pp, DM 478 (US $ 119.50).
Part 8, Optische Konstanten, 1962, XVI, 901 pp, DM 476 (US $ 119.00).
Part 9, Magnetische Eigenschaften I - Magnetic Properties I, 1962, XXVI,
935 pp, DM 496 (US $ 124.00).
Part 10, Magnetische Eigenschaften II - Magnetic Properties II - Proprietes
magnetiques II, 1967, VIII, 173 pp, DM 106 (US $ 26.50).
Vol. III: Astronomie und Geophysik, 1952, XVIII, 795 pp, DM 248 (US $ 62.00).
Vol. IV: Technik.
Part 1, Stoffwerte und mechanisches Verhalten von Nichtmetallen, 1955, XVI,
881 pp, DM 288 (US $ 72.00).
Part 2, Stoffwerte und Verhalten von metallischen Werkstoffen.
Part 2a, Grundlagen, Prtifverfahren, Eisenwerkstoffe, 1963, XII, 888 pp,
~ DM 468 (US $ 117.00).
Part 2b, Sinterwerkstoffe, Schwermetalle (ohne Sonderwerkstoffe), 1964, XX,
1000 pp, DM 530 (US $ 132.50).
Part 2c, Leichtmetalle, Sonderwerkstoffe, Halbleiter, Korrosion, 1965, XX,
976 pp, DM 518 (US $ 129.50).
8
2.1.
Part 3, Elektrotechnik, Lichttechnik, Rontgentechnik, 1957, XVI, 1076 pp,

DM 396 (US $ 99.00).
Part 4, Warmetechnik
Part 4a, Warmetechnische MeBverfahren. Thermodynamische Eigenschaften
homogener Stoffe, 1967, XII, 944 pp, DM 510 (US $ 127.50).
Part 4b, Thermodynamische Eigenschaften von Gemischen; Verbrennung;
Warmetibertragung (in preparation).
LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN: Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschajten und Tech-

nik - Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology, Neue
Serie - New Series, Editor-in-Chief: K-H. HELLWEGE.
Group I: Kernphysik und Kerntechnik - Nuclear Physics and Technology.

Vol. 1, Energie-Niveaus der Kerne: A = 5 bis A = 257 - Energy Levels of
Nuclei: A = 5 to A = 257, 1961, XII, 814 pp, DM 212 (US $ 53.00),
see 3.1.17.
Vol. 2, Kernradien - Nuclear Radii, 1967, VIII, 54 pp, DM 38 (US $ 9.50),
see 3.1.5.
Vol. 3, Numerische Tabellen ftir die Berechnung von Winkelkorrelationen in
der l¥-, {J- und y-Spektroskopie - Numerical Tables for Angular Correla-
tion Computations in l¥-, {J- and y-Spectroscopy, 1968, VI, 1202 pp,
DM 328 (US $ 82.00).
Vol. 4, Numerische Tabellen ftir Beta-Zerfall und Elektronen-Einfang -
Numerical Tables for Beta-Decay and Electron Capture, 1969, VII, 316 pp,
DM 118 (US $ 29.50).
Group II: Atom- und Molekularphysik - Atomic and Molecular Physics.

Vol. 1, Magnetische Eigenschaften Freier Radikale - Magnetic Properties of
Free Radicals, 1965, X, 154 pp, DM 68 (US $ 17.00), see 3.2.50.
Vol. 2, Magnetische Eigenschaften der Koordinations- und metallorgaruschen
Verbindungen der Dbergangselemente - Magnetic Properties of Coordi-
nation and Organo-Metallic Transition Metal Compounds, 1966, XII,
578 pp, DM 232 (US $ 58.00), see 3.3.14.
Vol. 3, Lumineszenz organischer Substanzen - Luminescence of Organic
Substances, 1967, VIII, 416 pp, DM 196 (US $ 49.00), see 3.2.49.
Vol. 4, Molekelkonstanten aus mikrowellenspektroskopischen Messungen -
Molecular Constants from Microwave Spectroscopy, 1967, X, 225 pp,
DM 110 (US $ 27.50), see 3.2.26.
Vol. 5, Molekularakustik - Molecular Acoustics, 1967, XII, 286 pp, DM 156
(US $ 39.00).
Group III: Kristall- und Festkorperphysik - Crystal and Solid State Physics.
Vol. 1, Elastische, piezoelektrische, piezooptische und elektrooptische Kon-
stanten von Kristallen - Elastic, Piezoelectric, Piezooptic and Electro-
optic Constants ofCtystals, 1966, X, 160 pp, DM 68 (US $ 17.00), see 3.3.9.
9
2.2.
Vol. 2 (Supplement and extension to Vol. III{1), Elastische, piezoelektrische,

piezooptische, elektrooptische Konstanten und nichtlineare dielektrische
Suszeptibilitaten von Kristallen - Elastic, Piezoelectric, Piezooptic, Elec-
trooptic Constants, and Nonlinear Dielectric Susceptibility of Crystals (in
preparation).
Vol. 3, Ferro- und antiferroelektrische Substanzen - Ferro- and Antiferro-
electric Substances (in preparation).
Vol. 4, Magnetische und andere Eigenschaften von Oxidsystemen - Magnetic
and other Properties of Oxide Systems (in preparation).
Vol. 5, Strukturdaten organischer Kristalle - Structural Data of Organic
Crystals (in preparation).
Group IV: Makroskopische und technische Eigenschaften der Materie - Macro-
scopic and Technical Properties of Matter.
Vol. 1, Phosphoreszenz anorganischer Substanzen - Phosphorescence of
Inorganic Substances (in preparation).
Group V: Geophysik und Weltraumforschung - Geophysics and Space Research
(in preparation).
Group VI: Astronomie, Astrophysik und Weltraumforschung - Astronomy,
Astrophysics and Space Research.
Vol. 1, Astronomie und Astrophysik - Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1965,
XL, 711 pp, DM 314 (US $ 78.50).
2.2. Tables de Constantes Selectionnees

Organization
Publication of "Tables Annuelles de Constantes et Donnees Numeriques"
began in 1909 under the aegis of the International Union of Pure and
Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) and the editorship of CR. MARIE. The tables
were to bring together all the numerical data published in chemistry,
physics, biology, and technology. Ten volumes appeared between 1910
and 1930, and these were indexed in two separate volumes. Between 1936
and 1945, 40 installments of the Tables Annuelles appeared. Each contained
one or more chapters on special topics, some covering data of the periods
1931 to 1934 or 1935 to 1936, some the whole period 1931 to 1936, and
No. 40 only, 1931 to 1939. Later, 8 of these were issued as Volume XI
and 12, as Volume XII. In 1947 publication was resumed under the title
"Tables de Constantes Selectionnees". To date, expert collaborators have
compiled 15 numbered monographs in this new series. The present director
is Dr. P. KRODADAD, 250 rue Saint Jacques, Paris Ve, France. Guidance is
provided by an advisory committee composed of eminent scientists. Publi-
cation of the new series has been supported by governmental grants, by
contributions from industrial concerns, and by profits from sales.
10
2.2.
Coverage
The subject matter of a given monograph, both as to substance and pro-

perties, is designed to meet a current demand of science or industry for
specialized tables. Both organic and inorganic substances have been covered
(see list of publications at end of this section).
The list of publications below shows the variety of properties covered
since 1947. In recent years efforts have been directed toward rapidly moving
fields of science, the properties reported being those of greatest significance
in the selected fields.
Sources of data are from the literature.
Analysis
There is some selection of values, but the criticality varies from one mono-
graph to another being largely a function of the type of data. The goal is to
produce "useful" as well as critical values. Where doubt exists, attention is
called to the uncertainty. The editorial staff avails itself of guidance from
collaborating scientists.
As far as possible, IUPAC usage is adhered to for nomenclature, symbols,
units, and physical constants. If no rules exist, well-known and able autho-
rities are followed.
There has been no definite plan to bring the earlier tables of the current
series up to date. However, some subjects, particularly those for which few
if any other compilations exist, are treated somewhat as a series, for example,
Optical Rotatory Power, for which five volumes have been issued.
Volumes 1 to 5 of the recent series of publications were papercovered,
Volumes 6 and 7 were issued with both paper and hard covers, and those
since Volume 8 have hard covers, 21.1 X 27.9 cm. The data are presented
in tables. Arrangement of material varies because different substances and
properties are treated in each monograph. A bibliographic column in the
tables guides the user to the pertinent literature reference in the general
bibliography at the end of the monograph. General indexes vary in type,
some being indexed by name, others by formula, and some by author with
references to the general bibliography. Although the tables are in French,
the title page and, beginning with Volume 6, the preface, introduction, and
other explanatory sections such as those for symbols and abbreviations are
given in both French and English. Descriptions of the volumes listed below
are given elsewhere in this compendium under the appropriate subject
classification except for out-of-print or superseded volumes.
11
2.2.
Publications
Tables de Constantes Selectionnees - Tables of Selected Constants
Vol. 1. Longueurs d'Onde d'Emissions X et des Discontinuites d' Absorption X -
Wavelengths of Emission and Discontinuities in Absorption of X-Rays,
Y. CAUCHOIS and H. HULUBEI, 1947, 199 pp (out of print).
Vol. 2. Physique Nucleaire - Nuclear Physics, R. GREGOIRE, F. JOLIOT-CURIE,
and I. JOLIOT-CURIE, 1948, 131 pp (out of print).
Vol. 3. Pouvoir Rotatoire Magnetique (Effet Faraday) - Magnetic Rotatory
Power (Faraday Effect), R.DEMALLEMANN; Effet Magneto-Optique de Kerr-
Magneto-Optic Effect (Kerr), F. SUHNER, 1951, 137 pp, 15 F, £ 1.10.0. (US
$ 4.50), see 3.3.16.
Vol. 4. Donnees Spectroscopiques concernant les Molecules Diatomiques -
Spectroscopic Data for Diatomic Molecules, B. ROSEN, R. F. BARROW, A. D.
CAUNT, A. R. DOWNIE, R. HERMAN, E. HULDT, A. McKELLAR, E. MIESCHER,
and K. WIELAND, 1951, 361 pp, 48 F, £ 5.0.0. (US $ 15.00), see 3.2.7.
Vol. 5. Atlas des Longueurs d'Onde Caracteristiques de Bandes d'Emission et
d'Absorption des Molecules Diatomiques - Atlas of Characteristic Wave-
lengths for Emission and Absorption Bands ofDiatomic Molecules (a continua-
tion of Vol. 4 by the same authors), 1952, 389 pp, 56 F, £ 5.15.0. (US $ 17.50),
see 3.2.8.
Vol. 6. Pouvoir Rotatoire Naturel I. - Steroides - Optical Rotatory Power 1. -
Steroids, J.-P. MATHIEU and A. PETIT, 1956, 507 pp (out of print, superseded
by Vol. 14).
Vol. 7. Diamagnetisme et Paramagnetisme - Diamagnetism and Paramagnetism,
G. Foiix; Relaxation Paramagnetique - Paramagnetic Relaxation, C. J. GOR-
TER and L. J. SMITS, 1957, 317 pp, 97 F, £ 9.15.9. (US $ 29.00), see 3.3.15.
Vol. 8. Potentiels d'Oxydo-Reduction - Oxidation-Reduction Potentials, G.
CHARLOT,D.BEZIER, and J.COURTOT, 1958, 41 pp, 21.60 F, £ 1.10.0. (US $ 5.00),
see 3.4.26.
Vol. 9. Pouvoir Rotatoire Naturel II. - Triterpenoides - Optical Rotatory
Power II. - Triterpenoids, J.-P. MATHIEU and G. OURISSON, 1958, 302 pp,
93.60 F, £ 7.0.0. (US $ 21.00), see 3.6.4.
Vol. 10. Pouvoir Rotatoire Naturel III. - Amino-acides - Optical Rotatory
Power III. - Amino Acids, J.-P. MATHIEU, J. ROCHE, and P. DESNUELLE,
1959,61 pp, 28 F, £ 2.0.0. (US $ 6.50), see 3.6.5.
Vol. 11. Pouvoir Rotatoire Naturel IV. - Alcaloides - Optical Rotatory Power
IV. - Alkaloids, J.-P. MATHIEU and M. M. JANOT, 1959,211 pp, 110.40 F,
£ 8.0.0. (US $ 24.00), see 3.6.6.
Vol. 12. Semi-Conducteurs - Semi-Conductors, P. AIGRAIN and M. BALKANSKl'
1961,78 pp, 27 F, £ 2.0.0. (US $ 6.50), see 3.3.13.
Vol. 13. Rendements Radiolytiques - Radiolytic Yields, M. HAISSINSKY and
M. MAGAT, 1963,230 pp, 114 F, £ 8.10.0. (US $ 25.50), see 3.5.4.
Vol. 14. Pouvoir Rotatoire Naturel I. a - Steroides - Optical Rotatory Power
1. a - Steroids, J. JACQUES, H. KAGAN, G. OURISSON, and S. ALLARD, 1965,
1,046 pp, 258 F (Supersedes Vol. 6), see 3.6.3.
12
2.3.
Vol. 15. Donnees relatives aux Sesquiterpenoides - Data relative to Sesquiter-

penoids, G. OURISSON, S. MUNAVALLI, and C. EHRET, 1966, 70 pp +
28 pp
structural formulas, 63 P, see 3.2.48.
In Press
Metals.
Part I: Thermal and Mechanical Data.
In Preparation
Metals.
Part II: Crystal Data.
Part III: Electric and Magnetic Data.
Data on Molecular Spectroscopy (Supersedes Vol. 4).
Part I: Diatomic Molecules.
Part II: Polyatomic Molecules.
Refractory Compounds.
Optical Rotatory Power and Structures of Compounds with one asymmetric
carbon atom.
Wavelengths of Emission and Discontinuities in Absorption of X-Rays (Super-
sedes Vol. 1).
There have been several publishers for the present series. Volume 8 and
later volumes have been published by Pergamon Press from whom the
earlier volumes as well as the titles, availability, and prices of the 40 install-
ments of Tables Annuelles, covering the period 1931 to 1936, may be
obtained.
Published by Pergamon Press, London, (4 & 5 Fitzroy Square), Paris
(24 rue des Ecoles), New York (Maxwell House, Fairview Park, Elmsford,
N. Y. 10523).
2.3. Thermodynamics Research Center

Organization
The Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC) is located in the Research
Center of Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, and is
directed by BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI. The activities of TRC encompass data
evaluation and compilation, and theoretical and experimental research. The
data compilation projects include not only thermodynamic and other
physico-chemical properties, but also several types of spectral data which
are becoming increasingly important: infrared, ultraviolet, Raman, mass,
and nuclear magnetic resonance spectral data. These activities are supported
by a staff of some 14 professional workers plus editorial and office personnel.
Research carried out by staff members and graduate students produce, in
13
2.3.1. - 2.3.2.
part, new or more reliable data for the compilations. In addition, literature
searches are routinely carried out. Three distinct projects operate within
TRC: the American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44, the Thermo-
dynamics Research Center Data Project, and a project supported by the
Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of Standards
(NBS). These projects are described below; the various subject areas and
their products are described in detail in the appropriate sections of the
compendium.
2.3.1. The American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44

(API RP 44)
Was established in 1942 at NBS with the sponsorship and financial support
of the API (an industrial association); and was directed by FREDERICK D.
ROSSINI from its inception until 1960. In 1950, the project was moved to
Carnegie Institute of Technology (now Carnegie-Mellon University); and
in 1960, to its present TRC location. The project was put on a self-supporting
basis in 1966, with API guaranteeing a definite support level. An API
appointed Advisory Committee provides scientific guidance, and liaison
with data users and sponsors. This project is closely allied, and in some
respects complementary, to the other two projects, and differs mainly in the
classes of compounds studied. API RP 44 covers all classes of hydrocarbons
and certain classes of organic sulfur and nitrogen compounds.
Publications
Selected Values of Properties of Hydrocarbons and Related Compounds (see 3.4.2).
Catalog of Selected Infrared Spectral Data (see 3.2.16).
Catalog of Selected Raman Spectral Data (see 3.2.27).
Catalog of Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data (see 3.2.29).
Catalog of Selected Mass Spectral Data (see 3.2.35).
Catalog of Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data (see 3.2.39).
2.3.2. The Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC)

Data Project
Was known until 1963 as the Manufacturing Chemists Association (MCA)
Research Project. The project was established in 1955 at the Carnegie
Institute of Technology (now Carnegie-Mellon University), and moved in
1961 to its present TRC location. FREDERICK D. ROSSINI directed the project
until 1960 when he was succeeded by BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI. The project
was supported by MeA (an industrial association) until 1963 at which time
it assumed a self-supporting basis from the sale of data sheets. The TRC
14
2.3.2
Data Project covers many of the same properties as API RP 44, but for
inorganic and certain classes of organic compounds, not duplicated by
API RP 44.
Publications
Selected Values of Properties of Chemical Compounds (see 3.4.3).
Catalog of Selected Infrared Spectral Data (see 3.2.17).
Catalog of Selected Raman Spectral Data (see 3.2.28).
Catalog of Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data (see 3.2.30).
Catalog of Selected Mass Spectral Data (see 3.2.36).
Catalog of Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data (see 3.2.40).
A research project supported by the Office of Standard Reference Data of NBS
was initiated in 1963, and is thus linked to the National Standard Reference
Data System (NSRDS, see 1.1.1.). Thermodynamic data for selected families
of oxygen compounds are critically evaluated in depth. A detailed report on
aliphatic alcohols is now under review.
In addition to these three projects, TRC contributes substantially to the
"Annual Substance-Property Index and Bibliography" in IUPAC Bulletin
of Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry (University of Michigan, Publications
Distribution Service, 615 East University Avenue, Ann Arbor, Michigan
48106).
Other Publications
The Thermodynamics Research Center has issued Comprehensive Index of
API 44 - TRC Selected Data on Thermodynamics and Spectroscopy which is a
key to the contents of publications presenting critically evaluated numerical
property values and selected spectral data that are prepared, compiled,
published, and distributed by TRC. The first edition covers the 12 publi-
cations listed under API RP 44 and TRC Data Project.
Comprehensive Index of API 44 - TRC Selected Data on Thermodynamics and

Spedroscopy.
Publication 100, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center,
Texas A & M University, 1968, XVII, 507 pp, US $ 14.00. Order from the
TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas A & M Research Foundation, F. E. Box
130, College Station, Texas 77843.
15
CHAPTER 3
Continuing Numerical Data Projects

and Their Publications
The entries in this chapter comprise the bulk of the data compiling activity
going on in the world today. Ideally each entry should describe a continuing
data compiling activity carried out by experts in a center of excellence.
However, some of the publications are not continuing in a strict sense of
the word and others are included because of their usefulness even though
they fall short of the highest attainable standards. The important thing is
that this substantial group of activities represents what is available now on
which to develop a better, more complete and hopefully coordinated system
of evaluated tables of data for scientists and engineers of the world.
3.1. Nuclear Properties

General Nuclear Properties
3.1.1. Nuclear Data Project
Organization
This project is located in the Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee 37831. From 1953 to 1964, it was housed in the National Academy
of Sciences - National Research Council, where it had been moved from
the National Bureau of Standards. KATHARINE WAY directed the project
from its inception in 1948 to July 1968; the acting director is ARTHUR SNELL.
Dr. WAY is also an editor of the journal Nuclear Data. Financial support is
supplied by the Atomic Energy Commission. The staff of the project
includes eight professional members plus supporting personnel.
Coverage
Substances covered include all nuclides, but especially those with A ~ 40.
The lower ranges are covered in particular by "Energy Levels of Light
Nuclei", T. LAURITSEN and F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE (see 3.1.15.) and "Energy
Levels of Z = 11 - 21 Nuclei", P. M. ENDT (see 3.1.16.).
16
3.1.1.
The principal publication, "Nuclear Data Sheets", presents experimental

results on radioactivity, nuclear moments, and nuclear reactions which give
information about nuclear energy levels. The results for all nuclei of one
mass number (or A-number) are grouped together into an "A-chain". The
material for each A-chain includes (in order): Title Page giving the name
of the compiler, nuclei discussed, and literature cut-off date; Drawings of
Level Schemes; Summary Sheets; and Data Sheets.
The types of data currently presented are ground state, ground state
decay, metastable state, metastable-state decay, reaction data.
Supplementary data and information provided before 1966 included
nuclear moments, relative isotope abundances, adjusted mass differences,
beta disintegration energy charts, energies of first 2+-states in even-even
nuclei, E2 mean-lines in even-even nuclei, a nomograph for estimating
half-lives in alpha decay, beta-decay transition probabilities, and ground-
state Q-values.
Sources of data include pertinent journals, abstracts, conference pro-
ceedings, and reports in the primary literature.
Analysis
All known experimental results are reported. The compilers construct level
schemes to give, in their views, the most consistent and plausible inter-
pretations of the experimental determinations. Where choices are possible,
comments on the Summary Sheets indicate which data were selected in
preparing the level schemes. Summary Sheets also include reasons for all
spin-parity assignments. The numerical data are presented in tabular form
on the Data Sheets with a literature reference for each entry. Level schemes
diagrammed for an entire A-chain precede the tables. In general the group
follows the recommendations of the Commission for Symbols, Units and
Nomenclature of the International Union of Pure and Applied Physics in
its usages.
Initially, data were published in the form of "Nuclear Data Sheets". The
Data Sheets are now being issued as Section B of the new journal Nuclear
Data, begun in late 1965, devoted to compilations and evaluations of experi-
mental and theoretical results. Policies, conventions, bases for spin-parity
assignments, and cumulative index to A-chains are given in the front of
each issue. Adjusted mass differences, references, and explanations of
symbols and abbreviations are given at the back of each issue. A simple
method of designation on the spine of each journal indicates the A-chains
covered therein. Revisions will be planned so that entire superseded issues
can be discarded.
3.1.1.
One issue a year is devoted to Recent References, covering all A-chains

and bringing the subscriber up-to-date with references to (and a key-word
description of) articles published since the last issue of Recent References.
Revisions of "Radiations of Radioactive Atoms in Frequent Use", and
"Nuclear Moments" (see nos. 6 and 11 under Publications) are in prepa-
ration.
Publications
The data publications of this project have appeared in the following chrono-
logical order:
1. Nuclear Data. A Collection of Experimental Values of Half-Lives, Radiation
Energies, Relative Isotopic Abundances, Nuclear Moments, and Cross Sections, NBS Cir-
cular 499, KATHARINE WAY, LILLA FANO, M. R. SCOTT, and KARIN THEW, U. S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C, 1950, XIV, 309 pp, US $ 4.25;
and three supplements issued April 1951, Nov. 1951, and June 1952 (out of print).
Superseded by 5.
2. New Nuclear Data, Annual Cumulations, issues 24 B ofVols. 6 through 10 of
Nuclear Science Abstracts, published for the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
by the U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C, 1952, 1953, 1954,
1955, and 1956. The sixth annual cumulation (1957) was issued as a separate
publication by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission (published by U. S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, Washington, D. C). Superseded by 5.
3. Nuclear Data Cards, 1954 to 1957. National Academy of Sciences-National
Research Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, Washington, D. C. 20418, US $ 20.00/
year (out of print). Superseded by 5.
4. Nuclear Level Schemes, A = 40 - A = 92 (Ca-Zr), TID-5300, K. WAY,
R. W. KING, C L. MCGINNIS, R. VAN LIESHOUT, published for the U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission by the U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C,
1955, XX, 221 pp, US $ 1.75 (out of print). Superseded by 5.
5. Nuclear Data Sheets, January 1958 to present,
(a) 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, Vols. 5 and 6, published by the National Academy
of Sciences-National Research Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, Washington,
D. C 20418 (out of print).
(b) Complete reprint issue (1959 to 1965) in 11 volumes, KATHARINE WAY,
Ed., Academic Press, New York and London (1966), US $ 55.00.
(c) Section B of the new journal Nuclear Data. See 12.
6. Radiations from Radioactive Atoms in Frequent Use, L. SLACK and K. WAY,
published for the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission by the U. S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D. C 20402, 1959, XII, 75 pp, US $ 0.55.
7. 1959 Nuclear Data Tables, K. WAY, Ed., pub. for the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission by the U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
VIII, 151 pp, US $ 1.00.
18
3.1.1.
8. 1960 Nuclear Data Tables, K. WAY, Ed., published for the U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission by the U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
20402, 1960.
Part 1: Consistent Set of Q-Values, A ;;;;66, F. EVERLING, L. A. KOENIG,
J. H. E. MATIAUCH, and A. H. WAPSTRA, 1961, XVI, 214 pp, US $1.50.
Part 2: Consistent Set of Q- Values, 67 ;;;; A ;;;; 199, L. A. KOENIG, J. H. E.
MATIAUCH, and A. H. WAPSTRA, 1961, XII, 456 pp, US $ 2.75.
Part 3: Nuclear Reaction Graphs, J. B. MARION, 1960, XI,181 pp, US $1.25
(out of print).
Part 4: Short Tables, K. W. FORD, and A. M. KAUFMAN, L. LrnOFSKY, E. DER
MATEOSIAN, and M. McKEOWN, J. B. MARION, and S. M. SHAFROTH,
G. H. FULLER, and K. WAY, 1961, V, 249 pp, US $1.50.
9. Energy Levels of Nuclei, A = 21- A = 212, K. WAY, N. B. GOVE, C. L.
MCGINNIS, and R. NAKASIMA, (550 pp) in Volume 1, Group 1, New Series,
LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, A. M. HELLWEGE, and K.-H. HELLWEGE, Eds., Springer-
Verlag, Berlin-Gottingen-Heidelberg, 1961,812 pp, US $ 53.00 (see 3.1.17.).
10. Energy Levels ~f Light Nuclei, May 1962, T. LAURITSEN, and F. AJZENBERG-
SELOVE (cf3.1.15.) issued as Sets 5 and 6 of the 1961 Nuclear Data Sheets (see no. 5),
essentially an addendum to a review article in Nucl. Phys. 11, 1-340 (1959).
A special bound volume was issued.
11. Nuclear Moments, G. H. FULLER, and V. W. COHEN, National Academy of
Sciences-National Research Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, Washington,
D. C. 20418, 1965, XI, 134 pp. Appendix 1 to Nuclear Data Sheets covering all
references to May 1964 (out of print).
12. Nuclear Detta, Section B, K. WAY, Ed., Academic Press, New York and
London. Vol. 1, 1966, LS $ 20.00; Vol. 2, 1967 to 1968 (Irregular), US $ 15.00.
Other publications of the Nuclear Data Project, which are not data compi-
lations, are:
13. A Directory to Nuclear Data Tabulations, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D. C. 20402, 1958, XIII, 185 pp, 70 cents. Supplements to this
directory appear in 7 and in 8, Part 4, listed above, the former covering the period
Dec. 1957 to Dec. 1958 and the latter the period Dec. 1959 to June 1961.
14. Nuclear Theory Index Cards, Jan. 1958 to 1962 (out of print).
15. Nuclear Theory Reference Book for the following periods: 1957 and 1958,
US $1.00; 1959 and 1960, US $1.00; and 1961 and 1962, US $1.25. All were
issued in 1963 by the U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
and are compilations of the corresponding Nuclear Theory Index Cards made by
photographic reproduction.
16. Nuclear Theory Index Booklets, 1963 -. These booklets were issued quarterly
to replace the index cards, 14. Current bibliographic items were presented under
the same headings as used on the cards. Booklet 4 for 1963 was cumulative for the
entire year: Nuclear Theory Index, cumulation for 1963 (TID-21133), US $ 3.00;
Nuclear Theory Index, cumulation for 1964 (TID-22771), US $ 3.00; both avail-
able from the Clearinghouse for Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield,
Va. 22151.
2* 19
3.1.2.
Note: All correspondence relating to the content of the Nuclear Data Sheets
or to availability not indicated for publications should be addressed to the Nuclear
Data Group, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, P. O. Boxx, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37831.
3.1.2. Nuclear Tables (Tabellen der Atomkeme)

Organization
Nuclear Tables is an extensive compilation of nuclear properties and reactions,

prepared by WUNIBALD KUNZ, Vienna, Austria, and JOSEF SCHINTLMEISTER,
Zentralinstitut fur Kernforschung of the Deutsche Akademie der Wissen-
schaften, Dresden, D. D. R. The Tables were originally compiled by the
authors while they were in the Soviet Union, and were later brought up to
date. Part I, Nuclear Properties, and Part II, Nuclear Reactions, have been
published.
Coverage
Part I, "Nuclear Properties", covers the elements neutron to tin (0 to 50) in

Volume 1, and antimony to nobelium (51 to 102) in Volume 2. Part I
includes data concerning stable and radioactive nuclei and decay schemes.
Values are given for number of nucleons (mass number), neutrons and
excess neutrons (+ or -); atomic mass; isotopic abundance; decay; half-
life; energy of particles; energy of gamma-ray quanta; conversion coeffi-
cients; and decay schemes (as diagrams).
Part II, "Nuclear Reactions", covers the elements neutron to magnesium
(0 to 12) in Volume 1, aluminum to sulfur (13 to 16) in Volume 2 and
chlorine to calcium (17 to 20) in Volume 3. Part II includes data about
nuclear reactions, and gives the energy level schemes of most of the nuclides.
Volumes 1 to 3 of Part II each consist of two parts, the Text Volume and
the Table Volume. The Text Volume of Volumes 1 to 3 gives nuclear
reactions in tabular form. Cross-sections are presented as numerical values
and in graphs. The Q-values, threshold values, kinetic energies of emitted
gamma-rays, energies and quanta-characteristics of the energy levels are
given in detail. The Text Volumes of Volume 2 and 3 differ from Volume 1
only in some points of presentation, which are noted and discussed. Many
of these are for the benefit of the user, to clarify the level schemes and to
differentiate between "decay levels" and "reaction levels". The Table
Volumes give detailed energy level or decay scheme diagrams.
Data are compiled from the primary literature.
20
3.1.3.
Analysis
Whenever possible, the original papers were examined. In a few cases,
summary reports were used. The values given first in the tables are, in the
judgment of the compilers, the most probable values; and in some cases are
weighted mean values of those collected. Limits of error are generally given.
Values calculated by the authors are indicated. The preface and explanation
of the tables in each volume are given in German, English, and Russian.
Symbols and abbreviations used are defined, and complete references
provided.
Part I includes data published between 1940 and 1958. Part II, Volume 1,
includes many references to articles published from 1958 to 1962. Part II,
Volume 2, was published in 1967 and includes references from 1964.
Part II, Volume 3 was published in 1968.
Part I, Volumes 1 and 2, and Part II, Volumes 1,2 and 3, Text Volume,
are clothbound books, 22x30 cm. Part II, Volumes 1, 2 and 3, Table
Volume, consist of energy level diagrams, presented on separate sheets
which come in a box the same size as the books.
Publications
Tabellen der Atomkerne (Nuclear Tables), WUNIBALD KUNZ and JOSEF SCHINTL-
MEISTER, published by Akademie-Verlag, GmbH, Berlin, D.D.R.; available
from Pergamon Press, Oxford, London, and New York.
Teil (Part) I, Eigenschaften der Atomkerne (Nuclear Properties):
Band (Volume) 1, Die Elemente Neutron bis Zinn (The Elements Neutron
to Tin), 1958, XLIV, 465 pp, DM 105 (US $ 26.25).
Band (Volume) 2, Die Elemente Antimon bis Nobelium (The Elements
Antimony to Nobelium), 1959, XLIV, 641 pp, DM 130 (US $ 32.50).
Part II, Nuclear Reactions:
Vol. 1, The Elements from Neutron to Magnesium, 1965, Text Volume,
XLVI, 699 pp, and Table Volume, 36 tables, (US $ 75.00).
Vol. 2, The Elements from Aluminum to Sulphur, 1967, Text Volume, XX,
271 pp, and Table Volume, 23 tables, DM 190 (US $ 45.00, £ 15).
Vol. 3, The Elements from Chlorine to Calcium, 1968, Text Volume, X, 210pp,
and Table Volume, 32 tables, DM 200 (US $ 50.00).
3.1.3. Nuclear Constants Group

Organization
This program is carried out at the University of California Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory (LRL), Livermore, California, under the direction of
21
3.1.3.
ROBERT J. HOWERTON of the Theoretical Physics Division. The U. S. Atomic

Energy Commission (AEC) provides financial support.
Coverage
All nuclides and naturally occurring elements are included.
Experimental neutron cross sections, angular distributions and energy
spectra are accumulated over the entire energy range. Semi-empirical cross
section data are compiled as follows:
neutrons -10-10 to 20 MeV
photons -10-3 to 100 MeV
charged particles - as required.
In ;lddition, thresholds of nuclear reactions for the various impinging
particles were issued as a compilation in 1964.
Sources of experimental data include journals, AEC report literature,
private communications, and contacts with other similar data centers.
Analysis
The center is set up to answer inquiries as well as to produce state-of-the-
art reviews and compilations.
A tape library of experimental neutron cross section data was originated
in 1960. Modifications since that time have led to the development of the
ECSIL program. This is a computer system for the storage, retrieval, and
display, either tabular or graphical, of experimental neutron cross section
data. Currently, approximately 600,000 data points are stored in the ECSIL
library which is maintained on an updated basis. Because of the large bulk
of data in the system, indexes are provided for both the data as well as the
associated bibliographic information.
The semiempirical cross section tape library was also started in 1960
for neutrons only. Since that time, both photons and charged particles have
been incorporated into the system. The neutron data is obtained by eva-
luations of the information in the ECSIL system. Photon and charged
particle data are obtained in conjunction with other groups within the
laboratory.
Publications
Earlier publications put out by the center are no longer available.
"A Formalism for Calculation of Neutron Induced Gamma-Ray Production Cross
Sections and Spectra", R. J. HOWERTON and E. F. PLECHATY, Nuclear Science
22
3.1.4.
and Engineering 32, 178 (1968). A library of the data is available from the
authors.
An Integrated .System for Production of Neutronics and Photonics Calculational Constants,
UCRL-S0400, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore.
Vol. I, R. J. HOWERTON et aI., "ECSIL, A System for Storage, Retrieval and
Display of Experimental Neutron Data" (1968).
Vol. VI, E. F. PLECHATY and J. R. TERRALL, "Photon Cross Sections 1.0 keV
to 100.0 MeV" (1968).
3.1.4. Table of Isotopes

Organization
Publication of the Table ofIsotopes series was begun in 1940 by GLENN T.

SEABORG and his associates. Subsequent editions have been prepared at the
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory of the University of California, Berkeley,
California, in 1944, 1948, 1953, 1958 and 1967. The first five compilations
in this series appeared in Reviews of Modern Pf?ysics, and the sixth edition was
published in book form. The project has been supported by the U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission.
Coverage
All nuclear species, stable and unstable, are included. The sixth edition is
divided into two main sections: Table I, "Radioisotope Data", a listing of
stable and unstable species by element or atomic number; and Table II,
"Detailed Nuclear Level Properties", decay-scheme and energy-level dia-
grams, arranged by mass number. Table I gives: isotope, Z and A; half-life;
type of decay, %abundance, mass excess, and neutron cross section (capture
and fission); certainty and means of identification, genetic relationships;
major radiations; and principal means of production. Table II includes
tabulations of detailed information on radiations and nuclear level properties,
as well as diagrams. Among the properties listed are: spin; moments; alpha,
beta, and gamma radiation data (energies, intensities, internal conversion
coefficients, spectroscopic methods, angular distributions); and decay
schemes.
Supplementary tables of values such as fundamental constants, energy
conversion factors, nuclear spectroscopy standards, atomic levels, and
theoretical nuclear decay rates are given in appendices.
The literature is the primary source of data. Especially useful for the
sixth edition were existing compilations.
23
3.1.5.
Analysis
Table I of the sixth edition provides a ready reference to the principal decay
properties. Its arrangement, conciseness, and carefully limited number of
properties were selected for easy use. Table II gives detailed information on
nuclear states and transitions between these states. The tabulations in Table II
are measurements; the decay schemes and energy level diagrams are inter-
pretations. In general, decay schemes are based on direct experimental
information. Only those levels at energies below the decay energy of the
observed neighboring isobars are included.
These two tables are selective and critical; however, a complete list of
references is included so that all available data may be located. Use of the
tables, the properties included, symbols and nomenclature, degree of cer-
tainty, and some experimental methods are well covered in the introduction.
A seven level information-rating system is used for evaluation of how well
each radioisotope has been identified.
The fundamental and derived constants listed in Appendix I are those
accepted by recognized international bodies.
Six tables of the series appeared between 1940 and 1966. The April 1958
table is current approximately through February 1958; the 1967 table,
through January 1966. The tables have increased in size from 17 to 594 pages.
Publications
"Table of Isotopes", J. J. LIVINGOOD and G. T. SEABORG, Rev. Mod. Phys. 12,
30-47 (1940).
"Table of Isotopes", G. T. SEABORG, Rev. Mod. Phys. 16, 1-32 (1944).
"Table ofIsotopes", G. T. SEABORG and 1. PERLMAN, Rev. Mod. Phys. 20, 585-666
(1948).
"Table of Isotopes", J. M. HOLLANDER, 1. PERLMAN, and G. T. SEABORG, Rev.
Mod. Phys. 25, 469-650 (1953).
"Table of Isotopes", D. STROMINGER, J. M. HOLLANDER, and G. T. SEABORG,
Rev. Mod. Phys. 30, No.2, Part 2,585-904 (1958). Available from the Ameri-
can Institute of Physics, 335 East 45th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017.
Table of Isotopes, 6th ed, C. M. LEDERER, J. M. HOLLANDER, and 1. PERLMAN,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1967, XIII, 594 pp, US $ 4.95 paper,
US $ 7.95 cloth.
3.1.5. Landolt-Bornstein, Volume 2, Group I

Nuclear Radii, H. R. COLLARD, L. R. B. ELTON, and R. HOFSTADTER; edited
by H. SCHOPPER. Vol. 2 of Group I, Nuclear Physics and Technology, of
LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in
24
3.1.5.
Science and Technology, New Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg,

1967, VIII, 54 pp, DM 38 (US $ 9.50).
Organization
The book is divided into two chapters. Chapter 1 was prepared by L. R. B.
ELTON, University of Surrey, London; Chapter 2 by R. HOFSTADTER and
H. R. COLLARD, both of Stanford University, Stanford, California, U.S.A.
The description of the LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN series and organization may be
found in 2.1.
Coverage
The book covers radii and other parameters for the distribution of the electric
charge and the magnetic moment of atomic nuclei. It is divided into two
independent but complementary chapters, "Nuclear charge distribution
(derived from sources other than electron scattering)", and "Nuclear radii
determined by electron scattering".
Chapter 1 gives the equivalent uniform radius parameters of fl.-mesic
atoms for spherical nuclei, from the 2p--,>-ls transitions, and fl.-mesic X-ray
transitions; changes in nuclear radii by neighboring nuclides and nuclear
compressibilities; radius parameters for deformed nuclei; and radii of
isomers.
Chapter 2 consists of one main, extensive table of electric charge radii,
and a shorter table of magnetic radii. These tables give for the listed nuclei:
the type of charge distribution, the charge radius, the radius of equivalent
uniform model, skin thickness, half-density radius, equivalent uniform
density, and parameters of the Fermi three parameter charge distribution.
Comparable information is given for the magnetic radii.
The major source of data is the primary literature. Although the compi-
lation work was completed well ahead of the publication date, corrections and
additions were incorporated into proof only a short time before publication.
Analysis
The volume is introduced as "more than a critical compilation of published
data but ... rather an original contribution to the development of this field".
Considerable progress is being made in this area; and this compilation serves
also as a review. In this respect, it will be most useful to persons working
in this area. The data have been critically evaluated. Uncertainties and
accuracies are given. Extensive discussion of the field-experimental methods
and validity of the data - as checked against other information - in the
introduction and discussions of many of the individual data are also included.
25
3.1.6.
3.1.6. Reactor Physics Constants Center

Organization
Established in 1955, this center is located in, and supported by the Argonne
National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois. ROBERT AVERY, the director of the
program, is assisted by some twenty part-time contributors. A committee
of consultant editors has the responsibility for the publication "Reactor
Physics· Constants".
Coverage
In general, the Center compiles information necessary to calculate reactor
characteristics: fission properties, cross-section data, shielding, interpretation
of experimental data, digital-computer codes, and several types of reactor
physics data.
These data are issued in a comprehensive publication "Reactor Physics
Constants". The first edition appeared in 1958, and the second, in 1963. The
two editions vary only slightly in content and cover (1) well-defined reactor
physics parameters and engineering properties, and (2) instrument perform-
ance characteristics. In the first category are fission properties, cross-section
data, gamma-ray activity, diffusion parameters, lattice parameters, and gamma-
ray spectra and attenuation cross-sections. Engineering properties and instru-
ment performance characteristics include shielding constants, specific oper-
ating information for various types of reactors, and descriptions of photo-
multiplier tubes and scintillators.
"Reactor Physics Constants" was prepared by the collaboration of
several persons, many in organizations other than Argonne, some from
Canada and the U. K.
Analysis
The Reactor Physics Constants Center (RPCC) also acts as a clearinghouse;
and encourages standardization of parameter definitions, as well as critical
evaluation of data.
"Reactor Physics Constants" implements these goals. In effect, it is a
state-of-the-art review; its format is more a critical review, with many
substantial tables and graphs, than a data compilation. The editors note
that they have evaluated the data published, but that many other factors
also determined which data were included. Most indications of reliability
are found in the text.
Most references are from the primary literature. The cut-off date was
March 1961; however, some later references were included. Additions and
corrections to the 2nd edition will be noted in the Newsletter.
26
3.1.7.
Publications
Reactor Physics Constants, Argonne National Laboratory, United States Atomic
Energy Commission, 1958.
Reactor Physics Constants, ANL-5800, Argonne National Laboratory, United States
Atomic Energy Commission, 1963, XVII, 850 pp. For sale by the U. S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402, US $ 6.00.
Other Publications
RPCC Newsletter, Reactor Physics Constants Center, Argonne National Labor-
atory, Argonne, Illinois 60439.
Properties of Neutrons
3.1.7. National Neutron Cross Section Center
Organization
The National Neutron Cross Section Center (NNCSC) is located at the
Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL), Upton, Long Island, New York
11973. NNCSC was formed in 1967 from the merger of what was formerly
the Cross Section Evaluation Center and the Sigma Center, both of which
were at BNL. The Center includes 18 professional staff members and 6
supporting personnel. The director is SOL PEARLSTEIN. An advisory com-
mittee of six scientists reviews the Center's program. On the international
level, NNCSC works with the European Nuclear Energy Agency (ENEA,
see 3.1.11.) and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA, see 3.1.8.)
for the exchange of neutron data. Support for the Center is provided by the
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission.
Coverage
The NNCSC covers all available neutron cross section data for all nuclides
and naturally occurring mixtures of isotopes. Separate data files are main-
tained for experimental, and for evaluated data. The experimental data file
is used to prepare the "Barn Books" - BNL 325 covers total cross section
data and BNL 400 covers angular distribution. The information storage and
retrieval operations of the data file have been computerized. A new com-
puter system being developed is known as CSISRS (Cross Section Informa-
tion Storage and Retrieval System).
The evaluated data are maintained on a computerized file known as
ENDF (Evaluated Nuclear Data File). Originally, the ENDF was prepared
as a set of evaluated neutron cross sections for all important nuclides over
the entire range of energies of importance for reactor purposes, i.e., from
approximately one millivolt to 15 MeV. The range of interest has now been
27
3.1.7.
expanded to systems other than reactors. Although formal publication of

these data will be at some future date, they are available to users in the U. S.
and Canada, and by agreement to those in OECD/ENEA member countries.
The Barn Books (BNL-) prepared from the experimental data file present
neutron cross section data as:
(1) thermal cross sections - reaction cross sections (absorption and
activation) and scattering cross sections (coherent, incoherent, bound atom,
and average) for thermal or 2200 m/s neutrons;
(2) resonance parameters -light, heavy, and fissionable nuclei;
(3) cross section curves in energy ranges from zero to 108 eV; and
(4) angular distribution curves mainly for elastically scattered neutrons,
a large number for inelastically scattered neutrons, and some for charged
particles and gamma rays associated with inelastic neutron scattering.
Sources of data are the open literature and unpublished work.
Analysis
The Barn Book publications primarily serve the needs of reactor physicists
and engineers, but an attempt has been made to present the data in the form
most useful to other physicists as well. In recent issues, emphasis has been
on nuclear processes rather than on methods of observation. Except for the
recommended values and the curves, all recorded values are experimental.
The recommended values are in general weighted means of the experimental
values, and are given with estimated errors. Smooth curves were drawn
through the points on the graphs with no attempt to achieve a least-squares
fit to any predetermined shape.
The angular distribution data are plotted on linear grids. Textual refe-
rences, laboratory in which the measurements were made, type of experi-
ment, and other pertinent information are given on the left-hand page
facing the graphs.
Generally, all experimental data influencing the choice of recommended
values are included and referred to, so that the user can evaluate the data
presented. Reference sources are provided. Older, obviously superseded
data are generally not included. Most supplements must be used with the
other material published in the series to insure complete coverage.
Supplements and revisions are issued at irregular intervals. Unpublished
contributions and a short publication lag result in up-to-date coverage.
Publications
BNL 325, Neutron Cross Sections, D. ]. HUGHES and ]. A. HARVEY, U. S. Govern-
ment Printing Office (GPO*), Washington, D.C. 20402, July 1955, V, 328 pp,
US $ 3.50.
28
3.1.8.
Supplement 1, D. J. HUGHES and R. B. SCHWARTZ, GPO*, Washington, D.C.

20402, January 1957, XXVII, 129 pp, US $ 1.75.
BNL 325, Neutron Cross Sections, 2nd ed, D. J. HUGHES and R. B. SCHWARTZ,
U. S. Government Printing Office (GPO*), Washington, D. C. 20402, July
1958, V, 373 pp, US $ 4.50. Supersedes 1st ed and its supplement.
Supplement 1, D. J. HUGHES, B. A. MAGURNO, and M. K. BRUSSEL, GPO*,
Washington, D.C. 20402, January 1960, IV, 129 pp, US $ 2.00.
Supplement 2, Vol. I, Z = 1 to 20, J. R. STEHN, M. D. GOLDBERG, B. A. MA-
GURNO, and R. WIENER-CHASMAN, GPO*, Washington, D.C. 20402, May
1964, sectional pagination (sec pag), US $ 2.50.
Vol. IIA, Z = 21 to 40, M. D. GOLDBERG, S. F. MUGHABGHAB, B. A.
MAGURNO, and V. M. MAY, Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and
Technical Information (CFSTI**), Springfield, Virginia 22151, Febru-
ary 1966, sec pag, US $ 4.00.
Vol. lIB, Z = 41 to 60, M. D. GOLDBERG, S. F. MUGHABGHAB, S. N. PURO-
HIT, B. A. MAGURNO, and V. M. MAY, CFSTI**, Springfield, Virginia
22151, May 1966, sec pag, US $ 4.00.
r Tol. IIC, Z = 61 to 87, M. D. GOLDBERG, S. F. MUGHABGHAB, S. N. PURO-
HIT, B. A. MAGURNO, and V. M. MAY, CFSTI**, Springfield, Virginia
22151, August 1966, sec pag, US $ 3.00 printed, US $ 0.65 microfiche.
Vol. III, Z = 88 to 98, J. H. STEHN, M. D. GOLDBERG, R. WIENER-CHAS-
MAN, S. F. MUGHABGHAB, B. A. MAGURNO, and V. M. MAY, CFSTI**,
Springfield, Virginia 22151, February 1965, sec pag, US $ 3.00.
BNL 400, Neutron Cross Sections: Angular Distributions, D. J. HUGHES and R. S.
CARTER, Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information,
Springfield, Virginia 22151, June 1956, 102 pp, US $ 0.50.
BNL 400, Neutron Cross Sections: Angular Distributions in Neutron-Induced Reactions,
2nd ed, Vols. I, Z = 1 to 22, and II, Z = 23 to 94, M. D. GOLDBERG, V. M.
MAY, and J. R. STEHN, Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical
Information, Springfield, Virginia 22151, October 1962, 804 pp, sec pag,
US $ 8.50.
Other Publications
BNL 50066, ENDF/B - Specifications for an Evaluated Nuclear Data File for
Reactor Applications, HENRY C. HONECK, Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific
and Technical Information, Springfield, Virginia 22151, September 1967,
sec pag, US $ 3.00.
3.1.8. IAEA Nuclear Data Unit

Organization
The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) is actively promoting
international collaboration in the area of basic information in nuclear
* U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
** Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield,
Virginia 22151.
29
3.1.8.
physics. To this end it established the Nuclear Data Unit at its headquarters
in Vienna in 1965. The activities of this Unit are guided by the suggestions
and the advice of the IAEA's standing International Nuclear Data Committee.
Accordingly, in 1966 the Nuclear Data Unit initiated a data center for
promoting worldwide compilation and exchange of numerical neutron data.
In this latter effort the Nuclear Data Unit engages cooperatively with three
other recognized, principal neutron data centers located respectively at
Brookhaven, Obninsk and Saclay. Each center is responsible for servicing
a specific area of the world as follows: the Brookhaven National Neutron
Cross Section Center, U.S.A. (see 3.1.7.), services the U.S.A. and Canada;
the ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Center at Saclay, France (see 3.1.11.),
services countries in Western Europe and Japan; the Informacionnyj Centr
po Jadernym (Nuclear Data Information Centre), Obninsk, U. S. S. R. (see
3.1.12.), services the U. S. S. R.; and the IAEA Nuclear Data Unit, Kiirntner
Ring 11, A-l0lO Vienna, Austria, services all other countries in Eastern
Europe, Asia, Africa, South and Central America, Australia and New Zea-
land. The Nuclear Data Unit, directed by WILFRED M. GOOD, is a section
ofIAEA.
Coverage
The numerical data include: measured or deduced microscopic neutron

cross sections; related fission, capture and scattering parameters; and other
microscopic data for a given target nucleus. Pertinent auxiliary information
is also given, such as element symbol, mass number, class of neutron data,
range of incident neutron energy, complete reference information, and such
additional documentary information as is deemed essential by the author
for significant use of his data.
The numerical and other data are maintained in a computer file, which
is compatible with other large computerized systems of neutron data. The
IAEA computerized system is known as "DASTAR", the DAta STorage
And Retrieval System of the IAEA Nuclear Data Unit. Data are retrieved
by means of an index which is called CINDU (Catalogue of the IAEA
Nuclear Data Unit). CINDU is printed and distributed regularly with the
information arranged by increasing Z number, from Hydrogen Z = 1 to
Californium Z = 98. Information thus given includes: element, symbol and
mass number; class of neutron data; cross section quantity; range of incident
neutron energy; type of reference and investigation; and references, com-
ments, and entry date. The format of CINDU is based on CINDA (see
3.1.19.), Computer Index to the literature on microscopic Neutron DAta,
which is an internationally sponsored index to literature.
30
3.1.9.
Analysis
The compilation of experimental neutron data and the evaluation of experi-
mental neutron data are treated as separate functions. Evaluation is perform-
ed almost exclusively away from the data centers, which rather serve as
coordinators; thus the distinction between experimental data and evaluated
data has become very strict. The evaluator, wherever he works, uses the
experimental data from the center's compiled files to make his evaluation.
His product, the evaluated data, is however entered into the evaluated data
file at the data center. Even though the data center's evaluation activity is
limited, it nevertheless compiles evaluated data exactly as it compiles experi-
mental data.
Some evaluations are made under the auspices of the IAEA Nuclear
Data Unit, with the help of specialists' panels regularly convened for the
purpose; such evaluations are presently the following:
a) Standards for neutron cross section measurements,
b) World values for certain parameters of fissile isotopes at thermal
neutron energy.
The data are on magnetic tape and are available upon request in various
forms. These include magnetic tape, printed lists, punched cards, and gra-
phical plots. All data are conformed to common practice before being added
to the data file.
Publications
CINDU, Catalogue of Numerical Neutron Data available from the IAEA Nuclear
Data Unit, No.7 (CINDU-7), IAEA Nuclear Data Unit, Vienna, May 1968,
136 pp.
3.1.9. Neutron Cross Sections for Fast Reactor Materials

Organization
This project is located in the Kernforschungszentrum (Nuclear Research
Center), Karlsruhe, Germany, in the Institut fur Neutronenphysik und
Reaktortechnik. The author of the volumes appearing under the title
name is J. J. SCHMIDT, a member of the Institut. Neutron data evaluation
was started in 1960. This project has contributed to the data files of the
European Nuclear Energy Agency (ENEA) located in Saclay, France (see
3.1.11.).
Coverage
Three volumes and an introductory statement have appeared under this title.
Two volumes, i.e., Part II: Tables (1962) and Part III: Graphs (1963)
31
3.1.10.
appeared before the third volume, Part I: Evaluation (1966). Parts II and III
contain recommended values for neutron cross sections for all occurring
neutron nuclear interactions in the energy range 0.01 eV to 10 MeV for e,
Cr, Fe, H, He, Mo, Na, Ni, 0, 239P, 235U, and 238U.
Part I: Evaluation provides documentation for Parts II and III. In addi-
tion, it contains extensive tables of resolved and statistical resonance para-
meters and updated level schemes for the isotopes concerned. However,
a great portion of Part I is devoted to consideration of information published
between 1962 and 1966, and to updating the data in Parts II and III.
The data in Part I have been added to the computerized microscopic data
library called KEDAK (the Karlsruhe nuclear data file). This file has been
used to produce a fourth uptadet volume Tables of Evaluated Neutron Cross
Sections for Fast Reactor Materials (1968) which in general covers the same
elements and properties - neutron cross sections and resonance parameters-
included in the earlier series.
Publications
Neutron Cross Sections for Fast Reactor Materials, J. J. SCHMIDT, Kernforschungs-

zentrum, Karlsruhe (KFK 120; EANDC - E - 35 - U).
Introduction, Part I: Evaluation, 1967, 12 pp.
Part I: Evaluation, 1966, 1300 pp.
Part II: Tables, 1962, 440 pp.
Part III: Graphs, 1963, 320 pp.
Tables of Evaluated Neutron Cross Sections for Fast Reactor MateriaIJ', L LANGNER,
J. J. SCHMIDT, and D. WOLL, Kernforschungszentrum, Karlsruhe (KFK 750;
EUR 3715; EANDC - E - 88 - U), Jan. 1968,663 pp.
3.1.10. UKAEA Nuclear Data Library

Organization
A program, several years old, of evaluating nuclear cross sections provides

the data for the UKAEA Nuclear Data Library. K. PARKER and E. PENDLE-
BURG at the Atomic Weapons Research Establishment, Aldermaston, J. S.
STOR y at the Atomic Energy Establishment, Winfrith, and W. HART at the
Authority Health and Safety Branch, Risley, participate in this activity.
The program cooperates in international exchange of nuclear data by
making its evaluated data available through the ENEA Neutron Data
Compilation Centre, Saclay, France (see 3.1.11.), and the National Neutron
Cross Section Center at Brookhaven National Laboratory, New York, U. S. A.
(see 3.1.7.).
32
3.1.11.
Coverage
Covered are neutron cross sections in the energy range 0 to 20 MeV, and
photon cross sections in the energy range 10 KeV to 20 MeV.
The data are evaluated and then stored in a form for computer use.
Computer programs are used to check the data filed for internal consistency.
Publications
Details concerning the library may be found in:
UKAEA Nuclear Data Library,January 1967, D. S. NORTON, J. S. STORY, Atomic
Energy Establishment, Winfrith (England), February 1968, 19 pp, UK 3s. 6d.
3.1.11. ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre

Organization
In 1964, the European Nuclear Energy Agency established, within its
framework, the Neutron Data Compilation Centre (Centre de Compilation
de Donnees Neutroniques - CCDN) at the Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires at
Saclay, France, in order to provide a coordinating point in Europe for
neutron data compilation, classification, and distribution. This center is part
of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)
and is supported by Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany (RR.D.),
Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and
the United Kingdom.
The center also participates in international neutron data exchange
programs; it both contributes to and publishes issues of CINDA (see 3.1.19.),
and it cooperates with three other centers - Brookhaven National Neutron
Cross Section Center, New York, U.S.A. (see 3.1.7.);IAEANuclear Data
Unit, Vienna, Austria (see 3.1.8.); and the U.S.S.R. Nuclear Data Infor-
mation Centre, Obninsk, U.S.S.R. (see 3.1.12.) - in servicing world
neutron data needs (see 3.1.8.). The ENEA Neutron Data Compilation
Centre processes both data and data requests from Western Europe and
Japan - the countries listed above.
The director of the center is V. J. BELL, ENEA Neutron Data Compi-
lation Centre, R P. no. 9, 91-Gif-sur-Yvette, France.
Coverage
Compilation of neutron data from the 13 OECD countries is a major activity.
The data are stored in computer files. The center can also provide users with
CINDA, or specific searches of CINDA.
3.1.12.-3.1.13.
The center has built up a library of evaluated data files, notably the
UKAEA Nuclear Data Library (see 3.1.10.), the Evaluated Nuclear Data
File (see 3.1.7.), and the Karlsruhe KEDAK library (see 3.1.9.), among
others.
Some data evaluation work is done at the center. These compilations
are published in the ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre Newsletter.
3.1.12. U.S.S.R. Nuclear Data Information Centre

The U. S. S. R. Nuclear Data Information Centre (Informacionnyj Centr po
Jadernym) is located in the Institute of Physics and Energetics, Obninsk
(Kaluga region), U. S. S. R., and is directed by A. 1. ABRAMOV. This center
is one of the four contributors to CINDA (see 3.1.19.). It also participates
in an international effort to exchange numerical neutron data (see 3.1.8.).
The other three centers are: the Brookhaven National Neutron Cross
Section Center, U.S.A. (see 3.1.7.); the ENEA Neutron Data Compilation
Centre, Saclay, France (see 3.1.11.); and the IAEA Nuclear Data Unit,
Vienna, Austria (see 3.1.8.). As part of the international effort, the Centre
services the U. S. S. R. by compiling nuclear data submitted by workers in
this area and by providing data upon request.
Properties of Nuclides
3.1.13. Charged-Particle Cross Sections
Organization
This project, sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC),
is carried on in the Charged-Particle Cross-Section (CPX) Data Center of
the Physics Division at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) , Oak
Ridge, Tennessee, under the supervision of FRANCIS K. MCGOWAN. The
program originated at Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, University of
California, Los Alamos, New Mexico, in 1955. It was discontinued in 1960,
and after a brief lapse was started again at ORNL.
Coverage
Compilations include cross-section data at all energies for nuclear reactions
of the type A (x,y) B, were A is the target nucleus and B the residual nucleus,
x is the bombarding charged particle, andy is the outgoing particle or par-
ticles in the reaction. The mass of x must be equal to or greater than one
nucleon mass. To date, only targets from hydrogen (as proton, deutron,
34
3.1.13.
and triton) through copper have been covered. Bombarding particles include
p, d, t, ex, 3He, 6Li, 12C, 14N, 160 and in a few isolated reactions 15N, 19F, 2ONe,
and 22Ne.
Cross-section data at all energies including angular distributions and
excitation functions, and data on angular dependence of polarization produ-
ced in nuclear reactions are included.
Primary sources of data consist of the open literature, AEC reports,
and preprints of papers to be published. Nuclear Science Abstracts, Physics
Abstracts, and Chemical Abstracts are used as secondary sources.
Analysis
In general, only one reference is given for each set of data: this is either the
only set available or the best set as judged by the compiler. Errors given for
cross sections are standard deviations. When the type of error was not
designated by the author, the compiler has arbitrarily assumed that the
errors were standard deviations. For some of the earlier cross-section data
the only source is a small figure from a journal. In general, the accuracy of
the data points read from the small figures depends on the accuracy of the
original drawing and on the distortions resulting from publication. Captions
to the tabular data include the reaction, the energy E (in the laboratory
frame of reference), and the energy of the merging particle (or particles),
Q taken from the 1961 Nuclear Data Tables, the reference, contributing
laboratory, and a few experimental details. In most cases, some indication
of the errors is given.
In general, the symbols used conform to those in use by the Nuclear
Data Project (see 3.1.1.) and recommended by the Commission for Symbols,
Units, and Nomenclature of the International Union of Pure and Applied
Physics. Lists of symbols and abbreviations are given in LA-2014 and
ORNL-CPX-1 (see Publications).
The first report issued in Los Alamos appeared in February 1957 and
the second, January 1961. The two reports cover targets hydrogen through
fluorine, and neon through chromium, respectively. The first compilation
by the ORNL group, issued in July 1964, covers manganese, iron, and
cobalt. The second, issued in January 1965, covers nickel and copper. Both
cover the literature up to January 1964. Future plans are to finish the first
cycle of the compilation - nickel through uranium - in three or four
sections and, concurrently, to bring the cross-section data up to date for
the light elements. Future issues of data will appear in Section A of the
journal Nuclear Data: A Journal Devoted to Compilations and Evaluations of
Experimental and Theoretical Results in Nuclear Physics (see also 3.1.1.) (see
Publications).
3* 35
3.1.14.
Publications
Charged Particle Cross Sections, LA-2014, NELSON JARMIE and JOHN D. SEAGRAVE,
Eds., Los Alamos (LA) Scientific Laboratory, University of California, Los
Alamos, N. M., February 1957, 234 pp, US $ 1.25. Available from the Clearing-
house for Federal Scientific and Technical Information (CFSTI*), Springfield,
Virginia 22151.
Charged Particle Cross Sections, LA-2424, Neon to Chromium, DARRYL B. SMITH,
Compiler and Ed., NELSON JARMIE and JOHN D. SEAGRAVE, associate Eds.,
Los Alamos (LA) Scientific Laboratory, University of California, Los Alamos,
N.M., January 1961, III, 137 pp, US $ 2.50. Available from CFSTI*, Spring-
field, Virginia 22151.
Nuclear Cross Sections for Charged-Particle Induced Reactions, (Mn, Fe, Co), ORNL-
CPX-l, F. K. MCGOWAN, W. T. MILNER, and H. J. KIM, compilers, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37831, July 1964, 443 pp.
Nuclear Cross Sectionsfor Charged-Partide Induced Reactions, (Ni, Cu), ORNL-CPX-2,
F. K. MCGowAN, W. T. MILNER, and H. J. KIM, compilers, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37831, Sept. 1964, III, 511 pp.
Nuclear Cross Sections for Charged-Particle-Induced Reactions, (Li, Be, B), compiled
by H. J. KIM, W. T. MILNER, and F. K. MCGOWAN, Nuclear DataA1, 203-389
(1966), issues 3 and 4 combined US $ 6.00, Academic Press, 111 Fifth Avenue,
Nuclear Cross Sections for Charged-Particle-Induced Reactions, (C), compiled by
H. J. KIM, W. T. MILNER, and F. K. MCGOWAN, Nuclear Data A2, 1-241
(1966), issues 1 and 2 combined US $ 6.00, Academic Press, 111 Fifth Avenue,
Nuclear Cross Sections for Charged-Particle-Induced Reactions, (N and 0), compiled
by H. J. KIM, W. T. MILNER, and F. K. MCGOWAN, Nuclear Data A3, 123-285
(1967), issue 2, US $ 3.00, Academic Press, 111 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y.
10003.
"Charged Particle Cross Sections", to be published in Section A of Nuclear Data:
A Journal Devoted to Compilations and Evaluations of Experimental and Theoretical
Results in Nuclear Physics, Academic Press, New York, London. Subscription
price, US $ 15.00 per volume (per section).
3.1.14. Decay Schemes of Radioactive Nuclei

Organization
Two editions with the above title have appeared since 1958. They were
published by the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences Press. The first was by
B. S. DZHELEPOV and L. K. PEI{ER; the second by the same authors with
V. O. SERGEJEV as a coauthor. The first edition has been translated into
English and published by Pergamon Press.
36
3.1.14.
Coverage
The first edition included radioactive nuclei from A = 1 to A = 256; the
second edition, nuclei from A = 100 to A = 257.
Decay scheme diagrams of radioactive nuclei are presented, i.e., the
ground and excited states of nuclei and the probabilities of different transi-
tions between them. The second edition, in addition to the data on levels
excited in radioactive decay, includes data on levels excited in different
nuclear reactions, such as Coulomb excitation (n, r), (d, p). Numerical values
referring to energy levels and transitions between them are placed directly
on the diagrams. Mass, isotopic abundance, half-life, transition energies,
and other information are given on the diagrams. Tables at the end of the
second edition give spin values, magnetic dipole and electric quadrupole
moments, conventional names of radioactive isotopes, binding energies of
electrons, cross sections of nuclear activation by thermal neutrons, and
nomograms for calculation of logf!, for (3--, (3+-, and e-transitions.
The primary literature was surveyed for data.
Analysis
Both editions have a title page and introduction in English and Russian and
give the English meanings of abbreviations. The introduction has an
excellent description of the decay scheme diagrams and supplementary data.
The second edition has a two-page list defining symbols in Russian only;
however, the symbols throughout the book are in roman characters. On a
diagram, all the isotopes with the mass number A are given at the top of
the page by chemical symbol, with mass number as a right superscript,
atomic number as a left superscript, and number of neutrons in the nucleus
as a right subscript, in part contrary to the International Union of Pure and
Applied Physics recommendations. Supplementary information and a biblio-
graphy are given for each nuclide.
The decay scheme diagrams of the first edition, published in 1958, were
constructed from experimental data published up to the end of 1957. The
diagrams of the second edition (1963) were based on data published and
available to the authors up to April 1962. Many of the schemes of the first
edition were revised for the second edition.
The first edition of the Russian text is a well-bound 18 X 27 cm book
printed on good-quality paper. The second edition is the same size, but has a
less attractive binding and paper of much poorer quality. The printing is
clear in both text and diagrams. The English translation is a well-bound
book 17 X 26 cm. Addenda of new references are given at the end of each
edition.
37
3.1.15.
Publications
Decay Schemes of Radioactive Nuclei, B. S. DZHELEPOV and L. K. PEKER, U. S. S. R.
Academy of Sciences Press, Moscow and Leningrad, 1958, VIII, 787 pp,
English translation, Pergamon Press, New York, Oxford, London, Paris,
1961, VI, 786 pp.
Decay Schemes of Radioactive Nuclei, A ;;;; 100, B. S. DZHELEPOV, L. K. PEKER, and
V. O. SERGEJEV, U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences Press, Moscow and Lenin-
grad, 1963, 1060 pp.
3.1.15. Energy Levels of Light Nuclei

Organization
Seven reports have been published since 1948. These reports are reviews
as well as compilations, and summarize experimental information on the
energy level schemes of the nuclei from SHe to 24Ne; the seventh (1966)
was limited to A = 5 to 10. THOMAS LAURITSEN of the California Institute
of Technology, Pasadena, California, and FAY A}ZENBERG-SELOVE of Haver-
ford College, Haverford, Pennsylvania, have been the major authors. The
work has been supported in part by the Office of Scientific Research of the
U. S. Air Force, by a joint program of the U. S. Office of Naval Research
and U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, and by the National Science Foun-
dation. This project complements "Energy Levels of Z = 11- 21 Nuclei"
(see 3.1.16.).
Coverage
Data on the light nuclei SHe to 24Ne (Z = 2 to Z = 10) are presented, except
for VII (1966) which is limited to A = 5 to 10 and VII (1968) A = 11 to 12.
Included are: energy level diagrams, tables of values, and the nuclear
reactions in which the nuclei are involved. Numerical values are given for
excitation energies, masses, Q-values, binding energies (weighted mean
values), resonances, y-transitions, cross sections, and a separate table of
atomic mass excesses.
Sources of data include the open literature and some prepublished data.
Analysis
These publications constitute a series of compilations summarizing experi-
mental information on the energy levels of nuclei. The first six covered
Z = 2 to Z = 10; the seventh was limited to A = 5 to 10 to permit more
timely publication. Each publication is independent; however, for certain
reactions earlier summaries may be consulted for more detailed discussion
and bibliography.
38
3.1.16.
The data upon which the level schemes are based are tabulated, analyzed,
and discussed for each nuclide covered. Uncertainties and ranges of error
are given; and complete references are provided. In VI (1959) and VII (1966),
"best" values are indicated in tables of data when appropriate. In addition,
quantities which are calculated or converted, and numbers or parameters
whose identification is uncertain are indicated.
Literature references cited are very close to the date the manuscript was
reviewed.
Publications
Energy Levels of Light Nuclei
1. W. F. HORNYAK and T. LAURITSEN, Rev. Mod. Phys. 20, 191-227 (1948).
II. T. LAURITSEN, Nat. Acad. Sci.-Nat. Rei. Council, Nud. Sci. Rept. 5, 52
pp. (1949) - (out of print).
III. W. F. HORNYAK, T. LAURITSEN, P. MORRISON, and W. A. FOWLER, Rev.
Mod. Phys. 22, 291-372 (1950).
IV. F. AJZENBERG and T. LAURITSEN, Rev. Mod. Phys. 24, 321-402 (1952).
V. F. AJZENBERG and T. LAURITSEN, Rev. Mod. Phys. 27, 77-166 (1955).
VI. F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE and T. LAURITSEN, Nud. Phys. 11, 1-340 (1959).
Available for US $ 10.00 from North-Holland Publishing Company, P. O.
Box 103, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (out of print). (A supplement to
this was published as "Nuclear Data Sheets, Sets 5 and 6 of 1961". See
Nuclear Data Project, Publications, 3.1.1.).
VII. T. LAURITSEN and F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE, "Energy Levels of Light Nuclei,
A = 5 -10", Nud. Phys. 78, 1-176 (1966). Available for US $ 4.00 from
the North-Holland Publishing Co., P. O. Box 103, Amsterdam, The
Netherlands.
VII. F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE and T. LAURITSEN, "Energy Levels of Light
Nuclei, (VII), A = 11-12", Nucl. Phys. A 114, 1-142 (1968). Available
for US $ 5.00 from the North-Holland Publishing Co., P. O. Box 103,
Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
3.1.16. Energy Levels of Z = 11 - 21 Nuclei

Organization
Four compilations on the above subject have been published since 1954.
Compiled by P. M. ENDT and his colleagues of the Fysisch Laboratorium,
Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht, the Netherlands, this series consists of reviews as
well as compilations, and complements the project "Energy Levels of Light
Nuclei" (see 3.1.15.).
39
3.1.17.
Coverage
Substances covered are the light nuclei, Z = 11 to Z = 21. Included are:

energy levels with spins, parities and isospins (both tabular and schematic
form), decay modes, weighted mean values of lifetimes, excitation and
resonance energies, and tables of atomic mass excesses, natural abundance,
and nuclear moments.
Sources of data include the open literature and private communications.
Analysis
The evaluation of the data for each nuclide is discussed.
The articles have appeared at three- to five-year intervals. Each one
brings the data up to date. However, papers of only historical interest or
those which have been superseded have been omitted from the later biblio-
graphies. Article IV, for which the manuscript was submitted 31 July 1967,
contained references up to 1 July 1967.
Publications
Energy Levels of Light Nuclei, Z = 11 to Z = 20.
1. P. M. ENDT and J. C. KLUYVER, Rev. Mod. Phys. 26, 95-166 (1954). Back
issues can be ordered from the American Institute of Physics, 335 East
45th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017, at US $ 2.25 each.
II. P. M. ENDT and C. M. BRAAMS, Rev. Mod. Phyt. 29, No.4, 683-756 (1957).
Back issues can be ordered from the American Institute of Physics, 335 East
45th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017, at US $ 2.25 each.
III. P. M. ENDT and C. VAN DER LEUN, Nucl. Phys. 34, 1-324 (1962). Reprints
are available for US $ 10.00 from North-Holland Publishing Company,
P. O. Box 103, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Energy Levels of Z = 11 - 21 Nuclei
IV. P. M. ENDT and C. VAN DER LEUN, Nucl. Phys. A 105, 1-488 (1967);
errata and addenda Nucl. Phys. A 115, 697 (1968). Reprints are available
for US $ 12.00 from North-Holland Publishing Company, P. O. Box 103,
Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
3.1.17. Landolt-Bomstein, Volume 1, Group I

Energy Levels of Nuclei: A = 5 to A = 257 by F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE,
N. B. GaVE, T. LAURITSEN, C. L. MCGINNIS, R. NAKASIMA, J. SCHEER, and
K. WAY, edited by A. M. HELLWEGE and K.-H. HELLWEGE. Volume 1 of
Group I, Nuclear Physics and Technology, of LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Nume-
rical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology, New
Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1961, XII, 813 pp, DM 212
(US $ 53.00).
40
3.1.17.
Organization
This volume consists of three chapters prepared by three groups of com-
pilers in different places. Chapter 1 was prepared by F. AJZENBERG-SELOVE,
Haverford College, Haverford, Pennsylvania, U. S. A, and T. LAURITSEN,
California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California, U. S. A (see also
3.1.15.); Chapter 2, by K. WAY, N. B. GOVE, C. L. MCGINNIS, and R. NAKA-
SIMA, Nuclear Data Project, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee, U. S. A. (see also 3.1.1.); and Chapter 3, by ]. SCHEER, Universitiit
Heidelberg, Fed. Rep. of Germany, and Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
University of California, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. The modes of pre-
sentation differ slightly from one another. Each chapter has its own intro-
duction and list of references. Uniformity of the volume has been assured
by establishing a correspondence in the material content of the three
chapters. The compilation was published under the auspices of "Landolt-
Bornstein", described in 2.1.
Chapter I
Coverage
The first chapter (94 pages) deals with the energy levels of light nuclei from
SHe to 20Na. The tables list the following parameters for each level as far as
known: the excitation energy above the ground state; the total angular
momentum quantum number and parity, and the isobaric spin quantum
number; the half-life or mean life of the state or its half-width, and the
known modes of decay of the states. The diagrams include information on
energy levels, nuclei-forming reactions, binding energies, Q-values, thin-
target excitation functions, cross sections, center-of-mass energy, as well as
excitation energies, angular momentum quantum number and parity, and
the isobaric spin quantum number.
Analysis
In all but a few cases, the 1960 mass tables and Q-value tables of EVERLING,
KOENIG, MATI'AUCH and WAPSTRA, Nuclear Pf?ysics 15, 342 (1960), were used.
In some cases more precise values became available after the publication
of the mass tables and were used in computing Q-values and excitation
energies. Tabulated probable errors indicated are generally weighted means
from several determinations and include uncertainties in mass values.
In addition to specific references to data, supplementary references are
provided. The brevity of the introduction implies that the user must be
knowledgeable in this area. All symbols are defined and brief comments are
sometimes given on the diagrams.
41
3.1.17.
Chapter II
Coverage
The second chapter (565 pages) deals with energy levels of atom masses
A = 21 to A = 212. It was prepared by members of the U. S. Nuclear Data
Project and overlaps data published by that group (see 3.1.1.). It gives in
diagrammatic form the available information on the energies, decay modes,
half-lives, spins, and parities of the levels of medium-weight atomic nuclei,
and presents on the pages facing the diagrams reasons for making spin-
parity assignments, comments on the level schemes, information on mass
differences used, and literature references to basic data.
Analysis
The introduction is very useful in its presentation of detailed descriptions
of the level scheme conventions, spin and parity assignments, mass links,
references, general conventions - including determination of uncertain-
ties - and symbols and abbreviations; and in general facilitates use of the
material. Uncertainties are indicated on the diagrams and in the explanatory
material.
Chapter III
Coverage
The third chapter (154 pages) covers the heavy-element region with mass
numbers 213 to 257. The following properties are given on the energy level
diagrams: energies, spins, parities, and rotational quantum numbers for
each level. Also given are the energies and multipolarities of gamma-
transitions. Intensities are included.
On the pages facing the figures there are presented level tables with
assignments of quantum numbers to the levels and radiation tables with
data on the radiation of the listed nuclide.
Analysis
A complete tabulation of all nuclear data was not intended. When informa-
tion from different sources is available only a single selected value is given.
In cases of serious discrepancies, the different values are listed independently.
In no cases have average values been given because of the problem of
assigning relative weights to the different values. Uncertain data transitions
and levels are marked.
42
3.1.18.
Arrangement of the nuclides, use of the tables, and symbols are discussed
in the introduction.
3.1.1S. Photonuclear Data Center

Organization
The Photonuclear Data Center was established in 1963. It is located in the
LINAC Radiation Division, Center for Radiation Research, National Bureau
of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C. 20234. The program is supported
by the Office of Standard Reference Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.), and directed by
EVERETT G. FULLER.
Coverage
Interactions of high energy electromagnetic radiation with nuclei are covered.
These include: total photon interaction cross sections, cross sections for
specific photon induced reactions, spectra and angular distribution of photo-
disintegration reaction products, inverse capture reactions, inelastic electron
scattering cross sections, Q-values for photonuclear reactions, and abundance
of stable isotopes. The energy range of primary interest is 5 to 150 MeV.
A comprehensive Photonuclear Data File is maintained that includes
abstracts of significant data from each reference. The literature has been
searched back to 1955 and is essentially current. Nine journals are searched
for data and Nuclear Science Abstracts is used to cover other journals. In
general, only articles published in journals are abstracted, although a few
conference reports have been included. The publications to date include
"Photonuclear Data Index" published in 1966, and a supplement issued
in 1967. These publications differ from bibliographies in that quantitative
information (numerical data) concerning the content is included. The Indexes
are arranged by element and isotope from Z = 1 to Z = 95. Each entry is a
line tabulation of the reference, nucleus excited, reaction, type of informa-
tion, excitation energy range, source type and energy range, detector type,
energy and angular range, and remarks.
Analysis
A data file on photonuclear reactions is maintained up-to-date. With the
literature search well underway, the systematic evaluation of data has been
started. A critical review of all available data on the s-shell nuclei is in pro-
gress. These evaluations will be published as monographs or review articles
in the National Standard Reference Data Series. At present, bibliography-
indexes are published periodically.
43
3.1.19.
Publications
Photonuclear Data Index, NBS Misc. Pub. 277, N. V. BAGGEIT, T. M. COLLINS,
E. G. FULLER, J. C. HOLLAND, J. H. HUBBELL, and J. S. O'CONNELL, U.S.
Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, D. C. 20402, 1966, IV,
96 pp, US $ 0.55.
Photonuclear Data Index: January 1965 through April 1967, NBS Misc. Pub. 277-
Supplement 1, T. M. COLLINS, E. G. FULLER, J. D. MURPHY and J. S. O'CON-
NELL, GPO, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1967, IV, 66 pp, US $ 0.45.
Indexes
3.1.19. CINDA (Computer Index of Neutron Data): An Index

to the Literature on Microscopic Neutron Data
Organization
CINDA is an index to the literature on microscopic neutron cross sections

and allied data. Begun as a private effort by HERBERT GOLDSTEIN in 1956,
today the compilation and publication of this index are the result of inter-
national cooperation involving four information centers, each of which is
responsible for servicing a specific area of the world. The person to contact
at the center, the name of the center, and its area of responsibility are:
LAWRENCE T. WHITEHEAD, USAEC (U.S. Atomic Energy Commission),
Division of Technical Information Extension, OakRidge, Tennessee, U. S. A:
U.S.A. and Canada; VICTOR J. BELL, ENEA Neutron Data Compilation
Centre, Saclay, France (see also 3.1.11.): OECD (Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development) countries, i.e., Austria, Belgium, Denmark,
France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, and the United Kingdom; WILFRED M. GOOD, IAEA (Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency), Nuclear Data Unit, Vienna, Austria (see
also 3.1.8.): Eastern Europe, Asia, Australia, Africa, Latin America, and
IAEA; and A. ABRAMOV, U. S. S.R. Nuclear Data Information Centre,
Obninsk, U. S S. R. (see also 3.1.12.): the U. S. S. R.
In 1963, CINDA was transferred from the Nuclear Development Asso-
ciates (now a part of United Nuclear Corporation) to Columbia University
where it was translated into computer format, with support from the Divi-
sions of Research and of Technical Information at ,the USAEC. In 1966,
this operation was moved to Oak Ridge; and the Obninsk center joined the
effort to make up the present distribution. HERBERT GOLDSTEIN of Columbia
University (New York City, New York) is chairman of the U. S. Advisory
CINDA Steering Group.
44
3.1.19.
Coverage
CINDA covers references providing information on specific types of neutron
cross sections or other microscopic data for a given target nucleus. In general,
it is limited to reactions induced by neutrons of energy < 20 MeV, for
specific elements and isotopes. In addition, information on (y, n) and (y,J)
reactions has been included recently with the restriction that the y-ray energy
must be less than approximately 15 MeV, and the (y, n) cross section greater
than 0.1 mb.
The CINDA publications represent computer edits of the entire master
library. The entries are ordered first by element and mass number and then
by class of data quantity. Within the data quantity classes, order is chronolo-
gical, with the date included. Other information listed includes the type of
investigation and reference, minimum and maximum energy, the reference,
laboratory, and comments.
The primary literature, as well as other sources of neutron data is
monitored by the four centers. The literature has been covered thoroughly
from 1956 to the present; some pre-1956 references are included.
Analysis
CINDA is an index to all neutron data within the scope indicated under
"Coverage". In those cases where the reference is to the computer libraries
of the four centers, a scientist may request computer retrieval of specific
data from the center servicing his area. Other references are to standard
compilations, journals, and unpublished work. No numerical data are given,
and the original source must be used.
In indexing the data, certain editorial standards are followed. The com-
puter files of the information centers have largely been built on this establish-
ed format. CINDA and the computer files are updated and revised as new
and improved data become available. Each issue supersedes the previous one.
The last CINDA publication is CINDA 68. A supplement to this volume
was published in January 1969. CINDA 69 will probably be published in
May 1969.
Publications
CINDA 66, An Index to the Literature on Microscopic Neutron Data, by Columbia
University and ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre, published by the
ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre, Saclay, and the USAEC Division
of Technical Information Extension, Oak Ridge, 1966, XXVIII, 1379 pp.
CINDA 66, Supplement 1, prepared and published by the ENEA Neutron Data
Compilation Centre, Saclay, and the USAEC Division of Technical Information
Extension, Oak Ridge, October 1966, XXXII, 327 pp.
45
3.2.-3.2.1.
CINDA 66, Supplement 2, prepared and published by the ENEA Neutron Data
Compilation Centre, Saclay, and the USAEC Division of Technical Informa-
tion Extension, Oak Ridge, March 1967, XXXIV, 561 pp (cumulative).
CINDA 67, An Index to the Literature on Microscopic Neutron Data, Parts I and II,
USAEC Division of Technical Information Extension, U. S. S. R. Nuclear
Data Information Centre, ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre, and
IAEA Nuclear Data Unit, published by ENEA Neutron Data Compilation
Centre, Saclay, and the Division of Technical Information Extension, USAEC,
Oak Ridge, 1967, Part I, X, 868 pp, Part II, 125 pp.
CINDA 68: An Index to the Literature on Microscopic Neutron Data, USAEC
Division of Technical Information Extension, U.S.S.R. Nuclear Data Infor-
mation Centre, ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre, and the IAEA
Nuclear Data Unit, published by ENEA Neutron Data Compilation Centre,
Saclay, 1968, X, 1019 pp.
CINDA 68, Supplement, USAEC Division of Technical Information Extension,
U. S. S. R. Nuclear Data Information Centre, ENEA Neutron Data Compi-
lation Centre, and the IAEA Nuclear Data Unit, published by USAEC Divi-
sion of Technical Information Extension, Oak Ridge, 1969, VIII, 181 pp.
3.2. Atomic and Molecular Properties
Atomic Properties Including Spectra
3.2.1. Atomic Energy Levels Data and Information Center

Organization
This project was established at the U. S. National Bureau of Standards (NBS)

in 1946 under the sponsorship of the National Academy of Sciences-National
Research Council (NAS-NRC) Committee on Line Spectra of the Elements.
It entails the international responsibility for the compilation, evaluation,
publication, and general dissemination of data on the energy levels as derived
from the optical spectra of atoms and ions, and on the observed transitions
giving rise to these levels. This program is of interest, also, to the IAU
Commission 14 on Fundamental Spectroscopic Data, and the Joint ICSU
Commission on Spectroscopy ofIAU-IUPAC-IUPAP (International Astro-
nomical Union-International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry-Inter-
national Union of Pure and Applied Physics). This data center is under the
supervision of CHARLOTTE E. MOORE-SITTERLY of the Atomic Physics
Division, Institute for Basic Standards, NBS, Washington, D. C. 20234.
Support is provided by the National Standard Reference Data System
(NSRDS), NBS (see 1.1.1.).
46
3.2.1.
Coverage
As far as possible, atomic energy levels and multiplet tables are to be given
for all the elements. The first edition of Atomic Energy Levels covered the
elements 1H to 57La and 72Hf to 89Ac. Compilation of data for the lanthanide
and actinide groups is still in progress. Separate multiplet tables have been
published in which the selection of lines is based primarily on their astro-
physical importance. These are A Multiplet Table of Astrophysical Interest
(A longer than 3000 A) and An Ultraviolet Multiplet Table (A shorter than
3000 A). Both contain finding lists. In 1965, work was begun on new
editions of both the atomic energy level and the multiplet tables. These
tables are being issued in a NSRDS series of publications under the heading
Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. For each spectrum the energy levels and
multiplets are listed under one cover. Thus far, data for Si I, Si II, Si III
and Si IV have appeared in this NSRDS series.
The Atomic Energy Level Tables present the following information for
each spectrum: general descriptive remarks, number of electrons, the iso-
electronic sequence, the ground state of the atom with its complete electron
configuration, the absolute value of the ground level, the atomic number Z,
the ionization potential, and a selected bibliography. The data listed include:
configurations, designations, J-values, atomic energy levels, intervals, and
observed g-values. Hyperfine structure ascribed to atomic nuclei is not
included, except for hydrogen, deuterium, and tritium.
The multiplet tables include for a given spectrum: a general grading of
the analysis and a grading of the completeness of the multiplet table. For
individual multiplets, wavelengths, reference sources, low and high excitation
potentials,J-values, term designations, and multiplet numbers are given.
The Solar SpectrulIl 2935 A to 8770 A, which is the second revision of
ROWLAND'S preliminary tables of solar spectrum wavelengths, includes some
20,000 lines observed in the solar spectrum between 2935 A and 8770 A.
This project was promoted by the IAU and was carried out in collaboration
with M. MINNAERT and J. HOUTGAST at the Utrecht Observatory in The
Netherlands.
The main sources of data are the open literature and unpublished contri-
butions. The comprehensive card catalog of references maintained at NBS
since 1914, used for the "Atomic Energy Levels" project has, also, provided
extensive material for the revised identifications of solar lines.
Analysis
These publications were originally prepared in response to the need for a
critical compendium of data, and they still serve that purpose. The data in
the Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables are derived from analyses of
47
3.2.1.
optical spectra; these data have been examined critically before publication.
An effort has been made to coordinate the programs in all active spectro-
scopic laboratories in order to avoid duplication of effort; it is an inter-
national enterprise. Much unpublished material has been utilized owing to
the collaboration of spectroscopists in the U. S. A. and many other nations.
The introductory text in Atomic Energy Levels on individual spectra
contains an appraisal of the analysis and points out the spectra that need
further observation and study. In compiling the data, special effort has been
made to introduce the uniform spectroscopic notation recommended by the
Joint Commission for Spectroscopy. The terminology is generally accepted
by spectroscopists and is adequately explained in the introduction.
In Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra, the revised (1964) conversion factor
from reciprocal centimeter to electron volt (0.000123981) has been used to
obtain the respective ionization and excitation potentials quoted in the tables.
Complete references precede each spectrum. The arrangement of the multi-
plet tables parallels that of the atomic energy levels: references and descrip-
tive remarks precede tables of data. Some references for hyperfine structure
are included.
Publications
A Multiplet Table of Astrophysical Interest, Contributions from the Princeton Uni-
versity Observatory No. 20, C. E. MOORE, Princeton University, Princeton,
N.J., 1945. Reprinted as NBS Technical Note 36,1959,242 pp (PB 151395),
Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield,
Virginia 22151, US $ 4.00.
An Ultraviolet Multiplet Table, NBS Circular 488, C. E. MOORE, U. S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
Section 1 (H to V, Z = 1 - 23),1950,85 pp, US $ 0.55. Reprinted 1956.
Section 2 (Cr to Nb, Z = 24 - 41), 1952, 120 pp, US $ 0.70. Reprinted 1956.
Sections 1 and 2 combined, reprinted 1963, US $ 1.25.
Section 3 (Mo to La, Z = 42 - 57, and Hf to Ra, Z = 72 - 88), 1962, 98 pp,
US $ 0.60.
Section 4, Finding List for Spectra of the Elements Hydrogen to Niobium
(Z = 1 to 41), 1962, 70 pp, US $ 0.45.
Section 5, Finding List for Spectra of the Elements Molybdenum to Lanthanum
(Z = 42 to 57); Hafnium to Radium (Z = 72 to 88), 1962, 34 pp, US $ 0.30.
Atomic Energy Levels, As Derived from the Analyses of Optical Spectra, NBS
Circular 467, C. E. MOORE, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C. 20402.
Vol. I: Hydrogen to Vanadium (Z = 1 - 23), 1949, 309 pp, US $ 5.50.
Reprinted 1954, 1960, 1964.
Vol. II: Chromium to Niobium (Z = 24 - 41), 1952, 227 pp, US $ 4.00.
Reprinted 1958, 1963, 1966.
48
3.2.2.
Vol. III: Molybdenum to Lanthanum (Z = 42 - 57) and Hafnium to Actinium

(Z = 72 - 89),1958,245 pp, US $ 3.00. Reprinted 1963, 1966.
Vol. IV: Lanthanide and Actinide groups; in preparation.
Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra, NSRDS-NBS 3, C. E. MOORE, U. S. Government
Section 1, Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables, Si II, Si III, Si IV,
1965, US $ 0.35.
Section 2, Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables, Si I, 1967, US $ 0.20.
The Solar Spectrum 2935A to 8770A, Second Revision of Rowland's Preliminary
Table of Solar Spectrum Wavelengths, NBS Monograph 61, C. E. MOORE,
M. J. G. MINNAERT, and J. HOUTGAST, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. 20402,1966, XXX, 349 pp, US $ 4.00.
Partial Grotrian Diagrams of Astrophysical Interest, NSRDS-NBS 23, C. E. MOORE
and P. W. MERRILL, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
20402, 1968, V, 65 pp, US $ 0.55. A reprint of Appendix A from Lines of
Chemical Elements in Astronomical Spectra, P. W. MERRILL, Carnegie Institution
of Washington, Publication 610, Washington, D. c., 1956.
Bibliography on the Analyses of Optical Atomic Spectra, NBS Special Publication 306,
Section 1, IH-23V, C. E. MOORE, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton, D. C. 20402, 1968, 80 pp, US $ 1.00.
3.2.2. Atomic Transition Probabilities Data Center

Organization
In 1960, the Atomic Transition Probabilities Data Center was established
in the Atomic Physics Division of the U. S. National Bureau of Standards
(NBS) to survey the literature and to produce critical compilations of data
in this field. The Center is directed by W. L. WIESE, and is supported by
government agencies. There are three professional staff members. The first
data compilation of the Center was issued as part of the NBS National
Standard Reference Data Series (NSRDS, see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
The Data Center collects, evaluates, and publishes data on atomic transition
probabilities. This encompasses radiative transition probabilities of atoms
and atomic ions in the gas phase (intensities of spectral lines). All the ele-
ments are to be covered. The Data Center also answers inquiries from the
public.
A first critical compilation of Atomic Transition Probabilities covers the
first 10 elements of the periodic table; the second volume (in preparation)
will cover the next 10. Succeeding volumes will include elements for which
3.2.2.
extensive and adequate data are available - the heavier noble gases, some
of the well-known metals, the alkalies, and the alkaline earths.
The tables are arranged according to increasing atomic number and stage
of ionization. Allowed and forbidden transitions appear in separate tables.
The following properties are included: ground state configuration, ioniza-
tion potential, spectroscopic notation, wavelength, energy levels, statistical
weights (g; and gk), transition probability for spontaneous emission (A ki) ,
and line strength (5); for allowed transitions, in addition, the absorption
oscillator strength and log gf; and for forbidden transitions, the type of
transition.
Sources of data are the open literature, private communications, theoreti-
cal and experimental work at NBS, and - for the wavelengths and energy
levels - NBS compilations on atomic energy levels and multiplet tables
prepared by the Atomic Energy Levels Data and Information Center (see
3.2.1.). Also, numerous calculations based on the Coulomb approximation
of BATES and DAMGAARD have been made to fill gaps in the data.
Analysis
The authors have compiled the "best" available transition probabilities of
allowed (i.e., electric dipole) and forbidden (i.e., electric quadrupole and
magnetic dipole) lines of the first ten elements, including their ions.
The introduction to Atomic Transition Probabilities includes useful dis-
cussions of the major experimental and theoretical methods by which the
tabulated data were obtained, the methods of evaluation, and the content
and arrangement of the tables. A brief introduction for each spectrum, i.e.,
each stage of ionization, covers the selection of the tabulated values and
gives some indication of accuracy. The stronger lines characteristic of the
neutral atoms and ions and additional material with estimated uncertainties
less than 50 percent are listed. Data with estimated uncertainties greater
than 50 percent are included only in special cases. The estimation of uncer-
tainties is coded to indicate five levels of uncertainty covering a range from
1 to 50%. Experimental accuracies are generally not less than 10 percent,
with the exception of some data obtained from lifetime measurements.
When values were obtained by several methods of comparable quality, the
results were averaged to obtain the "best value". Numerous units and
symbols are used in the literature for transition probabilities. From these
the authors have adopted the following: Aki (sec-1), transition probability
for spontaneous emission ;fik (dimensionless), absorption oscillator strength;
log gf; and S (atomic units), the line strengths.
Most of the literature through 1963 to 1964 was examined for the evalua-
tion for the first ten elements. References for each spectrum precede the
50
3.2.3
tables of data. A list of pertinent materials received after the cut-off date is
included.
Publications
Atomic Transition Probabilities, A Critical Data Compilation, NSRDS-NBS 4
(Vol. I: Hydrogen Through Neon), W. L. WIESE, M. W. SMITH, and B. M.
GLENNON, U. S. Government Printing Office (GPO*), Washington, D. C.
20402, May 1966, XI, 154 pp, US $ 2.50.
Atomic Transition Probabilities, A Critical Data Compilation, NSRDS-NBS 22
(Vol. II: Sodium Through Calcium), W. L. WIESE, M. W. SMITH, and B. M.
MILES, GPO*, Washington, D. C. 20402, to be published, 1969.
Other Publications
Bibliography on Atomic Transition Probabilities, B. M. GLENNON and W. L. WIESE,
GPO*, Washington, D.C. 20402, (1) NBS Monograph 50, 1962, 44 pp,
superseded by (2) NBS Miscellaneous Publication 278,1966,92 pp, US $ 0.55,
plus (3) Supplement to NBS Miscellaneous Publication 278, 1968, 43 pp,
US $ 0.30 (for the period May 1966 to December 1967).
3.2.3. National Standard Reference Data System,

NSRDS-NBS 14
X-Ray Wavelengths and X-Ray Atomic Energy Levels, NSRDS-NBS 14, J. A.
BEARDEN, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
1967, VI, 66 pp, US $ 0.40. Reprinted from Reviews of Modern Physics 31,
No.1 (January 1967).
Organization
The work at The Johns Hopkins University (Baltimore, Maryland 21218), on
which these publications are based, was supported by various government
agencies including the Office of Standard Reference Data (see 1.1.1.) of the
National Bureau of Standards (NBS). The publication is divided into two
parts: "X-Ray Wavelengths" by J. A. BEARDEN, and "Reevaluation of
X-Ray Atomic Energy Levels" by J. A. BEARDEN and A. F. BURR.
Coverage
Discrepancies in the tabulations of X-ray reference lines prompted the
establishment of the standard W KIX! wavelength as exactly 0.2090100 A*,
where A* is a new unit, lA* = 1A ± 5 ppm. The wavelengths of Ag KIX!,
Mo KIX!, Cu KIX!, and Cr KIX2 were established as secondary standards; and
61 additional X-ray lines, as reference values. The first section includes two
major tables. The first lists all emission lines of an element including the line
and level designation, wavelength in A* with probable error, and energies
4* 51
3.2.4.
in keY. Elements are arranged by atomic number. The second table lists
wavelengths in numerical order of the emission lines. Included are the
wavelength in A*, probable error, element, line designation, absorption
edge, and energies in keY.
The second section is based on the first. The reevaluated X-ray emission
lines of section one are used with photoelectron measurements to redetermine
values of atomic energy levels by means of a least squares adjustment for
each element. Data tabulated include values of the adjusted atomic energy
levels, and probable errors in eV, photoelectron direct measurements when
available, and measured values of the X-ray absorption energies. The ele-
ments are arranged by ascending atomic number.
Data were compiled from the primary literature, some secondary sources,
and work done by the authors at The Johns Hopkins University.
Analysis
This work is the result of very careful examination of the theoretical and
experimental bases used in the determination of X-ray wavelength standards,
and a close scrutiny of the literature. After serious discrepancies were
uncovered, new standards were worked out based on the critical evaluation
of available data - some of which were determined by the author(s).
The standards and reference values for X-ray emission lines and atomic
energy levels are well documented with references, and discussions in the
introductory texts. Descriptions of errors and scrupulous definitions of the
"probable error" assigned to each value are provided.
Symbols and nomenclature are those accepted by international bodies.
3.2.4. M.I.T. Wavelength Tables

G. R. HARRISON, The Technology Press (MIT), and John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York-London, 1939, XXVIII, 429 pp, US $18.50.
Organization
The spectrum lines were measured and the data compiled from the
literature by the staff members of the Spectroscopy Laboratory of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Cambridge, Massachusetts
02139. GEORGE R. HARRISON, Professor of Physics, MIT, directed the project.
Coverage
This publication includes wavelength tables with intensities in are, spark,
or discharge tube of some 109,275 spectrum lines, most strongly emitted by
52
3.2.5.
the atomic elements under normal conditions of excitation, between 10000 A

and 2000 A, arranged in order of decreasing wavelengths.
The main tables give the wavelength, the intensity in are, spark, or
discharge tube, the stage of ionization of the parent atom when the line has
been classified in a term array, and the wavelength authority. Atoms in only
the first two stages of ionization are knowingly included. All the elements
up to and including U are covered except for Tc, Pm, At, Fr, and Pa.
Most references are to the primary literature, from 1939 and earlier.
Analysis
This publication is the most comprehensive offering of its kind. The data
included were based on a literature search and on measurements made at
MIT to corroborate the literature values. All values included were selected
by critical evaluation and carry an indication of precision.
The introduction provides discussions of the tables, precision of wave-
lengths, and other factors.
3.2.5. Atomic Collision Information Center

Organization
The Information Center is located in the Joint Institute for Laboratory
Astrophysics (JILA) , University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80302,
and is jointly operated by the University and the U. S. National Bureau of
Standards. It receives support from the Advanced Research Projects Agency
(ARPA) of the Department of Defense, and the U.S. National Bureau of
Standards (NBS), through the National Standard Reference Data Program
(NSRDP, see 1.1.1.). L. J. KIEFFER (NBS) supervises the Information
Center activities. The staff includes faculty members (academic staff who are
members of the University), NBS staff members, Visiting Fellows, Members
from other institutes, graduate students, and postdoctoral appointees. There
are four full-time and six part-time professional staff members, and support-
ing personnel.
Coverage
The Information Center collects, critically evaluates, and compiles data on
collisions of electrons, and photons, with ions, atoms, and molecules which
are of interest to astrophysicists, aeronomists, and plasma physicists. The
scope of the program is limited to low energy atomic collision data.
53
3.2.5.
The Center maintains as complete and up-to-date a bibliographic file as

possible. The main source of data is the primary literature, but abstracting
journals are also used to monitor the literature.
A critical evaluation of absolute cross sections for ionization of atoms
and diatomic molecules by electron impact has been published. Data fall
into two main classe~: total ionization cross sections and cross sections for
individual ionization processes. Groups of substances covered are: the rare
gases, atomic hydrogen, atomic nitrogen, atomic oxygen, atomic mercury,
the alkali metals, diatomic molecular cross sections (H2' D 2, N 2, O 2, CO,NO),
and ion cross sections (He+, Li+, N+, Ne+, Na+, K+).
Analysis
JILA has a number of activities; the Information Center is one. Under
NSRDP, the Information Center makes available to the general scientific
and technical community critically evaluated data for low energy electron,
photon, and heavy particle collisions with atoms and simple molecules. All
information on low energy atomic collisions is collected and published in
bibliographies, each new edition superseding previous ones. These biblio-
graphies are used to prepare critical reviews of atomic collision data. In the
reviews all data are critically analyzed, and scrutinized for a number of
requirements including theoretical background, experimental method, and
researcher's investigation of systematic errors. Data which are only of
historical interest and which have been superseded are not included in the
critical review.
A bibliography and a subsequent critical review have been published.
The introduction to the data compilation in the critical review includes a
thorough discussion of the criteria used for data evaluation - the specifics
of experimental method, and systematic errors. Older data expressed as
efficiency versus electron energy were converted to cross section units. The
reliability and uncertainty of data is indicated, and the validity of obtaining
values from graphs is considered. Complete references are included. The
data for each class of atoms, atomic ions, and diatomic molecules are dis-
cussed critically. Data are presented in graphs.
Publications
"Electron Impact Ionization Cross-Section Data for Atoms, Atomic Ions, and
Diatomic Molecules: 1. Experimental Data", L. J. KIEFFER and G. H. DUNN,
Rev. Mod. Phys. 38, No.1, 1-35 (1966).
Electron Impact Excitation of Atoms, NSRDS-NBS 25, B. L. MorSEIWITSCH and
S. J. SMITH, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
August 1968, IV, 116 pp, US $ 2.00. Reprinted from Rev. Mod. Phys. 40,
No. 2,238 (1968).
54
3.2.6.
"Ionization of Atoms by Electron Impact: II. Theory", M. R. H. RUDGE, Rev.

Mod. Phys. 40, 564 (1968).
Bibliographies
Bibliography of Low Energy Electron Collision Cross Section Data, National Bureau
of Standards Miscellaneous Publication 289, L. J. KIEFFER, U. S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1967, VIII, 87 pp, US $ 0.50.
A Bibliography of Electron Swarm Data, JILA Information Center Report No.4,
J. DUTION, October 1967, 57 pp.
Bibliography of Photoabsorption Cross Section Data, JILA Information Center Report
No.5, L. J. KIEFFER, April 1968, VII, 32 pp.
Molecular Properties Including Spectra

3.2.6. Diatomic Molecule Spectra and Energy Levels Data
Center
Organization
This program was established in July 1966 in the Heat Division of the
Institute for Basic Standards, National Bureau of Standards (NBS) in Wash-
ington, D. C. 20234. It is directed by ARNOLD M. BASS. Support is provided
by the Office of Standard Reference Data of NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
The center covers optical spectroscopic data and constants for diatomic
molecules in all pertinent regions of the electromagnetic spectrum, and
molecular parameters derived from spectroscopic measurements. Data
included are: wavelengths of characteristic bands in the electronic spectra,
energy levels associated with observed transitions, spectroscopic constants
for observed states, potential energy curves, and dissociation energies. Of
particular interest at this time are vacuum UV band wavelengths.
An information file is maintained as complete and up-to-date as possible.
The literature has been surveyed from 1900 to 1965. This included not only
primary literature but also abstracting journals and a few other references.
The center plans to issue bibliographies, reviews, and compilations of
critically evaluated numerical data.
The first publication and data compilation, The Band Spectrum of Carbon
Monoxide, appeared in 1966 as NSRDS-NBS 5. Observed and predicted
spectroscopic data on CO, CO+, and C02+ in the gas phase are presented.
Properties included in the first half, a critical review of the literature, are
the electronic structure and spectrum of CO and CO+; perturbations;
dissociation energies; other spectra of CO; RAMAN, STARK, and ZEEMAN
55
3.2.7.
effects for CO and CO +; molecular energy levels, potential energy curves;

and transition probabilities and lifetimes. Seventy-four tables constitute the
second half and mainly include band heads and origins, rotational constants
and FRANK-CONDON factors. A few other properties are also included.
Analysis
The center performs two complementary functions: it acts as an information
center by accumulating, processing, and storing data; and it produces
reviews and compilations of critically evaluated data.
The Band Spectrum of Carbon Monoxide combines a literature review and a
compilation of critically evaluated data. Papers from which data were taken
are discussed in the text. Early data, which are assumed to be of low preci-
sion, are included only when better data are not available. The author
indicates that estimates of reliability are given where possible: in the tabu-
lations copious footnotes perform this function.
Spectrograms and topics such as infrared intensities, which are treated
fully elsewhere, are not included, but references are provided. All references
used are grouped together at the end, constituting a critical bibliography of
the subject. Most references are to the primary literature and include the
title of the paper, which enhances the usefulness of the bibliography.
The spectroscopic notation follows recommendations by the Triple
Commission on Spectroscopy (now the Joint ICSU Commission on Spectro-
scopy, see 3.2.1.). Symbols, nomenclature, other conventions, and physical
constants and conversion factors used are also indicated.
Publications
The Band Spectrum of Carbon Monoxide, NSRDS-NBS 5, P. H. KRUPENIE, U. S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402, 1966, VI, 87 pp,
US $ 0.70.
3.2.7. Tables de Constantes Selectionnees, Volume 4

Donnees Spectroscopiques concernant les Molecules Diatomiques, B. ROSEN, Ed.,
Volume 4 of Tables de Constantes et Donnees Numeriques, Constantes
Selectionnees, Hermann et Cie, Paris, 1951,361 pp, 48 F (US $ 15.00).
Organization
This volume, and Volume 5, were produced under the aegis of the Tables
de Constantes organization, but also with joint sponsorship by the Inter-
national Astronomical Union and the International Union of Pure and
56
3.2.8.
Applied Chemistry. The editor of both volumes was B. ROSEN of Liege,

Belgium, and the scientific collaborators were R. F. BARROW (U.K.), A. D.
CAUNT (U.K.), A. R. DOWNIE (U.K.), R. HERMAN (France), E. HULDT
(Sweden), A. McKELLAR (Canada), E. MIESCHER (Switzerland), and K.
WIELAND (Switzerland). For a description of the organization of "Tables
de Constantes et Donnees Numeriques", see 2.2.
Coverage
This volume includes information on spectra of about 400 diatomic mole-
cules of particular interest to astrophysicists. For each molecule the following
information is given in tabular form: the methodes) of production of the
spectra; the band systems or groups of bands including the pertinent
transition, the favorable sources, the limits of observation, the direction of
shading, wavelengths of characteristic band heads, frequency values and
references; molecular constants (for the most abundant isotope); informa-
tion on perturbation, predissociation or preionization; and potential energy
curves (a few cases only).
Analysis
A brief, but information-packed introduction presents nomenclature, sym-
bols, conventions, and formulas applicable to the tables. The data for each
molecule were assembled by the expert collaborators; and reviewed for
consistency by Prof. ROSEN. The bibliography is complete to July 1951 and
comprises 2,625 references. A revision of this work is in progress.

Atlas des Longueurs d'Onde Caracteristiques des Bandes d' Emission et d' Absorption
des Molecules Diatomiques, B. ROSEN, Ed., Volume 5 of Tables de Constantes
et Donnees Numeriques, Constantes Selectionnees, Hermann et Cie, Paris,
1952,389 pp, 56 F (US $ 17.50).
Organization
This volume, and Volume 4, were produced under the aegis of the Tables de
Constantes organization, but also with joint sponsorship by the International
Astronomical Union and the International Union of Pure and Applied
Chemistry. The editor of both volumes was B. ROSEN of Liege, Belgium,
and the scientific collaborators were R. F. BARROW (U. K.), A. D. CAUNT,
(U.K.), A. R. DOWNIE (U.K.), R. HERMAN (France), E. HULDT (Sweden),
57
3.2.9.
A. MCKELLAR (Canada), E. MIESCHER (Switzerland), and K. WIELAND

(Switzerland). For a description of the organization of "Tables de Constantes
et Donnees Numeriques", see 2.2.
Coverage
This volume presents spectral data for essentially the same molecules treated
in Volume 4. The main part is a 320-page table giving in decreasing order of
wavelength, from 15000 to 700 A the heads or maxima of bands for 299
diatomic molecules. An indication is given for each band of the mode of
observation, the direction of shading, Llv, characteristic bands of the system,
and a literature reference or cross index to tables of Volume 4. A separate
table of 55 pages lists 4000 individual lines for H 2 • Also for a small number
of molecules, a complete listing of wavelengths is given for their bands
(6 pages only).
Analysis
This atlas of bands and lines for diatomic molecules is an extremely useful
extension of the data of Volume 4, although now out of date.
3.2.9. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure

GERHARD HERZBERG, D. van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton-Toronto-Lon-
don-New York.
Vol. I. Spectra of Diatomic Molecules, 1939; 2nd ed 1950, XV, 658 pp,
US $15.00.
Vol. II. Infrared and Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules, 1945,
XIII, 632 pp, US $ 15.00.
Vol. III. Electronic Spectra and Electronic Structure of Polyatomic
Molecules, 1966, XVIII, 745 pp, US $ 20.00.
Organization
These volumes were prepared by GERHARD HERZBERG, National Research
Council of Canada, 100 Sussex Drive, Ottawa 7, Ontario, Canada.
Coverage
Volume I covers: resume of the Elements of Atomic Structure; Ob-
served Molecular Spectra and Their Representation by Empirical Formulae;
Rotation and Vibration of Diatomic Molecules; Interpretation of Infrared
58
3.2.10.
and Raman Spectra; Elementary Discussion of Electronic States and Elec-

tronic Transitions; Finer Details About Electronic States and Electronic
Transitions; Building-up Principles, Electron Configurations, and Valence;
Continuous and Diffuse Molecular Spectra: Dissociation and Predissoci-
ation; Examples, Results, and Applications. Bibliography.
Volume II covers: Introduction; Rotation and Rotation Spectra; Vibra-
tions, Vibrational Energy Levels, and Vibrational Eigenfunctions; Vibra-
tional, Infrared and Raman Spectra; Interaction of Rotation and Vibration,
Rotation-Vibration Spectra; Applications; Appendix; Bibliography; Author
Index; SubjectIndex.
Volume III covers: Electronic States; Electronic Transitions; Building-
Up Principles, Electronic Configurations and Stability of Electronic States;
Dissociation, Predissociation and Recombination: Continuous and Diffuse
Spectra; Electronic Spectra ofIndividual Molecules and their Interpretation;
Appendices (I-VII); Bibliography; Subject Index; and Author Index.
Extensive tables of data appear as appendices in Volumes I and III. For
Volume I the main table covers vibrational and rotational constants for the
electronic states of all known diatomic molecules. In Volume III, the
Appendices include: point groups, and for the important point groups,
species of spin functions and direct products of representations (species);
also, "resolution of species of linear molecules into those of molecules of
lower symmetry"; "molecular orbitals formed from atomic orbitals of
equivalent atoms"; and molecular constants of the electronic states of
molecules.
Analysis
Volume III concludes the series "Molecular Spectra and Molecular Struc-
ture", begun in 1939. The author's primary purpose was to present a
thorough exposition of the theoretical background and the empirical results
necessary to a consideration of molecular spectra and structure. Also inclu-
ded, as part of the presentation, are diagrams, graphical reproductions of
eigenfunctions and potential curves, energy level diagrams, spectrograms,
and extensive tables of carefully selected data.
3.2.10. Tables of Molecular Vibrational Frequencies

Organization
This continuing numerical data program was begun in 1964 at the University
of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan. Its director, TAKEHIKO SHIMANOUCHI, is a member
of the Department of Chemistry of the University, and is also the chairman
59
3.2.10.
of the Infrared Data Committee (IRDC) of Japan (see 3.2.20.). The Office
of Standard Reference Data, National Bureau of Standards (NBS), (see 1.1.1.)
provides financial support.
Coverage
Complete fundamental vibrational frequency values are given for a com-
prehensive series of selected simple inorganic and organic molecules including
XY2' XY3 and XY4 type molecules (where X = 0, N, C, S, P, Si, etc., and
Y =H, F, CI, Br, I), simple hydrocarbons and halogen and other basic deriva-
tives, and deuterated varieties of many ofthe foregoing. A table is given for each
molecule; it lists the selected value of each fundamental frequency, and its
symmetry class and mode (stretching, rocking, etc.). Other information
provided includes: observed infrared and Raman frequencies (em-i), the
molecular formula, and estimated frequency uncertainty. Coded notations
indicate the strength and type of line (strong or weak, shoulder, polarized,
etc.).
To date three parts of a four-part compilation have been issued in the
National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS) publications series.
The publication Tables of Molecular Vibrational Frequencies, Parts 1,2, and 3,
includes 167 molecules. Part 4 will cover about 50 additional molecules.
Most references are from the primary literature with a few from un-
published work and secondary sources.
Analysis
It is anticipated that fundamental vibrational frequencies for several hundred
key molecules will be assigned and evaluated. A consolidated volume
comprised of Parts 1,2, and 3 plus Part 4, now in preparation, will include
the first 229 molecules.
The fundamental frequencies are obtained mainly from infrared and
Raman spectra supplemented by microwave spectra. The assignment of
vibrational frequencies are adopted only when supported by calculation of
frequencies from force constants. Such calculations are also used to predict
optically inactive or otherwise missing lines. Five levels of uncertainty are
assigned, ranging from an uncertainty of 0 - 1 cm-i to 15 - 30 cm-i and
reflect a magnitude of uncertainty characteristic of the instrumentation used.
The brief introduction refers the reader to a number of publications for
the methods used in selecting force constants and in calculating normal
vibrations. The use of the tables and the abbreviations and conventions
employed are also discussed.
60
3.2.11.
A goal of the program is to supply complete frequency assignments for

use in calculation of thermodynamic functions for the ideal gas state. Also,
a continuing objective is to develop a consistent set of force constants
between atoms that will be transferrable between molecules of similar type.
Publications
Tables of Molecular Vibrational Frequencies, TAKEHIKO SHIMANOUCHI, U. S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
Part 1, NSRDS-NBS 6, March 1967, IV, 56 pp, US $ DAD.
Part 2, NSRDS-NBS 11, October 1967, IV, 38 pp, US $ DAD.
Part 3, NSRDS-NBS 17, March 1968, IV, 39 pp, US $ 0.30.
3.2.11. Atomic and Molecular Processes Information Center

Organization
The center was established in 1964 at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831. The Atomic Energy Commission and the
Office of Standard Reference Data, National Bureau of Standards (NBS,
see 1.1.1.), support the center, which is directed by C. F. BARNETT. Thus far
its main product has been the "Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular
Processes" .
Coverage
Covered are atomic collisions: heavy particle-heavy particle atomic collision
cross sections, particle interactions with quasi-static electric and magnetic
fields, particle penetration into macroscopic matter, and energetic particle
interactions with surfaces. Molecular interactions are considered for mole-
cules consisting of less than 5 or 6 atoms.
A file of evaluated bibliographical references has been prepared from a
literature search covering the period 1950 to 1967. The Center prepares the
"Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular Processes" from a survey of 76
scientific and 5 abstract journals. This annotated bibliography has been
covering 6-month intervals.
The center has several publications in various stages: A critical mono-
graph, "Ion-Atom Rearrangement Collisions" is being published by John
Wiley & Sons; a critical review, "Excitation, Ionization and Dissociation
by Heavy Particles", is almost completed; and "Charge Exchange" is in
progress.
61
3.2.12.
Analysis
The center was set up to review and critically evaluate data concerning
atomic collisions. A bibliographical file, noted above, is virtually complete;
work on a data file of evaluated collision data is well underway.
The three publications named are described as critical review mono-
graphs.
Publications
Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular Processes for July-December 1965, ORNL-
AMPIC-6, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL), Oak Ridge, Tennessee,
Sept. 1967,257 pp. Available from Clearinghouse for Scientific and Technical
Information (CFSTI), Springfield, Virginia 22151 for US $ 3.00 hardcover,
US $ 0.65 microfiche.
Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular Processes for January-June 1966, ORNL-
AMPIC-7, ORNL, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, Oct. 1967, 195 pp. Available from
CFSTI, Springfield, Virginia 22151 for US $ 3.00 hardcover, US $ 0.65 micro-
fiche.
Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular Processes for July-December 1966, ORNL-
AMPIC-8, ORNL, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, Oct. 1967, 176 pp. Available from
fiche.
Bibliography of Atomic and Molecular Processes for January-June 1967, ORNL-
AMPIC-9, ORNL, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, June 1967, 225 pp. Available from
fiche.
3.2.12. Data Center for Atomic and Molecular Ionization

Processes
Organization
The center was set up in 1965 in the Physical Chemistry Division, Institute
for Basic Standards, National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C.
20234. It is supported by the Office of Standard Reference Data of NBS
(see 1.1.1.). HENRY M. ROSENSTOCK is the director.
Coverage
Properties covered include ionization and appearance potentials, and the
properties of excited ionic states - in general, the energetics of gaseous
ionization. All atomic and molecular species are included.
62
3.2.13.
Many of the properties covered may be measured by mass spectrometric

techniques, and are of interest to mass spectroscopists. Because of this facet,
the center has sometimes been called the "Mass Spectrometry Data Center".
The primary literature is searched for data which are stored on punched
cards.
Analysis
As part of its responsibilities, the data center answers requests from indi-
viduals for specific information, and evaluates data for specific projects.
Publication of tabular compilations of evaluated data has been planned,
and one on ionization potentials, appearance potentials and ionic heats of
formation - in collaboration with J. L. FRANKLIN - is in press.
The literature from 1955 to 1966 has been abstracted, and work on
bringing the file up to date is in progress.
Publications
A Bibliography on Ion-Molecule Reactions,fanuary 1900 to March 1966, NBS Technical
Note 291, F. N. HARLLEE, H. M. ROSENSTOCK, and ]. T. HERRON, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1966, III, 38 pp.
US $ 0.30.
Ionization Potentials, Appearance Potentials, and Heats of Formation of Gaseous Positive
Ions, NSRDS-NBS 26, ]. L. FRANKLIN, ]. G. DILLARD, H. M. ROSENSTOCK,
]. T. HERRON, K. DRAXL, and F. H. FIELD - In press.
3.2.13. Compendium of ab initio Calculations of Molecular

Energies and Properties
Technical Note 438, MORRIS KRAUSS, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. 20402,1967, XII, 139 pp, US $ 0.70.
Organization
This work was prepared by MORRIS KRAUSS in the Physical Chemistry Divi-
sion, Institute for Basic Standards, National Bureau of Standards, Washing-
ton, D. C. 20234.
Coverage
Observable properties for which calculated data are given include: total
energy, dissociation energy, electron affinity, spectroscopic constants, elec-
tric moments, field gradients, polarizabilities, magnetic constants, and orbital
63
3.2.14.
energies. The calculations have been assigned to two broad groups, i.e.,
HARTREE-FoCK, and beyond HARTREE-FoCK.
All data are referenced. Other information provided for the annotated
ab initio calculations include state, method, and basis set. Gaussian basis
calculations are presented for 16 molecules in the last table to illustrate the
use of ab initio calculations for polyatomic molecules which range over
systems such as H 2CO, C2H 4 , C4H 4N 2, and C6H 6-
Sixty-five other molecules are covered from the homonuclear diatomics
to pentatomics, e.g., H 2 , LiH, KCI, NP, HCOF, HCCCI, and HCCCN.
The data included are from the period 1960 to 1967. Unpublished material
as well as the primary literature was used for the compilation.
Analysis
By virtue of its breadth, this data compilation presents an overview of the
field. The author states that the best values for the several observable
properties have been compiled from the mass of data available, but that the
publication is not intended to be a critical review. Data are presented in
tables; a few graphs are included.
3.2.14. Digest of Literature on Dielectrics

Organization
The Digest of Literature on Dielectrics has been issued annually since 1936 by
the Committee on Digest of Literature of the Conference on Electrical
Insulation and Dielectric Phenomena, Division of Engineering, National
Research Council as a service of the National Academy of Sciences. The
publication is prepared by a number of authors who contribute sections or
chapters. The authors, in turn, are aided by their companies or institutions
who allow the authors working time. The chairman of the Committee on
Digest of Literature on Dielectrics is FREDERICK 1. MOPSIK; the NAS-NRC
staff office of the Conference on Electrical Insulation is located at the
NAS-NAE-NRC headquarters in Washington, D. C.
Coverage
The digest is an annual compilation of information which has been published
during the year on dielectric phenomena. Chemical Abstracts, Physics Ab-
stracts, other abstracting services, and other sources are used to locate papers
which are then examined. Although the publication is a digest of literature
on dielectrics, the emphasis is on instrumentation and measurements. The
64
3.2.14.
content and scope of the digest reflects the interest of the Conference on
Electrical Insulation.
The format of the Digest has been changed a number of times, but the
basic purpose has remained the same. Volume 30 (1966) of the Digest
consists of chapters which include a review of the literature highlights and
an extensive bibliography listing paper titles. Other formats have used
extensively annotated bibliographies.
Always included is a chapter with tables of dielectric constants and dipole
moments, and more recently, dielectric relaxation times. This data com-
pilation frequently accounts for about ten percent of the book. The classes
of compounds included in the tables are inorganic, metal- and nonmetal-
organic, complexed, and organic materials. Pure materials and dilute solu-
tions only are considered. The tables in Volume 30 (1966) cover the static
dielectric constants of pure liquids and pure solids, dipole moments, and
unresolved and resolved relaxation times. A brief introduction, list of
abbreviations and units, and methods of calculation are given.
Analysis
It is not indicated that the tables of data have been critically evaluated. The
authors note that in most cases the values listed were taken from the original
literature, or in some cases from the abstracts. In the cases where an uncer-
tainty or accuracy was given in the original literature, this is included with
the value listed in the table. Also included after some tables are descriptions
of measurements which were not suitable to be included in the tables.
The table of dipole moments is the must substantial of the five tables,
reflecting the activity in this field.
The other chapters of the Digest are literature reviews and extensive
bibliographies - very useful in providing an annual up-to-date review of
the areas under consideration. Volume 30 covering 1966 was published
in 1967.
Publications
Digest of Literature on Dielectrics, prepared by the Committee on Digest of Liter-
ature, Conference on Electrical Insulation and Dielectric Phenomena of the
Division of Engineering, National Research Council. Published by the Nation-
al Academy of Sciences, 2101 Constitution Avenue, Washington, D. C. 20418.
Vol. 11, 1947 1948, VI, 94pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 12, 1948 1949, V, 150 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 13, 1949 1950, VII, 162 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 18, 1954 Publication 383/1955, IX, 176 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 19, 1955 Publication 503/1956, X, 236 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 20,1956 Publication 562/1957, XV, 239 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
3.2.15.
Vol. 21, 1957 Publication 599/1958, XII, 283 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 22, 1958 Publication 713/1959, XIII, 293 pp, paper, US $ 5.00.
Vol. 23, 1959 Publication 799/1960, XIV, 423 pp, paper, US $ 8.00.
Vol. 24,1960 Publication 917/1961, VII, 303 pp, paper, US $ 10.00.
Vol. 25, 1961 Publication 1034/1962, VII, 419 pp, paper, US $ 15.00.
Vol. 28,1964 Publication 1342/1965, IX, 359 pp, cloth, US $ 20.00.
Vol. 29,1965 Publication 1461/1966, (X), 257 pp, cloth, US $ 20.00.
Vol. 30, 1966 Publication 1496/1967, X, 430 pp, cloth, US $ 20.00.
Vol. 31, 1967 Publication 1595/1969, 433 pp, cloth, US $ 27.00.
3.2.15. National Standard Reference Data System,

NSRDS-NBS 10
Selected Values of Electric Dipole Moments for Molecules in the Gas Phase,
NSRDS-NBS 10, R. D. NELSON, JR., D. R. LIDE, JR., and A. A. MARYOTT,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,1967, V, 49 pp,
US $ 0.40.
Organization
This compilation was prepared in the Infrared and Microwave Spectroscopy
Section, Institute for Basic Standards, National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
in Washington, D. C. 20234 as a part of the National Standard Reference
Data Program described in 1.1.1.
Coverage
Selected Values of Electric Dipole Moments for Molecules in the Gas Phase revises,
updates, and extends the coverage of NBS Circular 537, Tables of Dielectric
Constants and Electric Dipole Moments of Substances in the Gaseous State by
A. A. MARYOTT and F. BUCKLEY (1953).
Some 600 compounds are included. Of these, 127 are inorganic com-
pounds; halides account for over half of this group. The remaining 470 are
carbon compounds, most with less than 12 carbon atoms. Table 1, inorganic,
and Table 2, organic, are arranged alphabetically in ascending order by
empirical formula, except in the carbon compounds in which the C and H
come first.
The tables are based on data from the open literature. Data taken from
compilations on dipole moments, dielectric constants, and microwave
spectroscopy were also critically evaluated. The literature was covered from
1919 to the end of 1965, with some references from 1966.
66
3.2.16.
Analysis
The tables present the following: the formula, the compound name,
recommended value of the dipole moment, and its accuracy. The experi-
mental values which were weighted most strongly in the final selection are
also listed for each compound, accompanied by bibliographic references and
a code symbol indicating the method of measurement. IUP AC nomenclature
recommendations are followed; dipole moment values are expressed in the
cgs system.
Values taken from the original literature have been made to conform
to the current recommended values of the fundamental constants and dipole
moments of reference molecules. Incorrect or irrelevant literature values
were discarded or corrected. Code letters for seven levels of accuracy are
assigned. In estimating accuracy, chemical purity, scope and precision of
data, experimental technique and overall reliability of the laboratory were
considered. The introductory text provides useful information on use of the
tables, the bibliography, the definition of dipole moment, the principal
methods of measuring dipole moment and a critique of these methods. The
criteria used in selecting the published values are given.
Separate tables of dipole moments measured in different vibrational
states and for different isotopic species appear as appendices.
Infrared and Microwave Spectra
3.2.16. Selected Infrared Spectral Data: American Petroleum

Institute Research Project 44
OrganiZation
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Research Project 44 (see 2.3.1.)
initiated a catalog of infrared spectral data in 1943, the first compilation of
its kind in the field. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics
Research Center (TRC, see 2.3.) at Texas A & M University, College Station,
Texas 77843, is in charge of the program which is closely associated with the
TRC Data Project in IR (see 3.2.17.).
Coverage
Substances covered are principally hydrocarbons, as well as certain classes
of nitrogen and sulfur compounds. Prior to 1959, the collection included
oxygen compounds, organometallic compounds, and c(rtain halogen deri-
vatives.
5* 67
3.2.16.
Both infrared prism and infrared grating spectra are published. Infrared
absorption spectra are recorded mostly in the wavelength range 2 to 15
microns but some, in ranges 2.5 to 40 microns, 14 to 25 microns, 14 to 40
microns. In most cases, percent transmittance is plotted against wavelength,
in microns. Numerical values of principal peaks and shoulders are tabulated
for some spectra. Other information given includes: state, temperature,
operating characteristics, and molecular and structural formulas. Some data
in the far infrared have been published. These are collected by the supporting
experimental program of the Thermodynamics Research Center.
Some 51 selected industrial, academic, and governmental laboratories
in the United States, Canada, England, and Japan contribute spectra. TRC
also determines some spectra, mainly for correlation or filling in gaps.
Analysis
Currently, emphasis is placed on grating spectra of high resolution. Spectra
are selected on the basis of the competence of the investigator, the quality
of the instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds. The
source and purity of the compound are given in the legend when possible.
To upgrade quality, the project supplies contributors criteria for the deter-
mination and presentation of spectra.
Spectra are replaced as better ones become available. Revisions and
additions are issued semiannually when warranted by the accumulation of
new spectra.
The spectra are published on 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets, for which
special post binders are available. The sheets are arranged by serial number.
The spectrograms vary slightly with contributing laboratory due to the
different instruments used. The name of the contributing laboratory is given
on the spectral sheet and identified in the indexes by code letters. A compound
index, based on the Standard Order System (see 3.4.1.), and in turn on
compound type, and a numerical index arranged in order of serial number,
are revised as new sheets are issued. Cumulative compound and numerical
indexes are issued every few years.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Infrared Spectral Data, American Petroleum Institute Research
Project 44, B. ]. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center,
Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843; 2908 loose-leaf data
sheets extant December 1967, comprising 7 volumes, sold initially in complete
sets only for US $ 920.60 (with binders), approximate cost of supplements per
year is US $ 48.00. Discount prices are available to some educational and non-
profit research institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office,
Texas A & M Research Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas
77843.
68
3.2.17.
3.2.17. Selected Infrared Spectral Data: Thermodynamics

Research Center Data Project
Organization
The Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC) Data Project, formerly the
Manufacturing Chemists Association Research Project is described in 2.3.2.
Infrared spectral data were first published in 1959. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI,
director of the Thermodynamics Research Center (discussed in 2.3.), Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the spectral
data program which is closely associated with the API RP 44 program in
this area (see 3.2.16.).
Coverage
Substances covered include nonhydrocarbon compounds of defined purity
of interest to the chemical industry. Spectra have been issued for organic
compounds containing oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, halogen, phosphorus,
boron, arsenic, sodium, silicon, and zinc, and for boric acid. The TRC
infrared catalog is complementary to that of the American Petroleum
Institute, and substances covered therein are not duplicated.
Infrared absorption spectra are recorded as percent transmittance versus
frequency and wavelength, in general 2 to 15 microns. In addition to the
spectral curve, the name, molecular and structural formulas of the compound,
and the solvent and concentration (if in solution) are given in the legend on
the sheet.
Spectra measured in 16 cooperating industrial and academic laboratories
provide the major source of material. Some spectra are determined by TRC.
Laboratories interested in cooperating in this project may consult the
director.
Analysis
Spectra are selected on the basis of the competence of the investigator, the
quality of the instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds.
Currently, emphasis is placed on grating spectra of high resolution. The
source and purity of the compound, molecular and semistructural formulas,
cell length, and the solvent and concentration (if in solution) are given in
the legend. To upgrade quality the project supplies contributors with
instructions for calibration of absolute wavelengths and intensities.
Spectra are replaced as better ones become available; revisions and
additions are issued when warranted by the accumulation of new spectra.
The catalog is made up of 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special
post binders are available. The sheets are arranged by serial number. Charts
vary slightly with contributor and instrument used.
69
3.2.18.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Infrared Spectral Data, Thermodynamics Research Center Data
Project, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center, Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843; 409 loose-leaf data
sheets extant June 1968, sold initially in complete sets only for US $ 122.70
(with binders), approximate cost of supplements per year is US $ 45.00.
Discount prices are available to some educational and non-profit research
institutions. Order from the Data Distribution Office, Texas A & M Research
Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
3.2.18. Coblentz Society Infrared Absorption Spectra

Organization
The Coblentz Society was founded in 1954 by a group of persons interested
in infrared spectroscopy and related fields. Its headquarters are at 761 Main
Avenue, Norwalk, Connecticut 06851. In 1957, the Society established a
Committee on Infrared Absorption Spectra to expedite the production and
distribution of infrared spectra. Editor of the Coblentz spectra is CLARA
D. SMITH. About 5000 spectra have been published.
At the request of the Office of Standard Reference Data (see 1.1.1.) of
the National Bureau of Standards (NBS), the Coblentz Society Board of
Managers prepared recommendations for quality standards for compilations
of infrared spectral data (see Appendix II).
Coverage
Spectra of pure compounds and commercial products are issued. Many
spectra are from private collections, including members' files.
Both infrared grating and infrared prism spectra are included. The
wavelength range is generally within 2 to 40 microns. Percent transmittance
is plotted against wavelength (microns) and frequency (cm- 1). The name,
the empirical or semi-structural formula, or both, and sometimes values of
other properties such as boiling point and refractive index are given with
each spectrum.
Analysis
Spectra are checked for completeness, consistency of compound or material
name and structure, accuracy, and quality. More than one spectrum for a
material is included in the collection if the more recent spectrum is better.
A central committee evaluates, correlates, and edits the spectra to ensure
publication of the best spectra.
70
3.2.19.
The source of each spectrum is indicated. Four indexes are available:

alphabetical, molecular formula, chemical classes, and numerical. The Chem-
ical Classes Index annually includes a numerical listing of functional groups,
an alphabetical listing of the functional groups, and a tabular coded listing
of all the spectra in the set.
Publications
Coblentz Society Infrared Spectra, Volumes I-V, set of 5000 spectra, 1968, US $
100.00 per volume (plus US $ 15.00 for the indexes and US $ 5.00 each for
binders), available from the Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc., 3316 Spring
Garden Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.
3.2.19. Documentation of Molecular Spectroscopy

Organization
Documentation of Molecular Spectroscopy (DMS), established in 1956, is a
card system used for publishing infrared spectra plus supporting informa-
tion. This card system is published jointly by Butterworth & Co. Ltd.,
London, U.K., and Verlag Chemie, GmbH, Weinheim, Germany. The
data are prepared by experts working under the direction of the British
DMS Advisory Board, London, and the German Institut fur Spektrochemie
und Angewandte Spektroskopie, Dortmund, Germany. The British Board
is headed by H. W. THOMPSON, Oxford University, and the group at the
German institute by H. KAISER.
In addition to the infrared spectral data cards, there are two "current
literature" services. One covers infrared, Raman, and microwave literature;
the other covers nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic reso-
nance, and nuclear quadrupole resonance literature. Another important data
compilation is the UV Atlas of Organic Compounds (UV - Atlas organischer
Verbindungen, see 3.2.34.).
Coverage
Before 1960, organic substances - pure compounds and naturally occurring
substances for which the composition had not been established, technical
products and mixtures - were given; since 1960, both organic and inorganic
substances have been included.
Infrared absorption spectra within the range 4000 to 200 em -1 (2.5 to
50 microns) are plotted against percent transmittance and percent absorption.
Frequencies of the chief bands and their approximate intensities and peak
absorption positions are indicated. Physical properties (melting or boiling
point, density, and index of refraction), and molecular and structural for-
mulas are also given. Between 4000 and 2000 cm- 1, the scale is reduced by
71
3.2.19.
one fourth, thus allowing sufficient space for the clear presentation of the
shorter wavelength range.
Sources of data include the current literature and previously unpublished
spectral data from industrial, governmental, and academic laboratories
throughout the world.
Analysis
Publication of spectra is under the advice and control of an advisory com-

mittee consisting of leading spectroscopists. Each spectrum is chosen criti-
cally as the best available. The author, source of the spectrum, the purity of
the substance, and the conditions under which the spectrum was measured
are given. Errors are called to the attention of subscribers by means of a
newsletter sent out at intervals.
The spectral cards are issued quarterly, approximately 400 cards per set.
DMS spectral traces for organic compounds are reproduced on 15 X 21 cm
pink edge-notched cards. The frequencies of the chief bands are listed beside
the spectra. A coded classification is notched at tbe top and at one end of
the card; it is based on three structural features: (1) the number of carbon
atoms, (2) the basic skeleton, and (3) the substituent groups. Spectral traces
for inorganic compounds are reproduced on blue cards similar to the pink
cards except that the coding is essentially stoichiometric.
English and German editions of the spectral cards are issued giving
identical information.
An index to the DMS Card System, the DMS-I-Cards, consists of
15 X 21 cm optical coincidence cards with a coordination system for 5000
possible hole spaces in 50 squares subdivided into 100 smaller squares.
These cards make it possible to sort out rapidly all the spectral cards that
have a given property.
Yellow literature cards similar to the spectral cards were issued with
Volumes 1 through 6 (24 issues). The cards indicated the author, reference,
and an abstract of each article from which a spectrum had been reproduced.
Often, other articles of interest were also included. The cards usually were
coded with sufficient data so that reference to the original article is unneces-
sary.
Beginning with the 25th issue (Volume 7, 1963), the literature cards have
been replaced by a comprehensive list of papers on infrared, Raman, and
microspectroscopy; and since 1965 on nuclear magnetic resonance. This
list, printed on punched sheets for insertion in a ring binder, is accompanied
by a set of IBM-sized optical coincidence cards known as the DMS Junior
Index. These smaller cards are replaced by a consolidated set oflarge punched
cards every two years. An author index is published yearly.
72
3.2.19.
Publications
The DMS card service is obtained by subscription from Butterworth & Co. Ltd.,
88 Kingsway, London, W.e. 2, England, from Plenum Press, 227 West 17th
Street, New York, N.Y. 10011, U.S.A., or from Verlag-Chemie, G.m.b.H.,
694 Weinheim/Bergstr., Pappelallee 3, Germany. A subscription covers one
volume of four issues. Each one contains about 400 spectral cards (pink) and
100 literature cards (yellow). From issue 17, spectral cards for inorganic
compounds (blue) are included and from issue 25, the literature cards were
replaced by literature lists.
Users may subscribe either to a slotted or unslotted edition, i.e., the user can
decide either to cut the slots himself or to obtain the pack ready for use.
Price - Unslotted Subscription:
£ US $ DM
Vol. 1, Issues 1 to 4 67.0 187.50 750

Vol. 2, Issues 5 to 8 67.0 187.50 750
Vol. 3, Issues 9 to 12 67.0 187.50 750
Vol. 4, Issues 13 to 16 67.0 187.50 750
Vol. 5 onwards, per volume 70.0 210.00 840
Price - Slotted Subscription:

Vol. 1, Issues 1 to 4 80.5 225.00 900
Vol. 2, Issues 5 to 8 80.5 225.00 900
Vol. 3, Issues 9 to 12 80.5 225.00 900
Vol. 4, Issues 13 to 16 80.5 225.00 900
Vol. 5 onwards, per volume 88.0 247.00 988
In addition to the cards, subscriptions cover:

1 Code for the literature lists
1 Instruction and Coding Manual (for spectral cards)
1 Formula list for each issue
DMS Newsletters
Prices for the Index Cards are as follows:

First issue (S-1)
£ US$ DM
One set 22.5 62.50 250

For second and further sets 18.0 50.00 200
Second issue (S-2)
One set 26.5 73.50 295
For second and further sets 21.0 59.00 236
Accessories such as hand punches for slotting, hand sorting apparatus, sorting
needles, blank cards may be purchased from DMS.
73
3.2.20.
3.2.20. The Infrared Data Committee of Japan

Organization
The Infrared Data Committee of Japan (IRDC) is a part of the Infrared and
Raman Discussion Group, Tokyo, jointly formed in 1955 by the Chemical
Society of Japan, the Spectroscopical Society of Japan, the Japan Society
for Analytical Chemistry, the Pharmaceutical Society of Japan, and the
Society of Polymer Science, Japan. IRDC was organized to re-examine
existing infrared data in Japan and to publish an authoritative standard
collection of infrared spectra. The chairman is T AKEHIKO SHIMANOUCHI;
Vice-chairmen are YO-ICHIRO MASHIKO and KO]I NAKANISHI; four addi-
tional members of the committee, YOSHIO KITAHARA, IcHIRO NAKAGAWA,
SHIN-NOSUKE SAEKI, and NOBUYUKI TANAKA, comprise the executive com-
mittee.
Coverage
Organic compounds are covered with emphasis on newly synthesized sub-
stances.
Properties include the infrared spectra in the range 4000 to 600 cm-1
(2.5 to 16.0 microns). For each substance the following are given: name of
sample, empirical and semistructural formula, molecular weight, physical
constants (melting point, boiling point, or refractive index), classification of
the substance (e.g., steroid, alkaloid, hydrate), and the type of skeleton
(acyclic or type of cyclic).
Analysis
Spectra are measured using carefully calibrated modern spectrophotometers
in three laboratories under the direction of members of the executive com-
mittee. All spectra are examined and evaluated by members of the committee
to insure the publication of authoritative graphs. The compounds used are
obtained from cooperating laboratories, mostly those of universities. Care
is taken to control the purity of the substances for which spectra are deter-
mined. When possible the compounds are purified by gas chromatography.
Spectra are recorded on 13 X 21 cm specially prepared, slotted, edge-
notched cards. By a special device the original spectrograms are reduced to
card size without distortion. Percent transmittance is plotted against both
wavelength in microns and frequency in reciprocal centimeters. Wave num-
bers of absorption bands of greatest intensity are recorded on the spectro-
gram or marked for punching on the cards. In addition to the spectral data,
the date and temperature of measurement, type of spectrophotometer used,
serial number, and reference source are given.
74
3.2.21
Currently, approximately 1200 cards are issued per year. As of September

1968, 9000 cards were available. From VoL 9 (card no. 9601, to be published
in March 1969) the spectrum covers the range 4000 to 400 cm- 1• The cards
are included in the ASTM Infrared Spectral Index (see 3.2.51.).
Publications
Infrared Data Committee Cards, The Infrared Data Committee of Japan, published
by Nankodo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan; 9000 cards available as of 1968, sold on
subscription basis at US $ 238.00 for 1200 cards (postage included). In the
United States, the cards are available from the Preston Technical Abstracts Co.,
909 Pitner Avenue, Evanston, Illinois 60202; and in Europe from Heyden
& Son Ltd., Spectrum House, Alderton Crescent, Hendon, London, N. W. 4,
England.
3.2.21. Infrared Spectra, Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc.

Organization
Sadtler Research Laboratories, Inc., was established in 1874. It is a private

commercial enterprise based on consulting services. In 1947, the company
expanded its activities to include the production and sale of infrared spectra
used for analytical purposes. The spectra now compiled and published
include infrared, ultraviolet (3.2.32.), and nuclear magnetic resonance
(3.2.41.). Sadtler publishes spectra in two categories; one on pure compounds
and the other on commercial materials. The two categories are given the
copyrighted designations "Standard" and "Reference" respectively. In
addition to distributing spectra produced in the Sadtler Laboratories, the
company serves as the agent for distributing spectra prepared by the Coblentz
Society (see 3.2.18.) and the Japan Electron Optics Labpratory Company,
Ltd. (JEOL, see 3.2.43.).
Recently the company initiated a computerized searching service for
locating or identifying infrared spectra, and it now offers for rent magnetic
tape compilations of digitized infrared spectra. Sadtler Research Laborato-
ries, Inc., is located at 3316 Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania 19104.
Coverage
Sadtler offers nine categories of infrared spectra. Two of these categories

have been given, by the Sadtler organization, the copyrighted designations
"Standard Spectra" (infrared prism) and "Standard Grating Spectra". These
two categories include organic compounds which are stated to be at least
98% pure. The other seven categories are: commercial infrared prism
75
3.2.21.
spectra, commercial infrared grating spectra, inorganic grating spectra,

organometallic grating spectra, pharmaceutical infrared spectra, steroid
grating and prism spectra, and biochemical infrared prism spectra. For a
group of some 600 substances that cannot conveniently be studied by the
transmission method (e.g., films, coatings, and adhesives), attenuated total
reflectance (ATR) spectra have been measured. In addition to these spectral
compilations, a card system called "IRS COT", Infrared Structural Corre-
lation Tables, is also available.
Sadtler infrared prism "Standard Spectra" include simple and complex
molecules representing most functional groups such as aliphatic, aromatic,
alicyclic, and heterocyclic. All prism spectra were measured in the spectral
region of 2 to 15 microns, and are presented in linear wavelength format,
with microns (and cm- I ) plotted against percent transmittance.
The Sadtler "Standard Grating Spectra" are a recent addition. These
spectra are scanned in the region from 4000 to 250 cm- I (2.5 to 40 microns),
using a linear frequency representation. Frequency in cm- I (and microns) is
plotted against absorbance. Standard techniques are used to insure reliable
results. This compilation is published in addition to the "Standard Spectra"
(prism); the same samples are used for both collections.
Other information given on the spectrograms: name of compound
(according to Chemical Abstracts), molecular formula, molecular weight,
melting/boiling point, reference, source, instrument used, method, spectrum
number, and structural formula.
The files are being continually updated and added to; additions to the
collection are issued each year. Industrial and research organizations and
educational institutions contribute the compounds used for determining the
spectra.
Analysis
Spectra are determined in the Sadtler laboratories and are reviewed by con-
sultants. In recent years a noticeable effort has been made to upgrade the
quality of the collections. However, these collections of standard spectra,
like many other spectroscopic collections, suffer from the lack of sources of
compounds of certified high purity. Because of this, Sadtler requests that
users submit results of measurements made on different preparations of
compounds found in the Sadtler standard spectra collections. If the spectra
disagree, they are redetermined, and lists of verified spectra are then sent to
subscribers. The primary use of the spectra is for analytical purposes.
Two volumes of 1000 spectra each in the IR prism - "Standard Spec-
tra" - are now being issued yearly. In 1968, the collection included
35,000 spectra. Sadtler "Standard Spectra" are published on 22 X 29 cm
76
3.2.21.
sheets, three spectra to a page. The total number of "Standard Grating

Spectra" issued to date is 13,000. These spectra appear two to a page. For
both types of spectra, indices (alphabetical, molecular formula, chemical
class, and numerical), and the Spec Finder, a book method of locating
infrared spectra by the bands, are also available.
Sadtler Commercial Spectra, a collection of infrared spectrograms of
several thousand commercial preparations that are not easily characterized
as to composition, and the other IR collections listed under Coverage are
each published separately.
Digitized infrared spectral data are also available on magnetic (computer)
tapes, which are updated every year. The magnetic tape file contains some
40,000 infrared prism spectra.
Publications
All publications listed below and further information are available from: Sadder
Research Laboratories, Inc., 3316 Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania 19104.
Collections of "Standard Spectra"
Collection No. US $1 Total Annual

Spectra 1000 Price Subscription
(Vol) US$
"Standard Spectra" IR prism 35,000 137.50 4812.50 US $ 385.001

2000 spectra
Indices 55.00
Spec-Finder 55.00
"Standard Grating Spectra" IR 13,000 192.50 2502.50 US $ 687.001
3000 spectra
US $ 495.00/
2000 spectra
Indices 55.00
Spec-Finder 55.00
Other Collections ~f Spectra
Commercial Infrared Prism - 17,330 5719.00
18 categories
Commercial Grating - 6,500 2502.50
9 categories
Inorganic Grating Spectra
and Indices 1,000 260.00
Organometallic Grating Spectra 400 140.00
PharmaceuticalInfrared Spectra 850 280.00
Steroid Grating and Prism
Spectra 750 287.50
Biochemical Infrared Prism
Spectra 2,000 500.00
IRS COT System 8 tables 31.25/table 250.00
77
3.2.22.
Other Publications, Output

Magnetic tapes: 40,000 infrared prism spectra. Initial rental fee for installation
of system is US $ 475.00; annual updating and maintenance fee (addition
of approximately 4,000 spectra per year) is US $ 175.00.
Coblentz Society Spectra, published by Sadtler Research Laboratories for the
Coblentz Society (see 3.2.18.), 5000 spectra, US $ 105.00/1000 spectra or
US $ 525.00 for the whole collection.
Microfilm: All Sadtler spectra are available on microfilm for the same price.
3.2.22. Berkeley Analyses of Molecular Spectra

Organization
This project at the University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, has
been funded by the U. S. National Science Foundation since 1959. Its purpose
is the systematic laboratory analysis of the spectra of selected diatomic
molecules important to astrophysicists. The project is under the joint direc-
tion of SUMNER P. DAVIS, Professor of Physics, and JOHN G. PHILLIPS,
Professor of Astronomy.
The production of spectra and plates to be measured and analyzed is
carried out in the Physics Department; the reduction, analyses, and pre-
paration of the tabular material are performed in the Astronomy Depart-
ment of the University.
Coverage
A survey of the following substances was planned: CN, C;, TiO, AlH, NH,
BH, MgH, SiH, HgH, SiF, BO, and ZrO. Studies have been completed and
published for the CN (red system) (1963); and for HgH, and C2 (Swan
system) (1968).
Properties compiled for the CN molecule are wavelengths, wavenumbers,
intensities, and rotational quantum numbers of various branches for the
identification of 11000 lines in 39 bands between A4832 and 11382 A.
The second volume covers the Swan System of the C2 molecule and the
spectrum of the HgH molecule. For the C2 molecule, information includes
light source, wavelength standards and reduction, band analysis and assign-
ment of quantum numbers, and the band line tabulations. Information on
HgH includes light sources, band spectrum, and band line tabulations.
Analysis
Results recorded for the CN molecule are based upon the measurement of
each band on at least two plates. All measurements are combined into tables.
78
3.2.23.
An average is used for wavelengths, wavenumbers, and intensities. A dis-

cussion of accuracies and uncertainties, equations used, and the details of
the procedure are given in the introduction. Possible inaccuracies resulting
from a line being wider than a sharp single line or being blended with a line
of the same or a neighboring band are indicated in the tables. Successful
computer programs have been developed to assist in the search for bands in
extremely complex as well as simpler spectral regions. Although many of
the routine computations were performed by computer, the more difficult
and complex operations, such as the assignment of quantum numbers, were
done by hand.
Treatment of material in Vol. 2 parallels that of Vol. 1. The methods of
observation and analysis of each of the two molecules are discussed, and
background discussions are presented in the introduction.
Publications
The Red System (A2rr-X2~) of the CN Molecule, S. P. DAVIS and J. G. PHILLIPS,

University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1963, X, 214 pp,
US $ 9.50.
The Swan System of the C2 Molecule, and the Spectrum of the HgH Molecule, Berkeley
Analysis of Molecular Spectra, Vol. 2, J. G. PHILLIPS and S. P. DAVIS, Univer-
sity of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. 94720, 1968, VIII, 260 pp, US $ 10.00.
3.2.23. Spectral Data and Physical Constants of Alkaloids

Organization
This compilation brings together physical and optical data useful in the
identification of alkaloids. Volumes I and II were prepared under the com-
bined editorship of JIr{l HOLUBEK and OLD RICH STROUF. Starting with
Volume III, JIR! HOLUBEK is the sole editor. The project is located at the
Research Institute for Pharmacy and Biochemistry, Prague, Czechoslovakia.
Coverage
Infrared and ultraviolet spectra of alkaloids are included. The infrared spec-
tra are plotted with frequencies in the ranges 2000 to 700 cm -1 (NaCl prism)
and 3800 to 2600 cm -1 (LiP prism) as abscissa, and percent transmission as
ordinate. The frequencies of the peaks are tabulated. The ultraviolet spectra
have wavelengths in millimicrons as abscissa and log E as ordinate (E is the
extinction coefficient).
79
3.2.23.
Molecular and semistructural formulas, melting point, optical rotation,

and apparent dissociation constants (in 80 percent aqueous methylcellosolve)
expressed as pK are given.
The spectra were recorded in the laboratory of the Research Institute;
the samples were supplied by many workers in the field of alkaloid chemistry.
In most cases, physical constants (melting point and optical rotation) are
those supplied by the donors of the samples or from the literature. The pK
values have been determined by the authors.
Analysis
Because the spectral data are recorded on instruments at the Institute, the
quality is consistent. The ultraviolet spectra of the alkaloids in methanol
were measured using a Zeiss-] ena VSU Universal spectrophotometer (NaCl
prism). The infrared spectra of purified samples submitted by collaborators
were recorded on a calibrated Zeiss-] ena model UR spectrophotometer,
using either a mineral oil suspension, or a chloroform solution. Leading
references from the literature regarding the botanical source of individual
alkaloids are cited. Synonyms of the alkaloids are cross-referenced in the
index.
Volume I of the compilation contains data on 300 alkaloids. Supplements
containing spectra of 100 alkaloids each are expected to keep the compilation
up-to-date.
The data are issued on 22 X 29 em cards in post binders. A descriptive
introduction, subject index, and bibliography - 29 pages in Volume I and
17 pages in Volume II - are provided. A five-page addendum to Volume I
is included in the introductory material for Volume II.
Publications
Spectral Data and Physical Constants of Alkaloids, published by Heyden & Sons,
Ltd., London, in cooperation with The Publishing House of the Czechoslovak
Academy of Sciences, Prague. Available in Western Europe and Western
Hemisphere from Heyden & Sons, Ltd.
Vol. I, JIRr HOLUBEK and OLDRICH STROUF, Eds., 1965, spectral cards 1-300
issued with two binders to hold Vols. I and II, £ 23.0.0. (US $ 69.00).
Vol. II, JIRr HOLUBEK and OLDRICH STROUF, Eds., 1966, spectral cards
301-400, £ 7.0.0. (US $ 21.00).
Vol. III, JIRf HOLUBEK, Ed., 1968, spectral cards 401-500, US $ 25.00.
Vol. IV, JIRf HOLUBEK, Ed., spectral cards 501-600, in press.
Vol. V, JIRf HOLUBEK, Ed., spectral cards 601-700, to be published in 1970.
Vol. VI, JIRr HOLUBEK, Ed., spectral cards 701-800, to be published in 1971.
80
3.2.24.
3.2.24. Tables of Wavenumbers for the Calibration of Infra-red

Spectrometers
E. K. PLYLER, R. N. JONES, and R. C. LORD, Eds., Butterworths, London,
1961,699 pp, US $ 6.00, distributed in D. S. A. by Plenum Press, New York.
Also published in Pure Appl. Chem. 1,537-699 (1961).
Organization
The preparation of these tables was sponsored by the Commission on Mole-
cular Structure and Spectroscopy, Physical Chemistry Section, International
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC). A subcommittee, composed
of members of the Commission and with R. C. LORD (D. S. A.) as Chairman,
was constituted to investigate the requirement for an authoritative set of
wavenumbers for the calibration of infrared spectrometers. Drs. E. K.
PLYLER (U.S.A.), R. N. JONES (Canada), and R. C. LORD prepared the
"Tables of Wavenumbers". The Commission presented these as provisional
wavenumber standards, which were approved by the Triple Commission
on Spectroscopy (now the Joint ICSU Commission on Spectroscopy) of the
International Unions of Chemistry, Physics, and Astronomy. Work on the
lower mid- and far-infrared ranges is in progress.
Coverage
The tables cover the region 4000 to 600 cm -1 and are in two parts. Part I is
for use with grating spectrometers of resolution 0.1 to 1 cm -1, and Part II
applies to instruments oflower resolution, 0.5 to 10 cm-1. Tables of atomic
emission lines listing both wavelength in air and their calculated wavenumber
in vacuo of neon, argon, krypton, xenon, and mercury-198, as well as
wavelength-to-wavenumber conversion tables and refractive index of stand-
ard air are given in the first section. The second section of Part I deals with in-
frared absorption lines in the spectra of gaseous molecules: CO, C2H 2, CO 2,
HCN, CH4, HCI, DCI, HBr, DBr, 13C02 , NH3, N 20, H 20. These molecular
data are presented as wavenumbers in vacuo. Part II, "Wavenumbers for
the Calibration of Prism and Small Grating Spectrometers (Resolution
0.5 to 10 cm-1) in the Range 3950 to 600 cm-1", presents tables for the same
molecular species listed for Part I, with the addition of DCN. Calibration
lines also found in Part I are marked. Data are recorded as wavenumbers
in vacuo.
Presentation of data for molecular species follows the same general
format in both Parts I and II. Spectra are represented by charts with increas-
ing absorption plotted against decreasing wavenumbers. The identified
lines are numbered sequentially on the chart and the precise wavenumbers
in vacuo of the identified lines are tabulated on the facing page.
3.2.25.
In Part II, Charts 1 to 34 cover vapor phase spectra for the range 3950
to 590 cm-1, each chart covering 100 cm-1• Charts 35 to 39 present spectra
of liquid indene and of a polystyrene film which are suitable for the cali-
bration of the smaller types of prism spectrometers. A series of compressed
charts, 1 A to 34 A, are presented for use when measurements at lower
resolutions are made. Charts 1 A to 34A retain the lines found in Charts
1 to 34 which are least influenced by increasing slit widths.
The introduction to Part I states that the tables of wavenumbers were
prepared by evaluating existing data including supplementary values deter-
mined for this investigation. The tables of data are provided with references
which are with few exceptions from the primary literature current to
mid-1960. Part II introductory remarks state only that the wavenumber
calibration tables were prepared by the Commission, and several references
are given in context in the introductory section.
Analysis
The tables were presented as provisional wavenumbers and are not consid-
ered standard because tests required of standard wavelengths in the visible
region have not been met, and because it is anticipated that the accuracy of
the molecular data will be considerably bettered with improvements in
spectrometers. However, the Commission emphasized that the tables in
Part I especially are the best that can be compiled with existing data. Part I:
wavelengths of atomic emission spectra are necessary to determine wave-
number values of molecular absorption lines. The lines in the molecular
species spectra in Part I were chosen as accurate wavenumber standards
reliable to ± 0.03 cm -1 or better. Calibration lines in Part II, although
covering the same region were selected with additional factors under
consideration, notably instrumentation, experimental methods, and use for
condensed phases. Absolute accuracy in Part II was judged adequate between
0.1 and 0.5 cm -1 for work in condensed phases, and as a result, accuracies
are rounded to the nearest 0.05 cm- 1•
Use of wavenumbers rather than wavelengths is preferred. The intro-
ductions to both Parts discuss the considerations used in preparing the
Tables: the regions covered, instrumentation, quality of existing data,
experimental factors, errors, and assessment of the data.
3.2.25. Microwave Spectral Tables

Organization
From 1952 to 1966, these tables were compiled in the Radio Standards Physics
Division, Radio Standards Laboratory, U. S. National Bureau of Standards
(NBS), Boulder, Colorado. The project was then transferred to the Atomic
82
3.2.25.
Physics Division, Institute for Basic Standards, NBS, Washington, D. c.,

where it is presently located. The tables being issued as NBS Monograph 70
are a revision and extension of NBS Circular 518, "Molecular Microwave
Spectra Tables", by P. KISLIUK and C. H. TOWNES, published in 1952 and
no longer available. The project is now part of the National Standard Refer-
ence Data Program of NBS (see 1.1.1.); W. H. KIRCHHOFF is director.
Monograph 70 is being published in five volumes; Vol. I, II, IV, and V have
been issued.
Coverage
Although emphasis has been on the publication of Monograph 70, another

objective is to provide a continuing data center for the collection, critical
evaluation, and dissemination of data on the microwave spectra of gases.
In general, species to be investigated are limited only by experimental
restrictions which usually require that the species be studied in the gas phase
and have a permanent dipole moment. Included are the frequencies of
transitions between the energy levels of molecules falling in the microwave
and millimeter regions, typically from 300 MHz to 300,000 MHz.
Monograph 70 covers microwave spectra of molecules and the physical
properties derived from these. The data are published as tabulations of
evaluated absorption lines. The five volumes of this series will present a
comprehensive compilation of microwave spectral data. Distribution of
material in the five volumes will be:
Vol. I: Diatomic Molecules ; VoL II: Line Strengths of Asymmetric
Rotors; Vol. III: Polyatomic Molecules With Internal Rotation; Vol. IV:
Polyatomic Molecules Without Internal Rotation; and Vol. V: Spectral
Line Listing.
In Vol. I, the following properties are tabulated for some 1500 spectral
lines: measured frequencies, assigned molecular species, assigned quantum
numbers, and intensities computed for 300 K and 195 K. For each molecule,
a table of molecular constants including line widths, rotational constants,
dipole moments, and various coupling constants are given. A separate table
lists values of Casimir's function and hyperfine intensities.
Vol. II includes tabulations of line strengths of asymmetric rotors as a
function of Ray's asymmetry parameter u for rotational quantum numbers J
from 0 to 35. Line strengths were computed for u equal to 0, ± 0.3, ± 0.6,
±0.8, ± 0.95, and ± 1.0.
Vol. V is a listing of the spectral lines reported in Vols I, III (in press),
and IV of Monograph 70. The lines are tabulated according to ascending
magnitude of frequency. For each spectral line, the following information
is given: the formula for the molecular isotopic species, the number of the
6* 83
3.2.25.
volume of this series in which the line was originally tabulated (1, 3, or 4),
the identification number used in that volume for ready reference, rotational
quantum number, the vibrational state, the hyperfine quantum numbers,
and the frequency and its accuracy.
Data are obtained from the primary literature; other compilations of
molecular constants are also used.
Analysis
In general, microwave frequencies are evaluated with regard both to accu-
racy and correctness of interpretation. In Vol. I, "Diatomic Molecules",
frequencies and uncertainties given are those considered most accurate, but
ambiguous definitions in the original papers prevented reduction of uncer-
tainties to a common basis. When several values of comparable accuracy
are used, an average is given. The molecular constants are given as reported
in the originlaratkles. Intensities computed with insufficient data are marked.
Computations were carried out on a digital computer; approximations used
to simplify the calculations are explained and the constants used are recorded.
The Introduction to Volume II defines and discusses line strengths,
methods of computation, and accuracy of results; describes the tables;
and gives the procedures for tabulation and interpolation as a function of ",
and extrapolation to higher J values.
The spectra and molecular data in Volume I are ordered alphabetically
according to nomenclature recommended by the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistry. The listing is divided first by isotopic molec-
ular species and then by major quantum numbers for the transitions. There
is an extensive bibliography.
Publications
Microwave Spectral Table!, NBS Monograph 70, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D. C. 20402.
Vol. I: Diatomic Molecules, P. F. WACKER, MASATAKA MIZUSHIMA, J. D.
PETERSON, and J. R. BALLARD, 1964, XVIII, 146 pp, US $ 2.00.
Vol. II: Line Strengths of Asymmetric Rotors, P. F. WACKER and M. R. PRAT-
TO, 1964, XII, 340 pp, US $ 3.00.
Vol. III: Polyatomic Molecules Capable of Internal Rotation (in press).
Vol. IV: Polyatomic Molecules Without Internal Rotation, M. S. CORD,
J. D. PETERSON, M. S. LOJKO, and R. H. HAAS, 1968, XII, 418 pp, US $ 5.50.
Vol. V: Spectral Line Listing, M. S. CORD, M. S. LOjKO, and J. D. PETERSON,
1968, V, 533 pp, US $ 4.75.
84
3.2.26.
3.2.26. Landolt-Bornstein, Volume 4, Group II
Molecular Constants from Microwave Spectroscopy by BARBARA STARCK, edited

by K- H. HELLWEGE and A. M. HELLWEGE. Volume 4 of Group II, Atomic
and Molecular Physics, of LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Numerical Data and Func-
tional Relationships in Science and Technology, New Series, Springer-
Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1967, IX, 225 pp, DM 110 (US $ 27.50).
Organization
This compilation was published under the auspices of "LANDOLT-BoRN-

STEIN", described in 2.1.; and prepared by BARBARA STARCK of the Mikro-
wellenspektroskopische Arbeitsgruppe im Physikalischen Institut der Uni-
versitat Freiburg, Freiburg, Germany.
Coverage
This volume presents values of molecular constants determined by micro-

wave spectroscopy for the following types of molecules: diatomic, linear,
symmetric top, and asymmetric top, with sub-groupings of the latter two
types. Data for molecules made asymmetric by isotopic substitution are
included with their symmetric analogs. The constants given include: rota-
tional, centrifugal distortion, and rotation-vibration interaction constants;
isotopic masses or mass ratios; I-type doubling constants; Fermi interaction
constants; Coriolis coupling constants; dipole moments; quadrupole coup-
ling constants; and constants of hindered rotation.
Analysis
All significant information - table of contents, introduction, explanatory

matter, and table headings - are given in both German and English.
A brief but clear introduction discusses the relationships between observed
quantities and derived constants, and explains both the system used by the
author in presenting data, and the principles of arrangement used. If several
references exist relating to a given measurement criticality is exercised in
selecting a value, the source of which is indicated. For most of the numerical
data a value of the uncertainty is given. All symbols are defined. The index-
ing is good. The literature cut-off date is 1965. To fill in gaps values from
dissertations and conference reports have been used to a limited extent.
A supplement to this volume is in preparation.
85
3.2.27.
Raman Spectra
3.2.27. Selected Raman Spectral Data: American Petroleum

Organization
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Research Project 44 (see 2.3.1.),
began to publish Raman spectral data in 1948. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director
of the Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC, discussed in 2.3.), Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the program
which is closely associated with the TRC Data Project for Raman spectral
data (see 3.2.28.).
Coverage
Substances included are compounds of interest to the petroleum industry:
hydrocarbons; related organic compounds containing oxygen, halogens,
sulfur, and nitrogen; and selected organometallic compounds.
Raman spectra are presented both as photographic, and photoelectric
chart recordings. Intensities for Raman shift frequencies are given graphi-
cally by wave number (in vacuum) in the range 4000 to 0 cm-t. Photo-
electrically recorded charts are supplemented by tabular presentations of
standard intensities for peak values. For spectra measured before develop-
ment of intensity standardization methods, relative intensities are given
numerically. Polarization data and line appearance (broad, diffuse, symmetri-
cal, etc.) may be given for photographically recorded spectra. Approximate
refractive indexes are included.
Spectra measured in 12 contributing laboratories are used; TRC staff also
measure some. Laboratories interested in cooperating in this project may
consult the director.
Analysis
quality of instrumentation, and the purity of the compounds. Many recent
spectral data sheets give the source and purity (in mole percent) of the com-
pound, the precision of measurement, the exciting line, and operating
conditions. To standardize the quality of the spectra, detailed instructions
are supplied to contributing laboratories.
additions are made semiannually when warranted by the accumulation of
new spectra.
86
3.2.28.
The form of publication is the 22 X 29 em loose-leaf sheet for which

special post binders are available. Before October 1959, spectra were pres-
ented in the bar type of chart, with abscissa corresponding to the Raman
shifts, and heights indicating the relative intensity. More recent photo-
electric recordings are in the form of continuous or semicontinuous curves,
with breaks for changes in amplifier sensitivity indicated on the graph.
Auxiliary information is given in a legend on the sheets, which are arranged
according to serial number. Two indexes are provided, one arranged by type
of compound and the other by serial number. The contributing laboratory
is identified in the indexes by code letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Raman Spectral Data, American Petroleum Institute Research
Project 44, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Dir., Thermodynamics Research Center, Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843; 501 loose-leaf data sheets,
comprising 2 volumes, sold initially in complete sets only for US $ 165.50
institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas A & M
Research Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
3.2.28. Selected Raman Spectral Data: Thermodynamics

Organization
The Thermodynamics Research Center Data Project, formerly the Manu-
facturing Chemists Association (MCA) Research Project (see 2.3.2.), began
to publish Raman spectral data in 1965. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of
the Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC, discussed in 2.3.), Texas A & M
University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of this project which
is closely associated with the API RP 44 project on Raman spectral data
(see 3.2.27.).
Coverage
Nonhydrocarbon compounds such as organic oxygen, halogen, and nitrogen
compounds are covered.
Raman spectra are presented in the form of photographic or photo-
electric chart records. Intensity is plotted versus reciprocal centimeters to
record the Raman shift, usually in the range 4000 to 0 cm- t • A tabulation
of Raman shifts in cm- t , including depolarization ratios in some cases, is
included with each spectrum. Other information given on the spectrograms
87
3.2.29.
includes the name of the compound, molecular and structural formulas, the
source and purity of the compound when available, the contributing labo-
ratory, and the date.
The spectra are generated primarily in the spectral program of TRC,
with contributions from government and academic laboratories. Labora-
tories interested in cooperating in this project may consult the director.
Analysis
The spectral data published to date are all mercury-excited spectra. In the
future, laser-excited spectra will be included in the compilation. Spectra are
selected on the basis of the competence of the investigator, the quality of
instrumentation, and the purity of the compound. Detailed instructions are
supplied to laboratories contributing data.
The spectra are published on 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which
special post binders are available. Photoelectric recordings are in the form
of continuous or semicontinuous curves, with breaks for changes in amplifier
sensitivity indicated on the graph. Two indexes are provided, one arranged
by type of compound and the other by serial number. The contributing
laboratory is identified in the indexes by code letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Raman Spectral Dala, Thermodynamics Research Center Data
Project, B. ]. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center, Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843; 81 loose-leaf data sheets
extant December 1967, sold initially in complete sets only for US $ 28.80
Electronic Spectra - Ultraviolet (UV) and Visible

3.2.29. Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data: American Petroleum
Organization
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Research Project 44 (see 2.3.1.)
began publishing ultraviolet spectral data in 1945. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI,
director, Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC, discussed in 2.3.), Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the program
which is closely associated with the TRC Data Project in UV (see 3.2.30.).
88
3.2.29.
Coverage
Substances considered are mainly hydrocarbons; oxygen, halogen, sulfur,
and nitrogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons are also included, as well as
a few organometallic compounds (particularlyetioporphyrins).
The ultraviolet absorption spectral curves are recorded as absorbance
(sometimes labeled optical density) versus wavelength in angstrom units or
millimicrons; and frequency in reciprocal centimeters, generally in the range
47,000 to 19,000 cm-1• Nominal bandwidths in angstroms are indicated on
the charts. Other data given include molecular and structural formula of
the compound, source and purity, solvent, concentration, cell length, and
instrument used.
Spectra in the catalog have been obtained from 38 selected industrial,
academic, governmental, and private laboratories. Laboratories interested
in submitting spectra may consult the project director.
Analysis
Spectra are chosen on the basis of the competence of the investigator, the
quality of instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds used.
The source and, when available, the purity of the sample, as well as some
supplemental information, are given in the legend. To up-grade quality,
the project supplies contributors with detailed instructions. Operating
characteristics are given such as temperature, cell length, and concentration
and solvent if the substance is in solution, or pressures if in the gaseous state.
additions are issued when warranted by the accumulation of new spectra.
The form of publication is the 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheet for which
special post binders are available. Most of the spectra issued since 1950 are
reduced reproductions of original chart recordings. The spectrograms vary
in method of presentation, notations, and conventions, such as range of
frequencies, with contributor and instrument used. Two indexes are pro-
vided, one by type of compound, the other by serial number. Contributing
laboratories are identified in the indexes by code letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data, American Petroleum Institute Research
Project 44, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center,
sets only for US $ 368.00 (with binders), approximate cost of yearly supple-
ments is US $ 18.00. Discount prices are available to some educational and
non-profit research institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office,
77843.
89
3.2.30.
3.2.30. Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data: Thermodynamics

Organization
Manufacturing Chemists Association (MCA) Research Project, described
in 2.3.2., began to publish ultraviolet spectral data in 1959. BRUNO J. Zwo-
LINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics Research Center (discussed in 2.3.),
Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the
project which is closely associated with the API RP 44 UV project (see
3.2.29.).
Coverage
Emphasis is placed upon inorganic and nonhydrocarbon compounds impor-
tant to the chemical industry. Spectra have been published for organic
compounds containing oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, chlorine, and boron, and
for diborane and a number of hydrocarbon derivatives.
The ultraviolet absorption spectral curves give absorbance versus wave-
length in millimicrons (occasionally in angstrom units) and frequency in
reciprocal centimeters, generally in the range 54,000 to 15,000 cm-1.
Spectra published are generated by the Thermodynamics Research Center
staff, and also are contributed by cooperating industrial, governmental, and
academic laboratories. Laboratories interested in cooperating in this project
may consult the director.
Analysis
Spectra are selected on the basis of the competence of the investigator,
the quality of instrumentation, and the purity of the compound. The source,
purity of the sample, temperature, cell length, and concentration and solvent
if in solution, are stated in the legend. The project supplies contributors with
recommendations for calibrations, sample techniques, for obtaining and
recording spectra.
Spectra are replaced as better ones become available; revisions and addi-
tions are issued when warranted by the accumulation of spectra.
Publication is in the form of22 x 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special
post binders are available. The first issue of sheets contains smooth hand-
drawn curves whereas the later data sheets are reproductions of chart
recordings. The concentrations for various sections of the spectrogram are
indicated on the spectrogram. The sheets are arranged by serial number.
Two indexes are provided, one arranged by type of compound and the other
by serial number. Spectrograms vary slightly in presentation with instrument
90
3.2.31.
used, spectral region, and contributor. Contributing laboratories are identi-

fied in the indexes by code letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Ultraviolet Spectral Data, Thermodynamics Research Center Data
extant December 1967, sold initially in complete sets only for US $ 42.30
3.2.31. Organic Electronic Spectral Data

Organization
Organic Electronic Spectral Data, Inc., is a nonprofit organization established
in 1957 by a group of physical-organic chemists interested in ultraviolet data.
Chemists from government, industry, and universities searched and ab-
stracted the literature on a volunteer basis.
Early support came from the publisher, and the U. S. National Science
Foundation. Some support has come from industry, particularly instrument
manufacturers. Processing of data for Volumes I, II, and III was carried out
at Hebrew University, Israel, and for Volume IV at the University of Louis-
ville in the U. S. The Treasurer is Dr. J. P. PHILLIPS, Department of Chem-
istry, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.
Coverage
Spectral data from the ultraviolet and visible regions are compiled.
Properties included are wavelength values in millimicrons for maxima,
shoulders, and inflections, also the logarithms of the corresponding molar
absorptivities. Additional information provided is name and formula of
compound, solvent used, and reference.
The primary literature is searched for pertinent data; for Volumes I and II
approximately 65 journals were scanned, for Volume III, more than 70, and
for Volume IV, approximately 90 journals.
Analysis
The primary purpose of this collection is to aid in compound identification.
Data must meet minimum requirements. The compound must be pure
enough for satisfactory analysis and must be definable by a molecular
91
3.2.32.
formula. In general, the solvent or the phase is given. The spectral data
must be complete enough so that the wavelengths of maximal absorption
and molar absorptivities may be calculated if they are not given in the
original reference. Wavelength values are given to 0.1 millimicron when
reported numerically by the author; otherwise to the nearest millimicron.
Molar absorptivity values are given to the nearest 0.01 unit of log e when
reported numerically by the author. Data read from curves are underlined,
and the logarithm values are given to 0.1 unit. Fine structure at a given
maximum is indicated as are inflections or shoulders. References are given
for all data.
The entries are arranged according to the Chemical Abstracts molecular
formula index system. Considerable effort has been made to ensure that the
compound names conform with the Chemical Abstracts system of nomen-
clature. No index is needed because the compounds are arranged according
to molecular formula.
Publications
Organic Electronic Spectral Data, Wiley Interscience, New York, London, and
Sydney.
Vol. I, 1946 to 1952, M. J. KAMLET, Ed., 1960, XIV, 1208 pp, US $ 25.00.
Vol. II, 1953 to 1955, H. E. UNGNADE, Ed., 1960, X, 919 pp, US $ 17.50.
Vol. III, 1956 to 1957, O. H. WHEELER and L. A. KAPLAN, Eds., 1966, XII,
1210 pp, US $ 25.00.
Vol. IV, 1958 to 1959, J. P. PHILLIPS, F. C. NACHOD, Eds., 1963, IX, 1179 pp,
US $ 20.00.
Vol. V, 1960 to 1961, R. E. LYLE and P. R. JONES, Eds., in press.
Vol. VI, 1962 to 1963, L. D. FREEDMAN and J. CYMERMAN CRAIG, Eds., in
press.
Vol. VII, 1964 to 1965, J. C. DACONS and R. G. RICE, Eds., in press.
3.2.32. Ultraviolet Spectra, Sadt1er Research Laboratories, Inc.

Organization
The Sadder Research Laboratories, discussed in 3.2.21., introduced their
"Standard Ultraviolet Spectra" in 1960. This is a copyrighted designation
given by Sadder to a class of spectra to distinguish it from the commercial
classes.
Coverage
The "Sadder Standard Ultraviolet Spectra" is a compendium of spectra in
the ultraviolet and visible regions. Most compounds included have conju-
gated unsaturated systems.
92
3.2.32.
Ultraviolet absorption spectra were recorded in the range 200 to 350 mIL
until 1968 when the range was extended to 800 mIL. Information given on
each spectrogram includes: the molecular and semistructural formula, mole-
cular weight, melting or boiling point, name and source of chemical,
solvent used, UV spectrum number, and the compound's corresponding
IR spectrum number. As of 1968, there were some 24,000 spectra of over
1300 compounds. The second type of spectra is the commercial which
includes agricultural chemicals, and dyes, pigments, and stains.
Spectra are determined in the Sadtler laboratories using compounds
contributed by industrial and research organizations, and educational insti-
tutions.
Analysis
For the "Standard Ultraviolet Spectra", Sadder makes use of five solvents
in an order based on laboratory tests that showed minimum loss of energy
with optimum solvent action. The spectra are scanned in acid, base, and
neutral media to show the effects of pH. As many as four absorbancy curves
for solutions of various concentrations appear on each chart. The quality
of an individual spectrum depends in part on the purity of the compound.
Sadtler advertising literature states only that samples at least 98 percent pure
are used. No criteria of purity are presented. Each spectrum measured is
reviewed by consultants before publication.
The method of preparation for scanning, cell thickness, concentration,
wavelength of maximum absorbance, slit opening at this wavelength for
each curve, and the instrument used are indicated for each spectrum.
Photographic copies of the spectra are published, one chart lengthwise
on 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets. Special binders are available. The indexes
to the Sadtler Infrared Spectra are applicable to the ultraviolet reference
spectra, but ultraviolet alphabetical and numerical indexes are also published.
Publications
Orders and inquiries should be sent to Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc., 3316
Spring Garden St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.
Collection Total US $/ Total Annual
No. 1000 Price Subscription
(Vol.) US$
"Ultraviolet Standard Spectra" 24000 132.00 3168.00 US $ 363.00/

2000 spectra,
indices and
Locator
Indices 55.00
Locator 44.00
93
3.2.33.
Other Co/le&tions
Pharmaceutical Ultraviolet 1500 475.00
Biochemical Ultraviolet 650 165.00
Other PubliGations and Output
All spectra are available on microfilm for the same price.
3.2.33. Absorption Spectra in the Ultraviolet and Visible Region

Organization
The compilation Absorption Spectra in the Ultraviolet and Visible Region is
edited by L. LANG (Hungary) with the collaboration of A. BARTECKI
(Poland), J. SZOKE, G. VARSANYI, and M. VIZESY who comprise the Edi-
torial Board. The program is sponsored by the Hungarian Academy of
Sciences. The original purpose was to add the results of Hungarian research
to foreign collections and to make available unpublished spectra obtained
in Hungary. The publications have taken on an international aspect with
spectra contributed by workers in Austria, Czechoslovakia, Germany; the
Netherlands, Poland, Rumania, U.K., U.S.A., and U.S.S.R. Volume 9 had
48 contributors.
Coverage
The compilation covers both inorganic and organic complex compounds
together with single- and multi-cyclic aromatic systems, hetero-aromatic
compounds, and Si-organic compounds. A large number of spectra of
pharmaceutical basic materials or of active agents and a wide variety of
organic compounds are included. Emphasis is, however, on publishing
spectra of recently synthesized compounds, and those spectra not available
in other collections. Most of the spectra for organic compounds apply to
solutions but a few are for the solid or vapor phase. With Volume 9, some
1677 compounds are covered.
Spectra are represented by graphs of log 8 (8 = extinction coefficient)
versus wavelength in millimicrons in ranges varying from 200 to 350 mIL,
200 to 600 mIL, to 200 to 800 mIL. Observed values of log 10/1 from which
log 8 is obtained are tabulated. Data are often given for the same substance
in several different media, and in different concentrations in the same
medium (solvent). In addition, associated data are given: structural and
molecular formulas, molecular weights, concentration and solvent if in
solution, melting and boiling points, the instrument used, and the cell
length. Supplementary notes are sometimes provided.
94
3.2.33.
Most spectra are obtained from contributors. The Editorial Board wel-
comes contributions of spectra of new compounds; these may be sent to
Dr. L. LANG, Budapest, XI., Budafoki ut 16-18, Hungary.
Analysis
The Editorial Board evaluates all spectra and original measurements or
records. Spectra that have been previously published are included if sub-
stantial additional information is given.
Because this compilation is a continuing series, no effort is made to
group the spectra according to a particular system. Subject (compound),
formula, author, and figure (i.e. diagram number) indexes are provided. The
author index includes the name of the institution with which the author is
associated. The books are in English but the titles of each index are also in
German and Russian. "Theoretical and Technical Introduction" accompa-
nies the first volume, and includes several conversion tables (e.g., wave-
lengths - wavenumbers, wavelengths - fresnels, and a spectroscopical
conversion table for energies), and a list of symbols and formulas used in
the compilation.
To date, this compilation consists of 9 volumes issued as 17 X 24 cm
loose-leaf sheets in ring binders. Although each volume begins on page 1,
the spectra are numbered continuously through the volumes - to 1677 in
Volume 9. Cumulative indexes for Volumes 1 to 5 are included in Volume 5;
a cumulative index for Volumes 6 to 10 will be issued with Volume 10,
scheduled for publication in 1968.
Publications
Absorption Spectra in the Ultraviolet and Visible Region, L. LANG, Ed., coproduction
of the Academic Press, New York and London, and the Publishing House of
the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest. Printed in English in Hungary.
Available in North and South America from Academic Press, New York.
Vol. 1, A Theoretical and Technical Introduction, and Substances, 170; 1959,
518 pp, 2nd ed, 1961, 3rd ed, 1963, US $ 18.00.
Vol. 2, Substances, 179; 1961,439 pp, 2nd ed, 1964, US $18.00.
Vol. 3, Substances, 172; 1962, 448 pp, US $ 20.00.
Vol. 4, Substances, 185; 1963,438 pp, US $ 20.00.
Vol. 5, Substances, 192; 1965,556 pp (including a cumulative Index for Vols.
1 to 5), US $ 23.00.
Vol. 9, Substances, 195; 1967,416 pp, Index pamphlet, US $ 23.50.
Vol. 10, In preparation; Cumulative Index, Vols. 6 to 10.
Vol. 11, In preparation.
95
3.2.34.
3.2.34. The UV Adas of Organic CompoundsJUV-Adas

organischer Verbindungen
Organization
The UV Atlas of Organic Compounds is produced within DMS (see 3.2.19.)

under the joint auspices of the Photoelectric Spectrometry Group, London,
England, and the Institut fUr Spektrochemie und Angewandte Spektro-
skopie, Dortmund, Germany, the latter directed by H. KAISER. The editors
of the Atlas are H.-H. PERKAMPUS, Brunswick, and I. SANDEMAN, London.
Two groups of experts assist in the selection of spectra and the prepara-
tion. The British group includes G. H. BEAVEN, London, S. F. MASON,
Norwich, E. M. F. ROE, London, and C. J. TIMMONS, Nottingham. The
German experts are B. HAMPEL, Darmstadt, G. HOHLNEICHER, Munich,
G. KRESZE, Munich, H.-H. PERKAMPUS, Brunswick, and M. PESTEMER,
Leverkusen. Workers in various laboratories contribute spectra.
Coverage
The Atlas presents selected ultraviolet absorption spectra of about 1000

organic reference compounds containing the most important organic chro-
mophores. Among these are compounds containing multiplybonded C-
atoms, C = 0 and C = S functional groups, C multiply-bonded to N,
benzene and derivatives, condensed aromatics and heterocyclics, aromatic
compounds containing non-benzenoid rings, monocyclic and polycyclic
heterocyclics, and derivatives of saturated organic compounds. Also included
are selected compounds of biochemical and clinical interest, and spectro-
photometric standard substances and solvents.
In the spectrograms, the molar absorptivity (log e) is plotted against the
wavenumber (in cm -1) and the wavelength (in mIL). For most of the spectra,
the molar absorptivity runs from e = 10 to e = 105 and the wavenumbers
run either from 55,000 to 20,000 cm-1, or 45,000 to 10,000 cm-1 (182 to
500 mIL, or 222 to 1000 mIL) depending on the spectrum.
Analysis
The UV Atlas will consist of five volumes (loose-leaf binders), each holding
some 200 spectra; Volumes I, II, III, and IV have been published. It repre-
sents a carefully and critically selected collection of solution spectra of
organic compounds containing typical chromophoric groups. Many spectra
were measured for the Atlas by new and improved techniques. Particular
attention was given to important organic compounds for which reliable
spectra had not been published.
96
3.2.35.
The spectra are supplemented by tables showing the effects of substi-

tuents and solvents, by explanatory text in English and German, and by
formula indexes.
The spectra are arranged in thirteen sections based on the above men-
tioned chromophoric groups. Each main section is divided into appropriate
subgroups. In addition a ten-digit code number is given for each spectrum
based on a new classification system of those organic structures which are of
interest in UV spectroscopy (see Angewandte Chemie, Internat. Edit. 4,
516 (1965).
Each spectrum is printed singly on a page (format 21 X 30 cm) of trans-
lucent paper, so that the spectra can be compared (up to five at a time) when
placed against an illuminated background. Information concerning the
purity of the compound and the conditions (spectral resolution, cell length,
solvent and concentration) under which the spectrum was measured is
included.
Publications
UV Atlas of Organic Compounds, edited by Photoelectric Spectrometry Group,
London, and Institut fUr Spektrochemie und Angewandte Spektroskopie,
Dortmund. Published within "Documentation of Molecular Spectroscopy"
by Verlag Chemie, Weinheim/Bergstr. and Butterworths & Co., London.
£ 7.2.6. or DM 80.00 (US $ 20.00) per volume and £ 35.10.0. or DM 400.00
(US $ 100.00) per set. Available from Plenum Press, New York, in the U. S. A.,
Central and South America at the price of US $ 27.50 per volume, or US $
115.00 per set.
Vol. I, 1966, 239 pp, 14 pp molecular formula index.
Vol. II, 1966,288 pp.
Vol. III, 1967, 290 pp, 20 pp molecular formula index.
Vol. IV, 1968, 288 pp, 28 pp molecular formula index.
Vol. V, scheduled for 1969.
Mass Spectra
3.2.35. Selected Mass Spectral Data: American Petroleum
Organization
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Research Project 44, discussed
in 2.3.1., began to publish mass spectral data in 1947. A matrix, or grid,
format for mass spectral data of hydrocarbons of high molecular weight
was introduced in 1961. The only comparable program for the compilation
and distribution of mass spectral data is the complementary program of the
3.2.35.
Thermodynamics Research Center Data Project, described in 3.2.36. BRUNO

J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics Research Center (discussed
in 2.3.), Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843, is in charge
of both programs.
Coverage
Substances covered are principally hydrocarbons; elemental oxygen, hydro-
gen, neon, argon, and nitrogen; a few hydrides, oxides, and chlorides; and
selected groups of organic compounds, especially those containing oxygen,
halogens, sulfur, and nitrogen of interest to the petroleum and petrochemical
industries.
The mass spectral data are presented in tabular form. For each observed
mass-to-charge ratio, the relative intensity of the peak and the operating
conditions - magnetic field and the ionizing voltage - are given. The type
of peak is sometimes indicated. The base peak (with relative intensity of
100), the parent peak and corresponding entries are underscored. Themolec-
ular weight, molecular and semi structural formulas, and approximate boil-
ing point are also given.
A matrix format for mass spectral data for hydrocarbons of high molec-
ular weight provides a grid of whole-number mass-to-charge ratios for
entry of relative intensities of observed peaks. This emphasizes the relation
between peaks that differ in mass units by one CH2 group. Relative inten-
sities for fractional ratios and other data are given in the conventional
tabular form.
Spectra are obtained from 35 cooperating laboratories. Laboratories
interested in cooperating in this project should contact the project director.
Analysis
quality of instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds used.
The importance of high purity of samples and calibrating gases, including
information on isotopic purity, is emphasized. Information concerning the
instrument used (make, model, and operating conditions) and the relative
intensities and sensitivities for the standards used (e.g., n-butane and n-hexa-
decane) give an indication of the quality of the measurements. To ensure
high quality of submitted spectra recommendations for calibration and
techniques are provided by the project.
Revision and additions are issued when warranted by the accumulation
of new spectra.
98
3.2.36.
The spectra are published on 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which

special post binders are available. Two indexes are provided, one arranged
by type of compound and the other by serial number. Spectra in the matrix
format are indexed in separate supplements. The name of the contributing
laboratory is given on the spectral sheet and identified in the indexes by code
letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Mass Spectral Data, American Petroleum Institute Research
Project 44, B. ]. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research Center,
sets only for US $ 800.60 (with binders), approximate cost of yearly supple-
ments is US $ 54.00. Discount prices are available to some educational and non-
profit research institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office,
77843.
3.2.36. Selected Mass Spectral Data: Thermodynamics Research

Center Data Project
Organization
Manufacturing Chemists Association (MCA) Research Project, is described
in 2.3.2. Mass spectral data were first published in 1959; a matrix format was
introduced in 1961. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics
Research Center (discussed in 2.3.), Texas A & M University, College
Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the program, which is closely associated
with the API RP44 mass spectral data program (see 3.2.35.).
Coverage
In general, substances include classes of organic nonhydrocarbon compounds
containing oxygen, halogens, sulfur, nitrogen, silicon, and boron; and
certain inorganic substances including hydrides of boron, bromine, and
silicon. High-quality mass spectral data of any compound not included in
the American Petroleum Institute catalog are accepted. Duplication in the
two catalogs is avoided.
The mass spectral data are presented in either the classical standard
tabular form with relative intensities or more recently in the convenient
matrix format with absolute intensities given. The two kinds of mass spectral
data loose-leaf sheets are usually prepared and distributed in separate
semiannual supplements with unique numbering codes. For the standard
99
3.2.36.
format, the mass-to-charge ratio, the relative intensities and the operating
conditions - magnetic field, ionizing voltage, etc. - are given. The base
peak (with relative intensity of 100) and the parent peak are underscored
and often corresponding peaks of interest are defined. In the matrix or grid
format, particularly convenient in analytical studies, the ten principal inten-
sities are delineated in a bold face type. In addition to the usual information
regarding molecular weight, IUPAC or Chemical Abstracts nomenclature,
and structural formula of the substance, information on the simple physical
properties is often included.
Spectral data are obtained from 6 cooperating laboratories. Laboratories
interested in contributing data may consult the director.
Analysis
Spectral data are selected on the basis of the competence of the investigator,
the quality of instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds.
The importance of high purity of samples and calibrating gases, including
information on isotopic purity, is emphasized by the project. Information
concerning the instrument used (make, model, and operating conditions)
and the relative intensities and sensitivities for the standards (n-butane and
n-hexadecane) give an indication of the quality of the measurements. To
ensure high quality of submitted spectra, instructions including recommen-
dations for calibration and techniques to be used in the measurements are
provided by the project on request. Corrections and instrument modification
or conditions that affect the quality of the data are often recorded.
Data sheets are replaced as better ones become available; revisions and
additions are issued when warranted by the accumulation of spectra.
Mass spectral data are presented in either the standard or matrix format
(for hydrocarbons of high molecular weight). Publication is in the form of
22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special post binders are available.
Two indexes are provided, one arranged by type of compound and the other
by serial number. The name of the contributing laboratory is given on the
spectral sheet and identified in the index by code letters.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Mass Spectral Data, Thermodynamics Research Center Data
extant June 1968, sold initially in complete sets only for US $ 80.85 (with
binders), approximate cost of supplements per year is US $ 25.00. Discount
prices are available to some educational and non-profit research institutions.
Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas A & M Research Foun-
dation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
100
3.2.37.
3.2.37. Compilation of Mass Spectral Data (Index de Spectres

de Masse)
Organizadon
Compilation of Mass Spectral Data was first prepared by A. CORNU and

R. MASSOT in 1964; the second edition was published in 1966; and a third
edition is in preparation. This compilation together with its first supplement
serves as a four-part index to some 6,000 spectra collected by the Laboratory
of Mass Spectrometry, Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires de Grenoble, Departement
de Physico-Chimie, B. P. No. 269, 38 Grenoble, France, under the Commis-
sariat a l'Energie Atomique, where the authors are members of the staff.
Coverage
Most of the compounds covered are organic gases or vaporizable com-

pounds. The spectra are obtained from existing spectral collections, such as
the API RP 44 (see 3.2.35.), those in French laboratories, and the literature.
Each of the four parts of the index lists the name of the element or compound,
the molecular weight, a number for calculating absolute peak heights from
that of a standard, the ten highest peaks and their relative abundances (or
intensities), the formula, and the reference. The four parts are essentially
four indexes, and the compounds are arranged as follows: in Part A by
reference numbers to a list of mass spectral compilations, in Part B by
molecular weight, in Part C by molecular formula, and in Part D by
fragment ion values. Part D comprises half the book; it is 323 pages.
Analysis
This publication is more than an index and, consequently is described briefly

here. The compilation provides information so that many organic unknowns
may be identified; the references may be utilized if further data are required.
PubHcadons
Compilation of Ma.rs Spectral Data (Index de Spectre! de Masse), 2nd ed, A. CORNU
and R. MASSOT, published by Heyden & Son Ltd., London, in cooperation
with Presses Universitaires de France, Paris, 1966, XV, 617 pp, US $ 42.00.
First Supplement, A. CORNU and R. MASSOT, published by Heyden & Son,
Ltd., London, in cooperation with Presses Universitaires de France, Paris,
1967, 160pp, 70s.
101
3.2.38.
3.2.38. Mass Spectrometry Data Centre

Organization
The center is located at the Atomic Weapons Research Establishment

(AWRE) in Aldermaston, United Kingdom. It was established in 1965,
based on an existing mass spectrometry group. The director is R. G. RIDLEY;
support)s provided by the Office for Scientific and Technical Information
(OSTI,~see 1.1.2.).
Coverage
The primary function of the center is to provide an international data service.

It also acts as a depository for critically evaluated mass spectra and for data
on closely allied subject fields. The center maintains close contact with other
groups with similar interests, such as the Data Center for Atomic and Molec-
ular Ionization Processes (see 3.2.12.). Assembly of a mass spectral com-
puter file is in progress. Closely associated with this activity are projects to
develop an information retrieval service, and computer-generated indexes.
In addition to the development of a data information service in the area
of mass spectrometry, the center also works on mass spectroscopy appli-
cations, exemplified by a study to develop methods for compound identi-
fication using low resolution mass spectra.
At plesent, the center issues a monthly "Mass Spectrometry Bulletin"
which provides references, based on a comprehensive literature survey, on
research and other activities in the mass spectral area. The "Bulletin" is
prepared from a computer file and computer-ordered indexes.
Analysis
The center is utilizing computers to develop a comprehensive and up-to-date

file of critically evaluated mass spectral data. Once established, the center's
tape files will also be used to answer inquiries from the public. Low reso-
lution Mass Spectral Data is being distributed in Tabular Form on Data
Sheets and copies of the tapes are available.
Publications
"Mass Spectrometry Bulletin", Mass Spectrometry Data Centre, available through
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, P. O. Box 569, London, S. E. 1.
"MSDC Mass Spectral Data Sheets", available from the Mass Spectrometry Data
Center, AWRE, Aldermaston, Berkshire, England.
102
3.2.39.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectra

3.2.39. Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data:
American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44
Organization
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Research Project 44, discussed in
2.3.1., began to publish nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra in
October 1959. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics
Research Center (described in 2.3.), Texas A & M University, College
Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the program which is closely associated
with the TRC Data Project in NMR (see 3.2.40.).
Coverage
Substances are mostly hydrocarbons and related organic compounds con-
taining oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; a few organometallic compounds of
interest to the petroleum industry are also included.
NMR spectral data are presented as reduced reproductions of instrument
tracings. The standard abscissa scale is frequency separation (in cycles per
second) from the external reference standard, although secondary scales are
frequently employed, such as the shielding numbers, N for external refe-
rences, and t5 and l' for internal TMS references. The abscissa scale for the
more recent sheets is in parts per million, t5 and 1'. The height of each
resonance peak is normally shown without scale, and the exact frequencies
of prominent resonances are usually identified on the spectrum.
Spectra are obtained from 15 cooperating laboratories. Laboratories
interested in cooperating in this project should consult the director.
Analysis
Spectra are selected on the basis of the laboratory, the competence of the
investigator, the quality ofinstrumentation, and the purity of the compounds.
API Standard or Research Samples are used in many of the measurements.
Generally, information is given concerning purity, source of compound,
identification of external reference standard, instrument, and operating
conditions. The project supplies contributors with instructions that encour-
age the use of both internal and external reference standards, describe
standardization methods, and provide useful suggestions on experimental
techniques.
Spectra are replaced .s better ones become available; revisions and
additions are issued when the accumulation of new spectra warrant it.
103
3.2.40.
Publication is in the form of 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special

post binders are available. The spectra, sometimes including multiple curves
at different scanning rates, are shown graphically. Methods of presenting
tracings, and notation conventions vary slightly with contributing labora-
tory, frequently because of the different instruments used. The format for
tabular data is standard for all spectra: this includes data on the compound,
and instrument and operation. Supplementary information is given in a
legend. Sheets are arranged according to serial number. Indexes include a
numerical listing by serial number, a formula index subdivided by chemical
classes of compounds, and a functional group index arranged alphabetically.
The Functional Group Index lists 253 NMR (40 MHz) spectral data sheets
contributed by the Humble Oil and Refining Company.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data, American Petroleum
Institute Research Project 44, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics
Research Center, Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843;
714 loose-leaf data sheets in 3 volumes, sold initially in complete sets only for
US $ 236.00 (with binders), approximate cost of supplements per year is
US $ 36.00. Discount prices are available to some educational and non-profit
research institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas
A & M Research Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
3.2.40. Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data:

Thermodynamics Research Center Data Project
OrganiZation
The Thermodynamics Research Center Data ,Project, formerly known as
the Manufacturing Chemists Association (MCA) Research Project, is de-
scribed in 2.3.2. It began to publish nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
spectra in 1960. BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics
Research Center (discussed in 2.3.), Texas A & M University, College
Station, Texas 77843, is in charge of the program which is closely associated
with the API RP 44 NMR program (see 3.2.39.).
Coverage
The current compilation includes 40,60, and 100 MHz NMR spectral data
on closely related groups of organic substances including oxygen, halogen,
sulfur, nitrogen, and phosphorus compounds.
104
3.2.40.
NMR spectral data are presented as reduced reproductions of instrument

tracings. The standard abscissa scale is frequency separation (in cycles per
second) from benzene, the external reference standard; for a few, it is parts
per million, and for some both units are given. The shielding number is
usually given as a secondary horizontal scale. The height of resonance peaks
is normally shown without scale. Exact frequencies of prominent resonances
are identified on the spectrum in many instances.
The spectra contained in the current compilation were generated by the
staff of the Thermodynamics Research Center spectral program, and contrib-
uted by eight cooperating industrial laboratories. Laboratories interested
in cooperating in this project may consult the director.
Analysis
quality of instrumentation employed, and the purity of the compounds.
When available, the source and purity of the material are given. On request,
the project supplies contributors with information on the use of both internal
and external reference standards, standardization methods, and experimental
techniques.
additions are issued when warranted.
Publication is in the form of 22 X 29 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special
post binders are available. The spectra, sometimes including multiple curves
at different scanning rates, are shown graphically, usually with two abscissa
scales. Presentation of the spectra varies slightly with contributor and instru-
ment used. Sheets are arranged according to serial number. Indexes include
a numerical listing by serial number, a formula index subdivided by chemical
classes of compounds, and a functional group index arranged alphabetically.
The Functional Group Index includes 253 NMR (40 MHz) spectral data
sheets contributed by the Humble Oil and Refining Company.
Publications
Catalog of Selected Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Data, Thermodynamics
Research Center Data Project, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics
Research Center, Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843;
683 loose-leaf data sheets extant June 1968, sold initially in complete sets only
for US $ 209.85 (with binders), approximate cost of supplements per year is
US $ 30.00. Discount prices are available to some educational and non-profit
research institutions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas
A & M Research Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
105
3.2.41.
3.2.41. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectra, Sadder Research

Laboratories, Inc.
Organization
The Sadder Research Laboratories, discussed in 3.2.21., began to issue

nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra in 1964.
Coverage
Sadder has given one class of NMR spectra the copyrighted designation
"Standard Nuclear Magnetic Resonance High Resolution Spectra". These
NMR spectra are presented as reproductions of instrument tracings with the
abscissa as a dual scale in parts per million and cycles per second. Information
given includes: name (Chemical Abstracts) , molecular formula, structural
formula with the assignments indicated, molecular weight, melting and
boiling points (when known), source of compound, Sadder IR number
(when applicable), solvent and concentration, and any available physical
data. Also included on the same page is a tabulation of assignments and
pertinent instrument operating information, and comments when needed.
A second class of NMR spectra, commercial spectra, includes solvents
and surface active agents. All spectra are determined in the Sadder labo-
ratories.
Analysis
The high resolution spectra are scanned with a Varian A-60 High Resolution
NMR spectrometer. Appropriate solvents such as deuterated chloroform
and carbon tetrachloride are used. Tetramethylsilane (TMS) is used as an
internal reference. Variables such as temperature and scanning techniques
have been standardized. The sweep offset, frequency response, sweep time,
spectrum amplitude, weight of sample per volume of CDCl3, and assignments
are recorded. When applicable the number of the corresponding Sadder
infrared spectrum is given so that identification of an unknown sample may
be made more easily. Alphabetical, numerical, and molecular formula
indexes are provided to make the spectra easily accessible.
Spectra are issued annually; as of 1968, 6000 were available.
Publications
Orders and inquiries should be sent to Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc., 3316
Spring Garden St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.
106
3.2.42.
Collection Total Total Annual Subscription

No. Price
US$
NMR 6000 1200.00 US $ 400.00/2000 spec-

tra, Indices, Spec-Fin-
der, and Chemical-
Shift Index
NMR Commercials
Substance No. of spectra List price
Solvents 300 US $ 75.00

Surface Active Agents 300 US $ 75.00
Other Publications or Output

Japan Electron Optics Laboratory, Ltd. (lEOL) High Resolution NMR
Spectra (see 3.2.43.) are published by Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc.,
225 spectra, US $ 7.00.
3.2.42. High Resolution NMR Spectra Catalog

Varian Associates, Analytical Instrument Division, Palo Alto, California
94303.
Vol. I, N. S. BHACCA, L. F. JOHNSON, and J. N. SHOOLERY, 1962, 43 pp
+ 368 spectra, US $ 6.00 (soft cover).
Vol. n, N. S. BHACCA, D. P. HOLLIS, L. F. JOHNSON, and E. A. PIER, 1963,
X, 62 pp, US $ 6.00 (soft cover).
Vois. I and II, combined hardback edition, US $ 20.00.
Organization
Varian Associates is a commercial organization which produces analytical
instruments. The Analytical Instrument Division carries out research in the
area of applied spectroscopy, and has prepared a number of technical
publications.
Coverage
Compounds which meet the following criteria are included: (1) a spectrum
with several interpretable chemical shift positions characteristic of functional
groups frequently encountered in organic structure problems, (2) presence
of more than a single line with interpretable fine structure illustrating either a
107
3.2.43.
chemical shift or spin-spin coupling pattern, and (3) availability of a suffi-

ciently pure sample. Among the substances included are alkaloids, mono-
mers, peroxides, steroids, terpenes, and vitamins. These volumes do not
attempt to cover all spectra recorded in the literature.
NMR spectra are presented as reproductions of instrument tracings with
the abscissa as a dual scale in parts per million and cycles per second.
Semistructural formulas are given with the assignments indicated on the
formulas and their values tabulated.
All spectra were obtained in the Applications Laboratory of the Instru-
ment Division of Varian Associates on the Varian A-60 High-Resolution
NMR Spectrometer.
Analysis
All data should be within 1 cps or 0.02 ppm. The sweep offset, sweep time,
frequency response, specific instrument amplitude setting, and unusual
operating conditions are given. An alphanumeric system of coding proton
chemical environments was set up to permit a search of the functional group
contents of the spectra in the collection. The system is fully described, and
examples of the coding are given. Three indexes - name, functional group,
and chemical shift - are provided.
The preface to Volume I appears in both Volumes I and II and describes
the compilation and its use. A second preface in Volume II calls attention to
the differences in the two volumes. Indexes in Volume II are cumulative for
Volumes I and II. A foldout chart of the main and functional groups is
included in each volume.
3.2.43. JEOL High Resolution NMR Spectra

Prepared in the Japan Electron Optics Laboratory Company, Ltd., published
and distributed by Sadtler Research Laboratories, 3316 Spring Garden Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, 1967,225 spectra, US $ 7.00.
Organization
The Japan Electron Optics Laboratory Company, Ltd. (JEOL) is an instru-
ment company located in Tokyo. Spectroscopists in the JEOL laboratories
have assembled high resolution NMR spectra produced in their own
laboratories or contributed from other laboratories in Japan. By special
arrangement, this collection of spectra was published and is being distributed
by Sadtler Research Laboratories, Inc. (see 3.2.41.).
108
3.2.43.
Coverage
A variety of compounds is included: alkanes, alkylbenzenes, cyclohexane

and its derivatives, heterocyclic compounds, ferrocenes, steroids, and poly-
mers and their model compounds. Most of the polymer spectra were run at
elevated temperatures. The spectra are divided into three main groups:
60 Mc, 100 Mc, and Fluorine-19, and are presented as chart reproductions
with the abscissa marked both in ppm and cps. Information on the chart
includes: frequency, instrument sweep width, sweep time, response, solvent,
concentration, reference (generally TMS for non-fluorine compounds),
temperature, name of compound (as assigned by lEOL), structural formula,
source of data, and remarks. A tabulation of chemical shifts is given for
each spectrum. Sadtler has provided varied indexes to this collection: alpha-
betical, molecular formula, chemical classes, chemical shift, and numeric
sequence.
Analysis
All spectra were determined by lEOL on instruments produced by the

company. Various academic, industrial, and governmental groups contri-
buted samples and data. The Introduction includes a description of the
instruments, the indexes, and explanations of their use. Sadtler has renamed
compounds by Chemical Abstracts rules when the names used on the spectra
do not comply. The indexes give the Chemical Abstracts names, and fre-
quently include other names for the compound. However, the compound
name given on the graphical representation is not always included in the
index, nor are the Chemical Abstracts and other names listed in the indexes
noted on the graph when they differ.
The collection includes 225 spectra, 125 at 60 Mc, 65 at 100 Mc, and
35 at F-19; but somewhat fewer compounds since some appear in two of
the groups. The compounds are presented as models, generally grouped
according to structural characteristics being considered. The indexes are
useful, but must be used with discretion. For example, the fluorine com-
pound category lists only four compounds, but some 35 fluorine-containing
compounds comprise the third group of spectra. lEOL uses Tau (r) values,
while Sadtler uses the more prevalent Delta (CJ), and indexes the compounds
accordingly.
109
3.2.44.
Other Atomic and Molecular Projects

3.2.44. Interatomic Distances and Configurations in Molecules
and Ions
Organization
This publication is the outgrowth of an initial 26-page compilation by
P. W. ALLEN and L. E. SUTTON in Acta Crystallographica 3,46,1949. The need
for a more comprehensive work resulted in the preparation of a book of
tables by Dr. SUTTON and a number of cooperating specialists. The work
was sponsored by the Chemical Society, London, and issued as their Special
Publication No. 11 in 1958. A supplementary volume appeared as Special
Publication No. 18 in 1965. L. E. SUTTON was the editor of both volumes.
The future plan for compilation of interatomic distances is to include it in
the program of the International Data Centre for Work on Crystallography
at Cambridge (see 3.3.7.).
Coverage
Most molecules and ions for which interatomic distances and bond angles
have been measured are included: gaseous molecules or radicals, molecules
in the solid state, complex ions occurring in a solid, crystals for which pairs
of ions have been reported as molecules or ion-pairs in the vapor state, and
adamantine lattices. The emphasis is on molecules, no attempt having been
made to cover minerals, salts, or alloys. Both inorganic and organic com-
pounds are included.
Properties presented are interatomic distances, bond angles, crystal struc-
ture, molecular formulas with perspective diagrams showing spatial arran-
gement when needed, and crystal symmetry in both the Hermann-Maugium
and Schoenflies notations. Both volumes have a main table in which the
first half is devoted to inorganic compounds arranged according to the
Mendeleeff classification of elements, and the second half, devoted to organic
compounds following the Chemical Abstracts system of arrangement.
Pagination of both volumes is by sections.
Sources of data are mostly journal articles, and some books. For data
from papers published in Japanese, the compilers had to rely upon abstracts
(provided by the authors or published in Chemical Abstracts).
Analysis
Data were obtained from spectroscopic, electron diffraction, neutron diffrac-
tion, and X-ray diffraction measurements. For vapor-phase measurements,
preliminary results are included unless they have been superseded by later
110
3.2.45.
work. References for electron diffraction data are more comprehensive than
for other subjects. For early crystallographic work other compilations are
cited. In the supplementary volume, values for data published in final form
since 1955 are recorded only if a change has been made in those values
reported in the main volume; references to both values are given with the
notation that the later supersedes the earlier one. Thus, it is often necessary
to consult both the main volume and the supplement. In both volumes,
coded references, which include date and method of measurement, often
make possible a quick guess as to the reliability of the values quoted.
Bond lengths and angles obtained from crystalline structure are presented
as top grade, considered reliable within ± 0.02 A or better; middle grade,
reliable within ± 0.05 A; and third grade, marked "errors uncertain".
However, the errors are unlikely to exceed ± 0.1 A. Preliminary or doubtful
results, comments, or values recalculated by the compilers are indicated.
Notations, formulas, diagrams, and symmetry symbols are fully explained
in the introductions. All symbols are adequately explained. Values for bond
lengths are given in angstrom units; angles, in degrees of arc.
For the 1958 edition, the literature was searched through 1955. The
supplement covers the period 1956 through 1959 and includes a few later
data. It also includes lists of errata in and addenda to the main volume. The
work is continuing at the International Data Centre for Work on Crystallo-
graphy, Cambridge, with the expectation of publishing a second edition or
supplement.
Publications
Tables of Interatomic Distances and Configurations in Molecules and Ions, L. E. SUTI'ON.
Ed., Special Publication No. 11, The Chemical Society, London, 1958, 390 PP.
£ 2.2.0. (US $ 6.00).
Tables of Interatomic Distances and Configurations in Molecules and Ions, Supplement,
1956 to 1959, L. E. SUTI'ON, Ed., Special Publication No. 18, The Chemical
Society, London, 1965,296 pp, £ 4.4.0. (US $ 12.00).
Both publications are also available from Polycrystal Book Service, P. O. Box
11567, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238.
3.2.45. Bond Energies, Ionization Potentials, and Electron

Mfinities
By V. I .VEDENEYEV, L. V. GURVICH, V. N. KONDRAT'YEV, V. A. MEDVEDEv,
and YEo L. FRANKEVICH. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1966, XIV, 202 pp.
US $ 8.50.
111
3.2.46.
First published under the title Energiya razryva khimicheskikh svyazei:

Potentsia!J ionizatsii i srodstvo k elektronu by the Academy of Sciences, Moscow,
U. S. S.R., 1962.
Coverage
This volume is a source book of information on the energetics of atoms,
molecules, and ions in their ground electronic states. It presents selected
numerical values of bond energies of inorganic and organic molecules; of
heats of formation of atoms from the elements in their standard states and
of heats of formation of organic and inorganic radicals from specified
reactants; of ionization potentials of atoms, and various categories of mole-
cules and radicals; and electron and proton affinities of atoms, molecules
and radicals.
Analysis
Most of the physical parameters included in this volume may be determined
by a diversity of experimental methods, and to some extent by theoretical
and empirical correlations. Interpretation of the experimental data is fre-
quently difficult. The authors have given careful definitions of the quantities
presented, and have briefly described the various methods of determination.
In the tables, for each property value, there is given the process or reac-
tion of interest, the experimental value with associated uncertainty, the
method used, and the literature reference. Most reliable values are given in
bold face type. Each chapter has its own introduction and bibliography.
Most chapters are followed by explanatory notes on controversial or uncer-
tain values and on the authors' basis of selection. The literature is covered
to the beginning of 1962, the year of original publication.
3.2.46. Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules

Organization
This project is directed by B. DE B. DARWENT, The Catholic University of
America, Washington, D.C. 20017. It was initiated in 1966. Support is
provided by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau
of Standards (NBS, see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
Bond dissociation energies at 0 K and 298 Kfor simple inorganic compounds
and organic compounds containing not more than one carbon atom, except
112
3.2.47.
that the groups> C = 0 and -C == N are not regarded as being "organic",

are compiled. The literature between 1956 and 1966, with special attention
to 1962 to 1966, is covered.
Analysis
A compilation is in press. All values are included, but preferred values are
indicated, when possible, with assigned probable errors.
It is estimated that revision and updating of the compilation will be
needed every two or three years.
Publications
Bond Dissociation Energies in Simple Molecules, B. DE B. DARWENT, in press.
3.2.47. X-Ray Attenuation Coefficient Information Center

Organization
The center is located in the Radiation Theory Section, Center for Radiation
Research of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) in Washington, D. C.
It was established in 1952, and is currently supported by the Office of
Standard Reference Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.). The director is J. H. HUBBELL.
Coverage
Substances covered include 26 elements from lH to 92U, and H20, NaI, and
concrete - in the energy range 10 keV to 100 MeV. Plans include extending
coverage to all elements and additional substances.
Properties covered are: photon (X-ray and gamma-ray) attenuation
coefficients, i.e., total probability or cross section for interaction of a photon
with material; cross sections for the most frequent types of interactions:
photoelectric absorption, Compton (incoherent) scattering, Rayleigh (co-
herent) scattering, and creation of electron-positron pairs; and derived
properties such as the energy absorption and energy transfer coefficients.
Analysis
The center was set up to generate and periodically update standard reference
tables of photon and related electromagnetic cross sections over the energy
range of about 0.1 keY to beyond 10 GeV. In this capacity, it collects and
evaluates experimental and theoretical data taken from the literature, and
utilizes evaluated data from such sources as the Photonuclear Data Center

3.2.48.
(see 3.1.16.). In addition, the center calculates and tabulates electromagnetic

cross sections in cases where accuracy is inadequate, collaborates with and
encourages other programs in theoretical and experimental work in this area,
and serves as an information center and coordinator for other programs in
photon cross section measurements.
A number of publications have resulted from these activities. Several are
journal papers discussing theoretical calculations; however, some numerical
data compilations are published or in the process of being published as parts
of larger works.
Publications
"Tables of Attenuation and Energy Absorption Coefficients", in Ch. 3: "X-Ray
and Gamma-Ray Interactions", by R. D. EVANS, in Radiation Dosimetry, 2nd
ed., Vol. 1 (Fundamentals), F. H. ATrIX and W. C. ROESCH, Eds., Academic
Press, New York, 1968.
"Photon Attenuation and Energy Absorption Coefficients. Tabulations and Dis-
cussion", J. H. HUBBELL and M. J. BERGER, in Engineering Compendium on
Radiation Shie/ding, Vol. 1 (Shielding Fundamentals and Methods), (Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna), R. G. JAEGER, Ed., Springer-Verlag,
Berlin-Heidelberg-NewYork, in press. (NBS Report 8681, Sept. 28, 1696).

Data relative to Sesquiterpenoids by G. OURISSON, S. MUNAVALLI, and C. EHRET.
Volume 15 of International Tables of Selected Constants, Pergamon Press,
Paris, 1966, 70 pp, 28 pp structural formulas, F 63.
Organization
This volume was published under the auspices of "Tables de Constantes et
Donnees Numeriques", described in 2.2., and prepared by G. OURISSON,
Faculte des Sciences de Strasbourg, S. MUNAVALLI, Universite de Karnatak,
and C. EHRET, Stagiaire de Recherches au CNRS (Centre National de la
Recherche Scientifique).
Coverage
The table lists for each of almost 500 naturally occurring sesquiterpenoids
the boiling point, density, refractive index, specific rotation, wavelength
and log e of the UV absorption maximums.
The values of the boiling points are accompanied by the pressure, the
density, and refractive index at the temperature of the measurements, and
114
3.2.49.
the specific rotation of the solvent. The concentration, and temperature of

the measurement of optical rotation, have usually only a slight influence on
values of the optical properties and therefore are mentioned only when they
were outside the usual range.
In addition to the numerical property values, bibliographic references
are given when possible to UV, IR, Raman, mass, and NMR spectra, to
rotatory dispersion or circular dichroism data, and to the X-ray structure.
Tables are faced by pages with the corresponding structural formulas
and references to the structure mentioned, to the method of synthesis, and
to the melting point.
Analysis
The authors have had to deal with widely conflicting values in the literature,
particularly for specific rotation. They have chosen, when possible, the
publication describing the apparently most exhaustive purification and have
extracted from that article the best constants.
In the Introduction the user is warned that the constants are to be taken
as indicative only.
No completely systematic classification and nomenclature systems were
available and the authors have therefore had to be arbitrary in these matters.
Trivial names have been used extensively. However, the user is greatly
helped by an alphabetical substance index. The extensive bibliography and
author index are valuable features of the book. As usual in this series
explanatory text is given in French and English. Data were compiled from
the primary literature.
3.2.49. Landolt-Bomstein, Volume 3, Group II

Luminescence of Organic Substances by A. SCHMILLEN and R. LEGLER, edited by
K.-H. HELLWEGE and A. M. HELLWEGE. Volume 3 of Group II, Atomic
and Molecular Physics of LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Numerical Data and Func-
tional Relationships in Science and Technology, New Series, Springer-Ver-
lag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1967, VII, 416 pp, DM 196 (US $ 49.00).
Organization
This compilation was published under the auspices of "Landolt-Bornstein",

described in 2.1., and prepared by A. SCHMILLEN and R. LEGLER, both of
the University of Giessen, Germany (B.R.D.).
8* 115
3.2.49.
Coverage
The most important data on the luminescence of more than 1000 organic
compounds are given (190 pages). The compounds are arranged according
to increasing number of C-atoms. However, tables include special groups
of compounds such as carbonium ions, natural substances, p-oligophenyl-
enes, substituted oxazoles, chelates, molecular compounds, and compounds
with uncertain structural formulas.
The properties included are absorption wavenumbers of greatest wave-
length, wavenumbers of fluorescence and phosphorescence emission, decay
time, and quantum efficiency. The values are given for the condensed state
(liquid or solid) of the substances, and for solutions in several solvents as
well.
In supplementary tables (187 pages), values of additional properties on
luminescence, fluorescence and phosphorescence are presented. These tables
include diagrams of typical luminescence spectra, spectra of standard sub-
stances, special data on the luminescence center (vibrational structure of
selected spectra, relationship between absorption and emission spectra,
triplet-singlet transitions, degree of polarization), intermolecular processes
in the excited state (dipole moments, reactions in the excited state, quenching
of fluorescence, energy transfer, sensitized fluorescence, dimer or excimer
fluorescence), application of luminescent organic substances in the scintil-
lation technique (ratios of pulse heights at alpha- and beta-excitation, abso-
lute energy efficiency, Kallmann parameter, relative pulse heights), and
reduction of luminescence by radiation damage.
Analysis
The authors have critically evaluated the collected data and discarded values
of doubtful reliability, e.g., owing to insufficient purity of the substances
investigated or to the application of theories which have become obsolete.
The supplementary tables contain only the most important substances
as well as characteristic examples selected by the authors. Complete coverage
was not intended in these tables.
Explanations and arrangements of the tables are described bilingually
(German and English) in detail in the introduction. All symbols and
abbreviations are tabulated. An alphabetical index of substances for main
and complementary tables is given.
The literature is covered from 1949 through 1964. Almost 900 references
are cited including monographs and review articles on the luminescence of
organic substances. For earlier publications and data the authors refer to
the monographs of P. PRINGSHEIM: Fluorescence and Phosphorescence,
J. Wiley, New York, 1949, and T. FORSTER: Fluoreszenz Organischer Ver-
116
3.2.50.
bindungen, Vandenhoek und Ruprecht, Gottingen, 1951, which have exten-

sive bibliographies.
The authors state that the time available prevented completely exhaustive
compilation. Some papers in Slavic languages were omitted.

Magnetic Properties of Free Radicals by H. F. FISCHER, edited by K-H. HELL-
WEGE and A. M. HELLWEGE, Volume 1 of Group II, Atomic and Molecular
Physics of LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Numerical Data and Functional Relation-
ships in Science and Technology, New Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-
Heidelberg, 1965, IX, 154 pp, DM 68 (US $ 17.00).
Organization
described in 2.1., and prepared by H. FISCHER, Deutsches Kunststofflnstitut,
Darmstadt, Germany (B.R.D.).
Coverage
Property values are given for about 660 free radicals of known structure.
These include inorganic free radicals and radical ions, uncharged organic
free radicals, organic negative and positive radical ions, and organic biradical
and donor-acceptor-complexes. The substances are characterized by their
name and/or structural formulas, the methods of generation of the free
radical, and the matrix or solvent in which the free radicals were studied.
The magnetic properties given are the splitting or coupling parameters
and the g-factor. The temperature and frequency of measurement, and refer-
ences are also listed.
Magnetic properties of free radicals, especially of free atoms, may also
be derived from optical spectra. Results of such studies are not included in
this volume but are found in: W. KLEMM: Magnetic moments of atoms and
atom ions: Landolt-Bomstein-Tables, 6th Ed., Vol. 1, part 1, table 1325;
P. BRIX, H. KOPFERMANN: Hyperfine structure of atomic levels and atomic
lines: Landolt-Bomstein-Tables, 6th Ed., Vol. 1, part 5, table 1612.
Analysis
The Introduction gives a detailed description of the arrangements of tables,
and of the symbols and abbreviations used.
Often, only one value for an individual substance and property was
available in the primary literature. If more than one value was available the
117
3.2.51.-3.2.52.
critically evaluated best one was listed. The literature was considered
up to March 1964 and ca. 750 references are cited.
Besides the tables and the corresponding references, the book contains
a bibliography of ca. 540 papers in which only the presence of free radicals
in a sample is noted but the detailed structure is not given, e.g., references
on free radicals in irradiated low molecular weight compounds, in irradiated
polymers, during polymerization, in biological systems, etc. Also listed are
120 references on the theory of free radicals, and monographs, review, and
survey articles in this area of science. A supplement to this volume is in
preparation.
Indexes to Compilations
The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) has prepared
indexes to specific data in the major catalogs of spectra. These indexes are
listed below. Further details may be obtained by writing to ASTM, 1916
Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. Those indexes prepared by
a program for their own publications are described in the entry discussing
the program.
3.2.51. Indexes to Infrared Spectral Data Compilations

Infrared Spectral Index Cards, ASTM-AMD 30: 92,000 standard IBM cards,
including some cards for the far-infrared region. Complete set of cards,
US $ 5400.00; less 20% to ASTM members.
Molecular Formula List of Compounds, Names, and References to Published Infrared
Spectra, ASTM-AMD 31: source of references to the published literature of
the 92,000 infrared spectra noted above. To be published in 1969.
Serial Number List of Compound Names and References to Published Infrared Spectra,
ASTM-AMD 32: indexes 92,000 spectra by serial number with the compound
names for all spectra included in the Infrared Spectral Index Cards noted above.
To be published in 1969.
SIRCH: ASTMjDOW Infrared File Searching System: a computerized file search
system. It includes a complete data file coded from the 92,000 spectra noted
above. The data file plus SIRCH program are available for an initial fee of
US $ 500.00 plus a lease price per year of US $ 1080.00 (US $ 90.00 per month).
3.2.52. Indexes to Ultraviolet-Visible Spectral Data

Compilations
Ultraviolet- Visible Spectral Absorption Index Cards, ASTM-AMD 40: 25,000 stan-
dard IBM cards, including 2200 cards relating to spectra in the visible light
range. Complete set of cards, US $ 1500.00; less 20% to ASTM members.
118
3.2.53.-3.3.1.
Molecular Formula List of Compounds, Names, and References to Published Ultraviolet

and Visible Spectra, ASTM-AMD 41: source of references to the published
literature of the 25,000 spectra noted above. To be published in 1969.
Serial Number List of Compound Names and References to Published Ultraviolet and
Visible Spectra, ASTM-AMD 42: indexes 25,000 spectra by serial number
with the compound names for all spectra included in the spectral index cards
noted above. To be published in 1969.
3.2.53. Indexes to Mass Spectral Data Compilations

Mass Spectral Data - Punched Card Index: ASTM-AMD lOa, Mass Spectral Data-
Structure, 3200 cards, US $192.00; ASTM-AMD lOb, Mass Spectral Data-
Name, 3400 cards, US $ 204.00; ASTM-AMD 10c, Name-Formula, 3500 cards,
US $ 210.00; Unpunched Cards, 2000, US $ 6.50. Less 20% to members.
First Supplement to Mass Spectral Cards: supplemental punched cards of uncertified
spectra. ASTM-AMD lOa-Sl, Mass Spectral Data-Structure, 172 cards,
US $10.00; ASTM-AMD 10b-Sl, Mass Spectral Data-Name, 211 cards,
US $ 12.00; ASTM-AMD 10c-S 1, Name-Formula, 211 cards, US $12.00.
Less 20% to members.
Mass Spectral Data, Index of ASTM-AMD 11 A: 3200 spectra. To be published
in 1969.
3.3. Solid State, Including Crystallographic, Mineralogical,

Electrical and Magnetic, and Related Properties
Crystallographic Properties
3.3.1. Crystal Data
Organization
The first edition of Crystal Data was published in 1954 as Memoir 60 of the
Geological Society of America, with the subtitle "Classification of Sub-
stances by Space Groups and Their Identification from Cell Dimensions".
It consisted of two parts: Part I: Systematic Tables - Classification of
Crystalline Substances by Space Groups, by WERNER NOWACKI, University
of Berne, Switzerland; and Part II: Determinative Tables - Identification
of Crystalline Substances from Cell Dimensions, by J. D. H. DONNAY, The
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland, with the collaboration of
GABRIELLE DONNAY, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
The second edition of "Systematic Tables", by WERNER NOWACKI, was
published in 1967 as Monograph No.6 of the American Crystallographic
Association (ACA). Support was provided by the Schweizerischer National-
fonds.
119
3.3.1.
"Determinative Tables", second edition, had previously appeared in

1963 as ACA Monograph No.5, with J. D. H. DONNAY as general editor
and GABRIELLE DONNAY as assistant editor. Co-editors were E. G. Cox,
University of Leeds, and Agricultural Research Council, London, for in-
organic compounds; OLGA KENNARD, National Institute for Medical Re-
search, London, and the University Chemical Laboratory, Cambridge, Eng-
land, for organic compounds; and MURRAY VERNON KING, Massachusetts
General Hospital, Boston, Mass., for proteins (Appendix I). Cooperation
and encouragement for the work were given by the International Union of
Crystallography, its Commission on Crystallographic Data, related national
commissions in Japan and the Soviet Union, and ACA, particularly its
Crystal Data and Publication committees. The National Science Foundation
(U. S. A.) and the Institute of Physics (U. K) provided financial support.
The third edition of Crystal Data.' Determinative Tables is being prepared
by the Crystal Data Center of the Institute for Materials Research of the
National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C. 20234, under the
sponsorship of the National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS,
see 1.1.1.) of NBS. The scientific staff are: Chief Editor - J. D. H. DONNAY,
The Johns Hopkins University; Assistant Editor - H. M. ONDIK, NBS;
Organic Editor - O. KENNARD, International Data Centre for Work on
Crystallography (see 3.3.7.), Cambridge University; Inorganic Editors -
H. M. ONDIK, NBS, and G. WOLTEN, Aerospace Corporation; Mineral
Editor - M. MROSE, U.S. Geological Survey; Intermetallic Editors -
S. SAMSON, California Institute of Technology, M. H. MUELLER, Argonne
National Laboratory, Q. JOHNSON, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, and
E. RYBA, Pennsylvania State University; and Protein Editor - M. V. KING,
Massachusetts General Hospital.
Coverage
The original purpose of Crystal Data was to present, in a single volume,
a critical compilation of crystallographic data, obtained mainly by X-ray or
electron diffraction. The first edition contained Part I: Systematic Tables,
and Part II: Determinative Tables in a single volume. Subsequently, how-
ever, revised editions of Parts I and II appeared as separate volumes.
Part I (Systematic Tables) is divided into two main sections. The first,
"Main Table", lists the space groups, and under each space group, the
(crystalline) compounds assigned to that group. The compounds are sub-
divided by composition into 7 categories and include elements, alloys, and
inorganic and organic compounds. Some 3800 compounds were included in
the first edition; 8800 in the second. The second section consists of statistical
tables giving the absolute number and percentage of compounds found in
120
3.3.1.
the 219 distinguishable space groups; the 14 Bravais lattices (the 1st edition
used the Delaunay-reduced cell for triclinic compounds); the 32 crystal
classes; the 7 crystal systems; symmorphic, hemisymmorphic, and asym-
morphic space groups; the most frequent space groups; and the centric and
acentric space groups (not included in 1st edition).
Part II (Determinative Tables) consists of tables for the identification of
crystalline substances by means of cell constants and auxiliary properties.
These include axial ratios (determinative numbers), space group, the number
of formula units per cell, and measured and calculated specific gravities.
Additional properties include melting point, color, pleochroism, twinning,
cleavage, and crystal habit. Some optical properties, such as indexes of
refraction, optic axial angle, and optical orientation, are given for a number
of compounds. Space-group criteria are included in Appendix II of the
second edition. The Bravais-reduced cell (defined by the shortest three
translations) is used in the second edition, replacing the Delaunay-reduced
cell, which had been used in the first edition.
The first edition of Determinative Tables included some 6000 entries;
the second edition, 13000; and it is anticipated that the third edition will
contain approximately 30000. The third edition will include the same cate-
gories of data as previous editions.
Data are obtained from the scientific literature. For the second edition,
abstracting journals and pertinent major journals were searched, and the
original papers checked. The primary literature is practically the only source
of data for the third edition of Determinative Tables. Some pre-publication
data are included.
Analysis
Parts I and II of the first edition of Crystal Data were prepared independently,
and conventions for presentation of data differ in the two parts. However,
formula and name indexes are given, cumulative for Parts I and II.
The second edition (1967) of Part I: Systematic Tables used the second
edition (1963) of Part II: Determinative Tables as the basis for statistical
work. In some cases, additional space-group determinations found in the
literature are given. Complete references are given; those compounds found
in Determinative Tables (2nd ed) include the page number in the data line.
The introduction covers the use of the tables and includes background
information.
For the second edition of Determinative Tables, all new data (1951 and
later) were processed and checked. Many crystallographers provided correc-
tions to errors in the first edition. The data sheets were further checked by
the editors in the Baltimore office. Data from more than one source are often
121
3.3.2.
given. The Introduction to DeterminatIve Tables adequately describes the

methods of compilation and presentation of the data. The data for the third
edition are first processed and checked by the section editors, then by the
general editors, then further processed and rechecked by computer. In order
to reduce typographical errors and maintain good typographical style, the
third edition will be printed from computer controlled phototypesetting
copy.
In the first edition, Part I covers the literature to mid-1948, and Part II
to the end of 1951. The second edition (1963 and 1967) includes data to
January 1961. The cut-off date for data in the third edition is January 1967.
Publications
Crystal Data, Classification of Substances by Space Groups and their Identification
from Cell Dimensions, Parts I and II, J. D. H. DONNA Yand WERNER NOWACKI,
Memoir 60 of the Geological Society of America, Geological Society of Ame-
rica, New York, N.Y. 10027, 1954, IX, 719 pp (out of print).
Crystal Data, Determinative Tables, Part II, 2nd ed, J. D. H. DONNA Y, General
Editor; GABRIELLE DONNAY, Assistant Editor; E. G. Cox, Inorganic Com-
pounds; OLGA KENNARD, Organic Compounds; MURRAY VERNON KING,
Proteins; Monograph 5 of the American Crystallographic Association, Wil-
liams and Heintz, Washington, D.C., 1963, X, 1,302 pp, US $10.00. Available
from Polycrystal Book Service, P. O. Box 11567, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238.
Crystal Data, Systematic Tables, Part I, 2nd ed, WERNER NOWACKI, with A. EDEN-
HARTER and T. MATSUMOTO, Monograph 6 of the American Crystallographic
Association, Williams and Heintz, Washington, D.C., 1967, US $ 5.00. Avail-
able from Polycrystal Book Service, P. O. Box 11567, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238.
3.3.2. Crystal Structures

Organization
The author of Crystal Structures is RALPH W. G. WYCKOFF, University of
Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721. The first edition appeared in loose-leaf
form between 1948 and 1960. The second edition, an amplified and updated
version of the original work, is being published in book form. Crystal
Structures is in effect a continuation of the author's Structure of Crystals,
begun some forty years previously, in which abbreviated statements of
atomic arrangements in crystalline solids were presented.
Coverage
Substances covered in the second edition are: Vol. 1, the elements, and
compounds RX and RX2 ; Vol. 2, complex binary compounds RnXm and
122
3.3.2.
compounds R(MX 2)n and Rn (MX 3)p; VoL 3, inorganic compounds Rx(MX 4)y
and Rx(~Xp\, hydrates, and ammoniates ; VoL 4, miscellaneous inorganic
compounds, silicates, and basic structural information; and Vol. 5, aliphatic
compounds - methane, ethane, ethylene, and acetylene derivates, longer-
chain compounds, and amino acids and related compounds. Volumes 6 and 7
will deal with benzene derivatives.
All essential structure parameters are included, such as cell dimensions,
atomic parameters, bond lengths and angles, and typical intermolecular
distances. The crystalline form and space groups are covered. There is
extensive use of illustrations for all important structures. These illustrations
are usually accurate projections and shaded drawings in which molecules
take on a three-dimensional effect.
The primary literature is searched for data.
Analysis
The second edition is self-contained and does not require any reference to
the author's previous tabulations. It is limited to determinations which
define the positions of most, if not all, the atoms in a crystal; and contrary
to the first edition, does not include the numerous studies by X-rays which
have led only to unit cells and possible space groups.
Because of the enormous volume of data used in crystal analysis, no
estimate is given of the accuracy of spacing measurements. The cell dimen-
sions given are considered the best currently available, and the structures
included are those considered correct, or having a reasonable chance of
being correct.
Volume 5 initiates an important change. Contrary to previous use of left-
handed axes in illustrations, the right-handed axes have been adopted to
conform to universal practice. Because of this, the axial sequence is noted in
the legends for each illustration. Also in Volume 5, a statement of accuracy
is included for new data. This accuracy is based on the original author's
evaluation; the compiler exercises judgement when more than one set of
data is available. Therefore, a complete description of the structure of an
organic crystal presents not only atomic parameters, but an estimate of
accuracy. This is done only with the latest determinations.
The second edition uses the space group symbols of Schoenflies together
with those symbols preferred in the International Tables (see 3.3.6.).
Each chapter includes a dictionary-type listing of each substance with
a description of the crystal structure, and comments; a table listing each
substance with its references; and a complete bibliography.
Volume 1 is current through 1961 ; Volume 2 through 1962 ; Volume 3
through 1963; Volume 4 through 1966; and Volume 5 through 1964.
123
3.3.3.
Publications
Crystal Structures, first ed, R. W. G. WYCKOFF, Wiley Interscience, New York-
London-Sydney, loose-leaf.
Section I: Chapters I to VIII, 1948, 378 pp, US $ 13.50.
Section II: Chapters VIII to X, XIII, 1951, 509 pp, US $17.00.
Supplement I: Additions to Chapters II to VII, 1951, 143 pp, US $ 5.00.
Section III: Chapters XIV, XV, Organic Index, 1953, 465 pp, US $ 25.00.
Supplement II: Additions to Chapter XIII, 1953, 85 pp, US $ 8.50.
Section IV: Chapters XI and XII, 1957,261 pp, US $ 8.00.
Supplement III: Additions to Chapters II to VIII, 1958, 311 pp, US $ 20.00.
Supplement IV: Additions to Chapters IX, X, XIII to XV, 1959, 509 pp,
US $ 22.00.
Supplement V: Additions to Chapters II to XV, Indexes, 1960, 513 pp,
US $ 26.50.
Complete set with necessary binders, US $ 153.50.
Note: Sections and Supplements are integrated to form Volumes (5). Complete
information for purchase should be requested from publisher.
Crystal Structures, 2nd ed, R. W. G. WYCKOFF, Wiley Interscience, New York-
London-Sydney, hardback (see "Coverage" for contents).
Vol. 1: 1963,467 pp, US $17.50.
Vol. 2: 1964, 588 pp, US $ 24.00.
Vol. 3: 1965,981 pp, US $ 27.50.
Vol. 4: 1968,566 pp, US $ 22.50.
Vol. 5: 1966,785 pp, US $ 25.00.
3.3.3. Powder Diffraction File: Joint Committee on Powder

Diffraction Standards
Organization
This activity is carried out under the auspices of the American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Crystallographic Association,
the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, and the British Institute
of Physics. It is administered by ASTM, who with the National Academy
of Sciences-National Research Council started the project in 1941. The
Joint Committee on Powder Diffraction Standards is composed of represen-
tatives of the sponsoring organizations and invited research scientists. Its
aims are to collect, edit, and publish powder diffraction data and to advance
the techniques by which these diffraction data can be used for chemical
identification.
The present chairman of the Committee is WILLIAM L. FINK. The current
editor is J. V. SMITH, Department of Geophysical Sciences, The University
124
3.3.3.
of Chicago. Associate editors are: L. G. BERRY, Queen's University, Ontario,

Canada, for minerals; BENJAMIN POST, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn,
Brooklyn, N. Y., for inorganic and organic substances; SIGMUND WEISS-
MANN, Rutgers - The State University, New Brunswick, N.J., for metals
and alloys. The Committee finances research associateships at the U. S.
National Bureau of Standards (NBS) where needed measurements are made
in the Constitution and Microstructure Section.
Coverage
Data on crystalline materials, organic and inorganic, of interest to science
and industry are compiled. These include inorganic compounds, metals,
alloys, minerals, and organic and organo-metallic compounds.
Powder patterns in terms of interplanar spacings, relative intensities,
and Miller indices are recorded. The interplanar spacings corresponding
to the three strongest lines in the diffraction pattern are given special prom-
inence. Also given are crystallographic systems, space groups, lattice
parameters, interaxial angles, indices of refraction, density, melting point
and color, number of formula units per structural unit, molecular and
semistructural formulas, and operating characteristics such as wavelength
of X-rays used and type of filter.
Patterns are submitted by groups in the United States, Great Britain,
the Netherlands, Norway, Israel, and Japan. Data from the literature and
from individual investigators are also included.
Analysis
The quality of data is continually being upgraded as the result of elimination
of errors and careful editing of new patterns by the associate editors. In 1957,
the data in sets 1 to 5 (see below) were critically reviewed and new cards
were marked to indicate corrections and data reliability. A critical review
of the data in sets 6 to 10 was begun in 1965. Comments on and reported
errors in the File have been given in supplements to the File since 1964.
Each year a new set of data consisting of new patterns and revisions is
added to the File. The indexes also are brought up-to-date annually. Set 18
(1968) contains 1500 inorganic patterns and 500 organic-organo-metallic
patterns.
The X-ray powder diffraction patterns are available on 8 X 13 cm cards,
10 X 15 cm Keysort cards, or magnetic tape. After critical review, revised
sets 1 to 5 and 6 to 10 were issued as clothbound books, one for inorganic
and one for organic substances.
There are now four types of cumulative indexes, two in book form and
one on optical coincidence cards. The "Index to the Powder Diffraction File"
125
3.3.3.
is issued in two volumes, Organic and Inorganic, which list eight "d"
values with intensities. The three most intense lines are permuted and
arranged in Hanawalt Groups. The Inorganic volume includes an alpha-
beticallist of compounds and an alphabetical list of minerals. The Organic
volume includes organic and organo-metallic compounds arranged as in the
Inorganic volume, plus a convenient formula listing.
The "Fink Inorganic Index" was introduced in 1963. It uses the "d"
values of the eight strongest lines to characterize each pattern in the Inorga-
nic section of the File. Each substance is listed eight times in the Index by
cyclically permuting the eight "d" values. No relative intensities are listed
or used for listing; the Fink Index is suited to the identification of electron
diffraction patterns.
The Matthews Coordinate Index (Termatrex cards) includes standard,
supplementary, and negative element cards. Negative Line cards became
available in 1964.
The "KWIC Guide to the Powder Diffraction File (Inorganic)" is a
fourth type of index. The KWIC (Key-Word-in-Context) Guide is based
on chemical fragments. It consists of three sections: the dictionary, the
KWIC listing, and the alphabetical mineral listing. The KWIC Guide allows
a search for a compound with a specified chemical content.
Data obtained from patterns measured at NBS are published at the
Bureau in separate booklets.
Publications
Eighteen sets of the Powder Diffraction File (formerly known as the X-Ray
Powder Data File) have been published by ASTM. They may be purchased
in any of the following card forms. Some separate sets and combinations of
sets are also available; write to ASTM for details.
Powder Diffraction File, 18 sets

(1) Cards
Plain Keysort IBM Index
(US $) (US $) (US $)
Sets 1 to 17 Organic 1025 1250

Inorganic 1675 1900
Both 2425 2875 800
Set 17 only Organic 100 125
Inorganic 175 200
Both 250 300 80
Set 18 only Organic 125 150
Inorganic 225 250
Both 325 375
126
3.3.3.
(2) Book form

US$
Inorganic Vol. Sets 1 to 5 PDiS-5iRB 75.00

Organic Vol. Sets 1 to 5 PDiS-50RB 50.00
Inorganic Vol. Sets 6 to 10 PDlS-10iRB 75.00
Organic Vol. Sets 6 to 10 PDlS-100RB 50.00
(3) Magnetic tape available on lease only. The tape contains all "d" values,
relative intensities, chemical names, formulas and file numbers of patterns
in Sets 1 to 17. Write to ASTM for details and prices.
Powder Diffraction File, Indexer

Index to the Powder Diffraction File, 1968 Edition*
US$
Inorganic PDIS-18i 100.00
Organic PDIS-180 75.00
Fink Inorganic Index, 1968 Edition
PDlS-18F 75.00
KWIC Guide to the Powder Diffraction File (Inorganic)
1968 Edition PDIS-18K 50.00
Matthews Coordinate Index, Sets 1 to 17
Deck A, B, C 825.00
Deck D (Negative Line) 250.00
Both 1,000.00
Related Publications
Standard X-ray Diffraction Powder Patterns, NBS Circular 539, U. S. Government
Vol. I, H. E. SWANSON and E. TATGE, 1953, 95 pp, US $ 0.45.
Vol. II, H. E. SWANSON and R. K. FUYAT, 1953,65 pp, US $ 0.45.
Vol. III, H. E. SWANSON, R. K. FUYAT, and G. M. UGRINIC, 1954, 73 pp,
US $ 0.45.
Vol. IV, H. E. SWANSON, R. K. FUYAT, and G. M. UGRINIC, 1955, 75 pp,
US $ 0.45.
Vol. V, H. E. SWANSON, N. T. GILFRICH, and G. M. UGRINIC, 1955, 75 pp,
US $ 0.45.
Vol. 6, H. E. SWANSON, N. T. GILFRICH, and M. I. COOK, 1956, 62 pp,
US $ 0.40.
Vol. 7, H. E. SWANSON, N. T. GILFRICH, and M. 1. COOK, 1957, 70 pp,
US $ 0.40.
Vol. 8, H. E. SWANSON, N. T. GILFRICH, M. 1. COOK, R. STINCHFIELD, and
P. C. PARKS, 1959, 76 pp, US $ 0.45.
-----
*) The respective Index Book (Organic and/or Inorganic) is supplied free of
charge with the purchase of Plain or Keysort cards of Sets 11 to 17.
Order from: American Society for Testing and Materials, Diffraction Data Sales,
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
127
3.304.
Vol. 9, H. E. SWANSON, M. I. COOK, T. ISAACS, and E. H. EVANS, 1960,

64 pp, US $ DAD.
Vol. 10, H. E. SWANSON, M. I. COOK, E. H. EVANS, and J. H. DE GROOT,
1960,61 pp, US $ DAD.
Standard X-ray Diffraction Powder Patterns, NBS Monograph 25, U. S. Government

Section 1, H. E. SWANSON, M. C. MORRIS, R. P. STINCHFIELD, and E. H.
EVANS, 1962, 56 pp, US $ DAD.
Section 2, H. E. SWANSON, M. C. MORRIS, R. P. STINCHFIELD, and E. H.
EVANS, 1963,46 pp, US $ 0.35.
Section 3, H. E. SWANSON, M. C. MORRIS, E. H. EVANS, and L. ULMER, 1964,
64 pp, US $ DAD.
Section 4, H. E. SWANSON, M. C. MORRIS, and E. H. EVANS, 1966, 83 pp,
US $ 0.55.
Section 5, H. E. SWANSON, H. F. McMuRDIE, M. C. MORRIS, and E. H. EVANS,
1967, 90 pp, US $ 0.55.
Section 6, H. E. SWANSON, H. F. McMuRDIE, M. C. MORRIS, and E. H. EVANS,
1968, IV, 97 pp, US $ 0.60.
3.3.4. Structure Reports

Organization
Structure Reports is an annual collection of abstracts of a special type. It con-
tinues and replaces Strukturbericht, which was published in seven volumes
between 1913 and 1939. Work on Structure Reports began in 1949 under the
guidance of the Commission on Structure Reports of the International
Union of Crystallography. In 1960, W. B. PEARSON, National Research
Council, Ottawa, Canada, became general editor. The project is on a self-
sustaining basis.
Coverage
Metals, and inorganic and organic crystalline compounds are included.
Unit cell dimensions, space groups, atomic positions and parameters,
and interatomic and intermolecular distances are given. The data presented
are derived primarily from X-ray diffraction measurements. Only material
of structural interest is extracted from the literature. Papers containing data
obtained by electron diffraction, neutron diffraction, and nuclear magnetic
resonance studies are reported when of structural interest. Data from such
papers published in Russian, Japanese, and in journals not readily available
have been included more freely than data from easily accessible sources.
128
3.3.4.
Data are collected by reporters in several countries from research papers

in the open literature.
Analysis
This publication attempts to provide a source of precise information on all

determinations of crystal structures, presenting critical reports rather than
abstracts. It aims at giving complete structural information from the papers
reported so that no further reference to the papers themselves is necessary.
The minimum criterion for a report is generally that the paper contain the
determination of a unit cell or a more accurate determination of a unit cell
previously reported. Detailed assessments of each structure are made and
critical comments are inserted by the reporters and editors when necessary.
Limits of error and very doubtful last digits are often indicated. Interatomic
distances or other information calculated by the reporters from the data in
the paper may be added to the structural report.
Structure Reports covers the period from 1940 (Volume 8) onward and
thus forms a continuous series with the last volume of Strukturbericht
(Volume VII). The latest volume, published in 1968 (Volume 24), covers
the literature unti11960. The currency is still imperfect, despite the fact that
there are now teams of editors working on all years up to 1965. It is estimated
that a publication lag of three to four years is the best that can be expected.
The field covered is now somewhat restricted in order to limit the large size
of the yearly volumes caused by the increase in the number of papers being
published.
Structure Reports is published in book form. The volumes are divided
into three main sections: Metals, Inorganic Compounds, and Organic
Compounds. In each volume there are subject, formula, and author indexes,
and, since 1955, an index of carbon compounds. Volume 14 contains a few
supplementary reports for the period 1940 to 1950, but it is mainly a cumu-
lative index for Volumes 8 through 13. Most volumes have a corrigenda
for previous volumes.
Publications
Structure Reports, Vols. 8 to 16 and Vol. 18, A. J. C. WILSON, General Editor;

Vol. 17 and Vols. 19 to 24, W. B. PEARSON, General Editor; published for the
International Union of Crystallography by N. V. A. Oosthoek's Uitgevers,
Mij, Utrecht, The Netherlands. Agent in the U. S. - Polycrystal Book Service,
P. O. B. 11567, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238.

3.3.5.
The years covered, year published, and price of each volume are as follows:
Volume Years Year Price
Covered Published Dutch US$
florins
8 1940 to 1941 1956 80 22.50

9 1942 to 1944 1955 70 19.50
10 1945 to 1946 1953 55 15.50
11 1947 to 1948 1951 100 28.00
12 1949 1952 70 19.50
13 1950 1954 100 28.00
14 (index) 1940 to 1950 1959 35 10.00
15 1951 1957 110 31.00
16 1952 1959 120 33.50
17 1953 1963 125 35.00
18 1954 1961 120 33.50
19 1955 1963 100 28.00
20 1956 1963 100 28.00
21 1957 1964 100 28.00
22 1958 In preparation *** **.**
23 1959 1965 120 33.50
24 1960 1968 140 39.00
Note: A new reprint of "Strukturbericht", Supplement to "Zeitschrift fiir

Kristallographie", forerunner to "Structure Reports", was published in 1965 by
the Johnson Reprint Corporation, New York, and Johnson Reprint Company,
Ltd., London.
Vols. 1 to 7, Leipzig, 1913/1928 to 1939, clothbound, US $ 140.00 per set;
paperbound, US $ 120.00 per set.
Vols. 1 to 3, 1913/1928 to 1935, paperbound, US $ 20.00 per volume; cloth-
bound, US $ 23.00 per volume.
Vols. 4 to 7, 1936 to 1939, paperbound, US $ 15.00 per volume; clothbound,
US $ 18.00 per volume.
3.3.5. A Handbook of Lattice Spacings and Structures of Metals

and Alloys
Organization
This handbook was compiled by WILLIAM BURTON PEARSON, National
Research Council, Ottawa. Volume I was published in 1958; Volume II,
in 1967. The object of the publication is to provide an up-to-date summary
of knowledge on the structures of metals and alloys. The National Research
Council (NRC) of Canada has supported the work continuously. Volume I
was issued as NRC No. 4303 and Volume II as NRC No. 8752.
130
3.3.5.
Coverage
Substances covered are metals, and binary, ternary, and a few more complex
alloys, including intermetallic phases of borides, carbides, hydrides, nitrides,
and oxides.
Included are structural details, crystallographic data for Strukturbericht
types (Vol. 1), atomic lattice parameters and their variations with compo-
sition in solid solution ranges and with temperature, densities, and expansion
coefficients. The second volume includes a classification of structures of
elements and alloy phases according to the Bravais lattice and number of
atoms per unit cell. From the data given, known structures of any alloy
phase can be drawn up and interatomic distances calculated. In some cases
it may be necessary to obtain the coordinates of the appropriate point-sets
from Volume I of "International Tables for X-ray Crystallography" (see
3.3.6.).
Research papers in the open literature are the sources of data.
Analysis
In both Volumes I and II, a critical selection is made in order to present
only the most accurate data. In making the selection, consideration is given
to alloy purity, knowledge of composition and equilibrium temperature,
and reliability of the X-ray methods or other means of investigation. Each
system is discussed to the extent justified by available data. Complete refer-
ences are included.
In Volume I, most crystal settings for orthorhombic and monoclinic
classes were transformed to the Standard Settings given in the International
Tables for X-Ray Crystallography. The particular author's use of kX or
angstrom units was generally maintained. In Volume II, all data are in
angstrom units.
Volume I is divided into two parts. Part I (75 pages), is a general intro-
duction to X-ray investigation of metals and alloys. Part II includes the
compilation and assessment of data, presented in text, tables, and diagrams.
The systems are arranged alphabetically by chemical symbols. The content
of Volume II (1 ,446 pages) corresponds to that of Part II of Volume I.
Volume I covers all available structural work on metals and alloys
through 1955 and some through 1956. Volume II covers the interval
between 1955 and 1965, although the tabular listing (414 pp) is cumulative,
including all data up to 1965. The relationship between Volumes I and II is:
(1) Vol. II, the index of work on metals and alloys (Chapter V) and the
index of work on borides, carbides, hydrides, and nitrides (Chapter VI)
update the same material in Vol. I (Chapter XI and XII). Vol. I and II must
therefore be used together.
9* 131
3.3.6.
(2) Vol. II, tabulated lattice parameters and data on elemental metals and
metalloids (Chapter II), intermediate phases in alloy systems (Chapter III),
and borides, carbides, hydrides, nitrides, and binary oxides (Chapter IV),
contain data both from Vol. I and from work published since Vol. I. These
chapters of Vol. II are therefore independent.
(3) Vol. II includes a table of crystallographic data on binary oxides,
whereas Vol. I described the work.
Publications
A Handbook of Lattice Spacings and Structures of Metaft and Alloys, W. B. PEARSON,
Vol. I, (International Series of Monographs on Metal Physics and Physical
Metallurgy, Vol. 4), Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford-London-Edinburgh-
New York-Paris, and Frankfurt, 1958, X, 1044 pp, US $ 38.00.
Vol. II, (International Series of Monographs on Metal Physics and Physical
Metallurgy, Vol. 8), Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford-London, and New
York, 1967, VIII, 1456 pp, 500 s. net. (US $ 75.00).
3.3.6. International Tables for X-Ray Crystallography

Organization
This series was planned by the International Union of Crystallography
(IUCr) to bring up-to-date the former Internationale Tabellen zur Bestim-
mung von Kristallstrukturen (International Tables for the Determination
of Crystal Structures) published in 1935. The present "Tables" were pre-
pared under the direction of an editorial committee of the IUCr with Dame
KATHLEEN LONSDALE as general editor. The present chairman of the Com-
mission on International Tables is N. F. M. HENRY, Department of Minera-
logy, Downing Street, Cambridge, England. Crystallographers from many
countries have contributed to the compilation. Financial help was provided
by UNESCO and the National Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council (u. S. A.). The Netherlands Organization for Pure Research (ZWA),
the N. V. Philips' Gloeilampenfabrieken, Eindhoven, the Netherlands, and
the University College, London, provided secretarial and editorial assistance,
as well as staff time for work on Volume III.
Coverage
Volume I, Symmetry Groups, presents tables, explanations, and diagrams
for crystal lattices, point-group symmetry, and space-group symmetry.
Volume II, Mathematical Tables, contains tables of functions, formulas, and
general relationships between physical quantities.
132
3.3.6.
Volume III, Physical and Chemical Tables, deals with the processes
involved in the X-ray study of crystals. In Volume III tables of properties
are included in each of the following sections: X-Rays and Their Interaction
with Crystals (wavelength, intensities, and scattering of X-rays); Measure-
ment and Interpretation of Intensities (absorption, and atomic scattering
factors); and Interatomic and Interionic Distances (inorganic, organic, and
metallic crystals).
Analysis
Volumes I and II do not contain data for substances but are concerned with
the mathematical and geometrical background required by serious workers
in crystallography. Volume III, however, in addition to descriptive material
on experimental methodology, contains a wealth of critically evaluated
numerical property values in tabular form. Recognized experts from many
countries have contributed to the many sections and subsections of the
volume. The extensive bibliographies reveal selective use of both the pri-
mary literature and existing compilations.
Methods of calculating tabulated values are discussed, and references are
cited when possible. Necessary symbols are explained, and the difficulty of
maintaining complete consistency is admitted. Terms other than strictly
crystallographic ones are also defined if necessary. Although the main text
is in English, a Dictionary of Crystallographic Terms for each volume is
given in English, French, German, Russian, and Spanish.
Volume I of the present Tables appeared in 1952, Volume II in 1959
and Volume III in 1962. All three Volumes have been reprinted with cor-
rections.
The bound volumes are 21.8 X 28.2 cm. Each Volume has a detailed
table of contents, and Volume III has a cumulative general subject index.
The layout of tables and the printing are of exceptional quality.
The Commission on International Tables is at present compiling a
"pilot-issue" in line with the planning of a completely new edition. It is
expected that this future edition will be divided into two series: A - Sym-
metry Tables and B - Diffraction Tables. In the meantime a Supplement
to the existing Volumes II and III is expected to appear late in 1969; this
will contain new material in the field covered by these two volumes.
Publications
International Tables for X-Ray Crystallography, KATHLEEN LONSDALE, General Edi-
tor, published for the International Union of Crystallography by the Kynoch
Press, Birmingham, England. Also available from Polycrystal Book Service,
P. O. Box 11567, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15238 (Special prices are offered to members
of the American Crystallographic Association).
133
3.3.7.
Vol. I: Symmetry Groups, N. F. M. HENRY and KATHLEEN LONSDALE, Eds.,

1952, XII, 558 pp, £ 5.5.0. (US $ 14.70).
Vol. II: Mathematical Tables, ]. S. KASPER and KATHLEEN LONSDALE, Eds.,
1959, XVIII, 444 pp, £ 5.15.0. (US $ 16.10).
Vol. III: Physical and Chemical Tables, C. H. MAcGILLAVRyand G. D. RIECK,
Eds., 1962, XVI, 362 pp, £ 5.15.0. (US $ 16.10).
3.3.7. International Data Centre for Work on Crystallography

Organization
This center was set up in 1965 in the University Chemical Laboratory,

Cambridge, England, with the financial support of the Office for Scientific
and Technical Information (OSTI, see 1.1.2.), and as part of the British
contribution to international collaboration on critical data compilations.
As a data center, it is anticipated that it will contribute to many crystallo-
graphic projects. At present it is responsible for the organic (carbon-
containing) volume of the third edition of Crystal Data (see 3.3.1.), and for
references for the inorganic volume. The Centre is providing numerical
data for the 1962, 1963, 1964 volumes of Structure Reports (see 3.3.4.) and
it is planning a revision of the Interatomic Distance Tables (see 3.2.44.). Basic
structural research of chemical or biological interest is also carried out.
The Centre is manned with a staff of six; the Honorary Directors are
J. D. BERNAL and Mrs. OLGA KENNARD.
Coverage
The Centre works closely with all groups involved in crystallographic

documentation and data evaluation. The main project of the Centre is to
assemble a computer-oriented file, The Structural Library, containing pub-
lished data relevant to molecular and crystal structures as obtained by X-ray
and neutron diffraction methods. At present only carbon-containing struc-
tures are compiled excluding polymers and substances with molecular weight
greater than 2,000 and also inorganic carbides, carbonates, carbonyls, cya-
nides, cyanates, etc.
Forty-three different types of information are recorded including unit
cell constants and atomic coordinates with standard deviations and isotopic
thermal parameters.
Sources of data include the scientific literature, private communications,
and structures determined or refined by the Crystallography Group. The
files are maintained up-to-date; publications before 1960 will be scanned.
134
3.3.8.
Analysis
All data and other information are critically examined, and many of the data
are recalculated. These include constants and structural information relating
to bond distances, bond angles, and molecular geometry, which are recalcu-
lated from the coordinates. There is also a critical descriptive text prepared
for each structure. All information is maintained on punched cards. The
project benefits from the cooperation of crystallographers throughout the
world.
Publicadons
The Centre is playing an essential role in the publication of the third edition
of Crystal Data. It has published a bibliography of organic structures classi-
fied according to chemical types and covering the years 1960 to 1966 inclu-
sive. A supplement for 1967 is in preparation. The bibliography was pro-
duced directly from computer printout for private distribution, but com-
mercial publication is planned.
3.3.8. The Barker Index of Crystals

A Method for the Identification of Crystalline Substances, published by
W. Heffer & Sons, Ltd., Cambridge, England.
Vol. I: Crystals of the Tetragonal, Hexagonal, Trigonal and Orthorhombic

Systems, M. W. PORTER and R. C. SPILLER, 1951, two parts, [, 6.0.0. (US $
16.80).
Part 1: Introduction and Tables, IX, 350 pp, [,1.10.0. (US $ 4.20).
Part 2: Crystal Description, X, 1086 pp, [, 4.10.0. (US $12.60).
Vol. II: Crystals of the Monoclinic System, M. W. PORTER and R. C. SPILLER,
1956, three parts, [, 10.0.0. (US $ 28.00).
Part 1: Introduction and Tables, V, 383 pp.
Part 2: Crystal Descriptions, M. 1 to M. 1800, VIII, 760 pp.
Part 3: Crystal Descriptions, M. 1801 to M. 3572, VIII, 688 pp.
Vol. III: Crystals of the Anorthic System, M. W. PORTER and L. W. CODD, 1964,
two parts, [, 12.0.0. (US $ 33.60).
Part 1 : Introduction and Tables, VI, 50 pp, and unpaginated tables.
Part 2: Crystal Descriptions, A. 1 to A. 831 and Atlas of Configurations, VII
pp, unpaginated descriptions.
Otganizadon
Measured values of interfacial angles of crystals are used to classify and
identify chemical substances. This classification-angle system was developed
135
3.3.8.
by T. V. BARKER. The compilation work was undertaken in the 1930's by

interested crystallographers in the Department of Mineralogy of the Uni-
versity Museum at Oxford; and numerous individuals in Great Britain, the
Netherlands, the United States, and Belgium also contributed. Further
support was given by the Barker Index Committee, composed of represen-
tatives of scientific societies and of academic, governmental, and industrial
organizations in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, and financial aid
is acknowledged from the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research,
from Imperial Chemical Industries in Great Britain, and from the Organi-
sation for Pure Research (ZWA) in the Netherlands. Present chairman of
the committee is J. WREN-LEWIS, Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Editors
for Volumes I and II were MARY W. PORTER and the late R. C. SPILLER, both
of Oxford University, and for Volume III, Dr. PORTER, and L. W. CODD of
Imperial Chemical Industries. Although there are no plans to continue this
publication as such, work in this area will be continued at the International
Data Centre for Work on Crystallography, described in 3.3.7.
Coverage
Volume I gives crystal descriptions of 2991 compounds belonging to the
hexagonal, tetragonal, trigonal, and orthorhombic systems; Volume II gives
descriptions of 3572 monoclinic substances and Volume III, descriptions of
831 substances in the anorthic system. Most of the substances included are
those described in GROTH'S five-volume "Chemische Krystallographie" (1906
to 1919, see 4.3.4.).
The Barker System is based on the use of a small number of interfacial
angles chosen for indexing purposes: a single angle for hexagonal, tetragonal,
and trigonal crystals; three angles for orthorhombic crystals; five for mono-
clinic; and six for anorthic. In addition to the classification angles, axial
ratios, symmetry, forms, habit, physical properties (cleavage, color, specific
gravity, melting point, etc.), optical properties (including refractive indexes),
transformations, and in some cases the strongest three lines in the X-ray
powder diffraction pattern are given.
The Index is essentially a new treatment of previously compiled morpho-
logical data which facilitates the identification of listed substances from their
measured angles.
Analysis
Calculations for Volumes I and II were made independently by two workers
and checked by one of the editors. For Volume III, so many errors existed
in the source material that individual notes and corrections could not be
136
3.3.9.
made. Corrected calculated values for the axial ratios and axial angles were
obtained by use of a computer; however, errors in experimental data remain.
Adaptation of the Barker method to anorthic crystals in Vol. III required
considerable extension of the original Barker rules. The final, but lengthy,
rules are made easy to apply by use of an atlas of configurations developed
by M. H. HEY of the British Museum of Natural History, and a table of
configurations developed by P. TERPSTRA and coworkers at the University
of Groningen (the Netherlands).
Accepted crystallographic symbolism has been used; technical terms,
particularly those peculiar to the Barker technique, are explained.
The publication covers essentially data reported by GROTH, corrected
where necessary, with few references to later data, but it should be noted
that GROTH is now out of print and that the present work makes the large
bulk of information which it contained available to many who could not
otherwise obtain it.
3.3.9. Landolt-Bomstein, Volume 1, Group III

Elastic, Piezoelectric, Piezooptic, and Electrooptic Constants of Crystals by R.
BECHMANN and R. F. S. HEARMON, edited by K.-H. HELLWEGE and A. M.
HELLWEGE. Volume 1 of Group III, Crystal and Solid State Physics, of
Landolt-Bornstein, Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science
and Technology, New Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1966,
X, 160 pp, DM 68 (US $17.00).
Organization
described in 2.1. Chapter 1 was prepared by R. F. S. HEARMON, Princes
Risborough, Bucks., England; Chapters 2 and 3 were prepared by R. BECH-
MANN, Shrewsbury, N. J., u. S. A.
Coverage
This volume consists of three chapters. Chapter 1 (39 pages) by R. F. S.
HEARMON treats elastic constants (i.e., the components of elastic stiffnesses
and compliances) of non-piezoelectric crystals including temperature and
pressure coefficients of these quantities, and their variation over a wide
temperature range, generally from 0 K to the melting point, in graphical
form. A few organic substances are included but the primary content is
data for elements, inorganic compounds, alloys, and minerals. Chapter 2
137
3.3.10.
(84 pages) by R. BECHMANN covers elastic, piezoelectric and dielectric con-

stants of piezoelectric crystals and gives elastic compliances and stiffnesses,
piezoelectric strain and stress constants, dielectric permittivities, and the
temperature coefficients of these quantities. Electromechanical coupling
factors are given for the few substances for which they are known. Sub-
stances discussed include a wide range of inorganic compounds, double
salts and mixtures of varied composition such as mixed titanates, niobates,
tartrates as well as simpler compounds. Grouping is by crystal class. This
chapter is an updated revision of a chapter with the same title and author
in Landolt-Bornstein, 6th edition, Vol. 2, Part 6. I, p. 414-448 (1959).
Chapter 3 (37 pages), also by R. BECHMANN, is on the piezooptic, elastooptic,
and the three electrooptic constants of 56 inorganic and a few organic
crystalline compounds.
Analysis
Each chapter begins with discussion and explanation of the tables. Quan-
tities are clearly defined, the symbols and units are given, and statements
are made about the treatment of data. In general the authors have tried to
treat the data critically. In Chapter 1, a "coefficient of variation" is given
when sufficient data are available. In separate sections of chapters 2 and 3,
detailed comments, explanatory notes, and graphs are included that outline
the principles applied for the critical evaluation of data in the corresponding
tables. Complete references, some as recent as 1965, are given after each
chapter. A useful alphabetically arranged substance index is included. A
supplement to this volume is in preparation.
Mineralogical Properties
3.3.10. Dana's System of Mineralogy
Organization
Five editions of The System of Mineralogy were compiled by JAMES DWIGHT
DANA and published between 1837 and 1868. The author's son, EDWARD
SALISBURY DANA, compiled the sixth edition, published in 1892.
Three volumes of the seventh edition, a complete revision and updating,
have been published. A number of persons in the United States and Great
Britain contributed data and worked on the compilation. CLIFFORD FRONDEL,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, was co-author of Volumes I
and II, sole author of Volume III, and is presently working on Volumes IV
andV.
138
3.3.10.
Financial aid for the first two volumes was provided by the Sterling Fund
of Yale University, the Penrose Funds of the Geological Society of America
and the American Philosophical Society, the publishers (] ohn Wiley & Sons,
Inc.), Mr. H. S. HOLDEN, and Harvard University.
Coverage
All minerals are included. Volume I contains elements, sulfides, sulfosalts,

and oxides; Volume II contains halides, carbonates, nitrates, iodates, borates,
sulfates, selenates, tellurates, selenites, tellurites, chromates, phosphates,
arsenates, vanadates, antimonates, antimonites, arsenites, vanadium oxy-
salts, and salts of organic acids; and Volume III contains silica minerals with
the major part devoted to quartz. The silicates will be covered in future
volumes.
Crystallographic, physical, optical, and chemical properties are compiled.
The crystallographic data include interaxial angles and unit cell dimensions.
Volumes I and II contain few X-ray data, but Volume III includes X-ray
powder diffraction data for each substance. The physical and optical pro-
perties include color, transparency, index of refraction, hardness, melting
point, cleavage, fracture, tenacity, and specific gravity. Chemical formulas,
if known, and analyses are also given. Synthesis and phase relations, type
of occurrence and association in nature, and the more important localities
are cited.
Primary journals are the major source of data. Abstracts and other
secondary sources are used only when original papers are not available.
Analysis
Throughout its history, "Dana's System" has been an authoritative reference
source for mineralogists. All information was carefully appraised and uncer-
tain facts were so designated. An authentic experimental diffraction pattern
was obtained for each substance and optical properties were frequently
checked.
Recommendations of international authorities such as the International
Union of Crystallography and the International Mineralogical Association
are followed. There is a complete list of synonyms - the different names
found for each substance - at the beginning of each species description.
References are given for each mineral description, and a general index is
included in each volume.
Every effort is made to keep the compilation current. Work on Volume II
was completed in the winter of 1949/1950 and some of the references are
as late as 1950. The cut-off date for the literature examined for Volume III
139
3.3.11.
was 1960, but a few more recent papers are cited. A revision of Volume I
(the beginning of an eighth edition) is planned following the completion of
the remaining two volumes of the seventh edition.
Publications
The System of Mineralogy of JAMES DWIGHT DANA and EDWARD SALISBURY DANA,
7th ed, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York-London.
Vol. I: Elements, Sulfides, Sulfosalts, Oxides; CHARLES P ALACHE, HARRY
BERMAN, and CLIFFORD FRONDEL, 1944, XIII, 834 pp, US $ 14.00.
Vol. II: Halides, Nitrates, Borates, Carbonates, Sulfates, Phosphates, Arse-
nates, Tungstates, Molybdates, etc.; CHARLES P ALACHE, HARRY BERMAN,
and CLIFFORD FRONDEL, 1951, XI, 1124 pp, US $16.00.
Vol. III: Silica Minerals, CLIFFORD FRONDEL, 1962, XII, 334 pp, US $ 7.95.
3.3.11. Rock-Forming Minerals

Organization
Rock-Forming Minerals by W. A. DEER, Cambridge University, Cambridge,
England, R. A. HOWIE, King's College, Strand, London, W. C. 2, England,
and]. ZUSSMAN, The University of Manchester, Manchester 13, England,
is a series of five volumes designed as a reference work for advanced students
and research workers in the geological sciences, but also useful to workers
in other fields, particularly ceramic technologists. Though not primarily a
compilation of property values, crystallographic and optical data needed for
identification of rock-forming minerals are given. The work was performed
at The University of Manchester where the authors were members of the
Department of Geology.
Coverage
Rock-forming minerals are, in the authors' words, "those which by their
presence, or absence, serve to determine or modify the name of arock".
The subtitles of the five volumes indicate the types of minerals included:
(1) Ortho- and Ring Silicates, (2) Chain Silicates, (3) Sheet Silicates,
(4) Framework Silicates, and (5) Non-Silicates.
A condensed table of properties including refractive indexes, dispersion,
cleavage, twinning, color, cell dimensions, and solubilities precedes discus-
sions that give additional property values under the following headings:
Structure, Chemistry, Optical and Physical Properties, Distinguishing Fea-
tures, and Paragenesis. Structural and phase diagrams as well as diagrams
relating optical and chemical data are often given.
140
3.3.12.
Analysis
The books are largely descriptive; textual material is interspersed with
property values. The chemistry sections include tables of analyses. The
relation of crystal structure to physical and chemical properties is exception-
ally well presented. Data on synthetic systems, especially phase diagrams,
form the basis of interpreting the composition of complex minerals. In
Volume III, Sheet Silicates, the wide variability of the materials and the
attendant difficulty of clear-cut definitions are well presented. This volume
should be of particular interest to ceramists.
Where points of nomenclature are debatable, the authors give alternative
names in parentheses. Extensive references at the end of each section are an
excellent guide to the literature. Abbreviations and symbols used are defined.
An index is included.
The literature through 1959 was well covered, coverage for some sections
extended through 1961, and a few references extend to 1962.
Publications
Rock-Forming Minerals, W. A. DEER, R. A. HOWIE, and J. ZUSSMAN, published by
Longmans, Green and Co., Ltd., London. Rights in U. S. A., Philippines, and
Central America - John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
Vol. I: Ortho- and Ring Silicates, 1962,333 pp, US $ 16.50.
Vol. II: Chain Silicates, 1963, 379 pp, US $ 19.50.
Vol. III: Sheet Silicates, 1962, 270 pp, US $ 16.50.
Vol. IV: Framework Silicates, 1963, 435 pp, US $17.95.
Vol. V: Non-Silicates, 1962, 371 pp, US $17.95.
Electrical and Magnetic Properties

3.3.12. Electrical Resistivity of Metals at Low Temperatures
Organization
This project, established in 1966, is carried out by L. A. HALL and H. M.
RODER at the Cryogenic Data Center (described in detail in 3.4.21.), Cryo-
genics Division, Institute for Materials Research, National Bureau of Stand-
ards (NBS), Boulder, Colorado. Support is provided by NASA and the
Office of Standard Reference Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
Electrical resistivity, sample preparation, purity, and crystal structure of
16 metals (AI, Be, Co, Cu, Au, In, Fe, Pb, Mg, Mo, Ni, Nb, Pt, Ag, Ta,
141
3.3.13.
and Sn) at low temperatures have been covered. Work on additional metals
has been started.
Data are obtained from the primary literature.
Analysis
The first stage of this project is the collection of data and the publication
of a non-critical compilation of data.
The first such publication, Survry of Electrical Resistivity of 16 Pure Metals
in the Temperature Range 0 to 273 OK has been published as NBS Technical
Note 365. The critical evaluation of these data will be performed as a later
stage of the project.
Publications
Survey of Electrical Resistivity Measurements on 16 Pure Metals In the Temperature
Range 0 to 27JoK, NBS Technical Note 365, L. A. HALL, U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402,1968, III, 111 pp, US $ 0.60.

Selected Constants relative to Semi-Conductors by P. AIGRAIN and M. BALKANSKI.
Volume 12 of Tables of Constants and Numerical Data, Selected Constants,
Pergamon Press, Paris, 1961,65 pp, F 27 (US $ 6.50).
Organization
This volume was published under the auspices of "Tables de Constantes
et Donnees Numeriques", described in 2.2., and prepared under the direc-
tion of P. AIGRAIN and M. BALKANSKI, both of the Faculte des Sciences de
Paris, with a staff of five scientific workers.
Coverage
The tables give numerical data and other information for 78 inorganic semi-
conductors of current interest. Included are the elements Ge, Si, Te, Se and
diamond; and compounds of the types I-V, II-IV, II-V, II-VI, III-V,
III-VI, IV-IV, IV-VI, V-VI, and VI-VIII.
Among the numerical quantities included are energies of valence and
conduction bands, and their variations with temperature and pressure,
electron and hole mobilities, and effective masses. In addition twenty other
useful properties of a more general physical character related to the subject
are included, i.e., lattice constants, dielectric constants, magnetic suscepti-
142
3.3.14.
bility, thermal conductivity, work function, elastic coefficients, phonon

temperature, linear expansion coefficient, fusion and sublimation temper-
atures and heats, and density. The selection of parameters was intended to
be useful for band theory considerations.
Analysis
In the Introduction, given in both French and English, the authors state
that they "have evaluated the data in the manner in which a specialist in the
field would do so" and that the data presented for properties "represent the
best possible values in view of phenomenological and theoretical indications
presently available".
The Introduction defines terms when necessary and lists all symbols used.
All source references are given at the end of each section and also other
relevant references under the heading "Voir aussi". A complete biblio-
graphy of 1600 references, ranging from the year 1832 to 1961, is at the end
of the volume. Data were compiled from the primary literature.
Magnetic Properties of Coordination and Organo-Metallic Transition Metal Com-

pounds by E. KONIG, edited by K.-H. HELLWEGE and A. M. HELLWEGE.
Volume 2 of Group II, Atomic and Molecular Physics, of LANDOLT-BoRN-
STEIN, Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Tech-
nology, New Series, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1966, XII, 578 pp,
DM 232 (US $ 58.00).
Organization
This volume was published under the auspices of "Landolt-Bornstein",
described in 2.1., and prepared by E. KONIG, Institut fur Physikalische
Chemie der Universitat Erlangen-Nurnberg, Germany (B.R.D.).
Coverage
This volume deals with coordination and organo-metallic compounds of
transition metals in the broadest sense of the word. More than 5000 com-
pounds are listed. Hydrated and anhydrous simple and double salts are
included for comparison purposes also if they do not belong to this class of
compounds. Compounds with filled shell configurations of transition metals
143
3.3.14.
are listed for completeness. Not included are most of the mixed oxides of
transition elements, especially those of variable composition. The magnetic
data on such mixed oxides may be found in the relevant chapters on
ferrospinels, magnet garnets, perovskites, and hexagonal ferrites contained
in Landolt-Bornstein, 6th ed, Vol. 2, part 9, and in Vol. IIIj2 of the New
Series, which will be published soon.
The results of susceptibility measurements (susceptibilities per gram and
per mole, Curie-constants, magnetic moments, and Curie or Neel temper-
atures) are arranged in one table. The results of electron spin resonance
measurements (g-factors and other parameters, i.e., hyperfine splitting and
fine structure parameters, etc., of the applied spin Hamiltonian) are given
in another.
Most of the susceptibilities were measured over a limited range of tem-
peratures, frequently between room temperature and the temperature of
liquid nitrogen (77 K), or, more often, at room temperature only. For a
limited number of compounds, data are available down to liquid helium
temperature and sometimes lower.
Analysis
The volume contains several introductory chapters on the arrangement of
tables, presentation of experimental results, selection and accuracy of data,
abbreviations and list of symbols, and order of arrangement of substances.
Tables of diamagnetic ionic susceptibilities and correction constants are added.
The author has attempted to include and sift critically the very volu-
minous literature material as completely as possible. In cases where several
measurements were reported in the literature the evaluation was made in
terms of the chemical purity of the substances (as given by the results of the
chemical analysis and the absence of a field-dependence for non-ferro-
magnetic substances), the accuracy of the measurements (established by the
precision of the method used, the reliability of the calibration, definition of
the field, and the constancy of the temperature during the time of the
measurements), and the presentation of the results (where it is important
that the actually measured quantities be reported in addition to derived
quantities). When only a single measurement of the magnetic susceptibility
of a certain substance is available, this datum is included in the table even
if its accuracy is questionable.
The literature covered, if published prior to 1955, has been taken from
G. FOEx, C. J. GORTER, and L. J. SMITS, Tables de Constantes et Donnees
Numeriques, Vol. 7, Masson & Cie, Editeurs, Paris, 1957 (see 3.3.15.) and
checked against the original literature. Additional references were added
144
3.3.15.
where necessary. The literature from 1955 until the end of 1964 has been
compiled mainly from Chemical Abstracts. Altogether more than 2600 refer-
ences are cited.
Diamagnetisme et Paramagnetisme by G. FOEX, and Relaxation Paramagnetique

by C. J. GORTER and L. J. SMITS, Volume 7 of Tables de Constantes et
Donnees Numeriques, Constantes Selectionees, Masson et Cie, Paris, 1957,
317 pp, 97 F (US $ 29.00).
Organization

Donnees Numeriques", described in 2.2., and prepared by G. FOEX, Uni-
versite de Strasbourg, C. J. GORTER, Universite de Leyde, and L. J. SMITS.
Coverage
In the first part of this volume are given: (1) 217 pages of tables of magnetic
susceptibility data for a variety of categories of inorganic and organic com-
pounds (elements, inorganic compounds, alloys, minerals, organic com-
pounds including cyclic compounds, sugars, mixtures, free radicals, etc.),
and (2) 49 pages of magnetic moments and Curie points for elements, single
atoms, alloys, inorganic compounds (solid and in solution), solid solutions
and free radicals. In the second part are given six pages of paramagnetic
relaxation data for double and other complex salts, mostly sulfates of Cr,
Cu, Fe, Gd, Mn, Ni and V.
Analysis
In a short introduction the authors define their terms, explain the arrange-
ment of tables, and tabulate symbols, definitions and abbreviations. They
are also meticulous in pointing out the sensitivity of the data to traces of
impurities and for proper reduction of temperature at the time of measure-
ment to a standard value. Values agreed on to 1%by two independent workers
are marked with an asterisk. Two asterisks indicates that several workers
agree to within 1% or two authors to better than 5 parts in a thousand.

3.3.16.-3.3.17.

Pouvoir Rotatoire Magnetique (Effet Faraday) by R. DE MALLEMANN, and
Effet Magneto-Optique de Kerr by F. SUHNER, Volume 3 of Tables de Con-
stantes et Donnees Numeriques, Constantes Selectionnees, Hermann et Cie,
Paris, 1951, 138 pp, 15 F (US $ 4.50).
Organization
R. DE MALLEMANN and F. SUHNER are both attached to the University of
Nancy. For a description of the organization of "Tables de Constantes et
Donnees Numeriques", see 2.2.
Coverage
In the first section of the book Faraday Effect data are given for gaseous
elements, gaseous inorganic and organic compounds, for a few inorganic
and a large number of organic liquids, and for solutions of electrolytes. The
tables give empirical formula and name, temperature and wavelength of the
measurement, V erdet Constants, specific magnetic rotatory power, molar
magnetic rotatory power and related constants. In the second section of the
book Kerr effect data are given for iron, iron compounds as appropriate,
cobalt, nickel, and a number of alloys having magnetic properties.
Analysis
All text is in French but the method of arrangement of compounds makes
it relatively easy to locate the numerical data. Literature referencing is
adequate.
Other Solid State

3.3.17. Superconductive Materials Data Center
Organization
The center was established in 1965 at its present location, the General
Electric Research and Development Center, Schenectady, New York. Sup-
port is provided by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the National
Bureau of Standards (see 1.1.1.). The director is B. W. ROBERTS. The work
of the data center is mainly literature searching, compilation, and dissemina-
tion of information and numerical data.
146
3.4.-3.4.1.
Coverage
Properties of superconductive materials are covered, i.e., critical temper-
atures, critical magnetic fields, crystallographic parameters, critical magnetic
fields of high field superconductors, and some thermodynamic data.
In late 1966, the center issued a compilation on superconductive materials
and some of their properties. Covered were composition, critical temper-
ature, critical field crystallographic data, and lowest temperature tested for
superconductivity. Substances included were superconductive elements, and
alloys, mostly two-component. The publication supplements superconduc-
tive materials data presented in Progress in Cr..yogenics (Vol. 4, 1964, pp 160
to 231). (Also published in New Materials and Methods of Investigating Metals
and Alloys, 1. 1. KORNlLOV, Editor, Moscow, 1966).
Analysis
Standard values of important parameters of superconductive materials are
to be developed. As yet, the main work is in literature search and data
collection.
Superconductive Materials and Some of Their Properties is described as a
"noncritical" compilation. However, it is noted that data were selected from
recent studies in which sample purity and perfection appear to have been
considered.
As a supplement to Progress in Cryogenics, this publication covers the
period 1963 to 1965. A supplement to Superconductive Materials and Some
of Their Properties is in progress. Most references in this publication are
to the primary literature.
Publications
Superconductive Materials and Some of Their Properties, NBS Technical Note 408,
B. W. ROBERTS, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
1966, IV, 76 pp, US $ 0.45.
3.4. Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, Including

Solution Properties
Thermodynamic Properties
3.4.1. Selected Values of Chemical Thermodynamic Properties
Organization
Selected Values of Chemical Thermoc!Ynamic Properties (NBS Circular 500) was
issued in 1952. The Chemical Thermodynamics Data Group, Thermo-
10* 147
3.4.1.
chemistry Section, Physical Chemistry Division of the Institute for Basic

Standards of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C.
20234, is continuing the data compilation program which produced NBS
Circular 500. The Group is now revising Series I of this compilation which
is a part of a continuing program of the NBS Thermochemistry Section.
This project is an important part of the National Standard Reference Data
System (NSRDS, see 1.1.1.). Started and first directed by FREDERICK D.
ROSSINI, it is now the responsibility of DONALD D. WAGMAN and WILLIAM
H. EVANS. The staff numbers about eight technical people plus supporting
personnel. Most recent financial support has come from the Office of Stand-
ard Reference Data.
Coverage
The program includes all elements, inorganic compounds, C1 and C2 organic

compounds, aqueous solutions of important acids, bases, and salts, and some
gaseous and aqueous ions. Data in NBS Circular 500 are grouped in two
series. Series I includes standard state values at 25 0 C for heat (enthalpy),
Gibbs energy and logarithm of equilibrium constant of formation, entropy,
and heat capacity, and for a few substances, values for heat of formation
at 0 K. For solutions of important salts, thermodynamic properties are given
at concentrations from near saturation to infinite dilution. Series II gives
change-of-phase values, i.e., temperature, heat and entropy of transition,
fusion, vaporization, or sublimation, and heat capacity, and some vapor
pressure values.
Revisions of Series I are being issued in sections as NBS Technical Notes
until the whole series has been revised. These publications include values
of the enthalpy and Gibbs energy of formation, enthalpy, entropy and heat
capacity at 298.15 K (25 0 C), and the enthalpy of formation at 0 K, for all
inorganic substances, organic molecules containing not more than two
carbon atoms, and some metal-organic compounds and complexes. To date,
tables for the first thirty-four elements in the Standard Order of Arrangement
have been issued.
As part of the planned total review of the available chemical thermo-
dynamic data, a systematic review of the heat capacity, heat of solution, and
heat of dilution data on simple uni-univalent electrolytes has been made.
Tables of selected values of apparent heat capacities, and heats of dilution
are given, as well as selected values of the heats of solution to infinite dilution.
A publication covering the aqueous uni-univalent electrolytes was issued
as NSRDS-NBS 2.
148
3.4.1.
Analysis
The objective of the program is to provide self-consistent tables of selected
values of enthalpy and Gibbs energy of formation, the entropy, heat capac-
ity, and change of phase properties for chemical compounds. NBS Circular
500 and the revisions are designed to provide key property values for use in
thermodynamic calculations. Values given have been selected or calculated
after evaluation of all experimental data, using consistent values for all
subsidiary quantitites. The values selected have been adjusted so that the
relations existing among different thermodynamic properties of a substance,
or the same property for different substances, are satisfied by the tabulated
values.
No complete index is given because the tables are arranged according
to the Standard Order System, explained in the introduction to the Circular.
An alphabetical list of elements with their table numbers is provided. Tables
giving specific references for each entry, and a complete general list of
references are included.
Usages for nomenclature, symbols, and basic physical constants pre-
scribed by international committees and bodies such as the International
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) are followed. In the revision
of Circular 500, use is being made of the 1963 fundamental constants and
of the IUPAC "Table of Relative Atomic Weights 1961"* based on the
atomic mass of 12C = 12 exactly. Values of energy units and fundamental
constants are given, symbols and abbreviations are defined, and conventions
regarding standard states are explained in the introduction.
Publications
Selected Valuer of Chemical Thermodynamic Propertier, Circular of the National
Bureau of Standards 500, F. D. ROSSINI, D. D. WAGMAN, W. H. EVANS,
S. LEVINE, and 1. JAFFE, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washing-
ton, D.C. 20402, 1952, IV, 1268 pp, US $ 7.25 (out of print). Paperback
reprint issued in two parts: 1. Tables; and II. References; GPO, Washington,
D.C. 20402,1961 (out of print).
Revisions to Circular 500 published as NBS Technical Note 270 with the same title:
Selected Valuer of Chemical Thermodynamic Properties:
270-1. "Tables for the First Twenty-three Elements in the Standard Order of
Arrangement", D. D. WAGMAN, W. H. EVANS, 1. HALOW, V. B. PARKER,
S. M. BAILEY, and R. H. SCHUMM, GPO, Washington, D. C. 20402, 1965,
IV, 124 pp, US $ 0.65. Superseded by 270-3.
270-2. "Tables for the Elements Twenty-four through Thirty-two in the
Standard Order of Arrangement", D. D. WAGMAN, W. H. EVANS, 1.
HALOW, V. B. PARKER, S. M. BAILEY, and R. H. SCHUMM, GPO, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20402, 1966, IV, 62 pp, US $ 0.40. Superseded by 270-3.
* Pure and Applied Chemistry 5, 255 (1962).
149
3.4.2.
270-3. "Tables for the First Thirty-four Elements in the Standard Order of
Arrangement", D. D. WAGMAN, W. H. EVANS, V. B. PARKER, 1. HALOW,
S. M. BAILEY, and R. H. SCHUMM, GPO, Washington, D.C. 20402,1968,
IV, 264 pp, US $ 1.25. Supersedes Technical Notes 270-1 and 270-2.
Thermal Properties of Aqueous Uni-univalent Electrolytes, NSRDS-NBS 2, V. B.
PARKER, GPO, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1965, V, 66 pp, US $ 0.45.
Note: As a related activity the group assists in preparation of the IUPAC
"Bulletin of Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry" which contains a complete
annual bibliography indexed by substance and property. The Bulletin is available
through Prof. EDGAR F. WESTRUM, JR., Department of Chemistry, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104.
3.4.2. Selected Values of Properties of Hydrocarbons

and Related Compounds
Organization
This project was established in 1942 at the U. S. National Bureau of Stan-
dards (NBS) in Washington, D. C. It is presently located in the Thermo-
dynamics Research Center (discussed in 2.3.), Texas A & M University,
College Station, Texas 77843. FREDERICK D. ROSSINI directed the project
until 1960 when BRUNO J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics
Research Center, succeeded him. Until 1966, when it was put on a self-
sustaining basis, the American Petroleum Institute (API) sponsored and
financed the project. A complete discussion of the organization of this
project and its associated programs may be fund in Entry 2.3.1. This pro-
gram is closely associated with the Thermodynamics Research Center Data
Project in physicochemical and thermodynamic properties (see 3.4.3.).
Coverage
The following substances are included: aliphatic, alicyclic, and aromatic
hydrocarbons; oxygen-containing compounds such as alcohols, aldehydes,
ketones, ethers, and alkanoic acids; sulfur derivatives such as thlaalkanes,
thiols, and alkyl thiophenes; certain classes of nitrogen compounds, and a
few important simple substances, e.g., 02' N 2, CO ,C02, and H 20.
For each substance listed, values are given for the following physico-
chemical and thermodynamic properties: boiling point; dtfdp; freezing
point; refractive index; molal and specific refraction; refractivity intercept;
density; specific gravity; vapor pressure; specific dispersion; surface tension;
absolute and kinematic viscosity; isothermal compressibility coefficient;
compressibility factor and activity coefficient of gases; critical temperature,
pressure, density, volume, and compressibility factor; Gibbs energy (free
150
3.4.2.
energy); Gibbs energy function; enthalpy, entropy, and temperature of

phase changes; heat of combustion; enthalpy, Gibbs energy and logarithm
of the equilibrium constant of formation; standard entropy; enthalpy;
enthalpy function; heat capacity; enthalpy, entropy, and Gibbs energy
deviations from ideal or standard state values for gases. Property values are
presented at standard reference points, or at selected even intervals of the
variables (temperature, pressure, etc.) over ranges dictated by probable use
of the data and reliability of the extrapolation methods.
The major source of data is the open literature. Selected unpublished
data from contributing industrial, academic, and governmental laboratories
are also used. Property values are calculated by tested methods in inaccessible
temperature ranges or when experimental data are not available.
Analysis
Evaluation of all available data and use of tested correlation methods provide
reliable values, frequently better than source data. The introduction to the
publication includes a discussion of criteria applied in making selections,
and equations employed to obtain computed values. Computational tech-
niques are: extrapolation and interpolation, calculation of derived thermo-
dynamic functions from spectroscopic and molecular structure data, and
extension of experimental values by way of molecular structure similarities.
A table gives the magnitudes of estimated uncertainties in the values. Internal
consistency is maintained.
Recommendations of national and international committees on nomen-
clature and symbols are followed. The introductory material includes rigor-
ous definitions of properties, values of fundamental and derived constants,
and unit conversion factors. Data are carefully conformed to consistent units.
Newly recommended values for constants and atomic weights are introduced
into revisions when internal consistency can be maintained. For the benefit
of engineers, separate tables are given in English units when appropriate.
The physicochemical and thermodynamic property values are published
on 21 X 27 cm loose-leaf sheets for which special post binders are available.
Each sheet gives the names and molecular formulas of the compounds, the
names and units of property values, and the dates of original issue and
revisions. The properties are grouped in tables designated a, b, c, etc.; in
each group pages are arranged in an order based on the Standard Order
System and when necessary on structure. No references are given on the
data sheets, but two types of reference sheets are provided, specific and
general, for identification of sources of background data. A cumulative
"General List of References", with 7351 entries, was issued in 1963.
151
3.4.3.
Revisions and additions are issued semiannually. The loose-leaf format

permits regular updating so that the information includes the most recent
values. Often, unpublished data are made available in less time than through
regular channels.
Publications
Selected Values of Properties of Hydrocarbons and Related Compounds, American Petro-
leum Institute Research Project 44, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermo-
dynamics Research Center, Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas
77843; 2427 loose-leaf datas heets extant June 1968, sold initially in complete
sets of seven volumes for US $ 749.10 (with binders), approximate cost of
supplements per year is US $ 75.00. Discount prices are available to some
educational and non-profit research institutions. Order from the TRC Data
Distribution Office, Texas A & M Research Foundation, F. E. Box 130,
College Station, Texas 77843.
Selected Values of Physical and Thermodynamic Properties of Hydrocarbons and Related
Compounds, F. D. ROSSINI, K. S. PITZER, R. L. ARNETT, R. M. BRAUN, and
G. C. PIMENTEL, published for the American Petroleum Institute by Carnegie
Press, Pittsburgh, 1953, IX, 1050 pp, US $ 7.00 (out of print). Cumulative
to December 31, 1952.
Selected Values of Properties of Hydrocarbons, National Bureau of Standards Circular
461, F. D. ROSSINI, K. S. PITZER, W. J. TAYLOR, J. P. EBERT, J. E. KILPATRICK,
C. W. BECKETT, M. G. WILLIAMS, and H. G. WERNER, U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402,1947, XIII, 483 pp, US $ 3.75 (out
of print). Cumulative to May 31,1947.
3.4.3. Selected Values of Properties of Chemical Compounds

Organization
This project was established in 1955 at the Carnegie Institute of Technology

(now the Carnegie-Mellon University) in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Since
1961, it has been located in the Thermodynamics Research Center (discussed
in 2.3.), Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843. FREDERICK
D. ROSSINI directed the project until 1960 when he was succeeded by BRUNO
J. ZWOLINSKI, director of the Thermodynamics Research Center (TRC).
The Office of Standard Reference Data of the U. S. National Bureau of
Standards (see 1.1.1.) provides some financial support. Other support is
realized from the sale of data sheets. For a complete discussion of the organi-
zation of this program and associated projects, see 2.3.2. This program is
closely associated with the American Petroleum Institute Research Project
44 in physicochemical and thermodynamic properties (see 3.4.2.).
152
3.4.3.
Coverage
TRC covers inorganic and organic compounds of importance to the chemical
industry and science in general. Included to date are nonmetallic elements
and their inorganic compounds, oxygen-containing organic compounds
(alkanols, glycols, phenols, aldehydes, ketones, alkanoic acids, and esters),
halogen-substituted acyclic compounds, and nitrogen-containing compounds
such as amines and nitriles. The project is complementary to API Research
Project 44; hydrocarbons and certain related nitrogen and sulfur compounds
covered by that project are excluded.
The plan has been to cover the same properties as those covered by API
Research Project 44. To date, numerical values have been published for the
following properties: refractive index, density, boiling point, dtfdp, and
freezing point; density at temperatures in DC; refractive index at wave-
lengths in A; critical temperature, pressure, density, volume, and compres-
sibility factor; vapor pressures and boiling points; for transitions, the tem-
perature, change in enthalpy, entropy, L1Cp , and cryoscopic constant; and
enthalpy and Gibbs energy function, entropy, enthalpy, heat capacity, heat
and Gibbs energy of formation, and logarithm of equilibrium constant of
formation, all at temperatures in K.
The primary sources of data are the open literature, and selected unpub-
lished data from contributing laboratories. Tested correlating and compu-
tational methods are used to derive property values when experimental data
are not available, and to extend the temperature range.
Analysis
Careful evaluation of available data and the use of tested correlation methods
ensure that tabulated values are as reliable as possible, frequently better than
source data. Internal consistency within related bodies of information is
maintained. The selection of a value for a given compound may be done in
the context of data for a group of structurally related compounds. The
reliability of the individual values is enhanced through correlation with
molecular structure.
Recommendations of national and international committees on nomen-
clature, symbols, and constants are followed. The introduction to the com-
pilation contains a summary statement of the units in which property values
are given.
The data in Selected Values oj Properties ojChemical Compounds are presented
in tables on 21 X 27 cm loose-leaf sheets. Within a given section, sheets are
arranged according to the Standard Order System, based on the periodic
table. No references are given on the data sheets, but two types of reference
sheets are provided, specific and general, for identification of sources of
153
3.4.4.
background data. Unpublished values created by the project by calculation

and correlation are referenced as TRC Data Project values.
Revisions and additions are issued periodically, with the goal of semi-
annual supplements. The loose-leaf format permits regular updating so that
the information always includes the most recent values. Data for families of
compounds are first brought up-to-date and then kept current. New groups
of properties and series of compounds are added as needs arise and data
become available.
Publications
Selected Values of Properties of Chemical Compounds, Thermodynamics Research
Center Data Project, B. J. ZWOLINSKI, Director, Thermodynamics Research
Center, Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas 77843; 886 loose-leaf
data sheets extant June 1968, sold initially in complete sets only for US $265.80
(with binders), approximate cost of supplements per year is US $ 60.00. Dis-
count prices are available to some educational and non-profit research institu-
tions. Order from the TRC Data Distribution Office, Texas A & M Research
Foundation, F. E. Box 130, College Station, Texas 77843.
3.4.4. JANAF Thermochemical Tables

Organization
The Joint Army-Navy-Air Force (JANAF) Thermochemical Tables project
was established in late 1959 at the Dow Thermal Research Laboratory, Mid-
land, Michigan. D. R. STULL is the project director. Technical advice and
guidance have been provided by a group of consultants. The purpose of the
project is to compile and publish consistent tables of thermodynamic data
required for propellant performance calculations. A related experimental
program, carried on in a number of laboratories, has provided missing data
and the redetermination of questionable values.
Coverage
The project covers thermodynamic properties in the solid, liquid, and/or
ideal gaseous state. JANAF Thermochemical Tables includes the following
elements: AI, B, Be, Br, C, CI, Co, Cu, F, Fe, H, Hg, I, K, Li, Mg, Mo, N,
Na, 0, P, Pb, S, Si, Ti, W, Zr, and e- and their simple compounds. These
compounds are principally those with the halogens, oxygen, and hydrogen.
The properties given are heat capacity, entropy, Gibbs energy function,
heat content (enthalpy), heat of formation, and Gibbs energy of formation
for the ideal gas, liquid or solid state as appropriate. The logarithm of
equilibrium constant of formation of each compound from the elements in
154
3.4.4.
their standard reference states is also given. The foregoing properties are
given at 100-degree intervals from 0 K to 1000 to 6000 K. Other pertinent
properties are presented, such as molecular weight, point group, ground
state configuration or quantum weight, vibrational frequencies and degener-
acies, bond distances and angles, and product of the moments of inertia.
Sources of data consist of the open literature, and to some extent private
communications. Empirical or quasi-theoretical computations, and estimates
obtained by various means are used to supply data not available from other
sources.
Analysis
Property values for each element and compound are evaluated from all
relevant data. An effort is made to maintain internal consistency. Some of
the values, particularly early ones, were estimates based on inadequate
supporting data. Revised tables of values are issued as better data become
available. Pertinent references, a brief analysis of available data, and the
basis for the selections made are also given. The introduction includes
explanations of and equations for methods used to compute values needed
to fill gaps in the experimental data. Values are reviewed before incorpora-
tion into the collection.
All symbols used are defined; values and units are given for basic,
derived, and defined constants. However, units used are not in complete
agreement with international recommendations. In 1966, beginning with
the first addendum to the JANAF Thermochemical Tables (see Publications),
the fundamental constants used are those recommended by the National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Council and adopted by inter-
national bodies.
The publication consists of 22 X 28 cm loose-leaf sheets. The formulas
of compounds are written according to the modified Hill (Chemical Ab-
stracts) System; the chemical symbols in the formulas are arranged alpha-
betically, except for carbon compounds, when C is placed first, followed
by H if hydrogen is present. Pages are ordered alphabetically according to
the Hill formula of the compounds. No page numbers are required, and
revisions and additions are easily accommodated.
In August 1965, the existing tables, with data up to July 1965, were
made available to the public. The first addendum was issued in 1966, and
incorporated Supplements 18, 19, 20, and 21; the second addendum,
published in 1967, incorporated Supplements 22, 23, 24 and 25. Third
addendum (Supplements 26, 27, 28, and 29) was issued in 1968.
155
3.4.5.
Publications
JANAF Thermochemical Tables, PB 168370, D. R. STULL, project director, and
staff, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Michigan for the U. S. Air Force, 1965,
V, 945 pp, US $ 10.00, microfiche US $ 3.50, available from the Clearinghouse
for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, U. S. Department of Com-
merce (CFST!), Springfield, Virginia 22151.
JANAF Thermochemical Tables: First Addendum, PB 168370-1, D. R. STULL,
project director, J. CHAO, A. T. Hu, G. C. KARRIS, E. W. PHILLIPS, H. PRO-
PHET, G. C. SINKE, A. N. SYVERUD, and S. K. WOLLERT, 1966, VII, 197 pp,
US $ 3.00 (Supplements 18, 19,20, and 21). CFST!, Springfield, Virginia 22151.
JANAF Thermochemical Tables: Second Addendum, PB 168370-2, D. R. STULL,
project director, J. CHAO, A. T. Hu, G. C. KARRIS, H. PROPHET, and A. N.
SYVERUD, 1967, VII, 193 pp, US $ 3.00 (Supplements 22, 23, 24, and 25).
CFST!, Springfield, Virginia 22151.
JANAF Thermochemical Tables: Third Addendum, PB 168370-3, D. R. STULL,
project director, J. CHAO, A. T. Hu, G. C. KARRIS, H. PROPHET, A. N.
SYVERUD, D. U. WEBB, 1968, IX, tables (unpaginated), US $ 3.00 (Supple-
ments 26, 27, 28, and 29). CFST!, Springfield, Virginia 22151.
All tables are available on magnetic tape; consult Dr. HAROLD PROPHET, Thermal
Research Laboratory, 1707 Building, The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Michigan 48640.
3.4.5. Contributions to the Data on Theoretical Metallurgy
Organization
The Bureau of Mines of the U. S. Department of the Interior supported a
thermodynamics project at the Berkeley Thermodynamics Laboratory,
University of California, Berkeley, Calif., from the early 1920's until 1967.
From 1930, when compilation of data was started, until 1964, it was directed
by K. K. KELLEY. Since mid-1967, the thermodynamics laboratory has been
located at the Albany Metallurgy Research Center, Albany, Oregon; E. G.
KING is project director. An integrated program of precision thermodynamic
measurements is associated with the compilation activity, thus providing
the staff with experience valuable in the critical evaluation of data.
Coverage
The elements and their inorganic compounds of interest in metallurgical and
ceramic operations are covered. Included are oxides, halides, carbides, carbon-
ates, sulfides, sulfates, nitrates, nitrides, and some intermetallic and inter-
oxidic compounds.
156
3.4.5.
Properties given include Gibbs energy, entropy, heat content (enthalpy),

high and low temperature heat capacity, heat and free energy of formation
and phase change, and vapor pressure. In some cases, properties of sub-
stances in their standard states are given. The values compiled are those
needed for the thermodynamic evaluation of metallurgical processes.
Data for evaluation are taken from the open literature and to some extent
from measurements made at the Laboratory.
Analysis
Specific thermodynamic property values are selected after a critical evalua-

tion, by consistent methods, of all available experimental and calculated
values. Complete references are cited, and those given the greatest weight
are indicated. Uncertainties are assigned when possible. A critical discussion
of source data and of equations used for calculations is often given. Usage
of nomenclature, symbols, units, and physical constants follows with a few
exceptions the recommendations of authoritative national and international
committees.
In the publications, elements and their compounds are arranged alpha-
betically by name; the bibliographies are also alphabetical, arranged by
author. Bulletins on important topics such as low and high temperature
heat capacities and entropies for oxides are revised periodically. However,
the pattern of publication, i.e., bulletins at intervals of several years, provides
a periodic updating of important topics included in the program.
Publications
Many early Bulletins are out-of-print or have been superseded. A complete

current set of data consists of Bulletins 542, 584, 592, and 601 :
Contribution! to the Data on Theoretical Metallurgy, Bureau of Mines, U. S. Government
XII. Bulletin 542, Heats and Free Energies of Formation of Inorganic Oxides,
J. P. COUGHLIN, 1954, 80 pp, out of print.
XIII. Bulletin 584, High-Temperature Heat-Content, Heat Capacity, and
Entropy Data for the Elements and Inorganic Compounds, K. K. KELLEY,
1960,232 pp, US $ 1.25.
XIV. Bulletin 592, Entropies of Elements and Inorganic Compounds, K. K.
KELLEY and E. G. KING, 1961, 149 pp, US $ 0.75.
XV. Bulletin 601: a reprint of Bulletins 383, 384, 393, 406 (III, IV, V, and VII),
1962, 525 pp:
III. Bulletin 383, The Free Energies of Vaporization and Vapor Pressures
of Inorganic Substances, K. K. KELLEY, 1935, 132 pp.
157
3.4.6.
IV. Bulletin 384, Metal Carbonates, Correlation and Applications of

Thermodynamic Data, K. K. KELLEY, and C. T. ANDERSON, 1935,
73 pp.
V. Bulletin 393, Heats of Fusion of Inorganic Substances, K. K. KELLEY,
1936, 166 pp.
VII. Bulletin 406, The Thermodynamic Properties of Sulphur and Its
Inorganic Compounds, K. K. KELLEY, 1937, 154 pp.
Other Publications
Related publications of considerable interest appear as Bureau of Mines
"Report ofInvestigations". Each publication in this group presents critically
evaluated properties of one element and its inorganic compounds. Recent
issues include:
Report of Investigations, U.S. Bureau of Mines, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213:
R. 1. 5600, Thermodynamic Properties of Manganese and Its Compounds,
A. D. MAH, 1960,35 pp, US $ 0.30.
R. 1. 6727, Thermodynamic Properties of Vanadium and Its Compounds,
A. D. MAH, 1966, 84 pp, no charge.
3.4.6. Thermodynamic Properties of Chemical Substances

Orgaw"ation
The first edition of this compilation appeared in 1956 under the title Thermo-
tfynamic Properties of Combustion Product Components. Its purpose was to aid
in thermodynamic calculations of processes occurring at high temperatures.
The second edition, described here, was published in 1962 under the new
title Thermotfynamic Properties ofChemical Substances. The values were compiled
over a period of 10 years by collaborators in the Institute of Mineral Fuels
(IGI) of the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences and the U. S. S. R. State Institute
of Applied Chemistry (GIPKh). V. P. GLUSHKO, chief editor, and L. V.
GURVICH direct the work, which is sponsored by the U. S. S. R. Academy of
Sciences. This program is related to "Thermodynamic Constants of Sub-
stances" (see 3.4.7.).
Coverage
This program covers the thermodynamic properties of elements and simple

inorganic compounds in their standard reference states over a wide range
of temperatures. Thermodynamic properties are given for the following
elements and isotopes: 0, H, D, T, He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, F, Br, I, S, N, P,
C, Si, Ph, Hg, Zr, B, Al, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Li, Na, K, Rb, and Cs; also
for their oxides, hydrides, fluorides, chlorides, and nitrides in the solid
158
3.4.6.
(45 substances), liquid (44 substances), and gaseous (335 substances) phases,
including monatomic and diatomic ionized gases and electron gas. The first
and second supplements will cover compounds of alkaline and alkaline
earth metals and revision of the data included in the second edition. The
first supplement will be published in 1969 to 1970. Arrangement of the
material is according to the Standard Order (see 3.4.1.).
The following thermodynamic property values are given at selected
temperatures for gases in the ideal state at 1 atmosphere pressure:
Gibbs energy function (Go - H~)/ T orq>~, entropy S~, relative enthalpy
H~ - H~, heat of formation iJHF or l~, and equilibrium constant Kp and
log K p where K p is the constant of dissociation or ionization. Values are
given between 400 and 6000 K at 100 K intervals and also at 293.15 and
298.15 K. For 22 substances, values up to 10000 K are given at 200 K inter-
vals, and then to 20000 K at 500 K intervals. For compounds in the condens-
ed phase, values for heat capacity C; and vapor pressure P are also given
from 293.15 K to appropriate temperatures. Methods of calculation (poly-
nomial equations) are given for the tabulated thermodynamic properties.
Data are compiled from world literature sources. An associated research
program by a number of institutions within the Soviet Union provided data
not in the literature.
Analysis
Literature articles were carefully examined, and many experimental values
were re-evaluated, providing corrected values for the compilation. Some
recalculations were made to provide a system of self-consistent values.
Estimates were made when experimental data were lacking. Volume I
includes discussion of the properties tabulated, calculation methods, critical
analyses and evaluation of the data found in the literature, the bases for
selection of the values and their uncertainty limits. Limits of error in the
Gibbs energy function q>~, caused by uncertainties in values of molecular
constants and the method of evaluation, are given for each gas. More than
4000 references are cited.
Complete references, an author index with English equivalents of names,
and a formula index to Volumes I and II are included. Symbols, terminology,
and values of constants are those recommended by international organiza-
tions except when the recommendations differ materially from Soviet usage.
All symbols, designations, and constants are explained or defined. The
values of all thermodynamic functions are expressed in calories per mole
and calories per mole degree, and those of equilibrium constants and vapor
pressures are expressed in atmospheres.
159
3.4.7.
The compilation consists of two bound volumes, 21 X 27 cm. Volume I

is largely descriptive, with a number of short tables. Volume II consists
entirely of tables: 380 tables present the thermodynamic properties of
335 substances.
Publications
Thermodynamic Properties of Chemical Substances, V. P. GLUSHKO, Chief Ed., Vol. I,

1164 pp, Vol. II, 916 pp, U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences, Moscow (1962),
approximately US $ 16.00. First supplement, in late 1969 or early 1970, also
will be published by the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences.
3.4.7. Thermodynamic Constants of Substances

Organization
The compilation and publication of Thermodynamic Constants of Substances
are directed by V. P. GLUSHKO, chief editor, and V. A. MEDVEDEV. Specialists
in several institutes are assisting in the project. Three parts of a planned
series of ten have appeared. Upon completion of the ten parts, the entire
work incorporating new values and corrections will be issued in two volu-
mes. The work is sponsored by the U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences, and is
related to "Thermodynamic Properties of Chemical Substances" (see 3.4.6.).
Coverage
This program is concerned with the thermodynamic properties at 298.15 K

of elements and inorganic, simple organic, and metallo-organic compounds.
In Part I thermal constants are given at 298.15 K for 0, H, D, T, F, CI,
Br, I, At, 3He, He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn, and their compounds; in Part II
for S, Se, Te, Po; and in Part III for N, P, As, Sb, Bi, and their compounds.
The Standard Order of Arrangement is used. The completed compilation
will cover inorganic compounds of all elements, organic compounds con-
taining not more than two carbon atoms, and metallo-organic compounds
in which each organic group contains only one or two carbon atoms (cf.
NBS Circular 500, see 3.4.1.).
Data covered include the following thermodynamic property values:
Heat capacity C p 298.15 K; enthalpy H;98.15 K - H;; entropy 5;98.15 K; dis-
sociation energy Do; enthalpy of formation iJHj;98.15K and iJHj:; Gibbs
energy of formation iJ Gj2~8.15 K; enthalpy and entropy of polymorphic
transformations, fusion, vaporization, and sublimation; and temperature
and vapor pressure at phase transformations. Symmetry, structural type,
160
3.4.8.
ionization potentials, and critical temperatures, pressures, volume, and

density are given in the appendixes.
Data are compiled from the world literature.
Analysis
All values are stated to be self-consistent, and an indication of the uncer-
tainty is generally given. When necessary, values lacking in the literature
were estimated. In some cases special experimental investigations were
carried out in Soviet institutions to supply needed data. A separate set of
tables identifies the specific references for each value. There are 3809 refer-
ences in the first three Parts.
In general, the symbols, terminology, and units are those recommended
by international organizations modified in part to accord with Soviet usage.
The values of thermodynamic constants are expressed in calories per mole
or calories per mole degree, and vapor pressure is expressed in atmospheres.
The symbols and abbreviations used are explained in the introduction.
A long list of abbreviations for references cited is given in Part I and a short
addendum to the list is given in Part II and in PartII1. The books, 21 X 27 em,
have hard covers. They consist almost entirely of tables.
Part I of the series was published in 1965, Part II early in 1966 and
Part III in 1968. The schedule for publication of the other parts called for
Part IV in 1969.
Publications
Thermodynamic Constants of Substances, Handbook in 10 Parts, V. P. GLUSHKO, Ed.,
U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences, All-Union Institute of Scientific and Techno-
logical Information, Moscow; Part I, 1965, 146 pp, 72 kopecks (US $ 1.75);
Part II, 1966, 96 pp, 52 kopecks (US $ 1.40); Part III, 1968, 222 pp, 1 ruble
21 kopecks; available in the United States from VICTOR KAMKIN, Inc., Book-
store, 1410 Columbia Rd., N. W., Washington, D. C. 20009.
3.4.8. Chemical Thermodynamics in Nonferrous Metallurgy

Organization
Chemical Thermocfynamics in Nonferrous Metallurgy is a series of handbooks
compiled by J. 1. GERASSIMOV, A. N. KRESTOVNIKOV, and A. S. SHAKHOV.
This series is the outgrowth of two earlier publications, Chemical Thprmo-
cfynamics of Nonferrous Metallurgy by GERASSIMOV and KRESTOVNIKOV in 1933,
and Thermocfynamics and P1!Jsicochemical Properties of Rare Metals by KRESTOV-
NIKOV and SHAKHOV in 1943. Eight volumes are planned to cover thermo-
dynamic and physicochemical properties of industrially important nonferrous

3.4.8.
and rare metals. Four volumes have been published. The authors plan to
present thermodynamic methods and the calculations for pyrometallurgical
processes, as well as methods of calculation for thermodynamic properties
of important nonferrous and rare metals. They will also examine and com-
pare existing literature of numerical data for the thermodynamics of non-
ferrous metallurgy and consider the problems involved.
Coverage
Substances included are important gaseous elements and compounds in-
volved in nonferrous metallurgy: zinc, copper, lead, tin, silver, tungsten,
molybdenum, titanium, zirconium, niobium, tantalum, aluminum, anti-
mony, magnesium, nickel, bismuth, and cadmium, and their compounds
to date.
Property values given include those for atomic volume, density, melting
and boiling point, vapor pressure, specific and atomic heat capacity, enthalpy
and entropy of formation and phase changes, Gibbs energy of formation,
and enthalpy and Gibbs energy functions.
Data are compiled from the world literature.
Analysis
Values reported are both experimental and calculated. When possible,
recommended values are given. Lists of references for each chapter are
given in Roman characters, except for references to Russian publications
which are given in Russian. A number of the references are to well-known
compilations. Although the text is in Russian, international symbols are
used for properties and for chemical elements and compounds. Equations
and tables are therefore independent of language.
In general, the symbols, terminology, and units are those recommended
by international organizations, modified in part to accord with Soviet usage.
Volume I has a two-and-a-half-page table (in Russian) explaining symbols.
The books are hardbound, an English translation of Volume III is paper-
bound.
Although the data references in the early publications are quite old, there
are numerous references for data in the 1950's and some for data as late
as 1962. The four volumes were published in 1960, 1961, 1963, and 1966,
respectively. Volumes V and VI are in preparation.
Publications
Chemical Thermoc!Jnamics in Nonferrous Metallurgy, J. 1. GERASSIMOV, A. N. KRESTOV-
NIKOV, and A. S. SHAKHOV, Metallurgical Publishing House, Moscow.
162
3.4.9.
Vol. I: Theoretical Introduction, Thermodynamic Properties of Important

Gases, Thermodynamics of Zinc and Its Important Compounds, 1960,
231 pp.
Vol. II: Thermodynamics of Copper, Lead, Tin, Silver, and Their Important
Compounds, 1961,263 pp.
Vol. III: Thermodynamics of Tungsten, Molybdenum, Titanium, Zirconium,
Niobium, Tantalum, and Their Important Compounds, 1963, 284 pp.
English translation published for the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration and the National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C,
by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations, available as NASA-TT-
F-285 for US $ 6.00, or N66-14133 for US $ 3.00, from the Clearinghouse
for Federal Scientific and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 22151.
Vol. IV: Thermodynamics of Aluminum, Antimony, Magnesium, Nickel,
Bismuth, Cadmium, and Their Important Compounds, 1966,428 pp.
3.4.9. Selected Values for the Thermodynamic Properties of

Metals and Alloys
Organization
This compilation project, started in 1955, is under the direction of RALPH
R. HULTGREN, University of California, Berkeley, California. Selected Values
for the Thermoc!Jnamic Properties of Metals and Allqys was published in 1963;
supplements have been issued since 1964. The work is carried out within
the Inorganic Materials Research Division of the Lawrence Radiation Labor-
atory and the Department of Mineral Technology of the University. The
sponsor is the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, with assistance from the
American Iron and Steel Institute and the International Copper Research
Association. The project is associated with the National Standard Reference
Data Program of the U.S. National Bureau of Standards (see 1.1.1.). The
compilation work is supplemented by experimental investigation conducted
as graduate thesis topics.
Coverage
All metallic elements and binary alloy systems for which published thermo-
dynamic data have been found are covered, and included in the published
data when evaluation is completed.
Selected Values for the Thermoc!Jnamic Properties of Metals and Allqys includes
complete thermodynamic data for both elements and alloys. For the elements,
the following functions relative to the standard states for both the condensed
and gas phases at selected temperature intervals are tabulated: heat capacity,
enthalpy (heat), entropy, Gibbs energy (free energy). Values for enthalpy
11* 163
3.4.9.
and entropy of phase changes, for Gibbs energy and enthalpy of vaporization,
and for vapor pressure are also given.
For alloys, the integral quantities presented are enthalpy, Gibbs energy,
entropy, excess Gibbs energy, and excess entropy of formation. Values for
activities and activity coefficients, and for partial molar thermodynamic
quantities over a range of compositions are given. Phase diagrams for most
of the alloys are also included.
Sources of data include journals or compilations of critically evaluated
data. Some values are obtained by extrapolation or by calculation.
Analysis
A detailed introduction to Selected Values of Thermodynamic Properties of

Metals and Alloys presents the methodology and guidelines followed in the
evaluation of data. Graphical and analytic methods used to develop con-
sistent and reliable values are discussed. All surveys of the literature and
evaluations of data were conducted by members of the staff under the
supervision of one of the authors. Each final evaluation was then reviewed
and checked by at least three of the four authors. The evaluation of each
system is discussed; and the source and basis of selection of data are given.
Uncertainties in tabulated values are often recorded or they may be estimated
from information given in the discussion of the system.
In Selected Values for the Thermodynamic Properties of Metals and
Alloys (1963), the tables were based on the values of the fundamental con-
stants in LEWIS, RANDALL, PITZER, and BREWER, Thermodynamics (2nd ed,
McGraw-Hill, N. Y, 1961); and on 0 (Oxygen) = 16.000. After October
1964, the values used were those recommended by IUPAC and IUPAP, and
the Committee on Fundamental Constants of the U. S. National Academy of
Sciences; and those of the atomic weight scale 12C = 12.000.
In 1963, data evaluated (and previously issued in loose-leaf form) to
about 1961 to 1962 were published in book form. Included are 63 elements
and 168 alloy systems. Each system is discussed separately and tables (data
and graphs) are provided. Data sources and complete references are given.
A systems index by formula and an alphabetical author index for references
to original data are provided.
New and revised data sheets issued at intervals as supplements to the
text keep the compilation up-to-date. As of January 1968, data on 42 elements,
nine of these new, and 65 binary alloy systems, 56 of these new, had been
issued as supplementary data sheets. Work is progressing on the revision
and expansion of the 1963 text.
164
3.4.10.
Publications
Selected Values for the Thermodynamic Properties of Metals and Alloys, R. R. HULTGREN,
L. ORR, P. D. ANDERSON, and K. K. KELLEY, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1963, XI, 963 pp, US $12.50.
Requests for new supplementary data sheets, having the same title as the book,
should be sent to Professor RALPH R. HULTGREN, Department of Mineral
Technology, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720.
3.4.10. Thermochemistry* for Steelmaking

Organization
The object of this program is to collate, consolidate, and summarize in
handbook form all available thermodynamic and physicochemical data for
substances and systems involved in steelmaking. This material is also rele-
vant to the chemistry of many metallurgical systems at elevated temper-
atures. This program was established some eight years ago with the support
of the American Iron and Steel Institute. It is directed by J. F. ELLIOTT,
Department of Metallurgy, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts 02139.
Volumes I and II have been published. Compilation of related data is
being continued under the sponsorship of the U. S. National Bureau of
Standards, Office of Standard Reference Data (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
Selected elements and compounds that are involved in the chemistry and
technology of steelmaking are treated in Volume 1. The compounds include
carbides, nitrides, oxides, phosphides, silicides, and sulfides. Volume II, in
addition to elements and compounds, specifically treats binary and ternary
iron alloys and solutions, complex oxide systems, and slags.
Thermodynamic properties are given for elements and compounds in
their various states and phases, and for solutions. The properties include
heat (enthalpy) and temperature of phase changes; heat capacity; enthalpy,
entropy, and Gibbs energy function at lOO-degree intervals; and enthalpy,
Gibbs energy, and log Kp of formation as appropriate. When available, the
following properties are also given: density, thermal conductivity, electrical
* The word "thermochemistry" is usually used in a restrictive sense to refer

to the thermodynamics of chemically reacting systems. Here it is used to include
properties of both reacting and nonreacting systems for which the term "thermo-
dynamics" or "chemical thermodynamics" is usually used.
165
3.4.10.
resistivity, total and spectral emissivity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor

pressure, solubility (including that of gases), diffusion, activity, and activity
coefficients. Phase diagrams, which take up approximately 30 percent of
Volume II, include binary diagrams for elements, oxides, and iron solutions,
and show the effect of the addition of a second metallic element upon the
solubility of graphite in iron.
For Volume I, data sources include reviews, books, papers in primary
journals, some unpublished data, and also compilations of critically evaluated
data published elsewhere, such as those of the U. S. Bureau of Mines (see
3.4.5.) and of NBS (see 3.4.1.), "Thermodynamic Properties of the Ele-
ments" by D. R. STULL and G. C. SINKE (American Chemical Society,
Washington, D. c., 1956, see 5.3.38.), and "Metallurgical Thermochemistry"
by O. KUBASCHEWSKI and E. L. EVANS (3rd ed, Pergamon Press, Inc.,
London, 1958, see 5.3.43.). For source material, Volume II depends much
more on the primary literature.
Analysis
The aim is to present up-to-date information mutually consistent with

regard to base and reference states, in forms useful in both the laboratory
and plant. Some material has appeared elsewhere, but much new information
from the literature is evaluated. How revised values are selected is not
always indicated but references used are given, and short discussions
precede the data for most systems. Calculated or estimated values are
identified. Facts from major sources were brought up-to-date when new
information became available.
This compilation is unique in that it includes useful thermodynamic
properties of slag and metal solutions, interaction coefficients, and diffusion
coefficients in melts.
Most symbols and their units are given in the introduction to Volume 1.
Others are explained in the sections in which they appear.
The authors referenced their sources of data meticulously. The preface
to Volume II is dated July 1963, but there are few references later than 1960.
The compilation consists of two bound volumes. Each volume has a
short introduction, a detailed table of contents, and a comprehensive index.
The index of Volume I lists the elements and compounds under the proper-
ties recorded rather than under their own names, that of Volume II is cumu-
lative for the two volumes and lists topics, titles of tables, substances, and
systems of substances with properties covered under each section.
166
3.4.11.
Publications
Thermochemistry for Steelmaking, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., Read-
ing (Massachusetts), and London.
Vol. I, J. F. ELLIOT and M. GLEISER, 1960, VIII, 296 pp, US $ 17.50.
Vol. II, J. F. ELLIOT, M. GLEISER, and V. RAMAKRISHNA, 1963, XVI, 550 pp,
US $ 25.00.
3.4.11. Binary Metal and Metalloid Constitution Data Center

Organization
Constitution of Binary Alloys by MAX HANSEN and KURT ANDERKO was pub-
lished in 1958 as a revised edition of HANSEN'S Der Aufbau der ZweistofJ-
legierungen, published in 1936. The 1958 edition and the subsequent Consti-
tution ofBinary Alloys, First Supplement, 1965, and Constitution ofBinary Alloys,
Second Supplement, to be published (1969), were compiled at the Illinois
Institute of Technology (IIT) Research Institute under the sponsorship of
the U. S. Air Force. RODNEY P. ELLIOTT and FRANCIS A. SHUNK, respectively,
directed the work on the First and Second Supplement. Since June 1967,
the work has been carried on at the Binary Metal and Metalloid Constitution
Data Center, Illinois Institute of Technology Research Institute, Chicago,
Illinois 60616, under the direction of F. A. SHUNK. The program is linked
to the National Standard Reference Data System of the National Bureau of
Standards (NBS, see 1.1.1.), and is sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy
Commission, Aerospace Research Laboratories, National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, and National Bureau of Standards.
Coverage
Data for more than 1700 binary systems are included in the 1969 volume and
for more than 2300 in the combined 1958, 1965, and 1969 volumes. The
systems are mostly alloys; some botides, hydrides, oxides, chalcogenides,
and phosphides are included.
Phase diagrams are given for many systems. Values for solubilities,
eutectic points, melting points, and other constitutional features as well as
crystal structures and cell dimensions are given.
All available literature has been searched for sources of data. For the
1965 and 1969 volumes, references were found principally in Chemical
Abstracts, Metallurgical Abstracts, and Review of Metal Literature. Special-
ized abstract bulletins, bibliographies, reviews, and monographs were also
used.
167
3.4.12.
The 1958 edition covers the literature through 1955 with limited coverage
of the 1956 and 1957 literature; the 1965 volume reviews literature published
between 1955 and December 1961; and the second supplement covers the
literature published from 1962 through 1964.
Analysis
The authors analyzed and evaluated all relevant data. In most cases their
conclusions are incorporated in composite diagrams based upon their eval-
uation of the data. Uncertainties are indicated.
The table of contents to the Second Supplement is a cumulative listing
of systems contained in the three volumes. Diagrams cannot be used without
the text, nor the material in the Supplements without reference to a previous
review in earlier volumes if such exists. Factors for use in the interconversion
of atomic and weight percent for each system are given in the three volumes,
but the directions and tables needed to use them are in the 1958 volume only.
Thus, the 1958 edition is a necessity for full use of the Supplements.
The systems are arranged in alphabetical order by chemical symbols.
Tables of some physical properties and structural data of the elements are
included in the appendixes to both the 1958 volume and the 1965 Supplement.
A table on crystal-structure types according to "Strukturbericht", and con-
version tables for temperatures and for atomic and weight percentages are
in the 1958 volume. The 1969 volume is to contain a table of crystal-structure
types ordered according to the composition of representative compounds.
Publications
Constitution of Binary Alloys, 2nd ed, M. HANSEN and K. ANDERKO, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, 1958, XIX, 1305 pp, US $ 39.50.
Constitution of Binary Alloys, First Supplement, R. P. ELLIOTT, McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, 1965, XXXII, 877 pp, US $ 35.00.
Constitution of Binary Alloys, Second Supplement, F. A. SHUNK, McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, to be published (1969).
3.4.12. Phase Diagrams for Ceramists

Organization
The American Ceramic Society and the U. S. National Bureau of Standards
(NBS) sponsor this compilation activity which is located at NBS. Searching
of the literature, editing for presentation, and critical decisions are made at
NBS, while the Society provides editorial assistance, drafting, printing and
distribution. Compilations are now financed from a revolving fund acquired
from sales of previous issues.
168
3.4.12.
Coverage
Systems included are of special interest to ceramists - metal-oxygen and
metal oxide systems (including Si), systems with oxygen-containing radicals,
systems containing halides, sulfides, cyanides, alone and with other sub-
stances, systems of water with metal oxides and miscellaneous substances.
Borides, carbides, and silicides are not included.
Simple and complex phase diagrams for one-, two-, three-, and multi-
component systems are given. For some systems, multidiagrams show iso-
thermal and isoplethal sections of phase relations; for others, isofracts,
temperature-composition projections, compatibility relations, and base
systems of tetrahedra are given. Melting points of metallic oxides, molecular
weights of oxides, and 1961 atomic weights of the elements are presented in
separate tables.
Data are compiled from the literature.
Analysis
The first compilation of this project appeared in the Journal of the American
Ceramic Society in 1933. The 1964 edition is the seventh compilation in this
series and supersedes previous publications of the series. The literature has
been covered up to 1962. A supplement containing 2083 new diagrams is in
press (1969 Part II edition).
The authors were more critical in the 1964 edition than in previous ones
and in general only include a selected "best" diagram for a system. Occasion-
ally several diagrams representative of current interpretation or composite
diagrams constructed from the work of several investigators have been
included. Many diagrams are too small to permit values to be read with
accuracy. Diagrams of partial systems, such as a high corner of a ternary
system or an enlargement of a complicated portion of a system and some
figure reproductions, increase the legibility.
The introductory material includes: selected and annotated bibliography
that covers theory, interpretation, methods and techniques, mathematical
treatment, thermodynamic calculations, silicate chemistry, special collections
of phase diagrams, and phase diagrams in related fields. The phase rule, the
diagrams, and some experimental methods are also discussed.
Diagrams are sometimes accompanied by explanatory notes, and com-
plete references are given below each diagram. An author index and a
system index are included. Temperatures are in degrees Celsius, but it is
not always apparent whether the scale is the Geophysical Laboratory Tem-
perature Scale of 1914 or the International Temperature Scale of 1927 or
that of 1948.
169
3.4.13.
Publications
Phase Diagrams for Ceramists, E. M. LEVIN, H. F. McMuRDIE, and F. P. HALL,
American Ceramic Society, Columbus, Ohio 43214, 1956,286 pp, 811 phase
diagrams, US $ 10.00.
Phase Diagrams for Ceramists, Part II, E. M. LEVIN and H. F. McMuRDIE, American
Ceramic Society, Columbus, Ohio 43214, 1959, 153 pp, 462 phase diagrams,
US $ 8.00.
Phase Diagrams for Ceramists, E. M. LEVIN, C. R. ROBBINS, and H. F. McMuRDIE
(7th compilation), American Ceramic Society, Columbus, Ohio 43214, 1964,
601 pp, 2064 phase diagrams, US $ 18.00. (Supersedes previous volumes.)
Phase Equilibrium Diagrams of Oxide Systems, revised and redrawn by E. F. OSBORN
and A. MUAN, American Ceramic Society, Columbus, Ohio 43214, 1960.
Ten 49 X 59 cm plates for three-oxide systems containing Si0 2, four of them
for oxide phases in equilibrium with metallic iron. Diagrams are US $ 2.00
each, US $ 15.00 for the set of 10. (Reproductions of these plates appear in the
1964 compilation.)
3.4.13. High Temperature Behavior of Inorganic Salts

Organization
The Information Center on High Temperature Behavior ofInorganic Salts
was established in 1963 in the Electrochemistry Section of the Institute for
Basic Standards of the U. S. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) in Wash-
ington, D. C. It was moved to the Electrochemistry Branch, Naval Research
Laboratory, Washington, D.C. 20390, in August 1968. KURT H. STERN is
the director of the Center, which is supported by the Office of Standard
Reference Data of NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
The purpose of this program is to evaluate and publish in concise form
existing thermodynamic and kinetic data relevant to the high temperature
behavior of important classes of inorganic salts. The Center is investigating
three types of information for each salt: 1) the reactions by which salts
decompose in various temperature ranges; 2) thermodynamic functions for
these reactions: Gibbs energies, free-energy functions, equilibrium con-
stants, and partial pressures; and 3) kinetic parameters such as rate con-
stants, activation energies, and mechanisms.
A series of publications is planned to cover anhydrous salts which
contain monatomic cations, and oxyanions with one element besides oxygen,
such as sulfates, carbonates, nitrogen-oxygen, and halogen-oxygen anions.
Each volume will cover one anion. The first, on sulfates, was published
170
3.4.13.
recently; the second, on carbonates, is in progress; a third, on nitrates, is

being planned.
The first volume, on sulfates, was published in October 1966. Sixty
cations are covered. The properties are: phase transition temperatures above
298.15 K, standard heat of formation and standard entropy values of
reactants and products at 298.15 K, densities at 298.15 K, and information
on the kinetics of thermal decomposition. Some supplementary material is
also provided. The literature was searched through 1964. Half the references
are pre-1954.
Analysis
Data are lacking for many salts which fit into the categories covered by the
program. In many cases, thermodynamic functions cannot be calculated
because information needed on reactants and products over a wide temper-
ature range is not available. Information on the kinetics of thermal decom-
position is often too poor for use as reference data. However, qualitative
or semi-quantitative kinetic information is given when deemed useful.
Thermodynamic information has been stressed because of its importance to
stability problems.
In the introductory part of High Temperature Properties and Decomposition
of Inorganic Salts: Part 1. Sulfates, the properties covered are discussed.
Experimental methods and theory are briefly outlined and the quality and
treatment of the data reviewed. Pertinent equations are provided. A table
of units, symbols, and abbreviations is also included. The compilation is
arranged in dictionary format; all data about a compound appear together
and critical commentaries introduce each compound. Most data are given
in tables. All data and critical commentaries are referenced. Densities are
listed in the units given by the original authors. The procedures used for
the evaluation are not described. It is also stated that thermodynamic data
already critically evaluated are used whenever possible, but that qualitative
and semi-quantitative information is also included. There are specific warn-
ings concerning some data; uncertainties frequently are not indicated.
Publications
High Temperature Properties and Decomposition of Inorganic Salts, Part 1. Sulfates,

NSRDS-NBS 7, K. H. STERN and E. L. WEISE, U. S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C. 20402,1966, V, 38 pp, US $ 0.35.
171
3.4.14.
3.4.14. Low Temperature Specific Heats Data Center

Organization
This program was initiated in 1963. It is located in the Institute for Basic
Standards, U. S. National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C.
20234. The principal investigator is GEORGE T. FURUKAWA. The Data
Center functions as part of the National Standard Reference Data System
(NSRDS) of NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
The center's primary concern is the determination and presentation of
critically evaluated values for specific heat and derived thermodynamic
properties (entropy, Gibbs energy, and enthalpy) of pure substances in the
range from 0 to 300 K. Emphasis at present is on the lower temperature
ranges. High temperature relative enthalpy data are also examined to deter-
mine the best values of specific heat around 300 K. Substances covered
include the elemental species, and oxides, halides, and others.
The center has issued Critical Anafysis oj the Heat Capacity Data of the
Literature and Evaluation of Thermocfynamic Properties oj Copper, Silver, and
Goldfrom 0 to 300 0 K. Properties covered are heat capacity, enthalpy, entropy,
Gibbs energy, enthalpy function, and Gibbs energy function. Supplementary
information such as the electronic coefficient of heat capacity, experimental
method, and purity of substances are given.
The critically evaluated, selected values for the thermodynamic proper-
ties are presented in a table. Other data are presented in tables and graphs.
Discussion of the sources of data and general assessment are in text. The
introduction provides good background information. References include a
number from 1967.
Analysis
The center compiles heat capacity data from the literature and critically
evaluates these data to obtain selected "best values". These values are then
used to calculate the derived thermodynamic properties enumerated above.
Critical Analysis of the Heat Capacity Data of the Literature and Evalu-
ation of Thermodynamic Properties of Copper, Silver, and Gold from 0 to
300 oK includes tables of the selected "best values", deviation plots, and other
supporting information used to document the selected values. For each of
the elements, a comprehensive assessment of the data sources is included.
This publication is the first of several planned, which will appear in the
NSRDS-NBS numbered series.
172
3.4.15.
Publications
Critical Analysis of the Heat Capacity Data of the Literature and Evaluation of Thermo-
dynamic Properties of Copper, Silver, and Gold from a to 300 K, NSRDS-NBS 18,
0
G. T. FURUKAWA, W. G. SABA, and M. L. REILLY, U. S. Government Printing

Office, Washington, D. C. 20402, 1968, V, 49 pp, US $ 0.40.
3.4.15. The Thermodynamic Tables Project of the International

Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
Organization
The Thermodynamic Tables Project was established by the Commission

on Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry of the IUPAC Division of
Physical Chemistry in 1964. Its mission is to prepare agreed tables of
thermodynamic and transport properties of simple fluids of interest to
science and industry. A Project Office, with salaried staff, is located at
Imperial College, London; the scientific director is SELBY ANGUS. Financial
support has been received from France, Germany, Sweden, the U.K., the
U. S. A., and the U. S. S. R., with the Office for Scientific and Technical
Information (described in 1.1.2.) of the U. K. acting as a guarantor of the
financial stability of this program. Policy guidance is provided by the
IUPAC Commission on Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry. The
scientific work is organized under working panels, one panel for each fluid
or group of fluids. The following countries are represented on panels by
one or more members: France, GermanyjB.R.D., India, Japan, the Nether-
lands, the U.K., the U.S.A., and the U.S.S.R.
Coverage
Individual panels have been established for the following single gases or
groups of gases: (1) Carbon dioxide (C0 2); (2) Atmospheric gases (02' N z,
and air); (3) Quantum fluids (H2' D2 and He); (4) Inert fluids (Ne, Ar, Kr,
Xe); (5) Aliphatic hydrocarbons (CH4 , C2H 6, C2H 4 , etc.); (6) Halogenated
hydrocarbons (all); (7) Multicomponent systems (to be selected); and (8)
Ammonia (NH3)' In addition, a Panel on Correlating Functions has been
established which will have the task of selecting or developing mathematical
correlating functions for representing the data within agreed tolerances.
For each gas the objective will be to publish thermodynamically consistent
tables of data such as pressure, temperature, enthalpy, and entropy over the
widest possible range of the variables.
173
3.4.16.
Analysis
The IUPAC Centre on Thermodynamic Tables Project is in a real sense
following in the footsteps of the International Conference on the Properties
of Steam (see 3.4.16.). That is, its purpose is to prepare, for each fluid under
review, tables of such high quality that they can be accepted as the "best
possible" by workers in the field and also can lend themselves to use as
"International Standards" if their position in science and industry warrants
the assignment of "standard" status. Basic to the whole program is the idea
that all available literature data will be examined for each fluid. Experts of
the highest competence in each narrow area will evaluate the data, and the
presentation of the best values will be done in a consistent way with due
regard to proper selection of units, constants and precise mathematical
formulation of the results.
Fruition of the project may take 10 years. A comprehensive publication
of the properties of carbon dioxide is anticipated in 1969.
Information on the Project and its Working Panels can be supplied by
Dr. SELBY ANGUS, Scientific Director, IUPAC Thermodynamic Tables Pro-
ject Centre, Dept. of Chemical Engineering, Imperial College of Science
and Technology, Prince Consort Road, London S. W. 7, England.
Publications
Several documents have been produced for use by members of the Project, and
of these the following may be of interest to others, and are available free of
charge from the Project Centre:
"An Account of the IUPAC Thermodynamic Tables Project", by S. ANGUS,
IUPAC Thermodynamic Tables Project Centre, London, 1968, 8 pp
(Reference PCfD 5.5.).
"Guide to Working Panel Procedures", by S. ANGUS, lUP AC Thermodynamic
Tables Project Centre, London, 1965, 14 pp (Reference PCfD 1.2.).
"Guide to Procedures in the Reporting of Experimental Data", by S. ANGUS,
lUPAC Thermodynamic Tables Project Centre, London, 1966, 5 pp (Refer-
ence PCfD 2.3.).
3.4.16. International Conference on the Properties of Steam

Organization
The First International Conference on the Properties of Steam (ICPS) met
in London in 1929, and the Seventh in Tokyo in 1968. Its aim is to produce
skeleton tables of thermodynamic and transport properties of steam agreed
on by experts from participating countries. The skeleton tables are tables
of reference points, with assigned tolerances, which can serve as the basis
174
3.4.16.
for expanded reliable tabulations for use, particularly by the electrical

industry, in all countries. The expanded tables, although not produced by
the ICPS, present values within the ICPS tolerances and thus assure inter-
national compatibility. Over the years, successive conferences have increased
the reliability and range of the skeleton tables to meet the demands of
advancing technology. The Conference is a relatively informal body for
which the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street,
New York, N. Y. 10017, is acting as the Secretariat. Czechoslovakia, Ger-
many, Japan, the U. K, the U. S. A., and the U. S. S. R., each have National
Committees on the Properties of Steam, either of governmental status
(Czechoslovakia, U. K and U. S. S. R.) or belonging to the appropriate
national engineering institute (Germany, Japan, U.S.A.). Members of the
National Committees continue the work of the ICPS between its meetings,
and send formal delegations to business sessions of the ICPS. Other nations
are represented at Conferences on an ad hoc basis, and any scientist in the
field may attend the scientific sessions of ICPS.
In 1963, at the Sixth International Conference on the Properties of
Steam, held in New York City, "The International Skeleton Tables of 1963",
covering the temperature range 0 to 800 0 C, and the pressure range to
1000 bars, were adopted by the 16 member nations of the Conference. Also,
as a result of the Conference, an International Formulation Committee
(IFC) was established to develop correlating equations for the 1963 skeleton
table, suitable for computer use, which would ensure that computed values
would be within assigned tolerances, and would be thermodynamically
consistent. The IFC has since drawn up, ratified, and promulgated "The
1967 IFC Formulation for Industrial Use: A Formulation of the Thermo-
dynamic Properties of Ordinary Water Substance" and "The 1968 IFC
Formulation for Scientific and General Use". Another panel formulated
tables for transport properties which have been published by the Secretariat
of the Conference as "International Skeleton Tables of the Transport Pro-
perties of Water Substance, 1964".
Coverage and Analysis

The International Conference on the Properties of Steam is an example of
fruitful, long-term international cooperation which has produced critically
evaluated numerical property values in an area both scientifically difficult
and industrially important.
The properties covered by the 1963 International Conference include
thermodynamic properties of saturated water and saturated steam (entropy,
enthalpy, and specific heat); specific volume, specific enthalpy, and viscosity
of compressed water and superheated steam; and thermal conductivity of
175
3.4.16.
water and superheated steam, all given with assigned tolerances. For viscos-
ity and thermal conductivity, equations for interpolation and other calcu-
lations are an integral part of the skeleton tables. For all properties, formu-
lations (equations) for computer use were subsequently established. An
important feature of the 1963 tables was the pushing upward of the temper-
ature and pressure limits to 800 0 C and 1000 bars respectively in response to
industrial needs for these data.
Publications
Publications based on the work of the rcps are in two categories: (1) Books
containing comprehensive tables obtained by suitable expansion of the skel-
eton tables published on the initiative of individuals or groups, in various
countries, for use by scientists and engineers; and (2) reports and proceed-
ings issued directly by the Secretariat of rcps and given skeleton tables and
other pertinent results of the Conferences. The publications described below
are grouped in these two classifications.
(1) Tables of Thermodynamic and Transport Properties:

(a) Most recent; conform with 1963 International Skeleton Tables
Steam Tables 1964: Physical Properties of Water and Steam, 0 to 800°C and
o to 1000 bars, R. W. BAIN (National Engineering Laboratory), Her
Majesty's Stationery Office, Edinburgh, 1964, V, 147 pp, £ 1.15.0.
net. Units used: Temperature: Celsius scale; Pressure: bar; Volume:
cm3 /g; Energy: kJ/kg.
Supplement to Steam Tables 1964: International Skeleton Tables of the Transport
Properties of Water Substance, 1964, National Engineering Laboratory,
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Edinburgh, 1966,4 pp, 2 s. Units used:
Temperature: Celsius scale; Pressure: bar; Volume: cm3 /g; Energy:
kJ/kg.
1967 ASME Steam Tables: Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Steam,
C. A. MEYER, R. B. MCCLINTOCK, G. J. SILVESTRI, and R. C. SPENCER,
JR., The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, 1967,
X, 328 pp, US $ 12.50. Comprises tables and charts for steam and water;
calculated using the 1967IFC Formulation for Industrial Use. Prepared
for the ASME Research Committee on Properties of Steam. Units used:
Temperature: Fahrenheit scale; Pressure: lbf/in2; Volume: ft 3 /lb;
Energy: BTU/lb.
1967 Steam Tables: Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam; Viscosity
of Water and Steam,' Therma! Conductivity of Water and Steam, Electrical
Research Association, Edward Arnold and Co., St. Martin's Press,
U.K., 1967, 146 pp, US $18.50. (An equivalent volume, but in S1
units, is forthcoming). Based on smoothing of the 1966 and 1967 1FC
Formulations. Units used: Temperature: Fahrenheit scale; Pressure:
lbf/in2; Volume: ft 3 /lb; Energy: BTU/lb.
176
3.4.16.
1967 Steam Charts, Electrical Research Association, Edward Arnold & Co.,
St. Martin's Press, U. K., 1967, £ 3. A large-scale atlas of the enthalpy/
entropy diagram for steam and water, compatible with 1967 IFC For-
mulation. Also auxiliary charts for engineering calculations. Units used:
Temperature: Fahrenheit scale; Pressure: Ibf/in2; Volume: ft 3/lb;
Energy: BTU/lb.
(b) The following publications are based on older formulations of skeleton
tables:
Thermodynamic Properties of Steam, Including Data for the Liquid and Solid
Phases, J. H. KEENAN and F. G. KEYES, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1939, 80 pp, US $ 5.50. Units used: Temperature: Fahren-
heit scale; Pressure: Ibf/in2; Volume: ft 3 /lb; Energy: BTU/lb.
Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam, 6th ed, M. P. VUKALOVITCH,
published by State Publishing House of Scientific-Technical Literature
Concerning Mechanical Engineering "Mashgis", Moscow, and "VEB
Verlag Technik", Berlin, 1958, 245 pp plus separate charts. Text in
English, French, German, and Russian. Units used: Temperature:
Celsius scale; Pressure kgf/cm2; Volume: m3/kg; Energy: kcaln/kg,
cf.5.3.55.
Wasserdampftafel der Allgemeinen Elektricitiits-Gesellschaft, HELMUT HOTES,
R. Oldenbourg, Munchen, 1960,48 pp.
VDI-Steam Tables, Including a Mollier h, s-Diagram for Temperature up 10
800 0 C and a T, s-Diagram, 6th ed, ERNST SCHMIDT, Springer-Verlag,
Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, and R. Oldenbourg, Munchen, 1963, 151
pp. Two parts: Part A (out of print). Superseded by 7th ed. Part B
(out of sprint). Superseded by Properties of Water and Steam in SI-Units.
VDI-Steam Tables up to 800°C and 1000 at, Including a Mollier h, s-Diagram
and a T,s-Diagram, 7th ed, ERNST SCHMIDT, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-
Heidelberg-New York, and R. Oldenbourg, Munchen,1968, 197 pp,
US $ 12.00. Text in English, French, German, and Spanish. Units used:
Temperature: Celsius scale; Pressure: atmosphere; Volume: m 3/kg;
Energy: kcalrT/kg.
Properties of Water and Steam in SI-Units, a-800°C and 0-1000 bar, Including a
Mollier h,s-Diagram and a T,s-Diagram, ERNST SCHMIDT, Springer-Ver-
lag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1969, 205 pp, US $12.00. Text in
English, French, German, and Spanish; foreword and table of contents
also in Japanese and Russian. Units used: Temperature: Celsius scale;
Pressure: bar; Volume: m3 /kg; Energy: kJ/kg.
(c) Tables for steam not directly related to the skeleton tables:
Tables of the Thermodynamic Properties of Heavy Water, J. N. ELLIOTT, Atomic
Energy of Canada Limited, Chalk River, Ontario, January 1963, 90 pp.
The Thermodynamic Functions of Dissociating Steam in the Range 1000 to 5000 oK,
0.01 to 100 b, VLADIMIR KMONICEK, Academia, Prague, 1967, 105 pp.
An Equation of State for Water and Steam, Steam Tables in the Critical Region
and in the Range from 1000 to 100,000 Bars, JAN J UZA, Academia, Prague,
1966,142 pp. Conforms with 1963 International Skeleton Table, within
its range.

3.4.17.
(2) Conference Reports:

"International Skeleton Tables of the Thermodynamic Properties of Water
Substance, 1963" from Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on the
Properties of Steam, R. W. HAYWOOD, Ed. on behalf of the Secretariat, the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, 1963, 57 pp.
Units used: Temperature: Celsius scale; Pressure: bar; Volume: cm3 /g;
Energy: kJ/kg.
"International Skeleton Tables of the Viscosity and Thermal Conductivity
of Water Substance" from Official Report of the Thermal Conductivity Panel
of the Sixth International Conference on the Properties of Steam, R. W. HAYWOOD,
Ed. on behalf of the Secretariat, the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, New York, 1964,21 pp. Units used: Temperature: Celsius scale;
Pressure: bar; Volume: cm3 /g; Energy: kJ/kg.
"The 1967 IFC Formulation for Industrial Use: A Formulation of the Thermo-
dynamic Properties of Ordinary Water Substance", International Formu-
lation Committee of the Sixth International Conference on the Properties
of Steam, Dusseldorf, Germany, February 1967, 31 pp.
"Supplement to the 1967 IFC Formulation for Industrial Use: Formulae for
the Specific Isobaric Heat Capacity of Ordinary Water Substance", IFC
of the Sixth International Conference on the Properties of Steam, Dussel-
dorf, 1967, 8 pp.
"Thermodynamic Property Values of Ordinary Water Substance Calculated
from the 1967 IFC Formulation for Industrial Use", U. S. Delegation for
the Secretariat of the International Formulation Committee of the Sixth
International Conference on the Properties of Steam, The American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, New York, February 1967, 19 pp.
"The 1968 IFC Formulation for Scientific and General Use: A Formulation
of the Thermodynamic Properties of Ordinary Water Substance, April
1968", and "Thermodynamic Property Values of Ordinary Water Sub-
stance Calculated from the 1968 IFC Formulation for Scientific and General
Use, April 1968", IFC of the Sixth International Conference on the Prop-
erties of Steam. Available from the Secretariat, The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, New York, April 1968, 67 pp, US $12.00.
3.4.17. Thermodynamic Functions of Gases

F. DIN, Ed., Butterworth & Co. Ltd., London (Available in the U.S.A.
and dependencies from Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York),
US $ 12.50 per volume.
Vol. 1: Ammonia, Carbon Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, 1956 (reprinted
1962), VIII, 175 pp.
Vol. 2: Air, Acetylene, Ethylene, Propane, and Argon, 1956 (reprinted
1962), VI, 201 pp.
Vol. 3: Methane, Nitrogen, Ethane, 1961, VI, 218 pp.
178
3.4.17.
Other Publications
Temperature-entropy diagrams, available as wall charts, US $ 3.00 each.
Organization
Surveys of the thermodynamic properties of industrially important gases
were started in 1948 under the supervision of the Thermodynamics Com-
mittee of the Mechanical Engineering Research Board of the Department
of Scientific and Industrial Research (now part of the Ministry of Technol-
ogy) of Great Britain. The late Dr. F. DIN served as general editor of the
series and contributed several sections.
Coverage
This compilation provides a comprehensive survey of all data in the open
literature for each gas considered. The following industrially important
gases are covered: ammonia, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, air, acety-
lene, ethylene, propane, argon, methane, nitrogen, and ethane.
Properties include temperature-entropy diagrams, entropy, enthalpy, and
volume for single phases and/or two phases in equilibrium, specific heats at
constant pressure and volume, and Joule-Thomson coefficients. Also given
are physical properties including density, molecular volume, boiling point,
triple point temperature and pressure, and critical constants.
Analysis
The authors give a critical, detailed survey of the existing data; methods of
calculation of the thermodynamic functions and of the construction of the
temperature-entropy diagrams; an evaluation of the compiled data; a list
of references; and tables of the thermodynamic functions. Short tables of
the properties under discussion are included in the textual material which
is followed by tables of data. Each volume has a table of contents, but no
complete index. Some details of treatment were left to individual authors;
units are consistent for an individual gas but are not consistent throughout
the series. The International Steam Tables calorie (4.1868 absolute joules)
is used. Temperature-entropy diagrams, on separate pages, are too small
for accurate interpolations. However, they are also available as wall-sized
charts.
The first two volumes, with data for eight gases, appeared in 1956;
Volume 3 appeared in 1965. This series will not be continued. A program
with similar objectives, aiming at higher quality, is being sponsored by the
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (see 3.4.15.).
12* 179
3.4.18.-3.4.19.
3.4.18. Thermodynamic Properties of Ammonia

Organization
This project is located in the Heat Division, Equation of State Section,
Institute for Basic Standards, National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Wash-
ington, D. C. 20234, where it was initiated in 1966. The principal investi-
gator is LESTER HAAR. Support is provided by the Office of Standard Refer-
ence Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Coverage
The object of this program is to prepare tables of accurate data for the
thermodynamic properties of ammonia. This effort will be in effect a revision
of Tables of Thermodynamic Properties of Ammonia, NBS Circular 142, first
issued in 1923.
The first publication, Thermodynamic Properties of Ammonia as an Ideal Gas,
presents calculated values for Gibbs energy function, enthalpy function,
heat capacity at constant pressure, and entropy at closely spaced intervals
from 50 to 5000 K in the ground electronic state.
Analysis
Values presented were calculated taking into consideration the contributions
of ordinary vibrational anharmonicity and vibrational-rotational coupling
together with rotational stretching and rotational quantum effects. The
molecular data used to calculate the thermodynamic functions are referenced.
In addition to tables of data, a review and discussion are presented.
The values of the thermodynamic functions presented in Thermodynamic
Properties of Ammonia as an Ideal Gas will be used as a basis for real gas
correction to the properties.
Publications
Thermodynamic Properties of Ammonia as anldeal Gas, NSRDS-NBS 19, LESTER HAAR,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1968, IV, 10 pp,
US $ 0.20. Reprinted from the Journal of Research of the National Bureau oj
Standards A. Physics and Chemistry 72 A, No.2, March-April 1968.
3.4.19. Thermodynamic Functions of Air

Organization
This is a continuing program carried out under the auspices of the G. M.
KRZHIZHANOVSKII Power Engineering Institute, Academy of Sciences of
the U. S. S. R., and the Department of Physics of the M. V. LOMONOSOV
180
3.4.19.
Moscow State University. The work has been carried out under the general
direction of A. S. PREDVODITELEV. This program is part of the work devoted
to the study of the properties of gases at high temperatures.
Coverage
The composition of air at normal conditions was used, i.e., N 2, 78.08%;

02' 20.95%; and Ar, 0.97%. Properties covered include specific enthalpy,
internal energy, entropy and heat capacity at constant pressure and constant
volume; molecular weight; velocity of sound; density of air and mole
fractions of air components at pressures in ranges of interest; and the
entropy, internal energy, and specific heat at constant volume for the air
components N, 0, Ar, N+, 0+, and Ar+.
Tables of Thermodynamic Functions of Air (1957) covers the range
6000 to 12000 K and 0.001 to 1000 atm; Tables of Thermodynamic Func-
tions of Air (1959), 12000 to 20000 K and 0.001 to 1000 atm.
Analysis
The values tabulated are calculated by computer. The introductions to the

publications include discussion on the theoretical background, equations
and mathematical treatments used, fundamental constants, and the reliability
of the calculations.
Publications
Tables of Thermodynamic Functions of Air: 6000 to 12000 0 K and 0.001 to 1000ATM,

A. S. PREDVODITELEV, E. V. STUPOCHENKO, E. V. SAMUILOV, I. P. STAKHANOV,
A. S. PLESHANOV, and I. B. RozHDEsTvENsKII, Infosearch Ltd., London, sole
distributors (except U.S.A.), Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd., London, 1958, 301 pp,
US $ 9.50. Available in U.S.A. from Associated Technical Services, Inc.,
Glen Ridge, New Jersey 07028. Published 1962, 302 pp, US $ 21.75.
Translated from the Russian, Tablitsy Termodinamicheskikh Funktsii Vozdukha:
dlya temperatur ot 6000 0 do 12000 0 K i davlenii ot 0,001 do 1000 atmos/er, Publishing
House of the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences, Moscow, 1957, 302 pp, 4 rubles
3 kopecks.
Tables of Thermodynamic Functions of Air: 12,000 to 20,000 0 K and 0.001 to 1000 ATM,
A. S. PREDVODITELEV, E. V. STUPOCHENKO, A. S. PLESHANOV, E. V. SAMUILOV,
and 1. B. RozHDEsTvENsKII, Associated Technical Services, Inc., Glen Ridge,
New Jersey 07028, 1962, 230pp, US $16.50. Translated from the Russian, Tablitsy
Termodinamicheskikh Funktsii Vozdukha: dlya temperatur ot 12000 do 20000 0 K i
davlenii ot 0,001 do 1000 atmosfer, Publishing House of the U. S. S.R. Academy
of Sciences, Moscow, 1959,230 pp, 2 rubles 10 kopecks.
181
3.4.20.
Tables of Thermo4Jnamic Functions of Air (for Temperatures from 200 to 6000 OK and
Pressures from 0.00001 to 100 Atmospheres), [Tablitsy Termodinamicheskikh Funktsii
Vozdukha (dlya temperatur ot 200 0 do 6000 oK i davlenii ot 0,00001 do 100 atmosJer)],
A. S. PREDVODITELEV, E. B. STUPOCHENKO, A. S. PLESHANOV, E. B. SAMUILOV,
and 1. B. ROZHDESTVENSKII, Publishing House of the Computer Center of the
U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences, Moscow, 1962,268 pp, 2 rubles 77 kopecks
(in Russian).
Other Publications
Charts of Thermo4Jnamic Functions of Air: 1000 to 12,000 oK and 0.001 to 1000 ATM,
A. S. PREDVODITELEV, E. V. STUPOCHENKO, , V. P. IONov, A. S. PLESHANOV,
1. B. ROZHDESTVENSKII, and E. V. SAMUILOV, Associated Technical Services,
Inc., Glen Ridge, New Jersey, 1962, 56 pp, 44 figures, US $ 6.50. Translated
from the Russian, Termodinamicheskikh Funktsii Vozdukha (dlya temperatur
ot 1000 do 12000 OK i davlenii ot 0,001 do 1000 atm) (graphike funktsii).
Publishing House of the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences, Moscow, 1960, 56 pp,
36 kopecks.
Transport (including Thermophysical) Properties

3.4.20. Thermophysical Properties Research Center
The Thermophysical Properties Research Center (TPRC) is a separate
department in the Schools of Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette,
Indiana 47907. TPRC's activities include scientific documentation, genera-
tion of data tables, and both theoretical and experimental research. A major
aim is the correlation and evaluation of data and the publication of tables.
The professional staff of approximately 50 members also carries on an exten-
sive supporting research program. Y. S. TOULOUKIAN has been director of
TPRC since its inception. Collaborators include T. MAKITA, University of
Kobe, Japan, and L. DEFFET and P. HESTERMANS of the Institut Beige des
Hautes Pressions (Brussels, Belgium) where a European Branch of TPRC
has been established.
The present primary support for the compilation program is provided
by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the U. S. National Bureau of
Standards (see 1.1.1.), and other federal agencies.
TPRC has three unique and major publications which will be treated
separately within this entry. TPRC itself will be discussed under the major
headings of "Coverage" and "Analysis".
Coverage
TPRC's overall interest encompasses 16 properties, designated as thermo-
physical and which include transport and thermodynamic properties. Thir-
182
3.4.20.
teen of these are covered in the Thermoplrysical Properties Research Literature,'

A Retrieval Guide (Plenum Press, 1967), a product of the TPRC Scientific
Documentation Division described under "Publications". Of primary
interest to readers of this Compendium is the production of critically evaluat-
ed numerical data compilations - the prime activity of the TPRC Data
Tables Division. Nine properties are covered: thermal conductivity, specific
heat, thermal reflectivity, thermal absorptivity, thermal emissivity, thermal
transmissivity, thermal diffusivity, thermal expansion, and viscosity. The
publications are discussed separately below.
Analysis
The stated aims of TPRC are (1) to produce, whenever possible, an inter-
nally consistent set of "recommended" values of a particular property of a
material as of a given date; (2) to supplement experimental data by semi-
empirical correlation methods when such methods are justified; and (3) by
use of statistical thermodynamics, to generate tables of transport properties
when experimental values for such properties are not available. These aims
are met by the critical evaluation, analysis, and correlation of existing data
and the calculation, when possible, of values to fill gaps in the available data.
TPRC Data Book

Coverage
Until December 1966, the Center issued critically evaluated numerical data
compilations as a three volume loose-leaf data book. The TP RC Data Book
will now be published commercially (Plenum Press) in a standard hard-
bound format, and will be based on the same underlying philosophy as its
predecessor. There will be thirteen volumes, one property (as listed above)
per volume or in some cases multiple volumes. Publication of the first ten
volumes is scheduled for 1969, with the latter three staggered over the next
two years. Complete revisions are anticipated once every five years. The
content and titles of the thirteen volumes are:
Vol. 1. Thermal Conductivity of Metallic Elements and Alloys.
Vol. 2. Thermal Conductivity of Nonmetallic Solids.
Vol. 3. Thermal Conductivity of Nonmetallic Liquids and Gases.
Vol. 4. Specific Heat of Metallic Elements and Alloys.
Vol. 5. Specific Heat of Nonmetallic Solids.
Vol. 6. Specific Heat of Nonmetallic Liquids and Gases.
Vol. 7. Thermal Radiative Properties of Metallic Elements and Alloys.
Vol. 8. Thermal Radiative Properties of Nonmetallic Solids.
Vol. 9. Thermal Radiative Properties of Coatings.
183
3.4.20.
Vol. 10. Thermal Diffusivity.

Vol. 11. Viscosity.
Vol. 12. Thermal Expansion of Metallic Elements and Alloys.
Vol. 13. Thermal Expansion of Nonmetallic Solids.
Data are compiled from the primary literature; foreign and English
language abstracting services; governmental, academic, and industrial
research reports; masters and doctoral theses from universities; and co-
operative arrangements with major research laboratories in the United
States and abroad.
Analysis
In Volumes I and III of the loose-leaf Data Book (no longer available), tables
or graphs, or both, of all experimental values recorded were given. Sub-
stances for which recommended values had been selected were given on a
separate chart and table, and estimated errors in recorded values indicated.
In Volume II, only recommended values were tabulated. A "Specification
Table" gave for each curve the literature reference number, experimental
method used, year of measurement, temperature range, reported errors,
specimen designation, and composition of the material in weight percent.
The pertinent constants used in the equations for the calculations of thermal
conductivity were given above the tabular results for each element. Litera-
ture references were listed at the end of each chapter. The introductory
material included a table of contents and sections on general information
and generation of recommended values, a discussion with explanations of
symbols and units used, and an alphabetical directory of materials. Policies
concerning symbols, units, and physical constants took into account the dual
orientation to engineering and pure science and were those accepted or
recommended by international organizations such as the International
Organization for Standardization.
NSRDS-NBS Publications:
As a component of the U. S. National Bureau of Standards-National
Standard Reference Data Program (NBS-NSRDP), TPRC also prepares a
series of more rigorous and critical reports giving recommended values of
thermophysical properties of definable substances or systems. The research
reports for NSRDP discuss in detail the considerations involved in arriving
at the recommended values. The final report will be published in the NSRDS-
NBS publication series. At present, two parts (NSRDS-NBS 8 and 16) have
been issued of a final volume scheduled for publication in 1969. The volume
184
3.4.20.
will contain the critical analysis and recommendations of the thermal con-
ductivity of all the elements.
Thermophysical Properties of High Temperature Solid Materials:

Coverage
TPRC updated and revised the Handbook of Thermophysical Properties of Solid
Materials published by Macmillan in 1961. The new six-volume reference
work (Macmillan, 1967) consists of nine books covering more than 1300
material groups including 14000 samples, and 3000 references. The general
contents of the several volumes are as follows:
Volume 1 - Elements; Volume 2 - Nonferrous Alloys, Part I. Binary
Alloys, Part II. Multiple Alloys; Volume 3 - Ferrous Alloys; Volume 4 -
Oxides and their Solutions and Mixtures, Part I. Simple Oxygen Compounds
and their Mixtures, Part II. Solutions and their Mixtures of Simple Oxygen
Compounds, including Glasses and Ceramic Materials; Volume 5 - Mon-
oxides and their Solutions and Mixtures, including Miscellaneous Ceramic
Materials; Volume 6 - Intermetallics, Cermets, Polymers, and Composite
Systems.
The 12 specific properties covered in each volume are: density, melting
point, heat of fusion, heat of vaporization, heat of sublimation, electrical
resistivity, specific heat at constant pressure, thermal conductivity, thermal
diffusivity, thermal linear expansion, thermal radiative properties (absorp-
tance, emittance, reflectance, and transmittance), and vapor pressure. Gener-
ally, only materials with melting points above 800 K are included, except
for materials within the categories of polymers, plastics, and composites.
A detailed discussion of the material classification procedure and a compre-
hensive Materials Index for the entire work is included at the end of each
volume.
Analysis
In the preparation of Thermophysical Properties of High Temperature Solid

Materials, major additions, corrections, and re-evaluation were extensive.
The organization of the material and the index to materials have been
redesigned completely for greater ease in locating the information desired.
Whenever possible, an effort was made to suggest recommended values
of the properties. In the plots, recommended values are indicated by curves.
The designation "recommended values", however, does not imply that a
critical analysis has been performed in all cases, nor does it suggest that they
represent definitive values. Because most of the materials covered are not
185
3.4.20.
well-defined engineering materials, and because there is often a lack of

information, any critical evaluation of these data is difficult - if not
impossible.
Publications
Thermophysical Properties Research Center Data Book. Issued semi-annually as loose-
leaf sheets; Thermophysical Properties Research Center, Purdue University,
Research Park, 2595 Yeager Road, West Lafayette, Indiana 47906. No longer
available; is being superseded by "TPRC Series on Thermophysical Properties
of Matter". Covered the following properties in each volume: thermal conduc-
tivity, viscosity, radiative properties, thermal diffusivity, and specific heat.
Vol. I: Metallic Elements and Their Alloys (In Solid, Liquid, or Gaseous
State).
Vol. II: Nonmetallic Elements, Compounds and Mixtures (In Liquid or
Gaseous State at Normal Temperature and Pressure).
Vol. III: Nonmetallic Elements, Compounds and Mixtures (in Solid State at
Normal Temperature and Pressure).
TP RC Reports in the Standard Reference Data Series:
Thermal Conductiviry of Selected Materials, R. W. POWELL, C. Y. Ho, and P. E. LILEY,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
Part 1, NSRDS-NBS 8, 1966, VIII, 168 pp, US $ 1.00.
Part 2, NSRDS-NBS 16, 1968, IX, 146 pp, US $ 2.00.
Thermophysical Properties of High Temperature Solid Materials, Y. S. TOULOUKIAN,
Ed., Six Volumes (9 book set), The Macmillan Co., New York, Collier-
Macmillan Ltd., London, 1967, 8500 pp, US $ 250.00 per set (also available
by individual volumes). This work supersedes an earlier compilation (1960),
by the Armour Research Foundation entitled Handbook of Thermophysical
Properties of Solid Materials, published first as WADC TR 58-476 and as
a hard bound set by the Macmillan Co.
Other publications
Thermophysical Properties Research Literature: A Retrieval Guide, 2nd ed, Y. S. Tou-
LOUKIAN, J. K. GARRITSEN, and N. Y. MOORE, Eds., Plenum Press, New York,
1967, 2759 pp, US $ 275.00. This three-book volume provides access to the
literature on the following 13 thermophysical properties: thermal conductivity
(including accommodation coefficient and contact resistance), thermal diffu-
sivity, diffusion coefficient, specific heat at constant pressure, viscosity, thermal
radiative properties (including emissivity, reflectivity, absorptivity, trans-
missivity, optical constants) and Prandtl number.
This volume completes the coverage of the literature from 1920 (in some cases
earlier) to July 1964. It is a consolidation of the material contained in two
earlier volumes (Retrieval Guide to Thermophysical Properties Research Literature,
Y. S. TOULOUKIAN, Ed., Vol. I, 1960, and Vol. II, 1964, McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New York, each US $ 150.00) together with the material of a third volume
which was not published separately.
186
3.4.21.
3.4.21. Cryogenic Data Center

Organization
The Cryogenic Data Center was established in 1958 in the Cryogenics Divi-
sion of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS), in Boulder, Colorado 80302.
It is directed by VICTOR J. JOHNSON. The Data Center is primarily concerned
with thermophysical property values of materials used in low temperature
applications. It has two major types of activity: documentation, and data
evaluation - including the correlation and publication of data. Related
experimental work is carried on in the Cryogenics Division. The Data
Compilation Unit is supervised by HANS M. RODER. The Center is a charter
member of the Office of Standard Reference Data of NBS (see 1.1.1.) with
the principal support for the data compilation effort being provided by the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Coverage
Data on cryogenic fluids and selected solids are compiled by the Center.
Compilations are published in various ways, as journal articles, papers,
charts, monographs, and technical notes. The fluids include helium, hydro-
gen in its various forms, neon, nitrogen, oxygen, air, carbon monoxide,
fluorine, argon, methane, xenon, krypton, and mixtures of these fluids.
Solids include metallic elements, selected alloys, and element dielectrics
(solid state materials). Emphasis is on properties useful in engineering
applications to cryogenic systems. The compilation program covers a
number of thermodynamic, transport, and physicochemical properties
(sometimes loosely referred to as thermophysical) in the temperature range
from near absolute zero to 110 K, and when desirable and practical to 300 K
(room temperature). Properties of fluids include pressure-volume-temper-
ature relations, vapor pressure, saturation densities, isothermal compres-
sibility, volume expansivity, entropy, enthalpy, internal energy, specific
heats (Cp , Cv , Csa,) , velocity of sound, thermal conductivity, viscosity,
Prandtl Number, diffusion coefficients, thermal diffusion coefficients, di-
electric constant, refractive index, dielectric breakdown, electrical resistivity,
surface tension, magnetic properties, and optical properties. For solids,
properties include: electrical resistivity, dielectric constant, thermal conduc-
tivity, thermal expansion, specific heat, and enthalpy.
In addition to data obtained from the primary literature, available unpub-
lished data and original calculations are used. The literature is monitored on
a continuing basis and a weekly bibliography, "Current Awareness Service",
is produced. The Center's automated storage and retrieval system is also
used to prepare specific bibliographies on request.
187
3.4.21.
One of the Center's first publications was the Compendium of the Properties
of Materials at Low Temperatures, issued in 1960 to 1961. It covered the
cryogenic fluids (see above) and pure metals, nonferrous and ferrous alloys,
and inorganic and organic compounds. Many of the properties listed above
were covered. Subsequent publications have expanded and refined the
material and property coverage within the general scope of the initial
compendium.
Analysis
The objectives are to present critically evaluated and internally consistent
sets of data over wide ranges of temperature and pressure, and in particular
for the cryogenic engineering ranges. Data are compared and evaluated by
theoretical and statistical means. "Best values" thus selected are presented
in tables and graphs. Sources of data, comments, and additional references
are provided.
The metric system is used for the primary coordinates of graphs, but
"English" or engineering units may be also shown as alternate coordinates.
The symbols and terminology used for physical quantities are, in general,
compatible with proposed international standards.
The various journal articles, papers, NBS Monographs and Technical
Notes, and other publications are prepared in this manner. The Compendium
of the Properties of Materials at Low Temperatures, however, was prepared
to fill a specific and urgent need for cryogenic engineering data, and was
directed primarily to the design engineer. There are no plans to update or
revise the Compendium, and since its publication, new or revised data on
one or several substances have been issued - mainly as NBS Technical
Notes and journal articles. Plans include publication of more comprehensive
compilations as NBS Monographs.
Publications
The Cryogenic Data Center has issued a large number of publications; the
major data compilations, and examples of other publications are listed here.
Information on services (such as literature searches) and publications such
as NBS Technical Notes, Monographs, papers, journal articles, and thermo-
dynamic charts is available from the Cryogenic Data Center, NBS, Boulder,
Colorado 80302.
A Compendium of the Properties of Materials at Low Temperatures, standard size loose-

leaf sheets. Available from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Techni-
cal Information, U. S. Dept. of Commerce, Springfield, Virginia 22151, as
follows:
188
3.4.22.
Phase I, Part I, Properties of Fluids, V. ]. JOHNSON, Ed., July 1960, 489 pp,
WADD Technical Report 60-56, Part I (PB-171-618), US $ 6.00.
Phase I, Part II, Properties of Solids, V. J. JOHNSON, Ed., Oct. 1960,330 pp,
WADD Technical Report 60-56, Part II (PB-171-619), US $ 4.00.
Phase I, Part III, Bibliography of References (cross-indexed), V. J. JOHNSON,
Ed., Oct. 1960, 161 pp, WADD Technical Report 60-56, Part III (PB-
171-620), US $ 3.00.
Phase II, Part IV, R. B. STEWART and V. J. JOHNSON, Eds., Dec. 1961, 501 pp,
WADD Technical Report 60-56, Part IV (AD-272-769), US $ 8.10.
NBS Technical Notes and Monographs
The Thermodynamic Properties of Nitrogen From 64 to 300 oK Between 0.1 and 200 Atmo-
spheres, NBS Technical Note 129, (PB-161-630), T. R. STROBRIDGE, Jan. 1962,
85 pp, US $ 2.25. Available from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and
Technical Information, Springfield, Virginia 22151.
The Thermodynamic Properties of Helium From 3 to 300 oK Between 0.5 and 100 Atmo-
spheres, NBS Technical Note 154, D. B. MANN, U. S. Government Printing
Office (GPO*), Washington, D. C 20402,1962,95 pp, US $ 0.50.
Thermodynamic Property Values for Gaseous and Liquid Carbon Monoxide From 70 to
300 K With Pressures to 300 Atmospheres, NBS Technical Note 202,]. G. HUST
0
and R. B. STEWART, GPO*, Washington, D.C 20402, Nov. 1963, 105 pp,
US $ 0.60.
Thermodynamic and Related Properties of Parahydrogen From the Triple Point to 100 oK
at Pressures to 340 Atmospheres, NBS Monograph 94, H. M. RODER, L. A.
WEBER, and R. D. GOODWIN, GPO*, Washington, D.C 20402, Aug. 1965,
112 pp, US $ 0.75.
Thermodynamic Properties of Argon from the Triple Point to 300 oK at Pressures to
1000 Atmospheres, NSRDS-NBS 27, A. L. GOSMAN, in press.
Other Publications
Cryogenic Data Center Current Awareness Service, Cryogenic Data Center, National
Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colorado 80302. Weekly, subscription price:
US $ 15.00 U. S. and Canada, US $ 20.00 elsewhere (includes airmail).
3.4.22. Molten Salts Data Center

Organization
The Molten Salts Data Center was formally established in 1961 by GEORGE
J. JANZ in the Department of Chemistry of the School of Science at Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New York 12181. Pre-doctoral and post-doctoral
researchers in molten salts at Rensselaer have aided Professor JANZ in main-
taining a cumulative data file on this subject. Support has been provided by
several government agencies. The Office of Standard Reference Data,
National Bureau of Standards (see 1.1.1.) has been a supporter since 1965.
189
3.4.22.
Coverage
Inorganic compounds in the molten state are covered. Properties included

are: electrical conductance, viscosity, density, surface tension, and emf
(formation cells). Additional physical properties will be considered.
The compilation of numerical data concerning molten salts is the primary
function of the center. Auxiliary activities include literature searching and
information retrieval, and upgrading of available data. Computerized infor-
mation storage and retrieval is being implemented.
Publications ranging from bibliographies to critically evaluated numerical
data compilations have been issued.
Analysis
The Molten Salts Data Center produces bibliographies, and both non-
critically and critically evaluated data compilations. The work being done
for the NSRDS emphasizes the critical evaluation of data, with some effort
also devoted to upgrading present data.
NSRDS work is exemplified by Molten Salts,' Volume 1, Electrical Con-
ductance, Density, and Viscosity Data, the result of a critical assessment made
of data compiled from the literature up to Dec. 1966. The choice of recom-
mended values, uncertainties, symbols and units, and work done on the
compounds included are well covered in the introductory sections.
The BibliograpfD! on Molten Salts covered both the field of molten salts and
high temperature chemistry. Published in early 1961, the edition covered
the literature through 1960.
The Moltett Salts Handbook is in general a compilation of numerical data
taken directly from the source material, without much editing. It is divided
into six sections: physical properties, thermodynamic properties, electro-
chemical properties, spectroscopy and structure, practical features, and
experimental techniques. Because of the present state of molten sale work,
this policy has the virtue of focusing attention on problem areas. Data in the
handbook critically evaluated by the Center include the properties of density,
viscosity, surface tension, refractive index, and electrical conductance for
various compounds as single salt melts. References follow individual tables;
those references given most weight are indicated.
A compilation of critically evaluated surface tension data is in press. This
publication will include some 106 compounds and will be issued in the
National Standard Reference Data Program publication series (NSRDS).
190
34.23.
Publications
Bibliography on Molten Salts, 2nd ed, G. ]. ]ANZ, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
Troy, New York, 1961, IV, 173 pp.
Survey of Non-Aqueous Conductance Data, G. ]. ]ANZ, F. ]. KELLY, and H. V. VEN-
KATASETTY, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New York, 1962, III, 51 pp.
Molten Salt Data: Electrical Conductance, Density, and Viscosity, G. ]. ]ANZ, A. T.
WARD, and R. D. REEVES, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New York,
1964, III, 180 pp.
Molten Salts Handbook. G. ]. ]ANZ, Academic Press, New York-London, 1967,
XII, 588 pp, US $ 25.00.
Molten Salts: Volume 1, Electrical Conductance, Density, and Viscosity Data, NSRDS-
NBS 15, G. J. ]ANZ, F. W. DAMPIER, G. R. LAKSHMINARAYANAN, P. K. LORENZ,
and R. P. T. TOMKINS, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
20402, 1968, VI, 139 pp, US $ 3.00.
Solution Properties
3.4.23. Seidell's Solubilities of Inorganic, Metal-Organic, and
Organic Compounds
Organization
ATHERTON SEIDELL'S famous compilationseries on solubilities first appeared in
1907. The second edition was published in 1919; and the third, in 1940 and
1941. A supplement to the third edition appeared in 1952. Volume I of the
fourth edition, under the authorship of W. F. LINKE, was published in 1958
and Volume II in 1965. Volume III, "Solubilities of Organic Compounds",
is in preparation under the authorship of ALAN F. CLIFFORD and GERALD
W. DULANEY. In 1943 Dr. SEIDELL assigned the copyright to the American
Chemical Society (ACS), which assumed responsibility for publication of
later volumes.
Coverage
Substances include elements and inorganic, metal-organic, and organic
compounds for which solubility data are found in the literature. Volume I
of the fourth edition covers the elements and their inorganic compounds
from argon (Ar) through iridium (Ir); Volume II covers the solubilities of
the elements and compounds from potassium (K) through zirconium (Zr).
Properties include solubilities in water, acids, bases, salts, aqueous sol-
vents, non-aqueous solvents, and fused salts. Phase diagrams are given for
some systems. References, but no values, are given for the solubility of
gases in metals. Solubility products sometimes are given.
191
3.4.23.
For the earlier editions, the primary journals were scanned. For the
fourth edition, Chemical Abstracts was used for locating new data which
were then extracted from the primary publications.
Analysis
The tables of data were compiled and evaluated from the results of various
authors. Closely agreeing results sometimes were averaged; unreliable
results were omitted. If there was no clear choice between conflicting sets
of data, both sets were included. Remarks accompanying most entries
provide further information and some evaluation of the data. Because of the
diversity of sources, investigators, and methodology, the presentation and
quality of data vary. The source of the data is generally indicated, and an
author index gives complete references by year.
Volume I of the fourth edition was published in 1958 and covers the
literature through 1956. Volume II was released in February 1965 and covers
the literature through the early 1960's. Publication of the organic volume is
expected in 1970, or soon thereafter, and will be followed as soon as practical
by a fifth edition.
The offset printing is clear but in the indexes suffers from overreduction.
Elements are listed alphabetically by their chemical symbols, and their
compounds are listed alphabetically according to the chemical symbols of
their anions or radicals. Volume II of the fourth edition contains cumulative
indexes covering Volumes I and II for subjects and literature cited or author
index.
Publications
D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., published this compilation until 1943,
when the copyright was assigned to the ACS. The books were then published
by the ACS but still distributed by Van Nostrand. Since 1965 they have been
both published and distributed by the ACS.
Solubilities of Inorganic and Metal Organic Compounds, A Compilation of Quantitative

Solubility Data from the Periodical Literature, 3rd ed, A. SEIDELL, Vol. I,
4th printing, Van Nostrand Co., New York, 1953, IV, 1698 pp (out of print).
Solubilities of Organic Compounds, A Compilation of Quantitative Solubility Data
from the Periodical Literature, 3rd ed, A. SEIDELL, Vol. II, 4th printing, Van
Nostrand Co., New York, 1941, VI, 926 pp (out of print).
Solubilities of Inorganic and Organic Compounds, A Compilation of Solubility Data
from the Periodical Literature, Supplement to the 3rd ed, A. SEIDELL, W. F.
LINKE, with sections by A. W. FRANCIS and R. G. BATES, Van Nostrand Co.,
New York, 1952, IV, 1254 pp (out of print).
192
3.4.24.
Solubilities of Inorganic and Metal-Organic Compounds, Seide!!, A Compilation of Solu-

bility Data from the Periodical Literature, 4th ed, W. F. LINKE, Vol. I, A-Ir,
American Chemical Society, 1155 16th St., N. W., Washington, D. C. 20036,
1958, IV, 1487 pp, US $ 32.50.
Solubilities of Inorganic and Metal-Organic Compounds, Seidell, A Compilation of Solu-
bility Data from the Periodical Literature, 4th ed, W. F. LINKE, Vol. II, K-Z,
1965, IV, 1914 pp, US $ 32.50.
Solubilities of Organic Compounds, Seidell, A Compilation of Solubility Data from the
Periodical Literature, 4th ed, A. F. CLIFFORD, and G. W. DULANEY, Vol. III,
in preparation.
3.4.24. Stability Constants of Metal-Ion Complexes

Organization
The first edition of Stability Constants of Metal-Ion Complexes, with Solubility
Products of Inorganic Substances, was compiled by J. B]ERRUM of the K0ben-
havns Universitet, Copenhagen (Denmark), G. SCHWARZENBACH of Eid-
genossische Technische Hochschule, Zurich (Switzerland), and L. G. SILLEN,
Kungliga Tekniska Hogskolon, Stockholm (Sweden), under the auspices
of the Commission on Equilibrium Data of the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistry. It was published by The Chemical Society,
London. The second edition, published in 1964, was compiled by Professor
SILLEN, and A. E. MARTELL, Texas A & M University, College Station,
Texas.
Coverage
Soluble as well as solid complexes of both organic and inorganic ligands are
covered. Acid dissociation constants of the ligands are recorded by including
the hydrogen ion among the metals as one of the cations with which the
ligands associate. Redox equilibria are represented by including the electron
as a ligand, and hydrolysis of the metallic ions is described by regarding the
hydroxyl ion as one of the ligands.
Equilibrium constants are given, expressed as logarithms to the base 10.
They include those for reactions of ligands with "metal" ions, for acidic
and basic reactions both stepwise and cumulative, for redox and special
reactions, and for solubility constants. The minimum number of constants
necessary to represent the author's results is given; as a rule, enthalpy and
entropy changes are often recorded. Some equilibrium constants for liquid-
liquid distribution are given.
Data are compiled from the primary literature; a few private communi-
cations are used.

3.4.25.
Analysis
All available values are recorded; doubtful values are indicated. No attempt
was made to select best values. The compilers state that doubtful values
could have been indicated more frequently in a critical compilation. The
method of measurement, temperature, medium, and coded references are
given for each entry with a list of complete references following each table.
The abbreviations and symbols used to describe the media in which the
measurements are made are explained in the introductory material and are
consistent with IUPAC recommendations.
The 1964 edition includes all available data published to the end of 1960,
some that appeared in 1961 to 1963, and a few data omitted in the first
edition. A supplement to the 2nd edition is being prepared.
The data are published in book form, 18.6 X 25.6 em, in six-column tables,
the form and content of which are adequately described in an introductory
section, "How to Use the Tables". An index of inorganic ligands and an
index of organic ligands are arranged alphabetically by names and an index
of metals is arranged alphabetically by symbols.
Publications
Stability Constants of Metal-Ion Complexes, with Solubility Products of Inorganic Sub-
stances, JANNIK BJERRUM, GEROLD SCHWARZENBACH, and LARS GUNNAR
SILLEN, The Chemical Society, London.
Part I: Organic Ligands, Special Publication No.6, 1957, XVI, 105 pp (out
of print).
Part 2: Inorganic Ligands with Solubility Products of Inorganic Substances,
Special Publication No.7, 1958, XVI, 131 pp (out of print).
Stability Constants of Metal-Ion Complexes, 2nd ed, Section I: Inorganic Ligands,
LARS GUNNAR SILLEN; Section II: Organic Ligands, ARTHUR E. MARTELL;
Special Publication No. 17, The Chemical Society, London, 1964, XVIII,
754 pp, US $ 23.00.
3.4.25. Dissociation Constants of Acids and Bases

Organization
The tables of dissociation constants of acids and bases are the results of a
program of the Commission on Electroanalytical Chemistry (before 1963:
Electrochemical Data), Analytical Chemistry Division, of the International
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC). Two compilations have
been published: one on organic acids in aqueous solution in 1961, and a
companion volume on organic bases in aqueous solution in 1965. Both
volumes were prepared by members of the Commission: GUSTAV KORTUM.
194
3.4.25.
University of Tubingen, Tubingen, Germany, for the work on acids, and

D. D. PERRIN, The Australian National University, Canberra, Australia,
for the work on bases. A compilation of dissociation constants of inorganic
acids and bases in aqueous solution is anticipated in 1969, and further
compilations in related areas are under study.
Coverage
The compilation of these tables was a part of the Commission's task of
collecting reliable data of general interest, especially analytical, and sub-
sequently of making the data readily accessible.
The first volume, Dissociation Constants of Organic Acids in Aqueous Solution
covers aliphatic, alicyclic, and aromatic carboxylic acids, and phenolic and
sulfonic, phosphoric, phosphonic, and phosphlnic acids. Dissociation Con-
stants of Organic Bases in Aqueous Solution covers the conjugate acids of
organic bases: aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic bases up to five
rings with one heteroatom, and also natural products, and a few other types
of bases.
Both volumes, including the tables, are arranged in the same format. The
tables include the name, chemical formula, thermodynamic dissociation
constant, the temperature, range of concentrations, and the method of
measurement, evaluation procedure and any corrections used. Also given
are the reliability of the value, and a literature reference.
For the work on acids, the literature of the period 1927 through 1956
was searched; for bases, through 1961.
Analysis
The Commission's objective of collecting reliable data has entailed exhaus-
tive literature searching and critical evaluation of the data. All data in these
compilations have been critically evaluated and assigned a measure of
reliability. For the acids, four grades, and for the bases, three grades are
used, based on the estimated uncertainty of the value of the dissociation
constant. In the volume on acids, the introduction presents a thorough dis-
cussion of dissociation constants, experimental variables, and the methods
of measurement and the procedure for evaluating the quality of the measure-
ment. The volume on bases uses the same format and symbols and provides
information on using the tables. Although this volume can be used indepen-
dently, the reader is referred to the volume on acids for a discussion of the
methods of measurement and the other considerations noted above. Both
volumes have a reference section and an index of compounds arranged
alphabetically.
13* 195
3.4.26.
Publications
Dissociation Constants of Organic Acids in Aqueous Solution, G. KORTUM, W. VOGEL,
and K. ANDRUS sow, Butterworths, London, 1961, 340 pp, US $ 7.50, distrib-
uted in the U. S. A. by Plenum Press, New York. Also published in Pure
Appl. Chem. 1, 187-536 (33 pp index), (1961).
Dissociation Constants of Organic Bases in Aqueous Solution, D. D. PERRIN, Butter-
worths, London, 1965, 515 pp, US $ 28.00, distributed in U. S.A. by Plenum
Press, New York.

Potentiels d'Oxydo-RMuction by G. CHARLOT, D. BEzIER, and J. COURTOT,
Volume 8 of Tables de Constantes et Donnees Numeriques, Constantes
Selectionnees, Pergamon Press, Paris, London, and New York, 1958, 44 pp,
21.60 F (US $ 5.00).
Organization
Professor CHARLOT, the senior author of this small volume is at l'Ecole
Superieure de Physique et de Chimie de Paris. The work was done under
the auspices of the Commission on Electrochemical Data (cf 3.4.25.) of the
Section of Analytical Chemistry of the International Union of Pure and
Applied Chemistry (IUPAC). The program "Tables de Constantes et Don-
nees Numeriques" is described in 2.2.
Coverage
Electrode potentials are given for a large number of inorganic half-cell
reactions in aqueous media. Many of the values given are for unit activity
of the concerned species. When activities of one or more of the species
involved differ from unity the conditions are specified. The data are arranged
in tables which give the cell reaction, potential value, molality, medium,
method of measurement or estimation, and references.
Analysis
This volume aims to be a useful tool for the analytical chemist. Some of the
values are of the highest precision (indicated by the number of significant
figures) but others are of lower accuracy. Some values are not those found
in the literature but are averages. The literature references of doubtful value
have been eliminated. The authors have been careful to follow IUP AC
recommendations regarding signs, symbols, and nomenclature.
196
3.4.27.-3.5.1.
Indexes to Compilations
3.4.27. Consolidated Index of Selected Property Values
Pf?ysical Chemistry and Thermoc(ynamics, Publication 976, National Academy
of Sciences-National Research Council Printing and Publishing Office,
2101 Constitution Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. 20418, 1962, XXIII,
274 pp, clothbound, US $ 6.00. Prepared by the Office of Critical Tables,
it is a key to the contents of six compilations that present critically evaluated
numerical property values. These are 3.4.1., 3.4.2., 3.4.3., 3.4.5., 3.4.9., and
5.3.38.
3.5. Properties Relating to Chemical Reaction Rates

Chemical Kinetics
3.5.1. Chemical Kinetics Information Center
Organization
The Chemical Kinetics Information Center is located in the Institute for
Basic Standards of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington,
D. C. 20234. DAVID GARVIN directs the project, staffed by one full-time and
four part-time professional staff members, plus supporting clerical personnel.
The Chemical Kinetics Information Center was begun in 1963 as the suc-
cessor to the Chemical Kinetics Data Project, directed by CHARLES H.
STAUFFER of St. Lawrence University. The latter project was established in
the 1940's at Princeton University under the direction of the late Professor
N. THON. The Information Center is a part of the National Standard Refer-
ence Data System (NSRDS, see 1.1.1.), NBS, and is supported by the NBS
Office of Standard Reference Data and other government agencies.
Coverage
Fields covered by the Information Center are: rates of homogeneous chemi-
cal reactions in gaseous, liquid and solid phases, photochemistry, and inelastic
scattering. Information sources include journals, title announcements, ab-
stracts, unpublished reports, and bibliographies from NSRDS reviews. An
up-to-date file of information will be maintained by the Information Center.
The original Chemical Kinetics Data Project produced several publica-
tions. These covered homogeneous inorganic and organic reactions in the
gaseous, liquid, and solid phases. Values were included for rate constants,
frequency factors, and heats, energies, and entropies of activation.
197
3.5.2.
Analysis
The Chemical Kinetics Information Center was set up to supply biblio-
graphies on kinetic data to the public, to centralize and coordinate the
analysis of kinetic data within NBS, and to provide bibliographies for
critical reviews in the NSRDS series. Two such reviews are: Tables oj
Bimolecular Gas Reactions, NSRDS-NBS 9, by A. F. TROTMAN-DICKENSON
and G. S. MILNE (see 3.5.2.); and Gas Phase Reaction Kinetics oj Neutral
Oxygen Species, NSRDS-NBS 20, by H. S. JOHNSTON (see 3.5.5.).
The Chemical Kinetics Data Project publications stressed experimentally
determined values. When possible, values were selected; otherwise, closely
agreeing data were averaged and less concordant data given side by side to
indicate the reproducibility of the rate of reactions. Additional information
is sometimes given.
Publications
(Chemical Kinetics Data Project)
Tables of Chemical Kinetic!, Homogeneous Reactions, NBS Circular 510, N. THON,
Ed., U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. e. 20402,1951, XXIV,
732 pp, US $ 4.00 (out of print).
Table! of Chemical Kinetic!, Homogeneous Reactions, Supplement 1 to NBS C 510,
e. H. STAUFFER, project director, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton, D.e. 20402,1956, XIV, 422 pp, US $ 3.25 (out of print).
Alphabetical Index to Tables of Chemical Kinetics, Homogeneous Reactions, Supple-
ment 2 to NBS C 510, e. H. STAUFFER, project director, U. S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, 1960, IV, 37 pp, US $ 0.35.
Table! of Chemical Kinetic!, Homogeneous Reactions, NBS Monograph 34, Supple-
mentary Tables, e. H. STAUFFER, project director, U. S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.e. 20402, 1961, VIII, 459 pp, US $ 2.75.
Table! of Chemical Kinetic!, Homogeneous Reactions, NBS Monograph 34, Vol. 2,
Supplementary Tables, C. H. STAUFFER, project director, U. S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.e. 20402,1964, VI, 264 pp, US $ 2.00.
3.5.2. National Standard Reference Data System, NSRDS-NBS 9

Tables oj Bimolecular Gas Reactions, NSRDS-NBS 9, A. F. TROTMAN-DICKEN-
SON and G. S. MILNE, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
20402, 1967, VI, 129 pp, US $ 2.00.
OrganiZation
This compilation was prepared by A. F. TROTMAN-DICKENSON, U.K., and
G. S. MILNE, U.K., at the Edward Davies Chemical Laboratory, Aberyst-
198
3.5.3.
wyth, Wales, under the auspices of the Office of Standard Reference Data,
National Bureau of Standards (NBS), described in 1.1.1.
Coverage
Bimolecular reactions, defined as "reactions in which two molecules are
involved as reactants, that yield two or more molecules as products", are
covered. These include atom reactions (H, F, CI, Br, I, S, Na, and K);
radicals with up to four carbon atoms; miscellaneous carbon-containing
radicals; inorganic radicals; and radical-radical, as well as molecule-molecule,
reactions. A table of termolecular reactions is also given.
Kinetic properties covered are: activation energy, loglO A, loglO k, tem-
perature range (0C), and ratios of rate constants, including equilibrium con-
stants. Other information given includes reactants, radical source, references,
and notes.
The primary literature was searched through December 1965, and, where
possible, data published to August 1966 were included. The Chemical
Kinetics Information Center (see 3.5.1.) provided bibliographic references.
International conventions for symbols and nomenclature were followed.
Analysis
Experimental work in this area has not progressed to the point where critical
evaluation of the data is meaningful. This publication is, as a result, a
compilation of all data found in the literature. Although, as the authors
note, recommended Arrhenius values are given where possible, most indi-
cations of quality are provided in the "Notes", and, in relatively fewer cases,
by uncertainties printed with the data. Also, cross referencing of the data
gives the user sources of further information.
The introductory section includes a brief discussion of the area, the errors
involved, and the use of the tables.
3.5.3. N ationa! Standard Reference Data System, NSRDS-NBS 13

Hydrogenation ofEthylene on Metallic Catalysts, NSRDS-NBS 13, JURO HORWTI
and KOSHIRO MIYAHARA, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D. C. 20402, 1968, 62 pp, US $ 1.00.
Organization
This publication was prepared at the Research Institute for Catalysis, Hok-
kaido University, Sapporo, Japan, with the financial support of the Office
of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS,
see 1.1.1.).
199
3.5.4.
Coverage
The hydrogenation of ethylene on unsupported metallic catalysts, in parti-
cular the evaporated films of pure metals, is examined in detail. Supported
catalysts are also considered, but more for comparison purposes.
The major table of numerical data is "Reaction Kinetics of Catalyzed
Hydrogenation of Ethylene" in which the following information is given:
reaction, metal (Ni, Pt, Pd, Rh, Ru, Cu, Fe, alloys, NaH, LiH, Ta hydride,
and CaH2), form, preparation, pretreatment, reaction temperature (0 C),
initial pressure of ethylene and hydrogen, modes of measurement, rate law,
optimum temperature, and activation heat (kcal. mol-i). The publication
includes some 29 graphs and 29 tables of data.
The authors review the state-of-the-art of this reaction by discussing in
detail the experimental data reported in the literature, the observed kinetics,
and the various attempts to formulate a reaction mechanism.
Most references are to the primary literature; a number are from 1966.
Analysis
This publication is a critical review of the reaction kinetics data of the cata-
lyzed hydrogenation of ethylene. Unsupported metals enhance the possibility
of correlating the catalytic activity of the catalyst with its characteristics.
On the basis of this evaluation, the authors develop an associative mechanism
which satisfies the observed conditions.
There are several major tables, but the greater part is discussion of the
experimental methods and data, catalytic activity of various pure metals
and alloys, the reaction kinetics, and other fundamental considerations in
this field. Some uncertainties are given in the tables of data; discussions of
the reliability of data are included in the text.

Radio!Jtic Yields by M. HAISSINSKY and M. MAGAT (with 11 collaborators).
Pergamon Press, Paris, 1963,217 pp, F 114 (US $ 25.50).
Organization
Donnees Numeriques", described in 2.2. It was prepared by M. HAISSINSKY
and M. MAGAT, both of the Faculte des Sciences de Paris, with the aid of a
staff of 11 scientific workers.
200
3.5.5.
Coverage
This volume deals with the chemical effects of ionizing radiations. The
radiolytic yields are expressed in G units - the number of molecules, ions,
or radicals, formed or destroyed per 100 eV of absorbed energy. The sub-
stances included are inorganic compounds in the gas, liquid, and solid states
and in aqueous solution, and organic compounds including polymers.
Results for a number of mixed systems are presented. Each entry gives
information on the nature of ionizing radiation, dose rate when available,
temperature, pressure, references, and brief remarks.
Analysis
The authors have critically reviewed about 1500 papers ranging from 1905
to 1961. To the extent possible, data from the original papers have been
conformed to a uniform mode of presentation. For example, early results
expressed in terms for MjN (molecules transformed per pair of ions pro-
duced) have been transformed to G units when appropriate, and monomer
disappearance rates have been replaced by radical yields G(R0). Single values
have been given for particular systems when a critical selection among
several values was possible. As with other volumes of this series, intro-
ductory and explanatory material is given in French and English. Substances
are indexed by formulas and alphabetically by name. The extensive biblio-
graphy is supplemented by an alphabetical author index. Data were obtained
from the primary literature.
3.5.5. National Standard Reference Data System, NSRDS-NBS 20
Gas Phase Reaction Kinetics of Neutral Oxygen Species, NSRDS-NBS 20, H. S.

JOHNSTON, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402,
1968, VI, 49 pp, US $ 0.45.
Organization
This publication was prepared at the University of California, Berkeley,

California, with the support of the Office of Standard Reference Data of the
National Bureau of Standards (NBS, see 1.1.1.), and other government
agencies. The Chemical Kinetics Information Center, NBS (see 3.5.1.),
provided an extensive set of reprints.
201
3.6.-3.6.1.
Coverage
Reactions among neutral oxygen species, oxygen atoms, oxygen molecules,
and ozone are covered. The data compiled from the literature were critically
evaluated and selected values for rates of reaction are given for:
°° (M = 02' Ar)
°°
02 + M --r + + M-
(M = 02)
°,°
+ + M --r 02 + M -
0 3 + M--r 0+ 02 + M - (M = 2 3, He, Ar, N2, CO2)
0+ 02 + M--r 0 3 + M - (M = 02 03' He, Ar, N2, CO2)
°
° °
+ 0 3--r 02 + 02
+ 02 --r + 02 (isotopic exchange)
Most references are from the primary literature, including some from
1967.
Analysis
This publication is a critical review. Values given for rates of reactions,
enumerated above, are the result of a critical analysis. The original data and
the recommendations are presented in graphs and tables. The review also
includes discussions of the important factors and considerations involved
in these reactions.
3.6. Miscellaneous Projects and Their Publications

Gas Chromatographic Data
3.6.1. Gas Chromatographic Data Committee of Japan
Organization
The Gas Chromatographic Data Committee (GCDC) of Japan was organized
in 1961 by the Japan Society for Analytical Chemistry. The chairman of the
Committee, which comprises fifteen members, is TADAo SHIBA, president
of the Tokyo Institute of Technology, Tokyo, Japan. This compilation
project is an independent activity, carried out by the members of the Com-
mittee.
Coverage
Data covered are gas chromatograms and retention data: retention time,
retention volume, and relative retention or retention index. In general,
substances covered are volatile organic compounds.
202
3.6.2.
Publication of the data is in the form of edge-notched punched cards.

Some 7000 had been issued as of December 1968.
Information on one side of the card includes the literature reference,
experimental conditions, classification of stationary phases, group type
classification of sample components by chemical and industrial groupings,
C-number, temperature, etc. On the reverse side are a tracing of the gas
chromatogram and/or retention data, presented as graphs or tables. Most
of this information is punched for retrieval by sorting.
The data are obtained through searching the primary literature. Nearly
one hundred journals from Japan and other nations are used.
Analysis
The Gas Chromatographic Data Committee was organized to standardize
the presentation of gas chromatographic data and to publish an authoritative
collection of these data. The Committee itself collects and evaluates the data
for publication, as well as conforming them to certain editorial standards.
Publications
Gas Chromatographic Data Cards, Gas Chromatographic Data Committee of Japan,
published by Physico-chemical Data Association, Ltd; Agent: Sanyo Shuppan
Boeki Co., Inc., Tokyo, Japan, 1968, 7000 cards available at US $ 240.00 per
1000 cards. Available in the U.S.A. from Preston Technical Abstracts Co.,
909 Pitner Avenue, Evanston, Illinois 60202; in Europe from Heyden & Son
Ltd., London N. W. 4, England.
3.6.2. Gas Chromatographic Data Compilation

Organization
This project was initiated in the early 1960's by the Gas Chromatography
Subcommittee of the Tennessee Eastman Company Analytical Committee.
Subsequently, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
became the sponsor through its Committee E-19 on Gas Chromatography.
ASTM is a technical society interested in the promotion of knowledge of
the materials of engineering, the standardization of specifications, and
methods of testing. Its address is 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania 19103.
Coverage
Gas chromatographic data are compiled and tabulations published. The
first edition of Compilation of Gas Chromatographic Data published in 1963
203
3.6.3.
was followed by a second edition in 1967. The first edition included some
2000 compounds with the following information: liquid phase, reference
material, solid support, column temperature CO C), and relative retention.
This edition is no longer available.
The second edition covers some 3800 compounds, and in addition to the
information listed above, gives retention indices and capacity ratios. This
edition has nine tables. The two major ones are tables of gas chromato-
graphic data. Others include codes for computer operations, reference
materials, and the Coden abbreviations for journal titles.
Most of the data in both editions are from the published literature; some
are unpublished results from laboratories of Eastman Kodak Company,
Tennessee Eastman Company and Lockheed-California Co. The second
edition benefitted from a literature search program being conducted at the
University of Rochester. This edition includes references to gas chromato-
graphic literature through 1965.
Analysis
Although gas chromatographic data are not amenable to rigorous critical
analysis, the data in the second edition, Gas Chromatographic Data Compila-
tion, were examined by computer analysis. As a result, some data were
improved and some deleted.
Publications
Gas Chromatographic Data Compilation, O. E. SCHUPP III and J. S. LEWIS, Eds.,
DS 25 A, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM, 1916 Race
Street), Philadelphia, 1967, 740 pp, US $ 40.00 (20% discount to ASTM
members).
Other Publications
Gas Chromatographic Data-Punched Card Index,
DS25-1a Name Formula 4610 cards US $ 276.00
DS25-1 b Data-bibliography 22,940 cards US $1380.00
DS25-1d Data-name 21,028 cards US $1260.00
Unpunched cards 2,000 cards US $ 6.50
Optical Properties
Optical Rotatory Power,l.a-Steroidsby J. JACQUES, H. KAGAN, G. OURISSON,
and S. ALLARD. Volume 14 of Tables of Constants and Numerical Data,
Selected Constants, Pergamon Press, Paris, 1965, 1031 pp, F 258.
204
3.6.4.
Organization
This compilation is a revision of Volume I of a series of four on optical
rotatory power, published under the auspices of "Tables de Constantes et
Donnees Numeriques", described in 2.2. It was prepared by J. JACQUES,
Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, H. KAGAN, Laboratoire
au College de France, and G. OURISSON, Faculte des Sciences de Strasbourg.
Contributions were received from workers in Australia, Canada, Germany,
Japan, Switzerland, the U.K., and the U.S.A.
Coverage
This volume updates and supersedes Optical Rotatory Power, I. - Steroids
of this series. It covers 20000 compounds compared to 8000 in the 1956
edition. For each compound there are given the empirical formula, system-
atic chemical name, the melting point) molecular weight, solvent, the
concentration and temperature to the extent known, the wavelength of the
radiation, and the specific rotation. The source references are also given.
Analysis
All textual material is given in French and English. Particular attention is
given to nomenclature which is discussed at some length in the introduction,
IUPAC rules being followed when available. Care is taken in indicating
structures; early errors of structure assignment pointed out in the literature
are noted. The data of this field are in general not highly precise. The
authors assign tolerances, sometimes wide, when literature values disagree.
Worthy of special note are: (1) a complete list of references through 1963
arranged by years, and within each year alphabetically by journal and for
each journal alphabetically by author; (2) an alphabetical author index; and
(3) a complete substance index incorporating both systematic and trivial
names.

Optical Rotatory Power, II. - Triterpenes by J.-P. MATHIEU and G. OURISSON.
Pergamon Press, Paris, 1958, 302 pp, F 93.60 (US $ 21.00).
Organization
This volume is number II in a series of four on optical rotatory power
published under "Tables de Constantes et Donnees Numeriques", described
205
3.6.5.
in 2.2. The compilation was prepared by J.-P. MATHIEU, the originator of

this series, Faculte des Sciences de Paris, and G. OURISSON, Faculte des
Sciences de Strasbourg, with nine collaborators.
Coverage
This volume presents specific rotation values, [lXIn, for over 3000 triterpenes
both naturally occurring and synthetic. In the tables, which have pages
ordered by increasing number of carbon atoms in the empirical formula,
there are given in addition to [lX]D' a systematic name, solvent, concentration,
temperature, and a key to references.
Analysis
As is usual for data on natural products, and relatively large molecules in

general, the purity factor prevents a high level of agreement among values
obtained by different workers. The authors recognize this fact. Another
difficulty is the assignment of a correct structure and particularly the correct
designation of active centers for each molecule. To minimize this problem
the authors have, in the Introduction, explained at length the nomenclature
system used and have conformed all names in the tables to this system.
Readers are cautioned about the uncertainty of some structural assignments.
The user is helped by the 90 page substance index which lists many trivial
and outdated names in addition to the systematic names.
The primary literature was searched through 1957. Some 1958 references
are included.

Optical Rotatory Power, III. - Amino-acids by J.-P. MATHIEU, P. DESNUELLE,
and J. ROCHE. Volume 10 of Tables of Constants and Numerical Data,
Selected Constants, Pergamon Press, Paris, 1959, 61 pp, F 28 (US $ 6.50).
Organization
This volume is number III in a series of four on optical rotatory power

published under the auspices of "Tables de Constantes et Donnees Numeri-
ques", described in 2.2. The compilation was prepared by J.-P. MATHIEU,
the originator of this series, Faculte des Sciences de Paris, P. DESNUELLE,
Faculte des Sciences de Marseille, and J. ROCHE, College de France.
206
3.6.6.
Coverage
Specific rotation values are given in tabular form for 167 amino-acids which
are those elaborated by nature and occurring frequently in proteins and
peptides. For many of the compounds data are given at a number of values
of pH. In each entry there are given the nature of the aqueous medium, the
concentration and temperature of the measurements, the specific rotation
for the wavelength used, and a key to the literature reference.
Analysis
The authors have attempted to be selective in a field in which wide variations
exist in reported parameters. Several references given for one value of
specific rotation implies agreement among the investigators. References
enclosed by double parentheses refer to papers containing questionable data.
In the preface it is stated that " ... the optical rotation of proteins ... has
emerged as a powerful tool for the elucidation of the configuration of
peptide chains in proteins ... " and " ... determination of the optical rotation
is of great value as a criterion of purity of these substances." More definitive
data are desirable but this small volume provides a handbook for data
generated through 1958. A substance index and extensive bibliography are
provided.

Optical Rotatory Power, IV. - Alkaloids by J.-P. MATHIEU and M.-M. JANOT.
Pergamon Press, Paris, 1959,211 pp, F 110.40 (US $ 24.00).
Organization
This volume is number IV in a series of four on optical rotatory power
published under the auspices of "Tables de Constantes et Donnees Numeri-
ques", described in 2.2. The compilation was prepared by J.-P. MATHIEU,
the originator of this series, Faculte des Sciences de Paris, and M.-M. JANOT,
Faculte de Pharmacie de Paris, with six collaborators in countries including
Argentina, Australia, Canada, Japan, Spain, and Switzerland.
Coverage
Numerical constants are given in tabular form for more than 1500 naturally
occurring alkaloids and their principal salts. In addition to specific rotation
[x] the tables include melting points, molecular weights (when known),
207
3.6.7.
solvent, concentration and temperature of the measurement, the specific

rotation for the wavelength used, and a key to references.
Analysis
A useful feature of the volume is that all textual material is given in French
and English.
Listed data are taken from primary journals rather than pharmacopoeias
which sometimes give a minimum rotation required to meet a legal require-
ment. Assigned tolerances may seem large to physicists and chemists not
familiar with the difficulty of purifying complex natural products.
Some compounds are included which structurally are alkaloids but which
have no action on polarized light. Alkaloids having an assigned formula but
for which no value of [£x] is available are also included. Thus the volume is
a dictionary of known alkaloids. In the table, the formula is given in bold-
face type if the formula seems to be definitive and a good value of the
specific rotation is available.
Given at the end of the book are a complete chronological index of
references (by year and journal), an author index, and a substance index
arranged by number of carbon atoms in the alkaloid molecule. The authors
point out the lack of a satisfactory nomenclature system covering all the
alkaloids, and hence have used common names throughout. The primary
literature was searched for data. References up to and including some from
1959 are given.
Other Properties
3.6.7. Handbook of the Physicochemical Properties of the
Elements
By G. V. SAMSONOV, Ed., IFIjPlenum, New York-Washington, 1968, XII,
941 pp, US $ 40.00. Originally published in Russian as "Fiziko-Khimicheskie
Svoistva Elementov" for the Materials Science Institute of the Academy of
Sciences of the Ukrainian S. S. R. by Naukova Dumka Pres, Kiev, 1965.
Organization
Professor SAMSONOV is Director, Laboratory of Metallurgy of Rare Metals
and Refractory Compounds, Institute of Cermets and Special Alloys, Aca-
demy of Sciences of the Ukrainian S. S. R., Kiev, The handbook was com-
piled by a large group of authors from the staffs of the Refractory Materials
Section of the Institute of Problems in the Study of Materials, Academy of
208
3.6.7.
Sciences Ukr. S. S. R., and of the Metal Reduction Laboratory of the Institute
of the Physicochemical Principles of Processing of Mineral Raw Materials,
Siberian branch of the Academy of Sciences U. S. S. R., as well as consultants
from the Geological Institute of the Academy of Sciences Ukr. S. S. R., and
the State Institute of Applied Chemistry.
Coverage
All the elements from atomic number 1 to 104 are covered when data are
available. Properties and other information included are: "Atomic structure
and crystallochemical properties"; "nuclear physical properties"; "thermo-
dynamic and heat properties"; "electrical and magnetic properties"; "optical
properties"; "mechanical properties"; "electrochemical properties"; and
"chemical properties".
The original Russian text was extensively updated and revised for this
edition; there are several references as late as 1967. Compilations and other
secondary sources are used in addition to primary references.
Analysis
The preface states data included either agree well with calculated data;
or satisfy various correlations, particularly those based on concepts of the
distribution of valence electrons of isolated atoms in the formation of a
condensed state, as electrons localized at atomic ions in the form of energeti-
cally stable configurations, and as nonlocalized electrons. The compilation
presents the data judged most reliable, with the degree of reliability deter-
mined mainly from the dependability of the method used in obtaining the
numerical values, the purity and states of the samples, statistical criteria,
and in some cases, from agreement for the measured properties with well-
established laws and the logical conclusions from them. Values for which
the reliability is doubtful, or for which there are no reliable data, are given
in parentheses. Only one numerical value is given for each property. All
data are in tables; references for each datum are indicated. Some uncertainties
and accuracies are given.
The Introduction provides discussion of the properties covered, the
state-of-the-art of certain areas of investigation, and other useful information.
The values are given in the SI (International System) units, except for
some units which are not included in the system. In other cases, values are
given in other systems (e.g., cgs) in addition to the SI; conversion factors
between the systems are provided.

CHAPTER 4
New and Secondary Centers
Chapter 3, the core chapter of this book, is concerned primarily with descrip-
tions of established projects and their available publications. One general
criterion for inclusion of a project in Chapter 3 is that data have been
published and are available in some form to all who wish to have them.
However, there are a number of new activities with definite programs, but
which have had insufficient time to make their products available to the
public. Some of these will in due course publish tables of data. Others are
concerned, at least initially, in preparing complete bibliographies of pertinent
papers for various fields.
4.1. Secondary Nuclear Data Centers

In addition to the numerous nuclear data centers described in Chapter 3,
there are a number of other national centers that work cooperatively within
the general international framework of data activities and either publish
through centers described elsewhere in this book or issue occasional
publications of their own. Among such centers are the following:
4.1.1. The Nuclear Codes Center

At Ispra, Italy, maintains a file of computer programs of use in both reactor
design and shielding applications.
4.1.2. The Central Bureau of Nuclear Measurements

At Geel, Belgium, has sponsored the compilation of certain neutron reactions
such as (n, p), (n, d), and (n, 2n). A report of this work has been published
by H. LrSSKIEN and A. PAULSEN. In addition, other compilations will be
undertaken.
210
4.1.3.-4.2.1.
4.1.3. The Swedish A. B. Atomenergi and the Research Institute

of National Defense
Have sponsored work leading to reports such as (1) Cross Sections for
Neutron Inelastic Scattering and n, 2n Processes, A Review of Available
Experimental and Theoretical Data, by M. LEIMDORFER, et aI., and (2) The
Optical Model of the Nucleus, an Index and Abstracted Literature Review,
by L. WALLIN, et ai.
4.1.4. Mainz-Amsterdam
J. MAT'I'AUCH of the Max Planck Institut for Chemistry in Mainz and
A. WAPSTRA of Amsterdam have, for several years, issued a list of atomic
masses prepared by a detailed evaluation of the available experimental data
for a variety of nuclear reactions in addition to direct mass spectrometric
measurements. In addition, Dr. WAPSTRA has compiled energy levels of very
heavy nuclei, that is, nuclei heavier than those presently treated in the
Nuclear Data Sheets (see 3.1.1.).
4.1.5. Japan Nuclear Data Committee (JNDC)

This center is located in the Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute,
Tokai-mura, Ibaraki-ken, Japan. Data compiled on nuclear reactions involv-
ing neutrons are submitted as formal reports to ENEA (see 3.1.11.). The
work is part of the international program sponsored by IAEA.
4.2. Colloid and Surface Properties
4.2.1. Electrical Properties of Interfaces

This project is directed by J. LYKLEMA of the Coordination Center: Labor-
atory for Physical and Colloid Chemistry, Agricultural University, De Drei-
jen 6, Wageningen, Netherlands. It was initiated in 1965, and is supported
by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of Stand-
ards (see 1.1.1.). Properties covered include the capacitance or charge of the
electrical double layer, electrocapillary curves, and electrokinetics, including
surface conductance and points of zero charge. Substances covered include
14* 211
4.2.2.-4.2.3.
all species that are well defined, and can be reproducibly obtained. The data
are critically evaluated. A publication based on the compiled, critically
evaluated data is in preparation.
4.2.2. Surface Tension Data of Pure Liquids

The project was originated in 1967 by JOSEPH J. JASPER at Wayne State
University in Detroit, Michigan. Support is provided by the National Stan-
dard Reference Data Program (NSRDP) of the National Bureau of Standards
(see 1.1.1.). Surface tension data of pure liquids, including liquid compounds,
are collected and evaluated. Some 1800 compounds have been processed,
and the results tabulated.
The older literature was covered by using Chemical Abstracts to locate
journal articles which were then examined. Additional information and
clarification were obtained by contacting the authors. Most surface tension
data of pure liquids have been reported in the literature only once; therefore,
comparison of data reported by two or more investigators is infrequent.
All surface tension data are, however, subjected to a close scrutiny and
evaluated. They are corrected by applying the least squares method to
obtain the most probable values over the given temperature range. This
process is then further carried out to produce a table giving the surface
tension at various temperatures, the method used for measuring the surface
tension, the precision measure, and the least squares constants. The eva-
luated data are presented in tables, each covering a family of compounds,
and will be published in the NSRDS series. A table of cryogenic fluids is
also included in this survey.
4.2.3. Data for the Field of Critical Micelle Concentrations

This project is being carried out by PASUPATI MUKERJEE at the University
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, and by KAROL J. MYSELS at the
R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Research Division, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina 27102. Support of the work being done at the University
of Wisconsin is provided by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the
National Bureau of Standards (see 1.1.1.). Critical micelle concentration
(c.m.c.) data are compiled for amphipathic, surface-active, compounds in
aqueous solution. The data are obtained from the literature and from
workers in the field. Some c.m.c. data are calculated from high quality
solution data. Over 4500 c.m.c. values for more than 700 compounds have
been collected. The c.m.c. data have been critically evaluated and their
212
4.2.4.-4.3.1.
reliability assigned. The analysis included intercomparison and evaluation

of experimental methods as well. A computerized compilation based on this
work will be published.
4.2.4. Light Scattering Critical Data Center

The center was established in 1965 at Clarkson College of Technology,
Potsdam, New York, and is directed by ]OSIP P. KRATOHVIL. Support is
provided by the National Standard Reference Data Program of the National
Bureau of Standards (see 1.1.1.). Data in the area of light scattering are
collected and evaluated. Properties covered include Rayleigh ratios and
depolarization values; refractive index increments; wavelength and temper-
ature dependence of these quantities; calibration and correction factors in
measurements of these quantities; and related theoretical aspects. Species
covered include gases, liquids, liquid mixtures, solutions, and dispersions.
Types of materials under consideration are electrolytes, polymers, detergents,
and colloids.
A critically evaluated data compilation of Rayleigh ratio and depolari-
zation values for liquids and liquid mixtures is in press.
Other compilations presently being prepared include the refractive index
increments of polymers and other solutes; and scattering by liquids and
liquid mixtures.
Data are obtained from the primary literature as well as some secondary
sources. The file is maintained up-to-date. The center was established to
collect and evaluate data in the area oflight scattering. A number of critically
evaluated data compilations are either in press or in preparation.
4.3. Other Specialized Centers

4.3.1. High Pressure Data Center (U.S.)
The center is directed by H. TRACY HALL, the Brigham Young University,
Provo, Utah 84601. It was started in 1965 and is currently supported by the
Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of Standards
(see 1.1.1.). Three main areas of interest to high pressure workers are
covered and information from the literature compiled. One is high pressure
research, which currently includes equilibrium transition pressures of
liquid ,," solid, and solid ,,' solid phase transitions up to 100 kbar. Phase
diagrams and crystal data on all materials studied at high pressure and
213
4.3.2.-4.3.3.
temperatures, especially crystal structure data of high pressure polymorphs,

comprise a second area. And third, the definition of a pressure scale prin-
cipally in the range up to 100 kbar is of special concern, and the evaluation
of experimental data and equations of state has been undertaken. The
primary literature is searched for data.
The primary function of the center is to maintain up-to-date biblio-
graphic and reprint files in the areas of interest. However, evaluations of
experimental data, and critical reviews, are underway in all three major areas.
4.3.2. High Pressure Data Center of Japan

The High Pressure Data Center of Japan, established in 1966, is directed by
JIRO OOSUGI, Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, Kyoto Univer-
sity. Sixty-six high pressure researchers in various centers in Japan cooperate
in collecting high pressure data which are compiled on cards and exchanged.
No formal publication program has been established. Liaison is maintained
with the High Pressure Data Center of Brigham Young University and with
similar centers in other countries.
4.3.3. Radiation Chemistry Data Center

The center is located in the Radiation Laboratory of the University of Notre
Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana. The director is MILTON BURTON and the
supervisor, ALBERTA Ross. The program was begun in 1965 with the support
of the Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of Standards
(see 1.1.1.), and the Atomic Energy Commission. This data center is con-
cerned with the elementary processes that occur in chemical systems exposed
to ionizing radiation under a variety of conditions. Numerical data resulting
from such investigations are either yields of products, measurements of
rates of over-all or individual processes, or changes in properties of the
system due to irradiation. Information relating to rates of reactions is
covered: specific rates, equilibrium constants, decay time, entropy of acti-
vation, cross-section, or probability; activation energy and other Arrhenius
parameters; G (yield in molecules/100 eV) or M/N (molecules/ion pair);
properties of transients including absorption and emission bands, extinction
coefficients, and half-lives; parameters describing interactions of radiation
and matter. Species are limited to chemically defined systems, excepting
metals, including solid, liquid, gas, and heterogeneous systems made up of
organic and inorganic compounds, in the pure state or as mixtures containing
two or more components.
214
4.3.4.-4.3.6.
Publications issued include a "Weekly List" of papers, bibliographies,

and preliminary compilations. The data file is complete for all systems since
1966. Literature prior to 1966 has only been covered for ammonia, methanol,
water, and aqueous solutions. A computerized system is being set up.
The specific objectives of the center are to compile and critically evaluate
numerical data on chemical systems exposed to ionizing radiation. The
center also prepares specific bibliographies and compilations of information
from the literature upon request. Many of these are used by scientists to
prepare critically evaluated data compilations or reviews.
4.3.4. The Groth Institute

The Groth Institute is located at Nova University, Fort Lauderdale, Florida,
and is under the direction of RAY PEPINSKY. The Institute derives its name
from PAUL VON GROTH'S Chemische Krystallographie, W. Engelman, Leipzig, a
five-volume work that appeared between 1906 and 1919. The Institute was
organized to collect physical, chemical, morphological, and structural data
for crystals. No publications have appeared since 1960.
4.3.5. Diffusion in Metals and Alloys Data Center

This center was established in 1963. It is located in the Metal Physics Section
of the Institute for Materials Research, National Bureau of Standards (NBS),
and is supported by the Office of Standard Reference Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.).
The director is JOHN R. MANNING. Data concerning diffusion properties of
pure metals and binary alloys are compiled: diffusion coefficients and acti-
vation energies. Two types of diffusion are of particular interest: tracer
diffusion - (radioactive tracer atoms diffuse into a homogeneous crystal) -
and chemical interdiffusion - (atoms from bulk specimens in contact
intermingle).
A comprehensive literature search has been completed; the data and
bibliography file are being maintained on a current basis. The center was
set up to critically evaluate data and to prepare compilations of these data.
Critical evaluation of the data collected is in progress.
4.3.6. Alloy Data Center

The Center is in the Alloy Physics Section, Metallurgy Division, Institute
for Materials Research, National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington,
D. c., where it was established in 1966. The principal investigators are
215
4.3.6.
GESINA C. CARTER, project leader, L. H. BENNETT, chief of the Alloy Physics

Section, and J. R. CUTHILL, assistant chief of the Alloy Physics Section.
Active research carried out by the Alloy Physics Section is of direct benefit
to the center. Partial support is provided by the Office of Standard Reference
Data, NBS (see 1.1.1.).
Substances covered are metals, semi-metals, intermetallic compounds,
and alloys consisting of two, three, and sometimes more components. Nine
groups of properties are of interest: electronic transport, magnetic, mechan-
ical (density, internal structure, acoustical), nuclear magnetic resonance
(NMR) and other resonances (e.g., electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR),
Mossbauer effect, etc.), quantum description of solids (electronic structure
of metals), electromagnetic radiation, superconductivity, thermodynamics,
and soft X-ray spectroscopy. Complete coverage at this time is being given
only to NMR (Knight-or metallic shifts) and soft X-ray data.
References indexed as to properties and substances, as well as author and
bibliographic information, are maintained in a computer file. The system
contains a complete, up-to-date, annotated file on papers dealing with NMR
Knight shift measurements. The soft X-ray spectroscopy bibliography is up-
to-date and work is progressing on detailed indexing.
The files are maintained up-to-date by using Current Contents, Physics
Abstracts, and other abstracting services to supplement searches of the
primary literature.
The Center has published The NBS Allqy Data Center: Function, Biblio-
graphic System, Related Data Centers, and Reference Books. Short annotations
accompany each entry of the Data Centers and Reference Books - sections
providing, in effect, a survey of work in the area described by the nine groups
of properties mentioned above.
Critical evaluation of data will be in the areas of NMR, hyperfine fields,
soft X-ray spectroscopy, and some magnetic properties. A compilation of
critically evaluated NMR Knight shift measurements is nearing completion,
and one on soft X-ray spectroscopy is in progress.
The Alloy Data Center will serve both as a coordinating medium for
work in this area, and as an information center which will collect, critically
evaluate and compile property values for substances of interest. The center
presently answers some questions and the automated system is set up to
prepare specific bibliographies upon request.
Publications
Annotated Bibliography on Soft X-ray Spectroscopy, NBS Monograph 52, H. YAKO-
WITZ and J. R. CUTHILL, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
20402, 1962, IV, 109 pp, US $ 1.00.
216
4.3.7.-4.3.9.
The NBS Alloy Data Center: Function, Bibliographic System, Related Data Centers,
and Reference Books, NBS Technical Note 464, G. S. CARTER, L. H. BENNETT,
J. R. CUTHILL, and D. J. KAHAN, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20402,1968, IV, 192 pp, US $1.25.
4.3.7. Equilibrium Constants of Molten Steel (JAPAN)

This project operates under the aegis of the Japan Society for the Promotion
of Science (19th Committee, 3rd Division), Kanda-Hitotsubashi 1-1, Chi-
yoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan. It is concerned with equilibrium constants of de-
oxidation reactions in molten steel systems. Pamphlets are issued on each
reaction (English language versions are available gratis). The collected
results will appear as a monograph.
4.3.8. Molecular Weights of Polymers (JAPAN)

This cooperative venture yields molecular weights and molecular weight
distribution of standard samples as determined in different laboratories. The
results are published in "Reports on Progress in Polymer Physics in Japan".
The Chairman of the responsible committee is A. KOTERA, Department of
Chemi.stry, Tokyo University of Education, Ootsuka, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo.
4.3.9. Properties of Electrolyte Solutions

This project was established in 1964 at the Institute for Basic Standards of
the National Bureau of Standards (NBS), Washington, D. C. 20234. It is
supported by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA)
through the Office of Standard Reference Data of NBS (see 1.1.1.). The
director is WALTER J. HAMER.
The major fields of interest are the thermodynamic and transport prop-
erties of electrolyte solutions, both aqueous and non-aqueous. These prop-
erties are: standard electromotive forces, electrode potentials, activity co-
efficients, electrolytic conductivities, transference numbers, and ionic mobil-
ities.
The publication, Theoretical Mean Activity Coejficients of Strong Electrofytes
in Aqueous Solutions from 0 to 100°C presents tables of data for activity
coefficients of electrolytes of various valence types from 0 to 100°C, and
for ionic strengths from 0 to 0.1 molal or 0.1 molar, as calculated by different
equations based on the theory of interionic attraction.
Publications
Theoretical Mean Activity Coefficients of Strong Electro!Jtes in Aqueous Solutions from
oto !OO°C, NSRDS-NBS 24, W. J. HAMER, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. 20402, 1968, V, 271 pp, US $ 4.25.
217
CHAPTER 5
Handbooks and Other Sources

of Useful Tabular Data
The prime reason for assembling this compendium has been to survey the
centers of the world that produce critically evaluated numerical data. How-
ever, there exist many other sources of useful tabular property values. These
sources range from multi-volume encyclopedic handbooks to books literally
of pocket size; and from small collections of critically evaluated data
assembled by experts, but with no plans for continuity, to small or large
compilations, consisting of values selected directly from the literature with
no pretense at evaluation.
The titles listed in this section may fall anywhere among the above
categories. No judgments are given as to the quality of data presented in
these publications. Year of publication, number of pages, etc. are not given
for handbooks revised at frequent intervals. The listing is far from complete.
It is hoped that future editions of the Compendium will provide better
covF.rage particularly in languages other than English.
5.1. Comprehensive Multi-volume Handbooks

5.1.1. International Critical Tables of Numerical Data, Physics, Chemistry,
and Technology, published for the U. S. National Academy of
Sciences, by McGraw-Hill Book Co., 330 W. 42nd Street, New
York, N. Y. 10036.
Vol. I, 1926, XX, 415 pp. Vol. V, 1929, IX, 465 pp.
Vol. II, 1927, XVIII, 616 pp. Vol. VI, 1929, X, 471 pp.
Vol. III, 1928, XIV, 444 pp. Vol. VII, 1930, IX, 507 pp.
Vol. IV, 1928, VIII, 481 pp. Index, 1933, VII, 321 pp.
Seven volumes and Index, US $ 250.00; Vols. I-VII and Index,
each US $ 35.00.
The ICT contain no data more recent than 1930, so do not meet
the test of currency for inclusion in Chapter 3.
218
5.1.2.-5.2.7.
5.1.2. Gmelin's Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie, published by the

Gmelin-Institut fur anorganische Chemie in the Max-Planck-Gesell-
schaft zur Forderung der Wissenschaften e. V., in association with
the Gesellschaft Deutscher Chemiker (German Chemical Society),
Frankfurt/Main. For information on this comprehensive series of
volumes write to the publisher, Verlag Chemie, GmbH., Weinheim,
Bergstrasse, Germany. (The bulk of the information is descriptive
but many data are interspersed throughout the text.)
5.1.3. Beilsteins Handbuch der Organischen Chemie. Editor Beilstein-
Institut fur Literature der Organischen Chemie, 6 Frankfurt am
Main W 13, Varrentrapstrasse 40--42, Germany. Publisher, Sprin-
ger: Berlin-Heidelberg-New York.
Details about this comprehensive encyclopedia of organic com-
pounds may be obtained from the publisher. (Many property values
are distributed throughout the text.)
5.2. Desk Handbooks for Broad Fields of Science

Chemistry and Pl:!Jsics
5.2.1. Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. Editor ROBERT C. WEAST, The
Chemical Rubber Company, Cleveland, Ohio.
5.2.2. Tables of Physical and Chemical Constants and Some Mathematical
Functions, G. W. C. KAYE and T. H. LABY, Longmans, Green and
Co., London, New York, Toronto.
5.2.3. Taschenbuch fur Chemiker und Physiker, D' ANs LAX, by E. LAX
and C. SYNOWIETZ, Springer: Berlin-Gottingen-Heidelberg.
5.2.4. Handbuch des Chemikers, B. P. NIKOLSKI, Vol. I,Allgemeines; Vol.
II, Die Chemischen Elements; Vol. III, Chemisches Gleichgewicht
und Kinetik, VEB Verlag Technik, Berlin, Germany.
5.2.5. Handbook of Chemistry, Editor NORBERT ADOLPH LANGE, McGraw-
Hill, New York.
5.2.6. Handbook of Chemistry, (Kagaku Binran), Chemical Society of
Japan, Maruzen Publishing Co., Tokyo.
5.2.7. Concise Handbook on Physicochemical Values, Editor, K. P.
MISCHENKO, Khemia Publishing House, Moscow.
219
5.2.8.-5.2.17.
5.2.8. Physical Property Values of Substances (Bussei Teisu), Japan

Society of Chemical Engineers, Chairman, Editorial Committee,
KAma SATO, Maruzen Publishing Co., Tokyo. (Annual mono-
graphs for chemical engineers, 60 journals abstracted, non-critical).
5.2.9. Handbook of Inorganic Chemistry, (Muki Kagaku Binran), Gi-
hodo Publishing Co., Tokyo.
5.2.10. Handbook of Organic Chemistry, (Yuki Kagaku Binran), Gihodo
Publishing Co., Tokyo.
5.2.11. American Institute of Physics Handbook, Editor DWIGHT E. GRAY,
McGraw-Hill, New York.
5.2.12. Physikalisches Taschenbuch, HERMANN EBERT, Vieweg & Sohn,
Braunschweig, Germany.
5.2.13. Smithsonian Physical Tables, Editor W. E. FORSYTHE, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D. C.
Biology
5.2.14. Handbook of Biochemistry, Selected Data for Molecular Biology,
Editor HERBERT A. SOBER, The Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland.
5.2.15. Biology Data Book, P. L. ALTMAN and D. S. DITTMER, Federation
of American Societies of Experimental Biology, Washington, D. C.
5.2.16. Biochemists' Handbook, Editor CYRIL LONG, D. Van Nostrand Co.,
Inc., Princeton.
Earth Sciences
5.2.17. Handbook of Physical Constants, Editor SYDNEY P. CLARK, JR.,
The Geological Society of America, Inc., 231 East 46th Street,
Two chapters of a recent edition were expanded and issued as
separate publications by the U. S. Geological Survey. These are
(1) "Selected X-ray Crystallographic Data, Molar Volumes, and
Densities of Minerals and Related Substances", Geological Survey
Bulletin 1248, R. A. ROBIE, P. M. BETHKE, and K. M. BEARDSLEY,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402, 1967,
IV, 87 pp, US $ 0.35; and (2) "Thermodynamic Properties of
Minerals and Related Substances at 298.15 OK (25.0°C) and One
Atmosphere (1.013 Bars) Pressure and at Higher Temperatures",
Geological Survey Bulletin 1259, R. A. ROBIE and D. R. WALD-
BAUM, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402,
1968, 256 pp, US $ 1.25.
220
5.2.18.-5.3.6.
5.2.18. Physical Properties of Rocks under Normal and Standard Temper-

ature and Pressure, by a group of authors of the Institute of the
Physicochemical Basis for Treating Raw Materials, Nauka Publish-
ing House, Moscow.
5.2.19. Elastic Properties of Rock-forming Minerals and Rocks, P. B. BELI-
KOV et aI., Nauka Publishing House, Moscow.
5.2.20. Reference Book on Physicochemical Values for Geochemists, G. B.
NAUMOV et aI., Nauka Publishing House, Moscow.
5.2.21. Smithsonian Meteorological Tables, Editor ROBERT J. LIST, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
5.2.22. International Meteorological Tables, Editor S. LETESTU, World
Meteorological Organization, Geneva.
5.3. Handbooks for Special Areas of Science

Nuclear Properties
5.3.1. Group Constants for Nuclear Reactor Calculations, L. B. ABAGYAN,
N. L. BAZAZYANTS, 1. 1. BONDARENKO, and M. N. NIKOLAEV, Power
Physics Institute, Institute of Atomic Energy, Academy of Sciences
of the U. S. S. R., Revised American Edition, Plenum Press, 1964,
151 pp, US $ 17.50.
5.3.2. Compendium of Thermal-Neutron Capture y Ray Measurements,
Part I, Z <46, G. A. BARTHOLOMEW, (Atomic Energy of Canada,
Ltd., Chalk River, ant.), A. DOVEIKA, K. M. EASTWOOD, S. MONARO,
L. V. GROSHEV, A. M. DEMIDOV, V. 1. PELEKHOV, L. L. SOKO-
LOVSKII, 1967, Nucl. Data, Sect. A, 3: 367-650 (Dec. 1967).
5.3.3. Tables des Isotopes, Vol. II, RAYMOND PANNETIER, Maisonneuve
S. A., Moulins, France, 1965,300 pp.
5.3.4. Concise Handbook for the Engineering Physicist: Nuclear Physics,
Atomic Physics, BR-SOV/5425, N. D. FEDEROV, Atomizdat, Pub-
lishing House, Moscow, 1961,507 pp.
5.3.5. Tables of Neutron Resonance Parameters and Neutron Resonance
Materials (for structural materials), T. B. GOLASHVILY, Yu. P.
ELAGIN, Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow.
5.3.6. Systematic Presentation of Isotopes and Reference Diagrams for
Nuclides, 1. P. SELINOV, Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow, 1968.
221
5.3.7.-5.3.20.
5.3.7. Album of Gamma Rays, groups of authors of VNIIM, Publishing

House for State Standards, Moscow.
5.3.8. Isotopes, Reference Book on Nuclear Physics, I. P. SELINOV, V. A.
KREMNEV, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow, 1966.
Spectroscopic Properties
5.3.9. Tables of Spectral Lines of Neutral and Ionized Atoms, A. P. STRI-
GANOV and N. S. SVETITSKY, Atomizdat, Moscow, 1966.
5.3.10. Tables of Spectral Lines, A. N. ZAIDEL, Nauka Publishing House,
Moscow.
5.3.11. Ultraviolet Spectra of Hetero-organic Compounds, G. F. BOLSHA-
KOV et aI., Khemia Publishing House, Moscow.
5.3.12. Handbook of Ultraviolet and Visible Absorption Spectra of Organic
Compounds, KENZO HIRAYAMA, Plenum Press Data Division, New
York, N. Y., 1967, 642 pp, US $ 40.00.
5.3.13. Ultraviolet Spectra of Elastomers and Rubber Chemicals, V. S.
FIKHTENGOLTS, R. V. ZOLOTAREVA, and Yu. Lvov, and S. V. LEBE-
DEV, All-Union Synthetic Rubber Research Institute, Leningrad,
Khemia Publishing House, Moscow, English translation, Plenum
Press Data Division, New York, 1966, 170 pp, US $ 9.00.
5.3.14. Wavelength Standards in the Infrared, K. N. RAo, C. J. HUM-
PHREYS, and D. H. RANK, Academic Press, New York and London,
1966, X, 236 pp.
5.3.15. Infrared Spectra and X-ray Spectra of Hetero-organic Compounds,
G. F. BOLSHAKOV et aI., Khemia Publishing House, Moscow, 1967.
5.3.16. Infrared Spectra and Characteristic Frequencies 700 to 300 cm -1,
F. F. BENTLEY, L. D. SMITHSON, and A. L. ROZEK, Interscience
Publishers, Division of John Wiley & Sons, New York-London-
Sydney, 1968, XI, 779 pp, US $ 35.00.
5.3.17. Infrared Band Handbook, HERMAN A. SZYMANSKI, Plenum Press,
New York, 1963,496 pp, US $ 35.00.
5.3.18. Infrared Band Handbook, Supplements 1 and 2, HERMAN A. SZY-
MANSKI, Plenum Press, New York, 1964,259 pp, US $15.00.
5.3.19. Infrared Band Handbook, Supplements 3 and 4, HERMAN A. SZY-
MANSKI, Plenum Press, New York, 1966,261 pp, US $ 15.00.
5.3.20. Interpreted Infrared Spectra, Vol. III, H. A. SZYMANSKI, Plenum
Press, New York, 1967, IX, 275 pp, US $ 12.50.
222
5.3.21.-5.3.31.
5.3.21. Absorption Spectra of Minor Bases: Their Nucleosides, Nucleotides,

and Selected Oligoribonucleotides, TAT'YANA VLADIMIROVNA VENK-
STERN and ALEKSANDR ALEKSANDROVICH BAEv, Institute of Radia-
tion and Physicochemical Biology, Academy of Sciences of the
U.S.S.R., English translation, Plenum Press Data Division, 1965,
86 pp, US $ 10.00.
5.3.22. NMR Band Handbook, HERMAN A. SZYMANSKI and ROBERT E.
YELIN, Plenum Press Data Division, New York, 1968, approx.
500 pp, US $ 40.00.
5.3.23. Atlas of Electron Spin Resonance Spectra: Theoretically Calculated
Multicomponent Symmetrical Spectra, Vol. 2, translated from the
Russian, YA. S. LEBEDEV, N. N. TIKHoMIRovA, and Academician
V. V. VOEVODSKII, Laboratory of Chemical Radio Spectroscopy,
Institute of Chemical Physics, Academy of Sciences of the U. S. S. R.,
Plenum Press Data Division, 1964, 195 pp, US $ 15.00.
5.3.24. Atlas of ESR Spectra (1200 spectra), B. H. J. BIELSKI, and J. M.
GEBICKI, Academic Press, New York, 1967, 665 pp, US $ 27.50.
5.3.25. Tables of Frequencies of Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance, 1. P.
BIRYUKOV et aI., Khemia Publishing House, Moscow, 1968.
Solid State Properties,' Including Crystallographic, Mineralogical, and Electrical

and Magnetic
5.3.26. Handbook of X-ray Structure Analysis of Polycrystalline Materials,
LEv IOSIFOVICH MIRKIN, Institute of Mechanics, Moscow Univer-
sity. English translation, Plenum Press, New York, 1964, 731 pp,
US $ 35.00.
5.3.27. Crystallization and Physicochemical Properties of Crystalline Sub-
stances, E. V. KHAMSKY, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.28. Tables ofInterplanar Distances, S. S. TOLKACHEV, Khemia Publish-
ing House, Moscow.
5.3.29. Dielectric Properties of Liquids and Solutions, YA. U. AKHADov,
Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow.
5.3.30. Tables of Experimental Dipole Moments, A. L. MCCLELLAN, Free-
man & Co., San Francisco-London, 1963, 713 pp, US $ 14.00.
5.3.31. Handbook of Thermionic Properties: Electronic Work Functions
and Richardson Constants of Elements and Compounds, V. S.
FOMENKO and G. V. SAMSONOV. English translation, Plenum Press
Data Division, New York, 1966, 151 pp, US $ 12.50.
223
5.3.32.-5.3.43.
5.3.32. Basic Data of Plasma Physics, 1966, 2nd ed., Revised, S. C. BROWN,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, Cambridge, Mass.,
1967,318 pp.
5.3.33. Electronic Properties of Semi-conductor Solid Solutions, A. B.

ALMAZov, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow, 1966.
5.3.34. Electrical Conductivity of Ferroelectric Materials, V. M. GURE-

vrrCH, Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.35. Organic Semi-conductors, group of authors at Toptchiev Institute

of Inorganic Synthesis, Nauka Publishing House, 1968.
5.3.36. Electrical and Optical Properties of Semi-conductors, Proceedings

of Physics Institute of Academy of Sciences, Nauka Publishing
House, Moscow, 1966.
Thermodynamic and Transport Properties,' Including Solution Properties

5.3.37. Vapour Pressure of the Elements, A. N. NESMEYANOV, Publishing
House of the U. S. S. R. Academy of Sciences, Moscow, 1961, 396 pp,
English translation, Academic Press, New York, 1963, VI, 469 pp.
5.3.38. Thermodynamic Properties of the Elements, D. R. STULL and G. C.

SINKE, American Chemical Society, Washington, D. c.,
1956,234 pp.
5.3.39. Basic Thermodynamic Constants of Inorganic and Organic Sub-
stances, M. KH. KARAPETYANTS and M. L. KARAPETYANTS, Khemia
Publishing House, Moscow. (Covers> 4000 compounds.)
5.3.40. Pressure-Volume-Temperature Relationships of Organic Com-
pounds, 3rd edition, ROBERT R. DREISBACH, Handbook Publishers,
Sandusky, Ohio, 1952, XI, 303 pp.
5.3.41. Tables of Thermal Properties of Gases, Circular 564, National
Bureau of Standards, J. HILSENRATH et aI., U. S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington, D.C., 1955, 488 pp, US $ 3.75.
5.3.42. Thermodynamics of Certain Refractory Compounds, Vol. II,

Thermodynamic Tables, Bibliography and Property File, HAROLD
L. SCHICK, Academic Press, Inc., New York, 1966, 792 pp.
5.3.43. Metallurgical Thermochemistry, International Series of Mono-

graphs in Metal Physics and Physical Metallurgy, Vol. 1, O. KUBA-
SCHEWSKI, E. LL. EVANs, and C. B. ALCOCK, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, London, and New York, 1967, XIX, 495 pp, 75 s.
224
5.3.44.-5.3.54.
5.3.44. Properties of Titanium Compounds and Related Substances, FREDER-

ICK D. ROSSINI, PHYLLIS A. COWIE, FRANK O. ELLISON, and
CLARENCE C. BROWNE, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton, D. c., 1956, VIII, 448 pp.,
5.3.45. Phase Diagrams of Silicate Systems; Vol. I, Binary Systems; Vol. II,
Metal-oxide Components in Silicate Systems, group of authors at
Grebentschikov Institute for Chemistry of Silicates, Nauka Publish-
ing House, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.46. Constitutional Diagrams of Uranium and Thorium Alloys, F. A.
ROUGH and A. A. BAUER, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Inc.,
Reading, Mass., 1959, 153 pp, US $ 5.00.
5.3.47. Handbook of Compositions at Thermodynamic Equilibrium, CHAR-
LES R. NODDINGS and GARY M. MULLET, Interscience Publishers,
Div. of John Wiley & Sons, New York and London, 1965, X,
ca. 450 pp.
5.3.48. Oxidation-Reduction Potentials of Organic Systems, W. M. CLARK,
Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore, 1960, XI, 584 pp.
5.3.49. Atlas D'Equilibres Electrochimiques, MARCEL POURBAIX, Gauthier-

Villars & Cie, Paris, 1963, 644 pp. Translation, JAMES A. FRANKLIN
under title "Atlas of Electrochemical Equilibria in Aqueous Solu-
tions", Pergamon Press, London, and New York, 1966.
5.3.50. Electrochemical Data, B. E. CONWAY, Elsevier Publishing Com-
pany, Amsterdam, Houston, London, New York, 1952, 374 pp.
5.3.51. Instability Constants of Complex Compounds, K. B. YATSIMIRSKII
and V. P. VASILEV, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1960, VIII, 218 pp,
42 s. net. Translated from the Russian.
5.3.52. Reference Book on Solubility, Vol. III, Binary and Multiple Systems
Composed of Inorganic Substances, Books 1, 2, 3 and 4, B. V.
KAFAROV, Corresponding Member of U. S. S. R. Academy of Scien-
ces, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow, 1967-1968.
5.3.53. Tables for Activity Properties of Water and Electrolytes in Binary
Water Solutions of Salts, Acids, and Alkalis, G. I. MIKULIN and
I. E. VOZNESENTSKAYA, Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow, 1968.
5.3.54. Thermophysical Properties of Monatomic Gases and Liquids (2
parts), V. A. RABINOVITCH, Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow, 1968.

5.3.55.-5.3.66.
5.3.55. Tables of Thermophysical Properties of Water and Water Vapour,

M. P. VUKALOVITCH, S. L. RYVKIN, A. A. ALEXANDROV, Publish-
ing House for State Standards, Moscow. (Thermodynamic Proper-
ties to 800°C and 1000 bars, cf International Conference on the
Properties of Steam, 3.4.16.).
5.3.56. Thermophysical Properties of Water in the Critical Range, S. L.

RYVKIN, Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow.
5.3.57. Thermophysical Properties of Carbon Dioxide, M. P. VUKALO-

VITCH et al., Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.58. Thermophysical Properties of Mercury (up to 1500°C and 200 bars),

M. P. VUKALOVITCH et al., Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow.
5.3.59. Thermophysical Properties of Alkali Metals, group of authors,

Editor V. A. KIRILLIN, Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow, 1968.
5.3.60. Thermophysical Properties of Liquid Air and Its Constituents,

A. A. V ASSERMAN, V. A. RABINOVITCH, Publishing House for State
Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.61. Tables for Thermophysical Properties of Gaseous and Liquid

Methane, V. A. ZAGORUCHENKO, A. M. ZHURAVLEV, Publishing
House for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.3.62. Reference Book on Thermophysical Properties of Gases and Liquids,

by N. B. V ARGAFTIK, Nauka Publishing House, Moscow.
5.3.63. Thermophysical Properties of Metals and Alloys, R. E. KR YZHIZHA-

NOVSKY, Metallurgia Publishing House, Moscow, 1967.
5.3.64. Heat Conductivity of Gases and Liquids, N. B. V ARGAFTIK, L. P.

FILIPOV, A. A. TARZIMANOW, R. P. YURCHAK, Publishing House
for State Standards, Moscow.
5.3.65. Thermophysical Characteristics of Substances, group of authors,

Editor V. A. RABINOVITCH, Publishing House for State Standards,
Moscow, 1968.
5.3.66. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases, M. P. VUKALOVICH, V. A.

KIRILLIN, C. A. REMIZOV, V. S. SILETSKIY, and V. N. TIMOFEYEV,
Sudostroyeniye Publishing House, Moscow, 1953, 375 pp, in
Russian.
226
5.4.-5.4.11.
5.4. Handbooks for Special Substance Categories

5.4.1. Physicochemical Constants of Organo-sulfur Compounds, B. V.
AIBAZov, S. M. PETROV, V. P. KHAIRULLINS, and V. G. YAPRINT-
SEVA, Publishing House for Chemistry, Moscow, 1964, 280 pp.
5.4.2. Properties of 100 Linear Alkane Thiols, Sulfides, and Symmetrical
Disulfides in the Ideal Gas State from 0° to 10000 K, Bulletin 595,
U. S. Bureau of Mines, D. W. SCOTT and J. P. MCCULLOUGH, Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
5.4.3. Metals Handbook, 3rd ed., Vol. 1, Editor TAYLOR LYMAN, prepared
under direction of Metals Handbook Committee, American Society
for Metals, Novelty, Ohio, 1961, 1300 pp, US $ 30.00.
5.4.4. Plenum Press Handbooks of High Temperature Materials: No.1,
Material Index, PETER T. B. SHAFFER, 785 pp, 1964, US $17.50;
No.2, Properties Index, G. V. SAMSONOV, (translated from the
Russian), 430 pp, 1964, US $ 22.50; No.3, Thermal Radiative Pro-
perties, W. D. WOOD, H. W. DEEM, and C. F. LUCKS, 476 pp, 1964,
US $17.50.
5.4.5. Metals Reference Book, 3rd ed., Vols. 1 and 2, C. J. SMITHELLS,
Butterworths, London, Washington, 1962.
5.4.6. Rare Metals Handbook, Editor CLIFFORD A. HAMPEL, Reinhold
Publishing Co., New York, 1954, XIII, 657 pp.
5.4.7. Plutonium: Physicochemical Properties of its Compounds and
Alloys, Editor O. KUBASCHEWSKI, in Atomic Energy Review 4,
Special Issue No.1, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna,
1966,112 pp, US $ 3.00, U.S.A.and Canada, 12 F,France, 10.50DM,
Germany.
5.4.8. Engineering Properties of Selected Ceramic Materials, F. J. LYNCH,
C. G. RUDERER, and W. H. DUCKWORTH, American Ceramic Society,
Columbus, Ohio 43214,1966,674 pp, US $16.00.
5.4.9. Oxides of Rare Earth Elements and Their Refractory Compounds,
(crystal structures, thermodynamic, and other properties), S. G.
TRESVYATSKY, L. M. LOPATO, V. A. DUBOK, Publishing House for
State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.4.10. High Melting Compounds, G. V. SAMSONOV, Publishing House
for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.4.11. Thermodynamic Stability of High Melting Compounds, R. F.
VOITOVITCH, Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
15* 227
5.4.12.-5.5.4.
5.4.12. Physicochemical Properties of Oxides, Handbook, G. V. SAMSONOV,

Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow, 1968.
5.4.13. Metallic and Chemical Properties of Elements of the Periodic
System, I. I. KORNILOV et aI., Nauka Publishing House, Moscow,
1967.
5.4.14. Materials Data Book, E. R. PARKER, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1957,398 pp, US $ 8.95.
5.4.15. Handbook of Organometallic Compounds, HERBERT C. KAUFMAN,
D. Van Nostrand, Princeton, 1961, 1582 pp, US $ 24.50.
5.4.16. Physical Constants of Linear Homopolymers, O. GRIFFIN LEWIS,
No. 12 of Chemie, Physik und Technologie der Kunststoffe in
Einzeldarstellungen, Springer-Verlag, New York, Inc. (Springer-
Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg), 1968, 173 pp, US $ 9.75.
5.4.17. Polymer Handbook, Editors J. BRANnRUP and E. H. IMMERGUT,
Interscience Publishers, New York, 1966, US $19.50.
5.4.18. Hydrocarbon Data Book, American Petroleum Institute, Division
of Refining, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York.
5.4.19. Properties of Liquid and Solid Hydrogen, B. N. ESELSON, V. G.
MANZHELY et aI., Publishing House for State Standards, Moscow,
1968.
5.4.20. Standard Alcoholimetric Tables, (in Polish with table headings in
Polish, English and Russian), T. PLEBANSKI and B. OGONOWSKA,
Scientific-Technical Publications, Warsaw, 1967,368 pp.
5.5. Handbooks for Analytical Chemistry

5.5.1. Handbook of Analytical Chemistry (Bunseki Kagaku Binran),
Japan Society for Analytical Chemistry, Maruzen Publishing Co.,
Tokyo.
5.5.2. Handbook of Analytical Chemistry, Editor LOUIS MErTES, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1963, 1806 pp.
5.5.3. Handbook of Tables for Organic Compound Identification, 3rd
edition, Z. RAPPAPORT, IX, 584 pp. Supplement to Handbook of
Chemistry and Physics, published by The Chemical Rubber Co., 2310
Superior Ave., N. E., Cleveland, Ohio.
5.5.4. Melting Point Tables of Organic Compounds, 2nd revision and
supplemental edition, WALTHER UTERMARK and WALTER SCHICKE,
Interscience Publishers, New York, N. Y., 1963, XXVI, 715 pp.
228
5.5.5.-5.5.7.
5.5.5. Schmelzpunkttabellen zur Organischer Molekularanalyse, R. KEMPF

and F. KUTTER, 2nd edition, Vieweg, Braunschweig, Germany, 1928.
5.5.6. Tables of Spectrophotometric Absorption Data of Compounds Used
for the Colorimetric Determination of Elements, (French and Eng-
lish), IUPAC Commission on Spectrochemical and Other Optical
Procedures for Analysis, Butterworths, London, 1963, XV, 625 pp.
5.5.7. Activation Analysis Handbook, R. C. KOCH, Academic Press, New
York and London, 1960, X, 219 pp.
229
CHAPTER 6
Physical Quantities, Units and Symbols;

Basic Physical Constants; Nomenclature;
and Related Matters
The evaluation of numerical data can be done better if raw data and derived
property values reported in primary journals are expressed in precise lan-
guage. The term language is broadly defined here to include all symbols,
constants, units, nomenclature and so on required to transfer scientific
knowledge from one individual to another by the printed page. Since
science has no national boundaries, it is highly desirable that primary re-
search results and compilations of data derived from the world literature
be based on internationally approved nomenclature, symbols for quantities
and units, fundamental physical constants including relative atomic masses,
temperature scales, and all other factors required in the accurate transmittal
of data from one individual to another, from one discipline to another and
from one language to another. It is also important that primary articles
contain a sufficient revelation of experiment design, of calibration, and of
experimental observations so that an independent reader may draw con-
clusions about the quality of property values presented. In this chapter are
listed sources of the foregoing types of information. Their use is commended.
In what follows there is first given a brief description of key international
organizations having important standardization functions. Then follow
references to publications of these and other international bodies.
6.1. Organizations
6.1.1. Comite International des Poids et Mesures (CIPM)
The International Committee of Weights and Measures is the only regular
organization in existence in which government delegates can meet in general
conference and decide on a common basis for legal units. The General
Conferences of the Committee are meetings of delegates from forty adhering
countries who have joined the "Convention du Metre", a treaty which was
signed in Paris in 1875. The Conferences are convened every few years by
the Committee which consists of eighteen members. The Committee directs
the activities of the International Bureau of Weights and Measures, compris-
230
6.1.2.
ing the Secretariat and the Laboratory, located in the Pavillon de BreteuiI,
Sevres, S.-et-O., France. Aided by seven "Consulting Committees" ofinter-
national experts, it submits proposals for the operation of the Bureau, and
drafts the resolutions for action by the General Conference.
In addition to its principal task of defining and/or maintaining the
fundamental standards of mass, length, and time, the Bureau carries on
research to improve uniformity and precision of physical measurements on
selected key standards or measurement procedures on which most others
depend.
The Conference has adopted the "International System of Units" - ab-
breviated 51 - consisting of six basic units, and a set of derived units plus
two supplementary units. The SI is being widely adopted in the recommen-
dations issued by many other international organizations.
6.1.2. International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

The ISO has a membership of fifty-six nations each represented by appro-
priate national standards organizations. It deals primarily with recommen-
dations for standards of design, measurement and specifications of industrial
importance. Its Technical Committee 12 (TC 12) is responsible for recom-
mendations concerning physical quantities, their symbols, the units in which
they are expressed, and their symbols and conversion factors. In this work
it has liaison representation from all interested unions of ICSU and collab-
orates with the following specialized international organizations:
(a) Comite International des Poids et Mesures (CIPM); and its Co mite Con-
sultatif pour les Etalons de Mesure des Radiations Ionisantes.
(b) International Electrotechnical Commission (lEC); its Technical Com-
mittee 24, Electric and Magnetic Magnitudes and Units; and its Techni-
cal Committee 25, Letter Symbols and Signs.
(c) International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC); and its
Commission on Symbols, Terminology and Units.
(d) International Union of Pure and Applied Physics (IUPAP); and its Com-
mission for Symbols, Units and Nomenclature (SUN).
(e) International Commission on Illumination (ICI).
(f) Organisation International de Metrologie Legale (OIML).
(g) World Meteorological Organization (WMO).
(h) International Commission on Radiological Units (ICRU).
(i) Comite Consultatiflnternational Telegraphique etTelephonique (CCITT).
231
6.1.3.-6.2.1.
6.1.3. International Unions

The member Unions of the International Council of Scientific Unions
(ICSU) play an important role in standardization of nomenclature, defini-
tions, symbols, units and important physical constants. (For a list of such
Unions which are Members of CODATA see p. V).
In general, standardization matters are assigned to special Commissions
within individual unions although topics of interdisciplinary interest may
be handled by joint commissions of two or more unions. The small member-
ship of each Commission is selected on the basis of individual expertise, with
due regard to the widest possible geographical representation. Recommen-
dations originating in these Commissions, through solicitation of comments
on published tentative rules, obtain authoritative status by final publication
sponsored by the parent Union.
Liaison has been established among the working Commissions of CIPM,
ISO, IUPAC, and IUPAP. There are also many additional international
scientific associations which issue recommendations mainly on nomenclature
and terminology covering their specific disciplines. Through mutual con-
sultation, agreement is usually obtained in overlapping areas.
Numerous national professional societies and scientific journals issue
recommendations of their own, often in the form of style manuals. Although
many adopt internationally agreed recommendations, exceptions dictated
by traditional local or discipline oriented usage patterns frequently occur.
The following list of relevant publications is limited mainly to those
originating from the three major international organizations mentioned
above.
6.2. Physical Quantities, Units, and Symbols; and Basic

Physical Constants
6.2.1. Comite International des Poids et Mesures (CIPM)
The decisions reached at the General Conferences of CIPM are recorded in
the Proceedings, entitled Comptes Rendus des Seances de la ... eme Conference
Generale des Poids et Mesures, published by Gauthiers-Villars & Cie., Paris.
Beginning with the Twelfth Conference (1964) summaries appear in "Metro-
logia", International Journal of Scientific Metrology, Springer, Berlin.
(Vol. 1,27-29, 1965 for the Twelfth Conference, and Vol. 3, 87-88 for the
Thirteenth Conference held in 1967).
(a) For official definitions of the six Basic SI Units in French, and their
translations into English, see Metrologia, International Journal of Scientific
Metrology, Vol. 4, No.3, July 1968.
232
6.2.2.
(b) For a definition of the thermodynamic temperature scale see Comptes

Rendus de la Dixieme Conference Generale des Poids et Mesures (1954), p. 79.
(c) For a definition of the International Practical Temperature Scale
(IPTS) of 1948, Text Revision of 1960 see Comptes Rendus de l'Onzieme
Conference des Poids et Mesures, 1961, p. 64, and also U. S. National Bureau
of Standards Monograph 37, 1961. The IPTS was revised in October 1968
by the International Committee of Weights and Measures. The text of
IPTS-68 is expected to be published in Metrologia, April 1969.
6.2.2. International Organization for Standardization Technical

Committee 12 (ISO/TC 12)
Quantities, Units, Symbols, Conversion Factors,
and Conversion Tables
ISO/TC 12 has a long range project, that began in 1952, to prepare an
integrated series of recommendations, in pamphlet form, to cover the main
areas of science and engineering. A feature of the program is that the Inter-
national System of Units is used throughout and coherency of the unit
system is stressed. The pamphlets which will be available in English, French
and Russian, present information in tabular form. For each physical quantity
or concept there is given the name of the quantity, its symbol and an
identifying definition; the recommended unit for expressing the quantity,
its symbol and a definition; and conversion factors when needed. The series
of pamphlets are collectively designated as ISO Recommendation R 31. The
following parts have been issued:
a) ISO Recommendation R-31

Issued in English, French, and Russian.
Part I: 1966, 2nd edition, Basic Quantities and Units of SI.
Part II: 1958, 1st edition,Quantities and Units of Periodic and Related Phenomena.
Part III: 1960, 1st edition,Quantities and Units of Mechanics.
Part IV: 1960, 1st edition, Quantities and Units of Heat.
Part V: 1965, 1st edition, Quantities and Units of Electricity and Magnetism.
Part VII: 1965, 1st edition, Quantities and Units of Acoustics.
Part XI: 1961, 1st edition, Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in the Physical
Sciences and Technology.
Copies of the above may be obtained from the national standards organi-
zation in each country that adheres to ISO, at prices fixed by these organi-
zations. The following parts are still under development or review by the
Committee and have not received final approval:
233
6.2.3.
Part VI: Quantities and Units of Radiation and Light.

Part VIII: Quantities and Units of Physical Chemistry and Molecular Physics.
Part IX: Quantities and Units of Atomic and Nuclear Physics.
Part X: Quantities and Units of Nuclear Reactions and Ionizing Radiations.
Part XII: Some Principles for Printing Symbols and Numbers.
Part XIII: Rules for Rounding Numbers.
Part XIV: General Principles Concerning Quantities, Units and Symbols.
Part XV: Dimensionless Parameters.
Part XVI: Procedures for Inter-Conversion of Values from One System of
Units to Another.
Part XVII: Rules for the Use of Units of the International System of Units.
Other related available publications:

b) International Electrotechnical Commision (IEC)
Letter Symbols to be used in Electrical Technology, IEC Publication 27, 4th
edition, French-English; 1966, US $ 12.00.
Recommendations in the Field ofQuantities and Units used in Electricity, IEC Publi-
cation 164, French-English, US $ 11.00.
Copies may be obtained from any national standards organization adhering
to ISO.
6.2.3. International Unions

a) International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC)
Values of the Fundamental Constants for Chemistry, IUPAC Commission on
Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry and Commission on Physico-
chemical Data and Standards, F. D. ROSSINI, Pure Appl. Chem. 9, No.3,
453-459, 1964.
Manual of Physico-Chemical Symbols and Terminology - Definitive, IUP AC,
Physical Chemistry Section, Commission on Physico-Chemical Symbols
and Terminology, 1959, French and English (facing pages), Butterworth
and Co. (Publishers) Ltd., London (out of print).
(I) Reprinted in]. Am. Chem. Soc. 82, 5,517-5,522 (1960), includes annotation
on American usage, available from Chemical Abstracts Service, Box 1378,
Columbus, Ohio 43216, US $ 0.50.
(II) Japanese translation published in Kagaku To Kogyo (Chemistry and Chemical
Industry) in 1964.
(III) Russian translation published in Zh. Fiz. Khim. (Journal of Physical
Chemistry) 34, 10, 2,381-2,389 (1960).
(IV) Bulgarian translation may be obtained from Professor Dr. B. KURTEV,
Bulgarian Academy of Science, 1, rue du 7-Novembre, Sofia, Bulgaria.
Note: The Commission, now called Commission on Symbols, Terminology,
and Units, published a Tentative revision of the Manual in IUPAC Information
Bulletin No. 32 in August 1968. The Definitive version will appear in late 1969
or 1970 and will be available from Butterworth Scientific Publications, London.
234
6.2.3.
Table of Relative Atomic IPeightt
In 1961 both IUPAC and IUPAP agreed to adopt the table of relative
atomic weights based on the atomic mass of 12C = 12 exactly, thus replacing
both the previously used physicist's scale based on 16 0 = 16 and the
chemist's scale based on 0 = 16. Revisions of the tables by adoption of
more accurate individual values as they become available are published at
intervals. Such revisions, when adopted by the Commission on Atomic
Weights ofIUPAC, are published officially by IUPAC, and are reprinted in
many professional journals. For the latest edition see: IUPAC Comptes
Rendus XXIV Conference, Prague, 1967, Butterworths, London, pp. 136
to 141.
b) International Union of Pure and Applied Physics (IUPAP)

(I) Symbols, Units and Nomenclature in Physics, 1UPAP, SUN Commission, Docu-
ment U.I.P. 11 (S.U.N. 65-3), 1965, available from Professor J. DE BOER,
Secretary, 1nstituut voor Theoretsche Fysica, Valckenierstraat 65, Amster-
dam (c), the Netherlands. A reprint of the previous edition, Document
U.I.P.9 (S.U.N. 61-44), 1961, with comments onA1Pusage by H. C. WOLFE,
appeared in Physics Today 15,6,20-36,1962.
(II) New Values for the Physical Constants - Approved 1963 by 1UPAP and
its Commission on Nuclidic Masses and Related Constants. See NBS News
Bull. 47, No. 10, October 1963, and Physics Today, p. 48, Feb. 1964.
c) International Astronomical Union (IAU)

(I) Astronomer's Handbook: Transactions of the IAU, Volume XII C (1966),
J.-c. PECKER, Editor. Academic Press, New York.
(II) IAU Commission 14 on Fundamental Spectroscopic Values concerns itself
with standardization matters of interest to astronomers and laboratory
spectroscopists. See Transactions of the International Astronomical Union,
13 A, 229-266,1967.
d) IAU-IUPAC-IUPAP Joint Commission on Spectroscopy

(I) Notationfor Atomic Spectra, J. Opt. Soc. Am., v. 43,422-425 (1953).
(II) Notation for Spectra of Diatomic Molecules, J. Opt. Soc. Am. v. 43, 425-426
(1953).
(III) Notation for the Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules, J. Phys. Chern. v. 23,
1997-2011 (1955).
Note: The above recommendations are issued by the Commission but

may be inconsistent in some details with some recommendations of the
parent unions.
235
6.3.-6.3.1.
e) IAU-IUPAC-IUPAP Joint (formerly Triple) Commission on Spectroscopy

(1) Nomenclature Problems, J. Opt. Soc. Am., v. 52,476 (1962).
(II) Report on Units and Terminology, J. Opt. Soc. Am., v. 53, 884-885 (1963).
f) IUPAC Commission on Clinical Chemistry and the International Feder-

ation for Clinical Chemistry
Quantities and Units for Clinical Chemistry, 1966 Recommendation,
Scandinavian University Books, Munksgaard, Copenhagen.
6.3. Nomenclature
International Unions of ICSU
6.3.1. International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
(IUPAC)
(a) Nomenclature ofInorganic Chemistry, IUPAC 1957 Definitive Rules, French
and English on facing pages, Butterworth and Co. (Publishers), Ltd.,
London (1959), 2nd printing, 1965, US $ 3.00. In U.S., Butterworth,
Inc., Washington, D. C. 20014.
(1) English version reprinted in J. Am. Chem. Soc. 82, 5,523-5,544 (1960),
reprint available from Chemical Abstracts Service, Box 1378, Columbus,
Ohio 43216, gratis; also from IUPAC Secretariat, Basle, Switzerland,
Swiss F 3.20.
(2) Japanese translation, entitled Muki Kagaku Meimeiho (by K. YAMASAKI,
Professor of Chemistry, Nagoya University), available from Nankodo Pub-
lishing Co., 23, Harukicho 3-chome, Bunkyoku, Tokyo, 1961, 73 pp, Y 280.
(3) Swedish translation in Svensk Kem. Tidskr. 72, 448 (1960); also published
by Tekniska Nomenclaturcentralen, P. O. Box 5073, Stockholm 5, Sweden,
KR7.
(4) German translation in Chem. Ber. 92, 7 (1959), XLVII-LXXXVI.
(5) Czechoslovakian translation in Chem. Listy 57, 494 (1963).
(6) Dutch translations in (1) Medede!. Vlaam. Chem. Ver. 24, 108-166 (1962),
available from Vlaamse Chemische Vereniging, Maria-Louiza Square 49,
Brussels 4, Belgium, BelgianF. 70; (2) Chem. Weekblad59, 149-176 (1963),
available from Koninklijke Nederlandse Chemische Vereniging, Burnier-
straat 1, The Hague, the Netherlands, HF1.5.
(7) Bulgarian translation may be obtained from Professor Dr. B. KURTEV,
Bulgarian Academy of Science, 1, rue du 7-Novembre, Sofia, Bulgaria.
(8) Portuguese translation published in Rev. Port. Quim. 7, 32 (1965).
(9) Yugoslav translation in preparation.
(10) Persian translation in preparation.
236
6.3.1.
Extensions to these rules (in English) appear in Compt. Rend. Con! Union
Intern. Chim. Pure Appl., 22nd Conference, July 1963, pp. 207-211, and of the
23rd Conference, July 1965, pp. 183-187.
(b)* Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, IUPAC 1957 Rules. Definitive rules
for (I) Section A-Hydrocarbons, (II) Section B-Fundamental Heter-
ocyclic Systems, and (III) Nomenclature of Steroids; and Tentative
Rules for Nomenclature in the Vitamin B-12 field, 1st edition, 1953,
2rd edition, 1966. (Includes corrections to 1953 edition and a revised
index but omits Tentative Rules for Nomenclature in the Vitamin B-12
Field), Butterworth and Co. (Publishers), Ltd., London.
(1) English version of (I) and (II) with comments, reprinted in]. Am. Chem.
Soc. 82, 5,545-5,574 (1960), reprint available from Chemical Abstracts
Service, Box 1378, Columbus, Ohio 43216, US $1.00; also from IUPAC
Secretariat, Basle, Switzerland, Swiss F. 4.30. An English reprint also
appeared in the "Handbook for The Chemical Society (London) Authors",
1961, pp. 47-131.
(2) French version of (I) and (II) published in the Bull. Soc. Chim. France, 1,
January 1957, available from Maison Masson & Cie, 120, boulevard
St-Germain, Paris VIe.
(3) Spanish translation of (I), (II), and (III) available from Professor J . PASCUAL
VILA; Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain.
(4) Japanese translation, Yuki Kagaku Meimeiho, available from Nankado
Pub!. Co., 23, Harukicho 3-chome, Bunkyoku, Tokyo, Japan, 120 pp.
(1959), Y 350.
(5) Czechoslovakian translation of (I) and (II) published in Chem. Lisly, 56,
15 and 152 (1962).
(6) Bulgarian translation of (I) and (II) may be obtained from Professor Dr.
B. KURTEV, Bulgarian Academy of Science, 1, rue du 7-Novembre, Sofia,
Bulgaria.
(7) Italian translation of (I) and (II), "Nomenclatura di Chimica Organica",
available from Tipografia Editrice Italia, via del Corse 20-21, Rome, Italy.
(8) Dutch version of (I) and (II) in Chemisch Weekblad, v. 63, 581-595;
601-621 (1967), available from the Koninklijke Chemische Vereniging,
Burnierstraat 1, The Hague, The Netherlands.
(c) Definitive Rules for the Nomenclature of Amino Acids, Steroids, Vitamins
and Carotenoids, IUPAC Commission on the Nomenclature of Biological
Chemistry, first printed in Chem. Eng. News 30, 4,522-524,526 (1952);
Biochem.J. 42, 1 (1948),52,1-2 (1952);J. BioI. Chem. 169,237-245 (1947).
(1) Reprinted in]. Am. Chem. Soc. 82, 5,575-5,584 (1960), reprint available
from Chemical Abstracts Service, Box 1378, Columbus, Ohio 43216, gratis;
also from IUPAC Secretariat, Basle, Switzerland, Swiss F. 3.20.
(2) Czechoslovakian translation in Chem. Lisly 57, 51, 151, 348, 350, 1963.
* Many of the publications dealing with nomenclature for specialized areas of
organic chemistsry are approved jointly by IUP AC and the International Union of
Biochemistry.
237
6.3.1.
(d) Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, Definitive Rules, Section C - Charac-

teristic Groups Containing Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxygen, Nitrogen,
Halogen, Sulfur, Selenium and/or Tellurium, issued by IUPAC Com-
mission on the Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, Butterworth and Co.
(Publishers) Ltd., London (1965). (Section C includes changes made in
the 2nd editions of Sections A and B).
(e) Nomenclature of Organosilicon-Compounds - Definitive. Published in the
Comptes Rendus of the XVth Conference of the International Union
of Pure and Applied Chemistry, Amsterdam, 1949, pp. 127-132.
(f) Nomenclature des mollcules organiques marquees - Tentative. These rules,
presented by the French Commission on Nomenclature, were published
in French in Information Bulletin 20, pp. 27-29.
(g) Rules for IUPAC Notation for Organic Compounds - Definitive. (Issued by
the Commission on Codification, Ciphering and Punched Card Techni..
ques). Published in English by Longmans, London (1961). Available
from the IUPAC Secretariat, Basle, Price SFr. 15.
(h) Rules of Carbof?ydrate Nomenclature - 1962 - Tentative. Published in
English as a supplement to Information Bulletin 17. Copies are available
from the IUPAC Secretariat, Basle. These rules are currently being
revised.
(i) Recommendations for Abbreviations of Terms relating to Plastics and Elasto-
mers - Tentative. Published in English in Information Bulletin 25, p. 41.
(j) Report on Nomenclature dealing with Sterk Regularity in High PolYmers.
Published in English in "Pure and Applied Chemistry" 12 (1966),
pp. 645-656.
(k) Abbreviations and Symbols for Chemical Names of Special Interest in Biological
Chemistry, 1965 Revision - Tentative. First published in English in Infor-
mation Bulletin 20, pp. 13-26. A further revision may be obtained from
WALDO E. COHEN, Director, NAS-NRC Office of Biochemical Nomen-
clature, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box Y, Oak Ridge, Tennessee
37831.
(1) Nomenclature and Symbols for Folic Acid and Related Compounds - Tentative.
Published in English in Information Bulletin 23, pp. 52-54, with
corrigenda in Information Bulletin 24, p. 35.
(m)Trivial Names of Miscellaneous Compounds of Importance in Biochemistry -
Tentative. Published in English in Information Bulletin 25, p. 19.,
(n) Nomenclature ofQuinones with Isoprenoid Side-Chains - Tentative. Published
in English in Information Bulletin 25, p. 24.
238
6.3.2.-6.3.5.
(0) Abbreviated Designations of Amino Acid Derivatives and PolYpeptides - Ten-

tative. Published in English in Information Bulletin 26, p. 11.
(p) Rules for the Nomenclature of Corrinoids - Tentative. Published in English
in Information Bulletin 26, p. 19.
(q) Rules for Naming Synthetic Modifications of Natural Peptides - Tentative.
Published in English in Information Bulletin 27, p. 16.
(r) Multilingual Dictionary of Important Terms in Molecular Spectroscopy,
Edited by G. HERZBERG with the assistance ofR. N. JONES, J. LECOMTE,
R. C. LORD, R. MECKE, S. MIZUSHIMA, and A. TERENIN. Published for
the Commission on Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy, by the
National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, Canada, 1966.
Note: Rules marked "Tentative" are given for information only.
6.3.2. International Astronomical Union (IAU)

(a) Astronomer's Handbook: Transactions of the IAU, Vol. XII C (1966),
J.-c. PECKER, Editor, Academic Press, New York.
6.3.3. International Union of Crystallography (IUCr)

(a) Notes for Authors, Acta Crystallographica, v. 18, 134-136 (1965).
6.3.4. International Union of Biochemistry (IUB)

(a) En:;ryme Nomenclature: Recommendations (1964) of the Commission on
Enzymes of the IUB on the Nomenclature and Classification of Enzymes,
Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1965.
Other Sources of Nomenclature

Outside of ICSU a number of international organizations deal with termi-
nology in specific fields, such as mineralogy, geology, optics, etc. For further
information such organizations can be contacted.
6.3.5. Terms in Nuclear Science

In the nuclear field, a glossary of terms is presently being drafted by the
International Standardization Committee of the International Atomic Energy
Agency. National glossaries in this field are the following:
(a) Glossary of terms used in nuclear science, British Standard 3455: 1962, British
Standards Institution, 2 Park Street, London, W.l, 30 s.
(b) Glossary of atomic terms, Public Relations Branch, UKAEA, 3rd edition,
1961. London, H. M. Stationery Office, 3 s. 10 d.
239
6.3.6.-6.4.3.
(c) Glossary of Terms in N uc/ear Science and Technology, prepared by the National
Research Council, approved by the American Standards Association, and
published by The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York,
N. Y. 10016, US $ 5.00.
6.3.6. International Commission on Illumination (lei)

International Lighting Vocabulary, 2nd Edition.
(a) Vol. 1 (1957) French-English-German (Terms with definition in
3 languages).
(b) Vol. 2 (1959) French-English-German-Danish-Spanish-Italian, Dutch-
Polish-Russian-Swedish (Terms, without definition). Available from Bureau
Central CIE, 57 Rue Cuvier, Paris 5eme, France.
6.4. Recommendations on the Publication of Numerical

Property Values
In several fields of science concerned groups of experimentalists have
prepared and published guidelines for authors of research reports. The
purpose is to encourage the inclusion in papers of at least the minimum
amount of detail required to permit future evaluation of the results. Such
guidelines are of value not only to the author of the paper, but also to
editors, referees, and data compilers. They have been observed to have
a good effect on the average quality of papers. The three publications cited
below were either generated and approved by international groups, or by
national groups for possible future endorsement by the appropriate inter-
national body.
6.4.1. Primary Crystallographic Data, Acta. Cryst. 22, 445-449 (1967)
prepared and approved by the Commission on Crystallographic Data
of the International Union of Crystallography.
6.4.2. Resolution on the Publication of Calorimetric and Thermodynamic
Data, Physics Today, February 1961, p. 45, prepared by the U. S.
Calorimetry Conference, approved at its 15th Annual Conference
(1959), and subsequently endorsed by the Commission on Thermo-
dynamics and Thermochemistry of the International Union of Pure
and Applied Chemistry.
6.4.3. Specifications for Evaluation of Infrared Reference Data, Anal.
Chem., 38, 27 A-38A (1966) prepared by the Coblentz Society and
to be submitted to the Commission on Molecular Structure and
Spectroscopy of the International Union of Pure and Applied Che-
mistry for review and possible approval.
240
Author Index
Abagyan, L. B., 5.3.1. Beaven, G. H., 3.2.34.

Abramov, A. 1., 3.1.12.,3.1.19. Bechmann, R., 3.3.9.
Aibazov, B. V., 5.4.1. Beckett, C. W., 3.4.2.
Aigrain, P., 2.2.,3.3.13. Belikov, P. B., 5.2.19.
Ajzenberg-Selove, P., 3.1.1.,3.1.15., Bell, V. ]., 3.1.11., 3.1.19.
3.1.17. Bennett, L. H., 4.3.6.
Akhadov, Y. D., 5.3.29. Bentley, P. P., 5.3.16.
Alcock, C. B., 5.3.43. Berger, M. J., 3.2.47.
Alexandrov, A. A., 5.3.55. Berman, H., 3.3.10.
Allard,S., 2 2., 3.6.3. Bernal, J. D., 3.3.7.
Allen, P. W., 3.2.44. Berry, L. G., 3.3.3.
Almazov, A. B., 5.3.33. Bethke, P. M., 5.2.17.
Altman, P. L., 5.2.15. Bezier, D., 2.2., 3.4.26.
Anderko, K., 3.4.11. Bhacca, N. 5., 3.2.42.
Anderson, C. T., 3.4.5. Bielski, B. H. J., 5.3.24.
Anderson, P. D., 3.4.9. Biryukov, 1. P., 5.3.25.
Andmssow, K., 3.4.25. Bjermm,]., 3.4.24.
Angus,S., 3.4.15. Bolshakov, G. P., 5.3.11.,5.3.15.
Arnett, R. L., 3.4.2. Bondarenko, 1. I., 5.3.1.
Attix, P. H., 3.2.47. Borchers, H., 2.1.
Avery, R., 3.1.6. Bomstein, R., 2.1.
Braams, C. M., 3.1.16.
Baev, A. A., 5.3.21. Brady, E. L., 1.1.1.
Baggett, N. V., 3.1.18. Brandrup, ]., 5.4.17.
Bailey, S. M., 3.4.1. Braun, R. M., 3.4.2.
Bain, R. W., 3.4.16. Brix, P., 3.2.50.
Balkanski, M., 2.2.,3.3.13. Brown, S. c., 5.3.32.
Ballard, ]. R., 3.2.25. Browne, C. c., 5.3.44.
Barker, T. V., 3.3.8. Brussel, M. K., 3.1.7.
Barnett, C. P., 3.2.11. Buckley, P., 3.2.15.
Barrow, R. P., 2.2., 3.2.7., 3.2.8. Burr, A. P., 3.2.3.
Bartecki, A., 3.2.33. Burton, M., 4.3.3.
Bartels, ]., 2.1.
Bartholomew, G. A., 5.3.2. Carter, G. c., 4.3.6.
Bass, A. M., 3.2.6. Carter, R. 5., 3.1.7.
Bates, R. G., 3.4.23. Cauchois, Y., 2.2.
Bauer, A. A., 5.3.46. Caunt, A. D., 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.
Bazazyants, N. L., 5.3.1. Chao, J., 3.4.4.
Bearden, J. A., 3.2.3. Charlot, G., 2.2., 3.4.26.
Beardsley, K. M., 5.2.17. Clark, S. P., Jr., 5.2.17.

Author Index
Clark, W. M., 5.3.48. Edenharter, A., 3.3.1.

Clifford, A. F., 3.4.23. Ehret, C, 2.2., 3.2.48.
Codd, L. W., 3.3.8. Elagin, Y. P., 5.3.5.
Cohen, V. W., 3.1.1. Elliott, J. F., 3.4.10.
Cohen, W. E., 6.3.1. Elliott, J. N., 3.4.16.
Collard, H. R., 3.1.5. Elliott, R. P., 3.4.11.
Collins, T. M., 3.1.18. Ellison, F. 0., 5.3.44.
Conway, B. E., 5.3.50. Elton, L. R. B., 3.1.5.
Cook, M. 1., 3.3.3. Endt, P. M., 3.1.1.,3.1.16.
Cord, M. S., 3.2.25. Eselson, B. N., 5.4.19.
Cornu, A., 3.2.37. Eucken, A., 2.1.
Coughlin, ]. P., 3.4.5. Evans, E. H., 3.3.3.
Courtot, J., 2.2., 3.4.26. Evans, E. L., 3.4.10.,5.3.43.
Cowie, P. A., 5.3.44. Evans, R. D., 3.2.47.
Cox, E. G., 3.3.1. Evans, W. H., 3.4.1.
Craig, ]. C, 3.2.31. Everling, F., 3.1.1.,3.1.17.
Cuthill, J. R., 4.3.6.
Fano, L., 3.1.1.
Dacons, J. C, 3.2.31. Federov, N. D., 5.3.4.
Dampier, F. W., 3.4.22. Field, F. H., 3.2.12.
Dana, E. S., 3.3.10. Fikhtengolts, V. S., 5.3.13.
Dana, ]. D., 3.3.10. Filipov, L. P., 5.3.64.
Darwent, B. deB., 3.2.46. Fink, W. L., 3.3.3.
Davis, S. P., 3.2.22. Fischer, H. F., 3.2.50.
De Boer,]., 6.2.3. Foex, G., 2.2.,3.3.14.,3.3.15.
Deem, H. W., 5.4.4. Fomenko, V. S., 5.3.31.
Deer, W. A., 3.3.11. Ford, K W., 3.1.1.
Deffet, L., 3.4.20. Forster, T., 3.2.49.
De Groot, ]. H., 3.3.3. Forsythe, W. E., 5.2.13.
De Mallemann, R., 2.2.,3.3.16. Fowler, W. A., 3.1.15.
Demidov, A. M., 5.3.2. Francis, A. W., 3.4.23.
Desnuelle, P., 2.2., 3.6.5. Frankevich, Y. L., 3.2.45.
Dillard, J. G., 3.2.12. Franklin, J. A., 5.3.49.
Din, F., 3.4.17. Franklin, J. L., 3.2.12.
Dittmer, D. S., 5.2.15. Freedman, L. D., 3.2.31.
Donnay, G., 3.3.1. Frondel, C, 3.3.10.
Donnay, J. D. H., 3.3.1. Fuller, E. G., 3.1.18.
Doveika, A., 5.3.2. Fuller, G. H., 3.1.1.
Downie, A. R., 2.2., 3.2.7., 3.2.8. Furukawa, G. T., 3.4.14.
Draxl, K, 3.2.12. Fuyat, R. K, 3.3.3.
Dreisbach, R. R., 5.3.40.
Dubok, V. A., 5.4.9. Garritsen, J. K, 3.4.20.
Duckworth, W. H., 5.4.8. Garvin, D., 3.5.1.
Dulaney, G. W., 3.4.23. Gebicki, J. M., 5.3.24.
Dunn, G. H., 3.2.5. Gerassimov, ]. 1., 3.4.8.
Dutton, J., 3.2.5. Gilfrich, N. T., 3.3.3.
Dzhelepov, B. S., 3.1.14. Gleiser, M., 3.4.10.
Glennon, B. M., 3.2.2.
Eastwood, K M., 5.3.2. Glushko, V. P., 3.4.6., 3.4.7.
Ebert, H., 5.2.12. Golashvili, T. V., 5.3.5.
Ebert, ]. P., 3.4.2. Goldberg, M. D., 3.1.7.
242
Author Index
Goldstein, H., 3.1.19. Holubek, J., 3.2.23.

Good, W. M., 3.1.8.,3.1.19. Honeck, H. c., 3.1.7.
Goodwin, R. D., 3.4.21. Horiuti, J., 3.5.3.
Gorter, C. ]., 2.2.,3.3.14.,3.3.15. Hornyak, W. F., 3.1.15.
Gosman, A. L., 3.4.21. Hotes, H., 3.4.16.
Gove, N. B., 3.1.1.,3.1.17. Houtgast,]., 3.2.1.
Gray, D. E., 5.2.11. Howerton, R. J., 3.1.3.
Gregoire, R., 2.2. Howie, R. A., 3.3.11.
Groshev, L. V., 5.3.2. Hu, A. T., 3.4.4.
Groth, P. von, 3.3.8., 4.3.4. Hubbell, J. H., 3.1.18., 3.2.47.
Gurevitch, V. M., 5.3.34. Hughes, D. J., 3.1.7.
Gurvich, L. V., 3.2.45., 3.4.6. Huldt, E., 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.
Hultgren, R. R., 3.4.9.
Haar, L., 3.4.18. Hulubei, H., 2.2.
Haas, R. H., 3.2.25. Humphreys, C. J., 5.3.14.
Haissinsky, M., 2.2., 3.5.4. Hust, ]. G., 3.4.21.
Hall, F. P., 3.4.12.
Hall, H. T., 4.3.1. Immergut, E. H., 5.4.17.
Hall, L. A., 3.3.12. Ionov, V. P., 3.4.19.
Halow,1., 3.4.1. Isaacs, T., 3.3.3.
Hamer, W. J., 4.3.9.
Hampel, B., 3.2.34. Jacques, J., 2.2., 3.6.3.
Hampel, C. A., 5.4.6. Jaeger, R. G., 3.2.47.
Hansen, M., 3.4.11. Jaffe, 1., 3.4.1.
Harllee, F. N., 3.2.12. Janot, M. M., 2.2., 3.6.6.
Harrison, G. R., 3.2.4. Janz, G. J., 3.4.22.
Hart, W., 3.1.10. Jarmie, N., 3.1.13.
Harvey, J. A., 3.1.7. Jasper, J. J., 4.2.2.
Hausen, H., 2.1. Johnson, L. F., 3.2.42.
Haywood, R. W., 3.4.16. Johnson, Q., 3.3.1.
Hearmon, R. F. S., 3.3.9. Johnson, V. J., 3.4.21.
Hellwege,A.M. 3.1.1.,3.1.17.,3.2.26., Johnston, H. S., 3.5.1.,3.5.5.
3.2.49., 3.2.50., 3.3.9., 3.3.14. Joliot-Curie, F., 2.2.
Hellwege,K.-H., 2.1., 3.1.1., 3.1.17., J oliot-Curie, 1., 2.2.
3.2.26., 3.2.49., 3.2.50., 3.3.9., Jones, P. R., 3.2.31.
3.3.14. Jones, R. N., 1.2.1.,3.2.24.,6.3.1.
Henry, N. F. M., 3.3.6. Juza, J., 3.4.16.
Herman, R., 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.
Herron,]. T., 3.2.12. Kafarov, B. V., 5.3.52.
Herzberg, G., 3.2.9., 6.3.1. Kagan, H., 2.2., 3.6.3.
Hestermans, P., 3.4.20. Kahan, D. J., 4.3.6.
Hey, M. H., 3.3.8. Kaiser, H., 3.2.19.,3.2.34.
Hilsenrath, J., 5.3.41. Kamlet, M. ]., 3.2.31.
Hirayama, K., 5.3.12. Kaplan, L. A., 3.2.31.
Ho, C. Y., 3.4.20. Karapetyants, M. K., 5.3.39.
Hofstadter, R., 3.1.5. Karapetyants, M. L., 5.3.39.
Hohlneicher, G., 3.2.34. Karris, G. c., 3.4.4.
Holden, H. S., 3.3.10. Kasper, ]. S., 3.3.6.
Holland, J. c., 3.1.18. Kaufman, A. M., 3.1.1.
Hollander, J. M., 3.1.4. Kaufman, H. c., 5.4.15.
Hollis, D. P., 3.2.42. Kaye, G. W. c., 5.2.2.
16* 243
Author Index
Keenan, J. H., 3.4.16. Lax, E., 5.2.3.

Kelley, K. K., 3.4.5., 3.4.9. Lebedev, S. V., 5.3.13.
Kelly, F. J., 3.4.22. Lebedev, Y. S., 5.3.23.
Kempf, R., 5.5.5. Lecomte, J., 6.3.1.
Kennard, 0., 3.3.1.,3.3.7. Lederer, C. M., 3.1.4.
Keyes, F. G., 3.4.16. Legler, R., 3.2.49.
Khairullins, V. P., 5.4.1. Leimdorfer, M., 4.1.3.
Khamsky, E. V., 5.3.27. Letestu, S., 5.2.22.
Khodadad, P., 2.2. Levin, E. M., 3.4.12.
Kieffer, L. J., 3.2.5. Levine, S., 3.4.1.
Kilpatrick, J. E., 3.4.2. Lewis, J. S., 3.6.2.
Kim, H. J., 3.1.13. Lewis, o. G., 5.4.16.
King, E. G., 3.4.5. Lide, D. R., Jr., 1.1.1.,3.2.15.
King, M. V., 3.3.1. Lidofsky, L., 3.1.1.
King, R. W., 3.1.1. Liley, P. E., 3.4.20.
Kirchhoff, W. H., 3.2.25. Linke, W. F., 3.4.23.
Kirillin, V. A., 5.3.59., 5.3.66. Lisskien, H., 4.1.2.
Kisliuk, P., 3.2.25. List, R. J., 5.2.21.
Kitahara, Y., 3.2.20. Livingood, J. J., 3.1.4.
Klemm, W., 1.2.2., 3.2.50. Lojko, M. S., 3.2.25.
Kluyver, J. c., 3.1.16. Long, c., 5.2.16.
Kmonicek, V., 3.4.16. Lonsdale, K., 1.2.4., 3.3.6.
Koch, R. c., 5.5.7. Lopato, L. M., 5.4.9.
Koenig, L. A., 3.1.1.,3.1.17. Lord, R. c., 3.2.24.,6.3.1.
Kondrat'yev, V. N., 3.2.45. Lorenz, P. K., 3.4.22.
Konig, E., 3.3.14. Lucks, C. F., 5.4.4.
Kopfermann, H., 3.2.50. Lvov, Y., 5.3.13.
Kornilov, 1. 1., 3.3.17.,5.4.13. Lyklema, J., 4.2.1.
Kortum, G., 3.4.25. Lyle, R. E., 3.2.31.
Kotani, M., 1.2.3. Lyman, T., 5.4.3.
Kotera, A., 4.3.8. Lynch, F. J., 5.4.8.
Kratohvil, J. P., 4.2.4.
Krauss, M., 3.2.13. MacGillavry, C. H., 3.3.6.
Kremnev, V. A., 5.3.8. Magat, M., 2.2., 3.5.4.
Krestovnikov, A. N., 3.4.8. Magurno, B. A., 3.1.7.
Kresze, G., 3.2.34. Mah, A. D., 3.4.5.
Krupenie, P. H., 3.2.6. Makita, T., 3.4.20.
Kryzhizhanovsky, R. E., 5.3.63. Mann, D. B., 3.4.21.
Kubaschewski,O., 3.4.10., 5.3.43., Manning, J. R., 4.3.5.
5.4.7. Manzhely, V. G., 5.4.19.
Kunz, W., 3.1.2. Marie, Ch., 2.2.
Kurtev, B., 6.2.3.,6.3.1. Marion, J. B., 3.1.1.
Kutter, F., 5.5.5. Martell, A. E., 3.4.24.
Maryott, A. A., 3.2.15.
Laby, T. H., 5.2.2. Mashiko, Y., 3.2.20.
Lakshminarayanan, G. R., 3.4.22. Mason, S. F., 3.2.34.
Landolt, H., 2.1. Massot, R., 3.2.37.
Lang, L., 3.2.33. Mathieu, J.-P., 2.2., 3.6.4.-3.6.6.
Lange, N. A., 5.2.5. Matsumoto, T., 3.3.1.
Langner, 1., 3.1.9. Mattauch, J. H. E., 3.1.1., 3.1.17.,
Lauritsen, T., 3.1.1., 3.1.15., 3.1.17. 4.1.4.
244
Author Index
May, V. M., 3.1.7. Noddings, C. R., 5.3.47.

McClellan, A. L., 5.3.30. Norton, D. c., 3.1.10.
McClintock, R. B., 3.4.16. Nowacki, W., 3.3.1.
McCullough, J. P., 5.4.2.
McGinnis, C. L., 3.1.1.,3.1.17. O'Connell,]. S., 3.1.18.
McGowan, F. K., 3.1.13. Ogonowska, B., 5.4.20.
McKellar, A., 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8. Oldenbourg, R., 3.4.16.
McKeown, M., 3.1.1. Ondik, H. M., 3.3.1.
McMurdie, H. F., 3.3.3., 3.4.12. Oosugi,]., 4.3.2.
Mecke, R., 6.3.1. Orr, L., 3.4.9.
Medvedev, V. A., 3.2.45.,3.4.7. Osborn, E. F., 3.4.12.
Meites, L., 5.5.2. Ourisson, G., 2.2., 3.2.48., 3.6.3.,
Merrill, P. W., 3.2.1. 3.6.4.
Meyer, C. A., 3.4.16.
Miescher, E., 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8. Palache, c., 3.3.10.
Mikulin, G. r., 5.3.53. Pannetier, R., 5.3.3.
Miles, B. M., 3.2.2. Parker, E. R., 5.4.14.
Milne, G. S., 3.5.1.,3.5.2. Parker, K., 3.1.10.
Milner, W. T., 3.1.13. Parker, V. B., 3.4.1.
Minnaert, M. ]. G., 3.2.1. Parks, P. c., 3.3.3.
Mirkin, L. r., 5.3.26. Paulsen, A., 4.1.2.
Mischenko, K. P., 5.2.7. Pearlstein, S., 3.1.7.
Miyahara, K., 3.5.3. Pearson, W. B., 3.3.4., 3.3.5.
Mizushima, M., 3.2.25. Peeker, ].-c., 6.2.3., 6.3.2.
Mizushima, S., 6.3.1. Peker, L. K., 3.1.14.
Moiseiwitsch, B. L., 3.2.5. Pelekhov, V. r., 5.3.2.
Monaro, S., 5.3.2. Pendleburg, E., 3.1.10.
Moore, N. Y., 3.4.20. Pepinsky, R., 4.3.4.
Moore-Sitterly, C. E., 3.2.1. Perkampus, H.-H., 3.2.34.
Mopsik, F. r., 3.2.14. Perlman, r., 3.1.4.
Morris, M. c., 3.3.3. Perrin, D. D., 3.4.25.
Morrison, P., 3.1.15. Pestemer, M., 3.2.34.
Mrose, M., 3.3.1. Peterson, J. D., 3.2.25.
Muan, A., 3.4.12. Petit, A., 2.2.
Mueller, M. H., 3.3.1. Petrov, S. M., 5.4.1.
Mughabghab, S. F., 3.1.7. Phillips, E. W., 3.4.4.
Mukerjee, P., 4.2.3. Phillips, ]. G., 3.2.22.
Mullet, G. M., 5.3.47. Phillips, J. P., 3.2.31.
Munavalli, S., 2.2., 3.2.48. Pier, E. A., 3.2.42.
Murphy, J. D., 3.1.18. Pimentel, G. c., 3.4.2.
Mysels, K. J., 4.2.3. Pitzer, K. S., 3.4.2.
Plebanski, T., 5.4.20.
Nachod, F. c., 3.2.31. Plechaty, E. F., 3.1.3.
Nakagawa, 1., 3.2.20. Pleshanov, A. S., 3.4.19.
Nakanishi, K., 3.2.20. Plyler, E. K., 3.2.24.
Nakasima, R., 3.1.1.,3.1.17. Porter, M. W., 3.3.8.
Naumov, G. B., 5.2.20. Post, B., 3.3.3.
Nelson, R. D., Jr., 3.2.15. Pourbaix, M., 5.3.49.
Nesmeyanov, A. N., 5.3.37. Powell, R. W., 3.4.20.
Nikolaev, M. N., 5.3.1. Pratto, M. R., 3.2.25.
Nikolski, B. P., 5.2.4. Predvoditelev, A. S., 3.4.19.
245
Author Index
Pringsheim, P., 3.2.49. Schmillen, A., 3.2.49.

Prophet, H., 3.4.4. Schopper, H., 3.1.5.
Purohit, S. N., 3.1.7. Schumm, R. H., 3.4.1.
Schupp, O. E., 3.6.2.
Rabinovitch, V. A., 5.3.54., 5.3.60., Schwartz, R. B., 3.1.7.
5.3.65. Schwarzenbach, G., 3.4.24.
Ramakrishna, V., 3.4.10. Scott, D. W., 5.4.2.
Rank, D. H., 5.3.14. Scott, M. R., 3.1.1.
Rao, K. N., 5.3.14. Seaborg, G. T., 3.1.4.
Rappaport, Z., 5.5.3. Seagrave, J. D., 3.1.13.
Reeves, R. D., 3.4.22. Seidell, A., 3.4.23.
Reilly, M. L., 3.4.14. Selinov,1. P., 5.3.6., 5.3.8.
Remizov, C. A., 5.3.66. Sergejev, V. 0., 3.1.14.
Rice, R. G., 3.2.31. Shaffer, P. T. B., 5.4.4.
Ridley, R. G., 3.2.38. Shafroth, S. M., 3.1.1.
Rieck, G. D., 3.3.6. Shakhov, A. S., 3.4.8.
Robbins, C. R., 3.4.12. Shiba, T., 3.6.1.
Roberts, B. W., 3.3.17. Shimanouchi, T., 3.2.10.,3.2.20.
Robie, R. A., 5.2.17. Shoolery, J. N., 3.2.42.
Roche, J., 2.2., 3.6.5. Shunk, F. A., 3.4.11.
Roder, H. M., 3.3.12., 3.4.21. Siletskiy, V. S., 5.3.66.
Roe, E. M. F., 3.2.34. Sillen, L. G., 3.4.24.
Roesch, W. c., 3.2.47. Silvestri, G. J., 3.4.16.
Rosen, B., 2.2., 3.2.7., 3.2.8. Sinke, G. c., 3.4.4., 3.4.10., 5.3.38.
Rosenstock, H. M., 3.2.12. Slack, L., 3.1.1.
Ross, A., 4.3.3. Smith, C. D., 3.2.18.
Rossini, F. D., 1.2.5., 2.3., 3.4.1., Smith, D. B., 3.1.13.
3.4.2., 3.4.3., 5.3.44., 6.2.3. Smith, J. V., 3.3.3.
Rough, F. A., 5.3.46. Smith, M. W., 3.2.2.
Rozek, A. L., 5.3.16. Smith, S. J" 3.2.5.
Rozhdestvenskii, 1. B., 3.4.19. Smithells, C. J., 5.4.5.
Ruderer, C. G., 5.4.8. Smithson, L. D., 5.3.16.
Rudge, M. R. H., 3.2.5. Smits, L. J., 2.2.,3.3.14.,3.3.15.
Ryba, E., 3.3.1. Snell, A., 3.1.1.
Ryvkin, S. L., 5.3.55., 5.3.56. Sober, H. A., 5.2.14.
Sokolovskii, L. L., 5.3.2.
Saba, W. G., 3.4.14. Spencer, R. c., Jr., 3.4.16.
Saeki, S., 3.2.20. Spiller, R. c., 3.3.8.
Samson, S., 3.3.1. Stakhanov,1. P., 3.4.19.
Samsonov, G. V., 3.6.7., 5.3.31., Starck, B., 3.2.26.
5.4.4., 5.4.10., 5.4.12. Stauffer, C. H., 3.5.1.
Samuilov, E. V., 3.4.19. Stehn, J. R., 3.1.7.
Sandeman, 1., 3.2.34. Stern, K. H., 3.4.13.
Sato, K., 5.2.8. Stewart, R. B., 3.4.21.
Schafer, Kl., 2.1. Stinchfield, R., 3.3.3.
Scheer, J., 3.1.17. Story, J. S., 3.1.10.
Schick, H. L., 5.3.42. Striganov, A. P., 5.3.9.
Schicke, W., 5.5.4. Strobridge, T. R., 3.4.21.
Schintlmeister, J., 3.1.2. Strominger, D., 3.1.4.
Schmidt, E., 2.1.,3.4.16. Strouf, 0., 3.2.23.
Schmidt, J. J., 3.1.9. Stull, D. R., 3.4.4.,3.4.10.,5.3.38.
246
Author Index
Stupochenko, E. V., 3.4.19. Voitovitch, R. F., 5.4.11.

Styrikovich, M. A., 1.2.6. Voznesentskaya, I. E., 5.3.53.
Suhner, F., 2.2., 3.3.16. Vukalovitch, M. P., 3.4.16., 5.3.55.,
Sutton, L. E., 3.2.44. 5.3.57., 5.3.58., 5.3.66.
Svetitsky, N. S., 5.3.9.
Swanson, H. E., 3.3.3.
Synowietz, c., 5.2.3. Wacker, P. F., 3.2.25.
Syverud, A. N., 3.4.4. Wagman, D. D., 3.4.1.
Szoke,]., 3.2.33. Waldbaum, D. R., 5.2.17.
Szymanski, H. A., 5.3.17.-5.3.20., Wallin, L., 4.1.3.
5.3.22. Wapstra, A. H., 3.1.1.,3.1.17., 4.1.4.
Ward, A. T., 3.4.22.
Way, K, 3.1.1.,3.1.17.
Tanaka, N., 3.2.20.
Weast, R. c., 5.2.1.
Tarzimanow, A. A., 5.3.64.
Webb, D. U., 3.4.4.
Tatge, E., 3.3.3.
Weber, L. A., 3.4.21.
Taylor, W. J., 3.4.2.
Weise, E. L., 3.4.13.
Terpstra, P., 3.3.8.
Weissmann, S., 3.3.3.
Terrall,]. R., 3.1.3.
Werner, H. G., 3.4.2.
Thew, K, 3.1.1.
Westrum, E. F., Jr., 3.4.1.
Thompson, H. W., 3.2.19.
Wheeler, O. H., 3.2.31.
Thon, N., 3.5.1.
Whitehead, L. T., 3.1.19.
Tikhomirova, N. N., 5.3.23.
Wieland, K, 2.2.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.
Timmons, C. J., 3.2.34.
Wiener-Chasman, R., 3.1.7.
Timofeyev, V. N., 5.3.66.
Wiese, W. L., 3.2.2.
Tolkachev, S. S., 5.3.28.
Williams, M. G., 3.4.2.
Tomkins, R. P. T., 3.4.22.
Wilson, A. ]. c., 3.3.4.
Touloukian, Y. S., 3.4.20.
Wolfe, H. c., 6.2.3.
Townes, C. H., 3.2.25.
Woll, D., 3.1.9.
Tresvyatsky, S. G., 5.4.9.
Wollert, S. K, 3.4.4.
Trotman-Dickenson, A. F., 3.5.1.,
Wolten, G., 3.3.1.
3.5.2.
Wood, W. D., 5.4.4.
Wren-Lewis,]., 3.3.8.
Ugrinic, G. M., 3.3.3. Wyckoff, R. W. G., 3.3.2.
Ulmer, L., 3.3.3.
Ungnade, H. E., 3.2.31.
Utermark, W., 5.5.4. Yakowitz, H., 4.3.6.
Yamasaki, K, 6.3.1.
Yaprintseva, V. G., 5.4.1.
Van der Leun, c., 3.1.16.
Yatsimirskii, K B., 5.3.51.
Van Lieshout, R., 3.1.1.
Yelin, R. E., 5.3.22.
Vargaftik, N. B., 5.3.62., 5.3.64.
Yurchak, R. P., 5.3.64.
Varsanyi, G., 3.2.33.
Vasilev, V. P., 5.3.51.
Vasserman, A. A., 5.3.60. Zagoruchenko, V. A., 5.3.61.
Vedeneyev, V. I., 3.2.45. Zaidel, A. N., 5.3.10.
Venkatasetty, H. V., 3.4.22. Zhuravelev, A. M., 5.3.61.
Venkstern, T. V., 5.3.21. Zolotareva, R. V., 5.3.13.
Vila, J. P., 6.3.1. Zussman, J., 3.3.11.
Vizesy, M., 3.2.33. Zwolinski, B.]., 2.3., 3.2.16., 3.2.17.
Voevodskii, V. V., 5.3.23. 3.2.27.-3.2.30., 3.2.35., 3.2.36.,
Vogel, W., 3.4.25. 3.2.39., 3.2.40., 3.4.2., 3.4.3.
247
Subject Index
CAPITAL letters indicate names of data centers and projects, and major property
categories; italic letters indicate titles of publications. Section numbers in bold type
refet to description of data center or project.
Absorption coefficient, gamma, X-ray, Activation Ana!Jsis Handbook, 5.5.7.

3.2.47., see also Cross sections Activation energy, enthalpy, entropy,
Absorption of X-rays, wavelengths of see Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy of
emission and discontinuities, 2.2. activation
ABSORPTION SPECTRA IN THE ULTRA- Activity coefficient, alloys, 3.4.9.
VIOLET AND VISIBLE REGION, 3.2.33. - - , calculation using interionic
Absorption Spectra of Minor Bases, Their attraction theory, 4.3.9.
Nucleosides, Nucleotides, and Selected - -, electrolyte solutions, 4.3.9.
Oligoribonucleotides, 5.3.21. - -, elements, compounds in steel-
Absorptivity (absorptance) thermal, see making, 3.4.10.
Thermal radiative properties - -, hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2.
Abundance, relative isotopic, see Iso- Activity Coefficients, Theoretical Mean, of
topic abundance, relative Strong Eleetro!Jles in Aqueous Solu-
Academy of Sciences of the Ukrainian tions, 4.3.9.
S. S. R., 3.6.7. Activity properties, water, electrolytes
Academy of Sciences of the U. S. S. R., in binary water solutions of &alts,
1.1.3., 1.2.6.,3.1.14.,3.2.45.,3.4.6., acids, alkalis, 5.3.53.
3.4.7.,3.4.19.,5.3.1.,5.3.21.,5.3.23., Acyclic compounds, halogen-substitut-
5.3.36.,5.3.37.,5.3.52. ed, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.3.
Acetylene, physical, thermodynamic Advanced Research Projects Agency,
properties, 3.4.17. Department of Defense, U. S.A.
Acids, activity properties of water, elec- CARPA), 3.2.5.
trolytes in binary water solutions of, Affinity, electron, proton, see Electron,
5.3.53. Proton affinity
-, aqueous solutions of, thermodyn- Agricultural University, the Nether-
amic properties, 3.4.1. lands, 4.2.1.
-, organic, dissociation constants, Air, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
3.4.25. -, physical properties, 3.4.17.
- , solubilities of elements, inorganic -, thermodynamic functions, 3.4.19.
and organic compounds in, 3.4.23. -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.15.,
Acoustic properties, alloys, intermetall- 3.4.17.
ic compounds, metals, 4.3.6. -, transport properties, 3.4.15.
Acoustics, quantities and units (ISO -, liquid, and constituents, thermo-
R 31), 6.2.2. physical properties, 5.3.60.
Acta Crystallographica, 3.2.44.,6.4.1. Albany Metallurgy Research Center,
Actinides, atomic energy levels, 3.2.1. U.S.A., 3.4.5.
249
Subject Index
Album of Gamma Rays, 5.3.7. Alloys, soft X-ray spectral data,

Alcoholimetric Tables, Standard, 5.4.20. 4.3.6.
Alcohols, thermodynamic properties, -, superconductive properties, 3.3.17.,
3.4.2. 4.3.6.
Aldehydes, thermodynamic properties, -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.9.,
3.4.2., 3.4.3. 3.4.20., 4.3.6.
Aliphatic compounds, crystal structures, -, thermophysical properties, 3.4.20.,
3.3.2. 5.3.63.
Alkali metals, atomic collision data, low -, transport properties, 3.4.20., 4.3.5.
energy, 3.2.5. -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3.
- -, thermophysical properties, - , binary, crystallographic properties,
5.3.59. constitution data, 3.4.11.
Alkali metal compounds, thermody- Alpha decay, disintegration, see Radio-
namic properties, 3.4.6. active disintegration
Alkaline earths, transition probability, Alpha-spectroscopy, angular correla-
atomic, 3.2.2. tion computations in, numerical
Alkalis, activity properties of water, tables for, 2.1.
electrolytes in binary water solu- Aluminium and compounds, thermo-
tions of, 5.3.53. dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
-, transition probability, atomic, 3.2.2. American Ceramic Society, U. S.A.,
Alkaloids, infrared spectra, 3.2.20., 3.4.12., 5.4.8.
3.2.23. American Chemical Society, U.S.A.
-, NMR spectra, 3.2.42. (ACS), 3.4.10., 3.4.23., 5.3.38.
-, optical rotatory power, 3.2.22., American Crystallographic Association,
3.6.6. U.S.A. (ACA), 3.3.1.,3.3.3.
-, physical properties, 3.2.23., 3.6.6. American Institute of Physics Handbook,
- , ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.23. 5.2.11.
Alkanoic acids, thermodynamic proper- American Iron and Steel Institute,
ties, 3.4.2., 3.4.3. U.S.A., 3.4.9.,3.4.10.
Alkanols, thermodynamic properties, American Petroleum Institute, U. S. A.
3.4.3. (API), 2.3.,3.2.16., 3.2.17., 3.2.27.
Alkyl thiophenes, thermodynamic pro- -3.2.30.,3.2.35.-3.2.37., 3.2.39.,
perties, 3.4.2. 3.2.40., 3.4.2., 3.4.3., 5.4.18.
ALLOY DATA CENTER, 4.3.6. AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE RE-
Alloys, catalysis of ethylene hydrogen- SEARCH PROJECT 44 (API RP 44),
ation with, 3.5.3. 2.3.,3.2.16., 3.2.17.,3.2.27., 3.2.28.,
-, cryogenic data, 3.4.21., 4.3.6. 3.2.29., 3.2.30., 3.2.35., 3.2.36.,
-, crystallographic propertie~, 3.3.1. 3.2.37., 3.2.39., 3.2.40., 3.4.2.,
-, crystal structures, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.4.3.
3.3.5., 3.4.11. American Philosophical Society, U.S.A.,
-, Curie temperature, 3.3.15. 3.3.10.
-, diffusion data, 4.3.5. American Society for Metals, U.S.A.,
-, elastic constants, 3.3.9. 5.4.3.
-, lattice parameters, 3.3.5. American Society for Testing and
-, magnetic moment, susceptibility, Materials, U.S.A. (ASTM), 3.2.51.
3.3.15. - 3.2.53., 3.3.3., 3.6.2.
-, magnetic properties, 4.3.6. American Society of Mechanical Engi-
-, NMR spectral data, 4.3.6. neers, U. S. A. (ASME), 3.4.16.,
-, optical properties, 3.3.1. 6.3.5.
-, phase diagrams, 3.4.9.-3.4.11., American Standards Association,
5.3.46. U.S.A., 6.3.5.
250
Subject Index
Amines, thermodynamic properties, ASTM Infrared Spectral Index, 3.2.20.

3.4.3. Astronomer's Handbook (IAU), 6.2.3.,
Amino acids, crystal structures, 3.3.2. 6.3.2.
- - , nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. Astronomical spectra, lines of chemical
- -, optical rotatory power, 3.6.5. elements in, 3.2.1.
Amino acid derivatives, abbreviated Astronomie und Geophysik, Landolt-Biirn-
designations (IUPAC), 6.3.1. stein, Sixth Edition, 2.1.
Ammonia, physical properties, 3.4.17. Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Re-
-, radiation chemistry data, 4.3.3. search, Landolt-Biirnstein, New Series,
- , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.15., 2.1.
3.4.17.,3.4.18. Astronomy, 2.1., 3.2.1., 3.2.7., 3.2.8.,
-, transport properties, 3.4.15. 3.2.22., 3.2.24., 6.2.3., 6.3.2.
-, (ideal gas), thermodynamic proper- Astrophysics, 2.1.,3.2.1.,3.2.5.,3.2.7.,
ties, 3.4.18. 3.2.22.
Ammoniates, crystal structures, 3.3.2. Asymmetric rotors, line strengths,
Amphipathic, surface-active com- 3.2.25.
pounds, aqueous solution, critical Atlas d' Equilibres Electrochimiques,
micelle concentrations in, 4.2.3. 5.3.49.
Analyses, minerals, 3.3.10., 3.3.11. ATLAS DES LONGUEURS D'ONDE CARAC-
-, molecular rotational, vibrational TERISTIQUES DES BANDES D'EMISSION
spectra, 3.2.22. ET D' ABSORPTION DES MOLECULES
-, optical atomic spectra, 3.2.1. DIATOMIQUES, TABLES DE CONSTAN-
-, silicates, 3.3.11. TES SELECTIONNEES, 2.2., 3.2.8.
Analytical chemistry, handbooks, 5.5. Atlas of Electrochemical Equilibria in
Angewandte Chemie, 3.2.34. Aqueous Solutions, 5.3.49.
Angular correlation computations in Atlas of ESR Spectra, 5.3.23., 5.3.24.
IX-, fJ- and y-spectroscopy, numerical Atmospheric gases, thermodynamic,
tables, 2.1. transport properties, 3.4.15.
Antiferroelectric substances, 2.1. Atom-atom reactions, chemical kinetics
Antimony and compounds, thermo- data, 3.5.2.
dynamic properties, 3.4.8. Atomic and Molecular Physics, Landolt-
Appearance potential, gaseous positive Biirnstein, New Series, 2.1.
ions, 3.2.12. ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PROCESSES
Aqueous solutions, electrochemical INFORMATION CENTER, 3.2.11.
equilibria in, 5.3.49. Atomic and nuclear physics, quantities
- -, radiation chemistry data, 4.3.3. and units (ISO R31), 6.2.2.
Aqueous solvents, solubility of ele- Atomic and weight percent, factors for
ments, inorganic and organic com- interconversion of, 3.4.11.
pounds in, 3.4.23. Atomic collision data, electron, photon,
Argon, physical properties, 3.4.17. low energy, 3.2.5.
-, thermodynamic functions, 3.4.19. - - -, heavy particles, 3.2.5., 3.2.11.
-, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.15., ATOMIC COLLISION INFORMATION CEN-
3.4.17. TER, JILA 3.2.5.
-, - - , low temperature, 3.4.21. Atomic configurations in molecules,
-, transport properties, 3.4.15. ions, 3.2.44.
Argonne National Laboratory, U. S.A., Atomic Energy Establishment, Win-
3.1.6., 3.3.1. frith, U.K., 3.1.10.
Aromatic compounds, molecular elec- ATOMIC ENERGY LEVELS DATA AND
tronic spectra, 3.2.33., 3.2.34. INFORMATION CENTER, 3.2.1.,3.2.2.
Arrhenius values, bimolecular gas reac- Atomic Energy Levels (from Anabses of
tions, 3.5.2. Optical Spectra), 3.2.1.
251
Subject Index
Atomic energy levels, elements, 3.2.1. Bases, minor, absorption spectra,

-3.2.3. 5.3.21.
Atomic Energy Research Institute, Ja- -, organic, dissociation constants,
pan, 4.1.5. 3.4.25.
Atomic mass, 3.1.2., 3.1.15., 3.1.16., Basic Data of Plasma Physics, 5.3.32.
4.1.4. BasicQuantities and Units of SI, 6.2.2.
Atomic mass difference, 3.1.1., 3.1.15., Basic Thermodynamic Constants of Inorga-
3.1.16. nic and Organic Substances, 5.3.39.
ATOMIC PROPERTIES, 1.1.1.,3.2. Bei/steins Handbuch der Organischen
Atomic radius, see Nuclear radii Chemie, 5.1.3.
Atomic spectra, elements, 3.2.4. Bending (stretching) frequency, see
Atomic Spectra, Notation for, 6.2.3. Vibrational frequency, molecular
Atomic Spectra, Selected Tables, (Si I-IV), Benzene and derivatives, crystal struc-
3.2.1. tures, 3.3.2.
Atomic Terms, Glossary oj, 6.3.5. - - -, ultraviolet spectral data,
ATOMIC TRANSITION PROBABILITIES 3.2.34.
DATA CENTER, 3.2.2. BERKELEY ANALYSES OF MOLECULAR
Atomic volume, see Volume, atomic SPECTRA, 3.2.22.
Atomic Weapons Research Establish- Beta decay, disintegration, see Radio-
ment, Aldermaston, U. K. (AWRE), active disintegration
3.1.10.,3.2.38. Beta-spectroscopy, angular correlation
Atomic Weights, Table of Relative, 3.4.1., computations in, numerical tables
6.2.3. for, 2.1.
Atoms and ions, atomic collision data, BIBLIOGRAPHIES, atomic and molecular
low energy, 3.2.5. processes, 3.2.11.
- - - , magnetic dipole moments, - , atomic, electron collision data, 3.2.5.
3.2.50.,3.3.15. -, chemical kinetics data, 3.5.1.
- - - , physical constants, 3.2.1., - , cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
3.2.45. -, crystal structures, organic, 3.3.7.
- - - , rearrangement collisions, - , diatomic molecules, spectroscopic
3.2.11. data, 3.2.6.,3.2.7.
- - -, spectral lines, 5.3.9. - , dielectrics, 3.2.14.
- - - , transition probabilities, 3.2.2. - , diffusion data, metals and alloys,
Atoms molecules, radicals; electron, pro- 4.3.5.
ton affinities, ionization potentials, - , free radicals, 3.2.50.
3.2.45. - , high pressure data, 4.3.1.
A tom- und Mo/ekularphysik, Lando/I- -, ion-molecule reactions, 3.2.12.
Bornstein, Sixth Edition, 2.1. -, mass spectral data, 3.2.38.
Attenuation coefficient, gamma, X-ray, - , microwave spectral data, 3.2.25.
see Gamma, X-ray attenuation co- - , molecular spectra, 3.2.9.,3.2.19.
efficient - , molecular structure, 3.2.9.
- , molten salts data, 3.4.22.
Band Spectrum of Carbon Monoxide, 3.2.6. - , nuclear data, 3.1.3.
Band theory, parameters for, 3.3.13. -, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
BARKER INDEX OF CRYSTALS, 3.3.8. spectral data, 4.3.6.
Barn Books, 3.1.7. -, optical atomic spectra, analyses of,
Bases, solubilities of elements, inorga- 3.2.1.
nic and organic compounds in, - , photoabsorption cross section data,
3.4.23. 3.2.5.
-, aqueous solutions of, thermodyna- - , photonuclear data, 3.1.18.
mic properties, 3.4.1. -, radiation chemistry, 4.3.3.
252
Subject Index
BIBLIOGRAPHIES, sesquiterpenoids, Bond length, see Interatomic distance

optical, spectral data, 3.2.48. Borides, crystal structures, phase dia-
-, soft X-ray &pectroscopy, 4.3.6. grams, 3.4.11.
-, thermodynamic properties, 2.3., Bravais lattice, classification of crystal
3.4.1., 3.4.2. structures by, 3.3.5.
-, thermophysical properties, 3.4.20. Brigham Young University, U. S. A.,
-, transition probabilities, atomic, 4.3.1.
3.2.2. British Standards Institution, U. K.,
-, X-ray crystallography, 3.3.6. 6.3.5.
Bimolecular gas reactions, chemical Brookhaven National Laboratory,
kinetics data, 3.5.2. U.S.A. (BNL), 3.1.7.,3.1.10.
Binary compounds, crystal structures, Bulgarian Academy of Science, 6.2.3.,
3.3.2. 6.3.1.
BINAR y METAL AND METALLOID CON- Bulletin of Thermo4Jnamics and Thermo-
STITUTION DATA CENTER, 3.4.11- chemistry,IUPAC, 2.3.,3.4.1.
Binding energy, electronic, nuclear,
3.1.14.,3.1.15.,3.1.17. Cadmium and compounds, thermo-
Biochemistry, handbooks, 5.2.14., dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
5.2.16. California Institute of Technology,
-, names of important compounds U.S.A., 3.1.15.,3.1.17.,3.3.1.
(IUPAC), 6.3.1. Calorimetric data, publication of
Biochemists' Handbook, 5.2.16. (IUPAC), 6.4.2.
Biological chemistry, abbreviations, Canadian National Committee for
symbols for chemical names of CODATA, 1.2.1.
interest in (IUP AC), 6.3.1. Capacity ratio, gas chromatography,
- -, IUPAC Commission on Nomen- 3.6.2.
clature of, 6.3.1. Carbides, thermodynamic properties,
Biology Data Book, 5.2.15. 3.4.5.,3.4.10.
Biology, handbooks, 5.2.14.-5.2.16. Carbohydrates, nomenclature (rUpAC),
Bismuth and compounds, thermody- 6.3.1.
namic properties, 3.4.8. Carbonates, decomposition reactions,
Boiling point (temperature), elements, kinetics data, 3.4.13.
3.4.1., 3.4.3. -, mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
- - -, hydrocarbons, 3.2.35., 3.4.2. -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.,
- - -, industrial compounds, 3.4.13.
3.2.18., 3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.41., Carbon compounds, crystal structures,
3.4.17. 3.3.4.
- - -, inorganic compounds, Carbon-containing compounds, crys-
3.2.19.,3.2.21.,3.2.33.,3.4.1.,3.4.3. tallographic properties, crystal
- - -, nonferrous metals, 3.4.8. structures, 3.3.7.
- - -,organiccompounds3.2.19.- Carbon dioxide, physical properties,
3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33., 3.2.41., 3.4.17.
3.4.1., 3.4.3. - -, thermodynamic properties,
Bond angle, molecules, ions, 3.2.44. 3.4.2.,3.4.15.,3.4.17.
BOND DISSOCIATION ENERGIES IN SIM- - -, thermophysical properties,
PLE MOLECULES, 3.2.46. 5.3.57.
BOND ENERGIES, IONIZATION POTEN- - -, transport properties, 3.4.15.
TIALS, AND ELECTRON AFFINITIES, Carbon (C 2 ) molecule, Swan system,
3.2.45. 3.2.22.
Bond energy, inorganic, organic mo- Carbon monoxide, band spectrum,
lecules, 3.2.45., 3.2.46. 3.2.6.
253
Subject Index
Carbon monoxide, cryogenic data, CHEMICAL KINETICS, 1.1.1., 3.4.13.,

3.4.21. 3.5.1.-3.5.5.,5.2.4.
- - , energy levels, spectroscopic data, Chemical kinetics data, bimolecular gas
3.2.6. reactions, 3.5.2.
- - , physical properties, 3.4.17. - - - , decomposition reactions of
- - , thermodynamic properties, inorganic salts, 3.4.13.
3.4.2., 3.4.17. - - - , homogeneous chemical re-
- - , - - , low temperature, 3.4.21. actions, 3.5.1.
Carnegie Institute of Technology, - - - , hydrogenation of ethylene,
U.S.A., 2.3.,3.4.3. catalyzed, 3.5.3.
Carotenoids, nomenclature (IUPAC), - - - , neutral oxygen species gas
6.3.1. phase reactions, 3.5.5
Catalogue of IAEA Nuclear Data Unit Chemical Kinetics Data Project, see
(CINDU), 3.1.8. Chemical Kinetics Information Cen-
Catalysts, metallic, hydrogenation of ter
ethylene on, 3.5.3. CHEMICAL KINETICS INFORMATION
Catholic University of America, U.S.A., CENTER, 3.5.1., 3.5.2., 3.5.5.
3.2.46. Chemical properties, crystals, 4.3.4.
Cell potential, see Electromotive force - - , elements, 3.6.7.,5.4.13.
(emf) - - , minerals, 3.3.10.,3.3.11.
CENTERS COVERING A NUMBER OF - - , silicates, 3.3.11.
AREAS OF SCIENCE, 2. Chemical reactions, homogeneous, ki-
CENTRAL BUREAU OF NUCLEAR MEAS- netics data, 3.5.1.
UREMENTS, 4.1.2. Chemical Society, U. K., 3.2.44.,
Ceramics, engineering properties, 5.4.8. 3.4.24.
- , phase diagrams, 3.4.12. CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMIC PROPER-
- , thermophysical properties, 3.4.20. TIES, SELECTED VALUES OF, 3.4.1.
Cermets, thermophysical properties, CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS IN NON-
3.4.20. FERROUS METALLURGY, 3.4.8.
Chalcogenides, crystal structures, phase Chemische Krystal/ographie, 3.3.8., 4.3.4.
diagrams, 3.4.11. Chemistry and Chemical Industry (Kagaku
Characteristic groups containing C, H, To Kogyo), 6.2.3.
0, N, S, Se, Te, and halogens, Chlorides, mass spectta, 3.2.35.
nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.6.
Characteristic Wavelengths jar Emission Chromatographic data, see Gas chto-
and Absorption Bands oj Diatomic matographic data
Molecules, Atlas oj, Tables de Con- Chromophoric groups, ultraviolet spec-
stantes Se!ectionnees, 2.2., 3.2.8. tral data for compounds containing,
CHARGED-PARTICLE CROSS SECTIONS, 3.2.34.
3.1.13. CINDA(COMPUTER INDEX OF NEUTRON
Charged-particle cross sections, 3.1.3., DATA), 3.1.8., 3.1.11., 3.1.12.,
3.1.13. 3.1.19.
Charge Exchange, 3.2.11. - , Division of Technical Infor-
Chemical Abstracts, 3.1.13., 3.2.14., mationExtension, USAEC, 3.1.19.
3.2.21., 3.2.31., 3.2.36., 3.2.41., - , ENEA Neutron Data Compilation
3.2.43., 3.2.44., 3.3.14., 3.4.4., Centre, 3.1.11.
3.4.11., 3.4.23., 4.2.2., 6.2.3., -,IAEA Nuclear Data Unit, 3.1.8.
6.3.1. - , U. S. S. R. Nuclear Data Infor-
CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS, SELECTED V A- mation Centre, 3.1.12.
LUES OF PROPERTIES OF, 2.3., 3.4.3., Ciphering, IUPAC Commission on,
see also 3.4.2. 6.3.1.
254
Subject Index
CIP"i1;[ General Conference Proceedings, see Commission for Symbols, Units and
Comptes Rendus des Seances de lu ... Nomenclature, IUPAP (SUN Com-
eme Conference Ge,lerale des Poids et mission), 3.1.1., 3.1.13., 6.1.2.,
A1esures 6.2.3.
Clarkson College of Technology, Commission on Atomic Weights,
U. S.A., 4.2.4. IUPAC, 6.2.3.
Classification, crystals, 3.3.1., 3.3.8. Commission on Clinical Chemistry,
- , gas chromatographic data, 3.6.1. IUP AC, 6.2.3.
- , organic structures of interest in Commission on Codification, Ciphering
ultraviolet spectroscopy, 3.2.34. and Punched Card Techniques,
Clinical chemistry, International Feder- IUPAC, 6.3.1.
ation for, 6.2.3. Commission on Crystallographic Data,
- -, lUPAC Commission on, 6.2.3. IUCr, 3.3.1.,6.4.1.
- -, quantities and units, 6.2.3. Commission on Electroanalytical
CN molecule, Red system, 3.2.22. Chemistry, IUPAC, 3.4.25., 3.4.26.
Coatings, thermal radiative properties, Commission on Enzymes, IUB,
3.4.20. 4.6.3.
Coblentz Society, 3.2.18., 3.2.21., Commission on Equilibrium Data,
6.4.3. IUPAC, 3.4.24.
COBLENTZ SOCIETY INFRARED ABSORP- Commission 14 on Fundamental Spec-
TION SPECTRA, 3.2.18. troscopic Values, IAU, 6.2.3.
CODATA, see Committee on Data for Commission on International Tables,
Science and Technology IUCr, 3.3.6.
Codification, lUP AC Commission on, Commission on Molecular Structure
6.3.1. and Spectroscopy, IUPAC, 3.2.24.,
COLLOID AND SURFACE PROPERTIES, 6.3.1., 6.4.3.
1.1.1., 4.2. Commission on Nomenclature of Bio-
Colloids, light scattering data, 4.2.4. logical Chemistry, IUPAC, 6.3.1.
Colorimetric determination of elements, Commission on Nomenclature of Or-
tables of spectrophotometric ab- ganic Chemistry, lUPAC, 6.3.1.
sorption data of compounds used Commission on Nuclidic Masses and
for, 5.5.6. Related Constants, IUP AP, 6.2.3.
Columbia University, U. S. A., 3.1.19. Commission on Physico-chemical Data
Columbium, see Niobium and Standards, IUP AC, 6.2.3.
Combustion, enthalpy (heat) of, see Commission on Physico-chemical
Enthalpy (heat) of combustion Symbols and Terminology, IUP AC,
Combustion product components, see Commission on Symbols, Ter-
thermodynamic properties, 3.4.6. minology and Units, IUP AC
Comite Consultatif International Tele- Commission on Spectrochemical and
graphique etTelephonique(CCITT), Other Optical Procedures for Ana-
6.1.2. lysis, IUPAC, 5.5.6.
Co mite Consultatif pour les Etalons de Commission on Structure Reports,
Mesure des Radiations lonisantes, IUCr, 3.3.4.
CIPM, 6.1.2. Commission on Symbols, Terminology
Comite International des Poids et Mesu- and Units, IUPAC, 6.1.2.,6.2.3.
res (CIPM), 6.1.1.-6.1.3.,6.2.1. Commission on Thermodynamics and
Commissariat a l'Energie Atomique, Thermochemistry, IUP AC, 3.4.15.,
France, 3.2.37. 6.2.3., 6.4.2.
Commission Internationale d'Eclairage, COMMITTEE ON DATA FOR SCIENCE AND
see International Commission on TECHNOLOGY (CODATA), 1.1.2.,
Illumination (1c!) 1.1.3., 1.2., 6.1.3.
255
Subject Index
Committee on Fundamental Constants, Conductivity, thermal, nonmetallic sol-

NAS, U.S.A., 3.4.9. ids, liquids, gases, 3.4.20.
COMPENDIUM OF AB INITIO CALCULA- -, -, semiconductors, inorganic,
TIONS OF MOLECULAR ENERGIES AND 3.3.13.
PROPERTIES, 3.2.13. -, -, steam, water, 3.4.16.
Compendium of Properties of Materials at -, -, low temperature, alloys, metals,
Low Temperatures, 3.4.21. 3.4.21.
Compendium of Thermal-Netttron Capture Conference on Electrical Insulation and
y-Ray Measurements, 5.3.2. Dielectric Phenomena, NRC,
Compilation of Gas Chromatographic Data, U.S.A., 3.2.14.
3.6.2. Consolidated Index of Selected Property
Complex compounds, instability con- Values: Physical Chemistry and Th-T-
stants, 5.3.51. modynamics, 3.4.27.
Complexes, metal-ion, see Metal-ion Constitutional diagrams, see Phase dia-
complexes grams
Composite systems, thermophysical Constitution of Binary Alloys, 3.4.11.
properties, 3.4.20. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE DATA ON THEO-
Composition at thermodynamic equi- RETICAL METALLURGY, 3.4.5.
librium, handbook on, 5.3.47. Conversion factors, atomic, weight per-
Composition, superconductive metals, cent, 3.4.11.
alloys 3.3.17. - -, energy, 3.1.4.,3.2.33.
COMPREHENSIVE MULTI-VOLUME HAND- - -, infrared wavelength, wavenum-
BOOKS, 5.1. ber, 3.2.24.
Compressibility coefficient, factor, cryo- - -, physical quantities, 6.1.2.,6.2.2.
genic fluids, 3.4.21. - -, reciprocal centimeter, electron
- -, -, elements, nonmetallic; inor- volt, 3.2.1.
ganic, organic compounds, - -, ultraviolet-visible wavelength,
3.4.3. wavenumber, 3.2.33.
- -, -, hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2. - -, unit systems, 6.2.2.
Comptes Rendus des Seances de la ... eme Copper, catalysis of ethylene hydrogen-
ConJirence Generale des Poids et Mesu- ation with, 3.5.3.
res, 6.2.1. -, thermodynamic properties, low
Compton (incoherent) scattering cross temperature, 3.4.14.
section, gamma, X-ray, 3.2.47. - and compounds, thermodynamic
Computer Index of Neutron Data, see properties, 3.4.8.
CINDA Corrinoids, nomenclature (IUPAq,
Concise Handbookfor the Engineering Pqy- 6.3.1.
sieist: Nuclear Physics, Atomic Physics, Corrosion, 2.1.
5.3.4. Coupling constants, Coriolis, quadru-
Concise Handbook on Pqysicochemical Va- pole, 3.2.26.
lues, 5.2.7. Critical Analysis of the Heat Capacity
Conduction, valence band energy, in- Data of the Literature and Evaluation
organic semiconductors, 3.3.13. of Thermodynamic Properties of Copper,
Conductivity (conductance), electrical, Silver,andGoldfrom Ot0300°K, 3.4.14.
see Resistivity, electrical Critical Data in Britain 1966-67, 1.1.2.
Conductrvity thermal, alloys, 3.4.20. Critical magnetic fields, temperatures,
-, -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. superconductive metals, alloys,
-, -, elements, 3.4.20. 3.3.17.
-, -, -, compounds in steelmaking, Critical micelle concentrations for am-
3.4.10. phipathic, surface active com
-, -, gases, liquids, 5.3.64. pounds in aqueous solution, 4.2.3.
256
Subject Index
Critical temperature, pressure, volume, CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC PROPERTIES,

density, elements, 3.4.3.,3.4.7. carbon-containing compounds,
- -, -, -, -, gases, industrial, 3.3.7.
3.4.17. - -, elements, 3.3.1., 3.6.7.
- -, -, -, -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. - -, handbooks on, 5.3.26.-5.3.28.
- - , -, -, -, inorganic, organic - -, inorganic compounds, 3.3.1.
compounds, 3.4.3.,3.4.7. - -, materials at high pressures, tem-
- -, -, -, -, organometallic com- peratures, 4.3.1.
pounds, 3.4.7. - -, minerals, 3.3.10.,3.3.11.,5.2.17.
Cross Section Evaluation Center, see - -, organic compounds, 3.3.1.
National Neutron Cross Section - -, proteins, 3.3.1.
Center (NNCSq, U.S.A. - -, semiconductors, inorganic,
Cross Section Information Storage and 3.3.13.
Retrieval System (CSISRS), 3.1.7. - -, silicate minerals, 3.3.11.
Cross section measurements, neutron, - -, superconductive metals, alloys,
standards for, 3.1.8. 3.3.17.
Cross section, charged particle, 3.1.3., Crystallographic Terms, Dictionary oj,
3.1.13. 3.3.6.
- -, electron collision, low energy, Crystals, Barker index of, 3.3.8.
3.2.5. -, chemical properties, 4.3.4.
- -, elementary processes, radiation -, classification by space groups, 3.3.1.
chemistry, 4.3.3. -, dielectric properties, 2.1.,3.3.9.
- -, gamma ray, 3.1.6.,3.1.19. -, elastic, electrooptic constants,
- -, heavy particle collision, 3.2.11. 3.3.9.
- -, neutron, 3.1.3., 3.1.4., 3.1.7.- -, identification, 3.3.1., 3.3.8.
3.1.12., 3.1.14., 3.1.19., 4.1.3. -, interatomic distances, 3.3.6.
- -, nuclear, 3.1.1.,3.1.2.,3.1.13. -, interfacial angles, 3.3.8.
- -, photon, 3.1.3.,3.1.10., 3.1.13., -, morphology, 3.3.1., 3.3.2., 3.3.8.,
3.1.18.,3.2.5.,3.2.47. 4.3.4.
CRYOGENIC DATA CENTER, 3.3.12., -, optical properties, 3.3.1.,3.3.8.
3.4.21., see also 3.4.14. -, physical properties, 3.3.1., 3.3.3.,
Cryogenic fluids, magnetic properties, 3.3.8., 4.3.4.
3.4.21. -, piezoelectric, piezooptic constants,
- -, surface tension, 4.2.2. 3.3.9.
Cryoscopic constant, elements, non- -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.6., 3.3.8.
metallic; inorganic, organic com- CRYSTAL STRUCTURES, 3.3.2.
pounds, 3.4.3. Crystal structure, aliphatic compounds,
Crystal and Solid State Physics, Landolt- 3.3.2.
Bo'rnstein, New Series, 2.1. - -, alloys, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.3.5.,
CRYSTAL DATA, 3.3.1.,3.3.7. 3.4.11.
Crystal Data Center, National Bureau - -, amino acids, 3.3.2.
of Standards, U. S. A., 3.3.1. - -, ammoniates, 3.3.2.
Crystalline materials, physicochemical - -, binary compounds, 3.3.2.
properties, 5.3.27. - -, benzene derivatives, 3.3.2.
- -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3. - -, borides, 3.4.11.
Ct:ystallization and Physiochemical Proper- - -, carbon compounds, 3.3.4.
ties of Crystalline Substances, 5.3.27. - -, carbon-containing, compounds,
CR YSTALLOGRAPHIC PROPERTIES, 3.3.7.
3.2.44., 3.3.1.-3.3.11., 3.3.13., - -, chalcogenides, 3.4.11.
3.3.17.,3.6.7.,4.3.1.,5.3.26.-5.3.28. - -, classification by Bravais lattice
- -, alloys, 3.3.1. and atoms per unit cell, 3.3.5.

Subject Index
Crystal structure, elements, 3.3.1., Definitions, International Practical

3.3.2., 3.4.4., 3.4.7., 3.4.11. Temperature Scale (IPTS), 6.2.1.
- -, halogen compounds, 3.4.4. -, SI Units, 6.2.1.
- -, hydrates, 3.3.2. -, thermodynamic temperature scale,
- -, hydrides, 3.4.11. 6.2.1.
- -, hydrogen compounds, 3.4.4. Density, air, 3.4.19.
- -, inorganic compounds, -, alloys, 3.4.20., 4.3.6.
3.2.44.,3.3.1.-3.3.4.,3.4.7. -, elements, 3.4.3., 3.4.20.
- -, intermetallic compounds, 3.3.5. -, -, compounds in steelmaking,
- -, metals, 2.2., 3.3.3.-3.3.5., 3.4.10.
3.3.12. -, gases, industrial, 3.4.17.
- -, minerals, 3.3.3., 3.3.10., 3.3.11. -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2.
- -, organic compounds, 2.1., -, inorganic compounds, 3.2.19.,
3.2.44.,3.3.1.-3.3.4.,3.4.7. 3.4.3.
- -, organometallic compounds, -, metals, 3.4.8., 4.3.6.
3.3.3.,3.4.7. -, minerals, 3.3.10.,5.2.17.
- -, oxides, 3.4.11.,5.4.9. -, molten salts, 3.4.22.
- -, oxygen compounds, 3.4.4. -, nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20.
- -, phosphides, 3.4.11. -, organic compounds, 3.2.19., 3.4.3.
- -, polymorphs, high pressure, -, semiconductors, inorganic, 3.3.13.
4.3.1. -, sulfates, 3.4.13.
- - , refractory compounds, 5.4.9. Deoxidation reactions in molten steel,
- -, sesquiterpenoids, 3.2.48. equilibrium constants, 4.3.7.
- -, silicates, 3.3.2., 3.3.11. Department of Scientific and Industrial
Curie constant, temperature, 3.3.14., Research, U.K., 3.3.8.
3.3.15. Depolarization ratios, see Polarization
Current Contents, 4.3.6. data, Raman spectra
Cyanides, phase diagrams, 3.4.12. Depolarization values, light scat-
Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, tering; colloids, detergents, electro-
3.2.23. lytes, polymers, 4.2.4.
DESK HANDBOOKS FOR BROAD FIELDS
DANA'S SYSTEM OF MINERALOGY, OF SCIENCE, 5.2.
3.3.10. Detergents, light scattering data,
DATA CENTER FOR ATOMIC AND MOLEC- 4.2.4.
ULAR IONIZATION PROCESSES, Determinative Tables, Crystal Data,
3.2.12., 3.2.38. 3.3.1.
DATA FOR THE FIELD OF CRITICAL Deuterium, atomic energy levels, 3.2.1.
MICELLE CONCENTRATIONS, 4.2.3. -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.7.,
DATA RELATIVE TO SESQUITERPENOIDS, 3.4.15.
TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTION- -, transport properties, 3.4.15.
NEES, 2.2., 3.2.48. Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaf-
Data Storage and Retrieval System, ten, D.D.R., 3.1.2.
IAEA (DASTAR), 3.1.8. Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft,
Decay scheme, light nuclei, 3.1.1., Germany - B. R. D., 1.2.2.
3.1.15., 3.1.16. Deutsches KunststoffInstitut,Germany-
- -, nuclei, 3.1.2.,3.1.4.,3.1.14., B. R. D., 3.2.50
3.1.17. Diamagnetic susceptibility, see Magne-
DECA Y SCHEMES OF RADIOACTIVE Nu- tic susceptibility
CLEI, 3.1.14. DIAMAGNETISME ET P ARAMAGNETISME,
Decomposition reactions, inorganic TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTION-
salts, sulfates, 3.4.13. NEES, 2.2.,3.3.14.,3.3.15.
258
Subject Index
Diamond, semiconducting properties, Dilution, enthalpy (heat) of, see En-

3.3.13. thalpy (heat) of dilution
DIATOMIC MOLECULE SPECTRA AND Dimensionless Parameters (ISO), 6.2.2.
ENERGY LEVELS DATA CENTER, Dipole moment, see Magnetic dipole
3.2.6. moment
Diatomic molecules, atomic collision Directory to Nuclear Data Tabulations,
data, low energy, 3.2.5. 3.1.1.
- -, energy levels, 3.2.6., 3.2.7., Disintegration energy (Q value),
3.2.9.,3.2.13. ground state, 3.1.1.,3.1.2.,3.1.15.,
- -, microwave spectra, 3.2.25. 3.1.17.
- -, notation for spectra of, 6.2.3. Dispersions, light scattering data, 4.2.4.
- -, optical spectroscopic data, 3.2.6. DISSOCIATION CONSTANTS OF ACIDS AND
- -, physical constants, 3.2.7., BASES, 3.4.25.
3.2.13., 3.2.26. Dissociation constant, alkaloids, 3.2.23.
- -, rotational, vibrational spectra, - -, elements, inorganic compounds,
3.2.9., 3.2.22. gaseous, 3.4.6.
- -, spectroscopic data, 2.2., 3.2.7., - -, inorganic, organic acids, bases,
3.2.8. 3.4.25.
- -, wavelengths for absorption, - -, metal-ion complexes, 3.4.24.
emission bands of, 3.2.8. Dissociation energy, diatomic, poly-
Dictionary of Crystallographic Terms, atomic molecules, 3.2.13.
3.3.6. Dissociation enthalpy (heat), entropy of,
Dielectric properties, alloys, 3.3.9. see Enthalpy (heat), Entropy of dis-
- -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. sociation
- -, crystals, 2.1. Disulfides, properties, ideal gas state,
- -, halides, 3.2.15. 5.4.2.
- -, inorganic compounds, 3.2.14., DOCUMENTATION OF MOLECULAR SPEC-
3.2.15.,3.3.9. TROSCOPY (DMS), 3.2.19., 3.2.34.
- -, liquids, 5.3.29. DONNEES SPECTROSCOPIQUES CONCER-
- -, minerals, 3.3.9. NANT LES MOLECULES DIATOMIQUES,
- -, organic compounds, 3.2.14., TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTION-
3.2.15.,3.3.9. NEES, 2.2.,3.2.7.
- -, semiconductors, inorganic, Dow Thermal Research Laboratory,
3.3.13. U.S.A., 3.4.4.
- -, solutions, 5.3.29. Earth sciences, handbooks, 5.2.17.-
- -, low temperature, alloys, metals, 5.2.22.
3.4.21. ECSI L, System for Storage, Retrieval and
Dielectric Properties of Liquids and Solu- Display of Experimental Neutron
tions, 5.3.29. Data, 3.1.3.
Dielectrics, cryogenic data, 3.4.21. Effective mass of conducting band, in-
-, digest of literature on, 3.2.14. organic semiconductors, 3.3.13.
Diffusion coefficient, cryogenic fluids, EFFET MAGNETO-OPTIQUE DE KERR,
3.4.21. TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTION-
- -, elements, compounds in steel- NEES, 2.2.,3.3.16.
making, 3.4.10. Eigenschaften der Materie in ihren Aggre-
- -, metals, alloys, 4.3.5. gatzuJ'tanden, Landolt-Bornstein, Sixth
- -, metal slags, melts, 3.4.10. Edition, 2.1.
DIFFUSION IN METALS AND ALLOYS, ELASTIC, PIEZOELECTRIC, PIEZOOPTIC
DATA CENTER, 4.3.5. AND ELECTROOPTIC CONSTANTS OF
DIGEST OF LITERATURE ON DIELECTRICS, CRYSTALS, LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN,
3.2.14. 2.1,3.3.9.
17* 259
Subject Index
Elastic properties, see also Mechanical Electrochemical properties, elements,

properties, 3.6.7.
- -, alloys, elements, inorganic com- Electrode potential, electrolyte solu-
pounds, minerals, 3.3.9. tions, 4.3.9.
- -, rocks, rock-forming minerals, - -, inorganic half-cell reactions,
5.2.19. 3.4.26.
- -, semiconductors, inorganic, Electrokinetic properties, 4.2.1.
3.3.13. Electrolytes, activity properties in bi-
nary solutions of salts, acids, alkalis,
Elastomers, abbreviation of terms relat-
5.3.53.
ing to (IUPAC), 6.3.1.
-, light scattering data, 4.2.4.
-, ultraviolet spectra, 5.3.13. -, magnetic rotatory power (Faraday
Electrical and magnetic properties, Effect), 3.3.16.
handbooks, 5.3.29.-5.3.36. -, aqueous uni-univalent, heat capacity,
Electrical and Optical Properties of Semi- enthalpy of solution, dilution, 3.4.1.
conductors, 5.3.36. -, aqueous, non-aqueous, properties,
Electrical conductivity (conductance), 4.3.9.
see Resistivity, electrical Electromotive force (emf), electrolyte
Electrical Conductivity of Ferroelectric solutions, 4.3.9.
Materials, 5.3.34. - - -, formation cells, 3.4.22.
Electrical engineering (Elektrotechnik), Electron affinity, atoms, ions, 3.2.45.
2.1. - -, molecules, 3.2.13.,3.2.45.
Electrical instrumentation and meas- Electron capture, numerical tables
urements,3.2.14. for, 2.1.
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF INTERFACES, Electron collision, low energy, ion-
4.2.1. ization of atoms, diatomic molecules
Electrical Research Association, U. K., by, 3.2.5.
3.4.16. Electron gas, thermodynamic prop-
ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY OF METALS AT erties, 3.4.6.
Low TEMPERATURES, 3.3.12., see also Electron, hole mobility, inorganic semi-
3.4.14.,3.4.21. conductors, 3.3.13.
Electrical technology, letter symbols Electronic binding energy, see Binding
used in (IEC 27), 6.2.2. energy, electronic
Electric and Magnetic Magnitudes and Electronic coefficient of heat capacity,
Units, TechnicaICommittee24,IEC, metals, 3.4.14.
6.1.2. Electronic Properties of Semi-conductor
Electric charge radius, atomic, see Nu- Solid Solutions, 5.3.33.
clear Radii Electronic spectra, molecular, see Molec-
ELECTRIC DIPOLE MOMENTS FOR MOLEC- ular electronic spectra
ULES IN THE GAS PHASE, SELECTED Electronic structure, alloys, intermetal-
VALUES OF, 3.2.15. lic compounds, metals, 4.3.6.
Electricity, quantities and units (IEC - -, carbon monoxide, 3.2.6.
164), (ISO R31), 6.2.2. - -, polyatomic molecules, 3.2.9.
Electric quadrupole moment, nuclear, Electronic transport properties, alloys,
3.1.14. intermetallic compounds, metals,
Electroanalytical chemistry, IUP AC 4.3.6.
Commission on, 3.4.25., 3.4.26. Electronic (thermionic) work function,
Electrocapillary data, 4.2.1. see Work function
Electrochemical Data, 5.3.50. Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR)
Electrochemical equilibria in aqueous spectroscopy, alloys, intermetallic
solutions, 5.3.49. compounds, metals, 4.3.6.
260
Subject Index
Electron paramagnetic resonance (ERP) Elements, thermodynamic properties,

spectroscopy, documentation of 2.3., 3.4.1., 3.4.4.-3.4.7., 3.4.10.,
literature, 3.2.19. 3.4.20.,3.6.7.,5.3.38.
Electron spin resonance (ESR) spectra, -, - -, low temperature, 3.4.14.
3.3.14., 5.3.23., 5.3.24. -, thermophysical properties, 3.4.20.,
Electrooptic constant (Pockels Effect), 5.3.58.,5.3.59.,5.3.63.
inorganic compounds, 2.1., 3.3.9. - , transition probabilities, atomic,
Elementary processes, radiation chem- 3.2.2.
istry, 4.3.3. - , transport properties, 3.4.20.
Elements, atomic energy levels, 3.2.1.- -, vapor pressure, 3.4.1., 3.4.3.,
3.2.3. 3.4.5.-3.4.7.,3.4.10.,3.4.20.,5.3.37.
- , atomic spectra, 3.2.1., 3.2.4. - , work functions, 5.3.31.
- , chemical properties, 3.6.7., 5.4.13. - , X-ray attenuation coefficients,
- , colorimetric determination of, 5.5.6. 3.2.47.
- , crystallographic properties, 3.3.1., -, X-ray spectra, 3.2.3.
3.6.7. - , metallic, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
-, crystal structures, 3.3.1., 3.3.2., - , nonmetallic, thermodynamic pro-
3.4.4., 3.4.7., 3.4.11. perties, 3.4.3.
- , Curie temperature, 3.3.15. Emissivity (emittance), thermal, see
-, elastic constants, 3.3.9. Thermal radiative properties
- , electrical properties, 3.6.7. ENEA NEUTRON DATA COMPILATION
- , electrochemical properties, 3.6.7. CENTRE, SACLAY, 3.1.8.-3.1.10.,
- , gamma-ray attenuation coefficients, 3.1.11.,3.1.12.,3.1.19.
3.2.47. Energy levels, atomic, 3.2.1.-3.2.3.
-, magnetic moment, susceptibility, - - , diatomic molecules, 3.2.6.,
3.3.15. 3.2.7.,3.2.9.,3.2.13.
-, magnetic properties, 2.2., 3.3.15., - - , heavy nuclei, 4.1.4.
3.3.16.,3.6.7. - -, light nuclei, 3.1.1., 3.1.15.,3.1.16.
- , magnetic rotatory power (Faraday - -, molecules, 3.2.9.,3.2.13.
Effect), 3.3.16. - - , nuclei, 3.1.1.,3.1.2.,3.1.4.,
- , mass spectra, 3.2.35. 3.1.14.-3.1.17.,4.1.4.
- , mechanical properties, 3.6.7. - -, radioactive nuclei, 3.1.14.
-, mineralogical data, 3.3.10. ENERGY LEVELS OF LIGHT NUCLEI,
-, multiplet tables, 3.2.1. 3.1.1.,3.1.15.,3.1.16.
-, nuclear properties, 3.1.1.-3.1.4., ENERGY LEVELS OF NUCLEI: A = 5
3.6.7. to A = 257, LANDOLT-BORNSTEIN,
-, optical properties, 3.3.1., 3.4.3., 2.1.,3.1.17.
3.4.10.,3.6.7. Energy Levels of Nuclei, A = 21 to
-, photon cross sections, 3.1.3., A = 212, 3.1.1.
3.2.47. ENERGY LEVELS OF Z = 11-21 Nu-
- , photonuclear data, 3.1.18. CLEI, 3.1.1., 3.1.15., 3.1.16.
- , physical properties, 3.4.11. Energy of activation, bimolecular gas
- , physicochemical properties, 3.6.7. reactions, 3.5.2.
- , radioisotope data, 3.1.4. - - - , diffusion in metals, alloys,
- , solubilities, 3.4.10.,3.4.23. 4.3.5.
- , specific heat, low temperature, - - - , elementary processes, radia-
3.4.14. tion chemistry, 4.3.3.
- , standard order of arrangement, - - - , homogeneous chemical reac-
3.2.16., 3.4.1.-3.4.3., 3.4.6., tions, inorganic, organic, 3.5.1.
3.4.7. Engineering Compendium on Radiation
- , thermionic properties, 5.3.31. Shielding, 3.2.47.
261
Subject Index
Engineering properties, 1.1.3., 2.1., Enthalpy (heat) of formation, halogen,

3.1.6., 5.4.8. hydrogen, oxygen compounds,
Engineering Properties of Selected Ceramic 3.4.4.
Materials, 5.4.8. - - - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2.
Enthalpy (heat content), air, 3.4.19. - - - -, inorganic compounds,
- - -, alloys, 3.4.9. 3.4.1., 3.4.3., 3.4.5.-3.4.7.
- - -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. - - - -, metals, nonferrous, 3.4.8.
- - -,elements, 3.4.1.,3.4.3.-3.4.7. - - - -, organic compounds,
- - - , -, compounds in steelmak- 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7.
ing, 3.4.10. - - - -, organometallic com-
- - -, fluids, simple, 3.4.15. pounds, 3.4.7.
- - - , gases, industrial, 3.4.17. - - - -, oxides, inorganic, 3.4.5.
- - -, halogen, hydrogen, oxygen - - - -, positive ions, gaseous,
compounds, 3.4.4. 3.2.12.
- - -, hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2. - - - -, radicals, inorganic, orga-
- - -, inorganic compounds, nic, 3.2.45.
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.-3.4.7. - - - -, sulfate decomposition,
- - -, metals, 3.4.9.,3.4.14. reactants, products, 3.4.13.
- - -, organic compounds, 3.4.1., Enthalpy (heat) of mixing, see Enthalpy
3.4.3.,3.4.7. of solution
- - -, organometallic compounds, Enthalpy (heat) of phase change, alloys,
3.4.7. 3.4.20.
- - -, steam, water, 3.4.16. - - - - -, elements, 3.4.1.,
- - -, low temperature, alloys, me- 3.4.3., 3.4.5., 3.4.7., 3.4.20.
tals, 3.4.21. - - - - -, -, compounds in
Enthalpy function, ammonia (ideal steelmaking, 3.4.10.
gas),3.4.18. - - - - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2.
- -, hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2. - - - - -,inorganic compounds,
- -, metals, 3.4.8.,3.4.14. 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.,3.4.7.
Enthalpy function of formation, ele- - - - - -, metals, nonferrous,
ments, nonmetallic; inorganic, or- 3.4.8., 3.4.9.
ganic compounds, 3.4.3. - - - - -, nonmetallic solids,
Enthalpy (heat) of activation, catalyzed 3.4.20.
hydrogenation of ethylene, 3.5.3. - - - - -, organic compounds,
- - - -, homogeneous chemical 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7.
reactions, inorganic, organic, 3.5.1. - - - - -, organometallic com-
Enthalpy (heat) of combustion, hydro- pounds, 3.4.7.
carbons, 3.4.2. - - - - -, semiconductors,inor-
Enthalpy (heat) of dilution, electrolytes, ganic, 3.3.13.
aqueous uni-univalent, 3.4.1. Enthalpy (heat) of solution, electrolytes,
Enthalpy (heat) of dissociation, ele- aqueous uni-univalent, 3.4.1.
ments, inorganic and organic com- Enthalpy-entropy diagram for steam,
pounds, 3.4.7. water, 3.4.16.
- - - -, metal-ion complexes, Entropy, air and components, 3.4.19.
3.4.24. -, alloys, 3.4.9.
Enthalpy (heat) of formation, atoms -, ammonia (ideal gas), 3.4.18.
from elements, 3.2.45. -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
- - - -, elements, 3.4.1.,3.4.3.- -, elements, 3.4.1., 3.4.3., 3.4.4.-
3.4.7. 3.4.7.
- - - -, -, compounds in steel- -, -, compounds in steelmaking,
making, 3.4.10. 3.4.10.
262
Subject Index
Entropy, fluids, simple, 3.4.15. Equilibrium constant of formation,

-, gases, industrial, 3.4.17. organic compounds, 3.4.1.,3.4.3.
-, halogen, hydrogen, oxygen com- Equilibrium constant of reaction, bi-
pounds, 3.4.4. molecular gas reactions, 3.5.2.
- , hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2. - - - -, decomposition, inorganic
- , inorganic compounds, 3.4.1., salts, 3.4.13.
3.4.3.,3.4.5.-3.4.7. - - - - , deoxidation, molten steel,
-, metals, 3.4.9.,3.4.14. 4.3.7.
-, organic compounds, 3.4.1., 3.4.3., - - - -, elementary processes,
3.4.7. radiation chemistry, 4.3.3.
- , organometallic compounds, - - - -, metal-ion complexes,
3.4.7. 3.4.24.
-, steam, water, 3.4.16. EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANTS OF MOLTEN
Entropy of activation, elementary pro- STEEL, 4.3.7.
cesses, radiation chemistry, 4.3.3. Equilibrium diagrams, see Phase dia-
- - -, homogeneous chemical reac- grams
tions, inorganic, organic, 3.5.1. Esters, thermodynamic properties,
Entropy of dissociation, metal-ion 3.4.3.
complexes, 3.4.24. Ethane, physical, thermodynamic pro-
Entropy of formation, alloys, 3.4.9. perties, 3.4.17.
- - -, elements, 3.4.1. Ethers, thermodynamic properties,
- - -, inorganic, organic com- 3.4.2.
pounds, 3.4.1. Ethylene, physical, thermodynamic
- - -, metals, nonferrous, 3.4.8. properties, 3.4.17.
- - -, sulfate decomposition, reac- European Nuclear Energy Agency
tants, products, 3.4.13. (ENEA), 3.1.7.-3.1.12.,3.1.19.
Entropy of phase change, elements, Eutectics, binary, 3.4.11.
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7. Evaluated Nuclear Data File (ENDF),
- - - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. 3.1.7., 3.1.11.
- - - -, inorganic compounds, Evaluation of Infrared Reference Data,
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7. Specifications for, 6.4.3.
- - - -, metals, 3.4.8.,3.4.9. Excitation, Ionization and Dissociation by
- - - -, organic compounds, Heavy Particles, 3.2.11.
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7. Excitation, ionization of atoms, diato-
- - - -, organometallic com- mic molecules, by electron impact,
pounds, 3.4.7. 3.2.5.
Enzymes, classification, nomenclature Expansion, thermal, alloys, elements,
(IUB) , 6.3.4. nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20.
Equation of state, water and steam, -, - , cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
3.4.16. - , - , semiconductors, inorganic,
Equilibrium constant of dissociation, 3.3.13.
see Dissociation constant - , - , low temperature, alloys, metals,
Equilibrium constant of formation, 3.4.21.
elements, 3.4.1., 3.4.3.
- - - -, -, compounds in steel-
making, 3.4.10. Faraday Effect, see Magnetic rotatory
- - - -, halogen, hydrogen, oxy- power
gen compounds, 3.4.4. Far infrared spectra, see Infrared, Molec-
- - - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. ular rotational spectra
- - - - , inorganic compounds, Ferrites, magnetic properties, 2.1.,
3.4.1., 3.4.3. 3.3.14.
263
Subject Index
Ferroelectric materials, 2.1. Gamma-rays, Album of, 5.3.7.

- - , resistivity, electrical, 5.3.34. Gamma-spectroscopy, angular corre-
Ferromagnetic metals, alloys, magneto- lation computations in, numerical
optic (Kerr) effect, 3.3.16. tables for, 2.1.
Ferromagnetic transition temperature, Gas chromatographic data, computer
see Curie temperature analysis of, 3.6.2.
Fink Inorganic Index, see Powder Dif- - - - , organic compounds, volatile,
fraction File 3.6.1.
Fluidity, see Viscosity GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC DATA COM-
Fluids, simple, thermodynamic, trans- MITTEE OF JAPAN (GCDC), 3.6.1.
port properties, 3.4.15. GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC DATA COM-
Fluorescence, see Luminescence PILATION, 3.6.2.
Fluorides, thermodynamic properties, Gases, light scattering data, 4.2.4.
3.4.6. - , microwave spectra, 3.2.25.
Fluorine, cryogenic data, 3.4.21. -, physical properties, 3.4.17.
Folic acid and compounds, nomencla- - , thermal conductivity, 5.3.64.
ture, symbols (IUPAC), 6.3.1. - , thermal properties, 5.3.41.
Force constant, 3.2.10. - , thermophysical properties, 5.3.54.,
Formation, enthalpy (heat), entropy, 5.3.62.
equilibrium constant, Gibbs (free) GAS PHASE REACTION KINETICS OF
energy of, see Enthalpy (heat), NEUTRAL OXYGEN SPECIES, 3.5.1.,
Entropy, Equilibrium constant, 3.5.5.
Gibbs (free) energy of formation General Electric Research and Devel-
Formulations for Industrial, Scientific and opment Center, U.S.A., 3.3.17.
General Use, IFC, 3.4.16. General Principles Concerning Quantities,
Free energy, see Gibbs energy Units and Symbols (ISO), 6.2.2.
Free radicals, magnetic properties, 2.1., Geochemistry, 5.2.20.
3.2.50., 3.3.15. Geological Society of America, U. S. A.,
Freezing point, see Melting point 3.3.1.,3.3.10.,5.2.17.
Frequency factor, homogeneous chemi- Geology, 3.3.1., 3.3.10., 3.3.11.,5.2.17.
cal reactions, inorganic, organic, Geophysical Laboratory Temperature
3.5.1. Scale, 3.4.12.
Fugacity coefficient, see Activity coeffi- Geophysics and Space Research, Landolt-
cient for gas BiJrnstein, New Series, 2.1.
Fundamental constants, 3.1.4., 3.4.1., German Chemical Society, 5.1.2.
3.4.2., 3.4.4., 3.4.9., 3.4.19., 6.2.3. German National Committee for
Fundamental Constants for Chemistry, CODATA, 1.2.2.
Values of, 6.2.3. Germanium, semiconducting proper-
Fundamental standards, 6.1.1. ties, 3.3.13.
Fusion, enthalpy, entropy of, see Ent- Gibbs (free) energy, alloys, 3.4.9.
halpy, Entropy of phase change - - - , elements, 3.4.5.
Fusion temperature, see Melting - - - , hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2.
(freezing) point - - -, inorganic compounds, 3.4.5.
Fysisch Laboratorium, the Netherlands, - - - , metals, 3.4.9.,3.4.14.
3.1.16. Gibbs (free) energy function, ammonia
(ideal gas), 3.4.18.
Gamma-rays, - - - - , elements, 3.4.4., 3.4.6.
- - , attenuation, elements, 3.2.47. - - - - , - , compounds in steel-
- -, - , reactor materials, 3.1.6. making, 3.4.10.
- - , cross section, 3.1.6.,3.1.19. - - - - , halogen, hydrogen, oxy-
- - , energy of quanta, 3.1.2. gen compounds, 3.4.4.
264
Subject Index
Gibbs (free) energy function, inorganic Halides, dielectric properties, 3.2.15.

compounds, 3.4.6. -, dipole moments, molecular, 3.2.15.
- - - -, metals, 3.4.8.,3.4.14. -, mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
Gibbs (free) energy function of for- -, phase diagrams, 3.4.12.
mation, elements, nonmetallic; in- -, specific heat, low temperature,
organic, organic compounds, 3.4.3. 3.4.14.
Gibbs (free) energy of formation, alloys, -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.
3.4.9. -, - -, low temperature, 3.4.14.
- - - - -, elements, 3.4.1., Halogens, molecular vibrational fre-
3.4.3.-3.4.5.,3.4.7. quencies, 3.2.10.
- - - - -, -, compounds in -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.4.,
steelmaking, 3.4.10. 3.4.7.
- - - - -,halogen,hydrogen, Halogen compounds, crystal structures,
oxygen compounds, 3.4.4. 3.4.4.
- - - - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. - -, infrared spectra, 3.2.16.
- - - - -, inorganic compounds, - -, organic, Raman spectra,
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.,3.4.7. 3.2.28.
- - - - -, metals, nonferrous, Handbook for The Chemical Society (Lon-
3.4.8. don) Authors, 6.3.1.
- - - - -, organic, compounds, Handbook of Analytical Chemistry, Japan,
3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7. 5.5.1.
- - - - -, organometallic com- Handbook of Analytical Chemistry,
pounds, 3.4.7. U. S. A., 5.5.2.
- - - - -, oxides, inorganic, Handbook of Biochemistry, Selected Data
3.4.5. for Molecular Biology, 5.2.14.
Gibbs (free) energy of phase change, Handbook of Chemistry, Japan, 5.2.6.
elements, 3.4.5. Handbook of Chemistry, U. S. A.,
- - - - - -, inorganic com- 5.2.5.
pounds, 3.4.5. Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
- - - - - -, metals, 3.4.9. 5.2.1.,5.5.3.
Gibbs (free) energy of reaction, decom- Handbook of Compositions at Thermo-
position, inorganic salts, 3.4.13. 4Jnamic Equilibrium, 5.3.47.
Glasses, thermo physical properties, Handbook of Inorganic Chemistry, 5.2.9.
3.4.20. HANDBOOK OF LATTICE SPACINGS AND
Glycols, thermodynamic properties, STRUCTURES OF METALS AND ALLOYS,
3.4.3. 3.3.5.
Gmelin's Handbuch der anorganischen Handbook of Organic Chemistry, 5.2.10.
Chemie, 5.1.2. Handbook of Organometallic Compounds,
Gold, thermodynamic properties, low 5.4.15.
temperature, 3.4.14. Handbook of Physical Constants, 5.2.17.
GROTH INSTITUTE, 4.3.4. Handbook of Tablesfor Organic Compound
Grotrian Diagrams (Partial) of Astro- Identification, 5.5.3.
physical Interest, 3.2.1. HANDBOOK OF THE PHYSICOCHEMICAL
Group Constants for Nuclear Reactor Cal- PROPERTIES OF THE ELEMENTS,
culations, 5.3.1. 3.6.7.
G value (quantum yield), see Radiolytic Handbook of Thermionic Properties: Elec-
yield tronic Work Functions and Richardson
Constants of Elements and Compounds,
Half-cell reactions, inorganic, electrode 5.3.31.
potentials, 3.4.26. Handbook of Thermophysical Properties ~f
Half-life, see Radioactive disintegration Solid Materials, 3.4.20.
265
Subject Index
Handbook of Ultraviolet and Visible Ab- Heat capacity, organometallic com-

sorption Spectra of Organic Compounds, pounds, 3.4.7.
5.3.12. - -, apparent (in solution), electro-
Handbook of X-ray Structure Anafysis of lytes, aqueous uni-univalent,
Polvcrystalline Materials, 5.3.26. 3.4.1.
Handbooks, analytical chemistry, - -, specific isobaric, water, 3.4.16.
5.5. Heat Conductivity of Gases and Liquids,
-, astronomy, 6.2.3., 6.3.2. 5.3.64.
-, biochemistry, 5.2.14.,5.2.16. Heat (content), see Enthalpy
-, biology, 5.2.14.-5.2.16. Heating engineering (Warmetechnik),
-, chemistry, physics, 5.2.1.-5.2.13., 2.1.
6.3.1. Heavy particle collision, cross sections,
-, crystallographic properties, 3.2.11.
5.3.26.-5.3.28. - - -, low energy, ionization of
-, crystal structures, metals, alloys, atoms, diatomic molecules by, 3.2.5.
3.3.5. Heavy particles, dissociation, excitation,
-, earth sciences, 5.2.17.-5.2.22. ionization by, 3.2.11.
-, electrical, magnetic properties, Heavy water, thermodynamic prop-
5.3.29.-5.3.36. erties, 3.4.16.
-, molten salts data, 3.4.22. Hebrew University, Israel, 3.2.31.
-, nuclear properties, 5.3.1.-5.3.8. Helium, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
-, physicochemical properties, ele- -, thermodynamic, properties, 3.4.15.
ments, 3.6.7. -, - -, low temperature, 3.4.21.
-, solid state properties, 5.3.26.- -, transport properties, 3.4.15.
5.3.36. Heterocyclic systems, fundamental,
-, special areas of science, 5.3. nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1.
-, spectroscopic properties, 5.3.9.- HgH molecule, rotational, vibrational
5.3.25. spectra, 3.2.22.,
-, substance categories, 5.4. High melting compounds, properties,
-, thermodynamic, transport proper- 5.4.10.,5.4.11., see also High temper-
ties, 5.3.37.-5.3.66. ature materials, Refractory com-
-, thermophysical properties, solid pounds
materials, 3.4.20. HIGH PRESSURE DATA CENTER OF JAPAN,
Handbuch des Chemikers, 5.2.4. 4.3.2.
Harvard University, U. S.A., 3.3.10. HIGH PRESSURE DATA CENTER, U. S.A.,
Haverford College, U.S.A., 3.1.15., 4.3.1.,4.3.2.
3.1.17. HIGH RESOLUTION NMR SPECTRA
Heat capacity, see also Specific heat CATALOG, 3.2.42.
- -, air, 3.4.19. HIGH RESOLUTION NMR SPECTRA,
- -, ammonia (ideal gas), 3.4.18. JAPAN ELECTRON OPTICS LABORA-
- -, elements, 3.4.1., 3.4.3.-3.4.7. TORY LTD., 3.2.43.
- -, -, compounds in steelmaking, HIGH TEMPERATURE BEHAVIOR OF IN-
3.4.10. ORGANIC SALTS, 3.4.13.
- -, halogen, hydrogen, oxygen com- High temperature materials, properties,
pounds, 3.4.4. 5.4.4.
- -, hydrocarbon gases, 3.4.2. High temperature processes, thermo-
- -, inorganic compounds, 3.4.1., dynamic data for, 3.4.6.
3.4.3.,3.4.5.-3.4.7. Hill System for chemical formulae,
- -, metals, 3.4.8.,3.4.9.,3.4.14. 3.4.4.
- -, organic compounds, 3.4.1., Hokkaido University, Japan, 3.5.3.
3.4.3.,3.4.7. Hole mobility, see Electron mobility
266
Subject Index
Homopolymers, linear, physical con- Ideal gases, thermodynamic functions,

stants, 5.4.16. 3.2.10., 3.4.4., 3.4.18.
Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Identification, crystals, Barker method
3.2.33. for, 3.3.8.
Hydrates, crystal structures, 3.3.2. -, rock-forming minerals, crystallo-
-, infrared spectra, 3.2.20. graphic, optical data for, 3.3.11.
Hydrides, catalysis of ethylene hydro- -, substances from cell dimensions,
genation with, 3.5.3. 3.3.1.
-, constitution data, crystal structures, Illinois Institute of Technology Re-
3.4.11. search Institute, U.S.A., 3.4.11.
-, mass spectra, 3.2.35., 3.2.36. Illumination, International Commission
-, phase diagrams, 3.4.11. on (ICI), 6.3.6.
-, physical properties, 3.2.36. Imperial Chemical Industries, U. K.,
-, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.6. 3.3.8.
J1..vdrocarbon Data Book, 5.4.18. Imperial College, U. K, 3.4.15.
HYDROCARBONS AND RELATED COM- INDEXES, API 44 - TRC selected data
POUNDS, SELECTED VALUES OF PRO- on thermodynamics and spectro-
PERTIES, 2.3., 3.4.2., see also 3.4.3. scopy, 2.3.
Hydrocarbons, infrared spectra, 3.2.16. -, Barker Index of Crystals, 3.3.8.
-, mass spectra, 3.2.35. -, Chemical Kinetics, Tables of, 3.5.1.
-, molecular vibrational frequencies, -, Consolidated Index of Selected Pro-
3.2.10. perty Values: Physical Chemistry
-, NMR spectra, 3.2.39. and Thermodynamics, 3.4.27.
-, nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. -, infrared spectral data, 2.3., 3.2.51.
-, optical properties, 3.4.2. -, mass spectral data, 2.3., 3.2.37.,
-, Raman spectra, 3.2.27. 3.2.38., 3.2.53.
-, thermodynamic properties, 2.3., -, neutron data, literature (CINDA),
3.4.2.,3.4.15. 3.1.19.
-, transport properties, 3.4.2., 3.4.15. -, NMR spectral data, 2.3.
-, ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.29. -, photonuclear data, 3.1.18.
Hydrogen, atomic energy levels, 3.2.1. -, Powder Diffraction File, 3.3.3.
-, cryogenic data, 3.4.21. -, Raman spectral data, 2.3.
-, mass spectra, 3.2.35. -, Substance - Property, Bulletin of
-, spectroscopic data, 3.2.8. Thermodynamics and Thermo-
-, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.7., chemistry, 2.3.
3.4.15. -, thermodynamic data, 2.3.
-, transport properties, 3.4.15. -, ultraviolet-visible spectral data,
-, atomic, ionic, molecular; atomic 2.3., 3.2.52.
collision data, low energy, 3.2.5. Index de Spectres de Mass, see Compila-
-, liquid, solid; properties, 5.4.19. tion of Mass Spectral Data
Hydrogen compounds, crystal struc- Industrial compounds, infrared spectra,
tures, i:hermodynamic properties, 3.2.18.,3.2.19.,3.2.21.
3.4.4. - -, NMR spectra, 3.2.41.
HYDROGENATION OF ETHYLENE ON - -, physical properties, 3.2.18.,
METALLIC CATALYSTS, 3.5.3. 3.2.32.,3.2.41.
Hyperfine structure, spectral lines, - -, ultraviolet, visible region, spec-
3.2.1.,3.2.50. tra, 3.2.32.
- -, nonhydrocatbon, infrared spec-
tra, 3.2.17.
IAEA NUCLEAR DATA UNIT, 3.1.8., - -, -, ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.30.
3.1.11.,3.1.12.,3.1.19. Industrial standards, 6.1.2.
267
Subject Index
Inert fluids (Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe), see Rare Inorganic chemistry, nomenclature
gases (IUPAC),6.3.1.
Inertia, moment, see Moment of inertia - -, Gmelin's Handbook, 5.1.2.
Infrared BandHandbook, 5.3.17.-5.3.19. Inorganic compounds, boiling, melting
INFRARED DATA COMMITTEE OF JAPAN (freezing) points, 3.2.19.,3.2.21.,
(IRDC), 3.2.10.,3.2.20. 3.2.33., 3.4.1., 3.4.3.
Infrared File Searching System, ASTM - -, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
(SIRCH), 3.2.51. - -, crystallographic properties,
Infrared reference data, specifications 3.3.1.
for evaluation (Coblentz Society), - -, crystal structures, 3.2.44.,
3.2.18., 6.4.3. 3.3.1.-3.3.4.,3.4.7.
INFRARED SPECTRA, 2.3., 3.2.16.- - -, Curie temperature, 3.3.15.
3.2.24., 5.3.14.-5.3.21., see also - -, dielectric properties, 3.2.14.,
molecular vibrational spectra 3.2.15.,3.3.9.
I nfrared Spectra and Characteristic F requen- - -, elastic, electrooptic constants,
cies 700 to 300 em-I, 5.3.16. 3.3.9.
Infrared Spectra and X-ray Spectra of
- -, infrared spectra, 3.2.19., 3.2.21.
Hetero-organic Compounds, 5.3.15.
- -, interatomic distances, configu-
INFRARED SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED,
rations, 3.2.44.
API RP44, 2.3., 3.2.16., see also
- -, magnetic dipole moments,
3.2.17.
3.2.15., 3.3.15.
INFRARED SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED,
- -, magnetic rotatory power (Fara-
TRC, 2.3., 3.2.17., see also 3.2.16.
day Effect), 2.2., 3.3.16.
Infrared spectral data, alkaloids,
- -, magnetic susceptibility,
3.2.20., 3.2.23.
3.3.15.
- - -, films, coatings, adhesives,
3.2.21. - -, mass spectra, 3.2.35., 3.2.36.
- - -, halogen compounds, 3.2.16. - -, molten salts data, 3.4.22.
- - -, hydrates, 3.2.20. - -, optical properties, 3.3.1., 3.4.3.
- - -, hydrocarbons, 3.2.16. - -, phosphorescence, 2.1.
- - -, indexes to, 2.3., 3.2.51. - -, physical properties, 3.2.19.,
- - -, industrial compounds, 3.2.21., 3.2.33., 3.2.36.
3.2.18.,3.2.19.,3.2.21. - -, piezoelectric, piezooptic con-
- - -, industrial nonhydrocarbon stants, 3.3.9.
compounds, 3.2.17. - -, radiation chemistry data, 4.3.3.
- - -, inorganic compounds, - -, radiolytic yields, 3.5.4.
3.2.19.,3.2.21. - -, semiconducting properties,
- - -, nitrogen compounds, 3.2.16. 3.3.13.
- - -, organic compounds, - -, solubilities, 3.4.23., 3.4.24.,
3.2.16.-3.2.21.,5.3.15. 5.3.52.
- - -, oxygen compounds, 3.2.16. - -, thermodynamic constants,
- - -, steroids, 3.2.20., 3.2.21. 3.4.7.,5.3.39.
- - -, sulfur compounds, 3.2.16. - -, thermodynamic properties,
INFRARED SPECTRA, SADTLER RESEARCH 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.-3.4.7.
LABORATORIES, INC., 3.2.21.,3.2.41. - -,ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.30., 3.2.33.
Infrared spectrometers, calibration of, - -, visible region spectra, 3.2.33.
wavenumber tables for, 3.2.24. - -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3.
Infrared spectroscopy, wavelength Inorganic molecules, bond energies,
standards, 5.3.14. 3.2.45., 3.2.46.
Inorganic chemical reactions, homoge- - -, vibrationalfrequencies, 3.2.10.,
neous, chemical kinetics data, 3.5.1. 3.4.4.
268
Subject Index
Inorganic salts, chemical kinetics data, International Committee on Weights

thermodynamic properties, 3.4.13. and Measures, see Co mite Interna-
Inorganic sulfur compounds, thermo- tional des Poids et Mesures (CIPM)
dynamic properties, 3.4.5. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON THE
Instability constant, see Dissociation PROPERTIES OF STEAM (ICPS),
constant 3.4.15.,3.4.16.,5.3.55.
Instability Constant!' of Complex Com- International Consultative Committee
pounds, 5.3.51. on Telegraphy and Telephony, see
Institut Belge des Hautes Pressions, Co mite Consultatif International
Belgium, 3.4.20. Telegraphique et Telephonique
Institute of Physics and Energetics, (CCITT)
Obninsk, U. S. S. R., 3.1.12. International Copper Research Asso-
Institute of Physics, U. K., 3.3.1., 3.3.3. ciation, 3.4.9.
Institut flir Spektrochemie und Ange- International Council of Scientific Un-
wandte Spektroskopie, Germany- ions, see International Unions Index
B.R.D., 3.2.19.,3.2.34. International Critical Tables of Numerical
Insulation, electrical, 3.2.14. Data, Physics, Chemistry, and Techno-
Interaction coefficient, metal slags, logy, 5.1.1.
melts, 3.4.10. INTERNATIONAL DATA CENTRE FOR
INTERATOMIC DISTANCES AND CONFI- WORK ON CRYSTALLOGRAPHY,
GURATIONS IN MOLECULES AND IONS, 3.2.44.,3.3.1.,3.3.7., 3.3.8., see also
3.2.44., 3.3.7. 3.3.4.
Interatomic distance, calculation of, International Electrotechnical Commis-
3.3.5. sion (IEC), 6.1.2., 6.2.2.
- -, inorganic, organic, metallic crys- International Federation for Clinical
tals, 3.3.6. Chemistry, 6.2.3.
Interconversion of unit systems, pro- International Formulation Committee,
cedures for (ISO R31), 6.2.2. ICPS (IFC), 3.4.16.
Interface phenomena (Grenzflachener- International Lighting Vocabulary,
scheinungen), 2.1. 6.3.6.
Interfaces, electrical properties, 4.2.1. International Meteorological Tables,
Interfacial angle, crystals, 3.3.8. 5.2.22.
Intermetallic compounds, crystal struc- InternationalMineralogicalAssociation,
tures, 3.3.5. 3.3.10.
- -, magnetic properties, 4.3.6. International Nuclear Data Committee,
- -, NMR spectral data, 4.3.6. IAEA, 3.1.8.
- -, soft X-ray spectral data, 4.3.6. International Organization for Stand-
- -, thermodynamic propel ties, ardization (ISO), 3.4.20., 6.1.2.,
3.4.5., 4.3.6. 6.1.3., 6.2.2.
- -, thermophysical properties, International Organization for Stand-
3.4.20. ardization Technical Committee 12
Internal energy, air and components, (ISO/TC 12), 6.1.2.,6.2.2.
3.4.19. International Practical Temperature
- -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. Scale (IPTS), 3.4.12., 6.2.1.
International Atomic Energy Agency International Projects, see International
(IAEA), 3.1.7.,3.1.8.,3.1.19., Project Index
3.2.47., 4.1.5., 5.4.7., 6.3.5. International Series of A1.onographs on ll1eta!
International Commission on Illumi- Physics and Physical Metallur!5.Y, 3.3.5.
nation (ICI), 6.1.2., 6.3.6. International Skeleton Tables, 3.4.16.
International Commission on Radio- International Standardization Commit-
logical Units (ICR U), 6.1.2. tee, IAEA, 6.3.5.
269
Subject Index
International System of Units (SI units), Iron, catalysis of ethylene hydrogen-

3.4.16., 3.6.7., 6.1.1., 6.2.1., ation with, 3.5.3.
6.2.2. -, solubility of carbon in, 3.4.10.
- - - - - -, basic quantities Iron alloys, solutions; phase diagrams,
and units (ISO R 31), 6.2.2. thermodynamic properties, 3.4.10.
- - - - - -, definitions Iron materials (Eisenwerkstoffe), prop-
(French, English), 6.2.1. erties, behavior, testing methods,
- - - - - -, rules for use of, 2.1.
6.2.2. ISO Recommendation 31 (Names, defini-
International Tables for Determination of tions, units, symbols and conversion
Crystal Structures, see International factors for physical quantities),
Tables for X-ray Crystallography 6.2.2.
INTERNATIONAL TABLES FOR X-RAY Isotopes, effect upon magnetic dipole
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, 3.3.2.,3.3.5., moments, 3.2.15.
3.3.6. -, identification and production, 3.1.4.
International Unions, see International -, molecular constants, 3.2.7.
Unions Index -, neutron cross sections for mixtures
Interoxidic compounds, thermodynam- of, 3.1.7.
ic properties, 3.4.5. -, photonuclear data, 3.1.18.
Interplanar distance (spacing), 5.3.28., -, reference book, 5.3.8.
see also Crystal structure -, relative abundance, 3.1.1., 3.1.2.,
Interpreted Infrared Spectra, 5.3.20. 3.1.4.,3.1.14.,3.1.16.,3.1.18.
Ion-Atom Rearrangement Collisions, -, systematic presentation, 5.3.6.
3.2.11. -, tables of, 3.1.4., 5.3.3.
Ionic mobility, electrolyte solutions, -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.6.
4.3.9. -, fissile, values of parameters of, 3.1.8.
Ionic radius, see Nuclear radii -, radioactive, conventional names,
Ionization potential, atoms, molecules, 3.1.14.
radicals, 3.2.45. Isotopes, Reference Book on Nuclear Phy-
- -, elements; inorganic, organic, sics, 5.3.8.
organometallic compounds, 3.4.7, Isotopic abundance, relative, 3.1.1.,
- -, positive ions, gaseous, 3.2.12. 3.1.2.,3.1.4.,3.1.14.,3.1.16.,3.1.18.
Ionization processes, atomic and molec- Isotopic exchange, oxygen, gas phase
ular, 3.2.5., 3.2.12. reaction kinetics, 3.5.5.
Ionized gases, energetics, 3.2.12. Israel Program for Scientific Trans-
- -, ion cross sections, 3.2.5. lations, 3.4.8.
- -, thermodynamic properties,
3.4.6. JANAFTHERMOCHEMICAL TABLES, 3.4.4.
Ionizing radiation, chemical effects Japan Electron Optics Laboratory, Ltd.
(radiolytic yield), 3.5.4. (JEOL), 3.2.21., 3.2.41., 3.2.43.
- -, elementary processes, inter- Japanese National Committee for
actions in chemical systems, 4.3.3. CODATA, 1.2.3.
- -, quantities and units (ISO R31), JAPAN NUCLEAR DATA COMMITTEE
6.2.2. (JNDC), 4.1.5.
Ion-Molecule Reactions, Bibliography on, Japan Society for the Promotion of
3.2.12. Science, 4.3.7.
Ions, gaseous,aqueous; thermodynamic Johns Hopkins University, U.S.A.,
properties, 3.4.1. 3.2.3.,3.3.1.
-, pairs, complex; bond angles, con- Joint Army-Navy-Air Force Thermo-
figurations, interatomic distances, chemical Tables, see JANAF Ther-
3.2.44. mochemical Tables
270
Subject Index
Joint Committee on Powder Diffraction Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,

Standards, ASTM, 3.3.3. U. S.A. (LRL), 3.1.3.,3.1.4.,
Joint ICSU Commission on Spectro- 3.1.17.,3.3.1.,3.4.9.
scopy (IAU-IUPAC-IUPAP), Lead and compounds, thermodynamic
3.2.1., 3.2.6., 3.2.24., 6.2.3. properties, 3.4.8.
Joint Institute for Laboratory Astro- Letter Symbols and Signs, Technical
physics, U. S.A. (lILA), 3.2.5. Committee 25, IEC, 6.1.2.
J oule-Thomson coefficient, industrial Ligands, inorganic, organic; solution
gases, 3.4.17. properties, 3.4.24.
Journal of Physical Chemistry, 6.2.3. Light, quantities and units (ISO R31),
Journal of the American Ceramic Society, 6.2.2.
3.4.12. Light, heavy metals (Leichtmetalle,
Journal of the American Chemical Society, Schwermetalle), properties and be-
6.2.3.,6.3.1. havior, 2.1.
Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, Lighting engineering (Lichttechnik),
6.2.3. 2.1.
Lighting, International Vocabulary,
lCI, 6.3.6.
Karlsruhe Nuclear Data File (Kern- Light nuclei, decay schemes, energy
daten Karlsruhe, KEDAK), 3.1.9., levels, physical constants, 3.1.1.,
3.1.11. 3.1.15.,3.1.16.,4.1.5.
Kernforschungszentrum, Karlsruhe, LIGHT SCATTERING CRITICAL DATA
Germany-B.R.D., 3.1.9. CENTER, 4.2.4.
Kerr Effect, see Magneto-optic effect Light scattering data, colloids, deter-
Ketones, thermodynamic properties, gents, electrolytes, polymers, 4.2.4.
3.4.2., 3.4.3. Linear molecules, physical constants,
Kinetics, see Chemical kinetics 3.2.26.
Knight shift, see Nuclear magnetic Line Strengths of Asymmetric Rotors,
resonance (NMR) spectral data 3.2.25.
Krypton, thermodynamic, transport Liquids, dielectric properties, 5.3.29.
properties, 3.4.15. -, thermal conductivity, 5.3.64.
KWIC (Key-Word-in-Context) Guide -, thermophysical properties, 5.3.54.,
to the Powder Diffraction File (In- 5.3.62.
organic), 3.3.3. -, mixtures, light scattering data,
Kyoto University, Japan, 4.3.2. 4.2.4.
-, pure, surface tension, 4.2.2.
Laboratory of Mass Spectrometry, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory,
France, 3.2.37. U. S.A., 3.1.13.
LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN TABELLEN, 2.1., Low TEMPERATURE SPECIFIC HEATS
3.1.1.,3.1.5.,3.1.17.,3.2.26.,3.2.49., DATA CENTER, 3.4.14., see also
3.2.50., 3.3.9. 3.3.12., 3.4.21.
Lanthanides, atomic energy levels, LUMINESCENCE OF ORGANIC SUBSTAN-
3.2.1. CES, LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, 2.1.,
Lattice parameter, alloys, intermetallic 3.2.49.
compounds, metals, 3.3.5., see also
Crystal structure
- -, reactor physics applications, Macroscopic and Technical Propertie.r of
3.1.6. Matter, Landolt-Bornstein, New Series,
- -, variation with composition, tem- 2.1.
perature, density, expansion coeffi- Magnesium and compounds, thermo-
cients, 3.3.5. dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
271
Subject Index
Magnetic dipole moment, molecular, MASS SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED, API

3.2.14., 3.2.15., 3.3.14., 3.3.15., RP 44, 2.3.,3.2.35., see also 3.2.36.
5.3.30. MASS SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED, TRC,
- - - , nuclear, 3.1.1., 3.1.5., 2.3., 3.2.36., see also 3.2.35.
3.1.14.,3.1.16.,3.2.50.,3.3.15. Mass spectral data, chlorides, 3.2.35.
Magnetic properties, alloys, 3.3.15., - - - , elements, 3.2.35.
4.3.6. - - - , gases, organic, 3.2.37.
- - , cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. - - - , hydrides, 3.2.35., 3.2.36.
- - , elements, 2.2., 3.3.15., 3.3.16., - - - , hydrocarbons, 3.2.35.
3.6.7. - - -, indexes to, 2.3., 3.2.37.,
- - , ferrites, 2.1.,3.3.14. 3.2.38.,3.2.53.
- - , free radicals, 3.2.50.,3.3.15. - - - , inorganic compounds,
- - , metals, intermetallic compounds, 3.2.35., 3.2.36.
2.2., 4.3.6. - - - , organic compounds,
- - , oxide systems, transition metal 3.2.35.-3.2.37.
compounds, 2.1.,3.3.14. - - - , organic nonhydrocarbon
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF COORDINA- compounds, 3.2.36.
TION AND ORGANO-METALLIC TRAN- - - - , oxides, 3.2.35.
SITION METAL COMPOUNDS, LAN- - - - , vaporizable compounds,
DOLT-BoRNSTEIN, 2.1.,3.3.14. 3.2.37.
MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF FREE RADI- - - - for hydrocarbons of high
CALS, LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, 2.1., molecular weight, matrix format,
3.2.50. 3.2.35., 3.2.36.
Magnetic radius, atomic, see Nuclear Mass Spectrometry Bulletin, 3.2.38.
radii MASS SPECTROMETRY DATA CENTRE,
Magnetic rotatory power (Faraday U. K., 3.2.38.
Effect), elements, electrolytes; inor- Mass Spectrometry Data Center,
ganic, organic compounds, 3.3.16. U.S.A., see Data Center for Atomic
Magnetic susceptibility, alloys, ele- and Molecular Ionization Processes
ments, free radicals, minerals; inor- Materials Data Book, 5.4.14.
ganic, organic compounds, 3.3.15. Mathematical functions, 5.2.2.
- - , semiconductors, inorganic, Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in
3.3.13. the Physical Sciences and Technology,
- - , transition metal compounds, 6.2.2.
3.3.14. Mathematical Tables for X-ray Crystallo-
Magnetism, quantities and units (ISO graphy, 3.3.6.
R31), 6.2.2. Matthews Coordinate Index, Powder
Magneto-optic (Kerr) effect, ferro- Diffraction File, 3.3.3.
magnetic metals, alloys, 3.3.16. Max-Planck-Institut, Germany-B. R. D.,
Manganese and compounds, thermo- 4.1.4.,5.1.2.
dynamic properties, 3.4.5. Mechanical properties, 1.1.1., 2.1.,
Manufacturing Chemists Association 3.3.10.,3.3.11.,3.6.7.,4.3.6., see also
(MCA) Research Project, see Ther- Elastic properties,
modynamics Research Center (TRC) - - , alloys, 4.3.6.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, - - , elements, 3.6.7.
U. S.A. (MIT), 3.2.4.,3.4.10.,5.3.32. - - , metals, intermetallic compounds,
MASS SPECTRA, 2.3.,3.2.12.,3.2.35.- 4.3.6.
3.2.38. - - , minerals, 3.3.10., 3.3.11.
MASS SPECTRAL DATA, COMPILATION OF - - , silicates, 3.3.11.
(INDEX DE SPECTRES DE MASSE), Mechanics, quantities and units (ISO
3.2.37. R31), 6.2.2.
272
Subject Index
Melting (freezing) point, alkaloids, Metals, resistivity, electrical, low tem-

3.2.23. perature, 3.3.12.
- - -, alloys, 3.4.11.,3.4.20. -, soft X-ray spectral data, 4.3.6.
- - -, elements, 3.4.1.,3.4.3., -, superconductive properties,
3.4.20. 3.3.17.,4.3.6.
- - -, hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.9.,
- - -, industrial compounds, 4.3.6.
3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.41. -, thermophysical properties, 5.3.63.
- - -, inorganic compounds, -, transition probabilities, atomic,
3.2.19.,3.2.21.,3.2.33.,3.4.1.,3.4.3. 3.2.2.
- - -, metals, nonferrous, 3.4.8. -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3.
- - -, nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20. -, nonferrous, thermodynamic, physi-
- - -, organic compounds, cochemical properties, 3.4.8.
3.2.19.-3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33., Metals Handbook, 5.4.3.
3.2.41.,3.4.1.,3.4.3.,5.5.4.,5.5.5. Metals Reference Book, 5.4.5.
- - -, oxides, 3.4.12. Metals, Thermal and Mechanical Data,
- - -, semiconductors, inorganic, Tables de Constantes Selectionneu, 2.2.
3.3.13. Meteorology, 5.2.21., 5.2.22.
Melting Point Tables for Organic AnalYsis, Methane, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
5.5.5. -, physical, thermodynamic properties,
Melting Point Tables of Organic Com- 3.4.17.
pounds, 5.5.4. -, thermophysical properties, 5.3.61.
Mercury, atomic collision data, low Methanol, radiation chemistry data,
energy, 3.2.5. 4.3.3.
-, thermophysical properties, 5.3.58. Metrologia, 6.2.1.
Metal-ion complexes, stability constants, Microwave spectra, 3.2.19., 3.2.22.,
3.4.24. 3.2.25., 3.2.26., see also Molecular
Metallic and Chemical Properties of Ele- rotational spectra.
ments of the Periodic s.ystem, 5.4.13. Microwave spectral data, diatomic,
Metallo-organic compounds, see Orga- polyatomic molecules, 3.2.25.
nometallic compounds MICROWAVE SPECTRAL TABLES, 3.2.25.
Metallurgical Abstracts, 3.4.11. Microwave spectroscopy, document-
Metallurgical, ceramic operations, ther- ation of literature, 3.2.19.
modynamic data for, 3.4.5. - -, molecular constants from,
Metallurgical Thermoche'liistry, 3.4.10., 3.2.26.
5.3.43. MINERALOGICAL PROPERTIES, 3.3.10.,
Metallurgy, nonferrous, thermodyna- 3.3.11.,5.2.17.-5.2.19.
mic data for, 3.4.8. Mineralogy, Dana's System, 3.3.10.
-, physical, 5.3.43. Minerals, analyses, 3.3.10., 3.3.11.
-, theoretical, thermodynamic data for, -, chemical properties, 3.3.10.,3.3.11.
3.4.5. -, crystallographic properties, 3.3.10.,
Metal oxides, phase diagrams, 3.4.12. 3.3.11.,5.2.17.
Metals, cryogenic data, 3.4.21., 4.3.6. -, crystal structures, 3.3.3., 3.3.10.,
-, crystal structures, 3.3.11.
2.2.,3.3.3.-3.3.5.,3.3.12. -, density, 3.3.10.,5.2.17.
-, diffusion data, 4.3.5. -, elastic constants, 3.3.9.,5.2.19.
-, electrical data, 2.1., 2.2. -, magnetic susceptibility, 3.3.15.
-, lattice parameters, 3.3.5. -, mechanical properties, 3.3.10.,
-, magnetic properties, 2.1.,2.2.,4.3.6. 3.3.11.
-, NMR spectral data, 4.3.6. -, nomenclature, 3.3.10.,3.3.11.
-, phase diagrams, 3.4.10. -, occurrence, 3.3.10.

Subject Index
Minerals, optical properties, 3.3.10., Molecular spectroscopy, IUPAC Com-

3.3.11. mission on, 3.2.24.,6.3.1.
- , ortho-, ring, chain, sheet, frame- - -, multilingual dictionary of im-
work, non-silicates, 3.3.11. portant terms, 6.3.1.
- , physical properties, 3.3.10., 3.3.11. Molecular structure, IUPAC Commis-
-, rock-forming, 3.3.11.,5.2.19. sion on, 3.2.24., 6.3.1.
-, thermodynamic properties, 5.2.17. Molecular vibrational frequency,
-, volume, molar, 5.2.17. 3.2.10., 3.2.25., 3.4.4.
- , X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3., Molecular vibrational spectra, 2.2.,2.3.,
3.3.10.,5.2.17. 3.2.7.-3.2.10.,3.2.16.-3.2.24.,
Ministry of Technology, U.K., 3.4.17. 3.2.27.,3.2.28.,5.3.14.-5.3.21.,
MISCELLANEOUS PROJECTS AND THEIR see also Infrared, Raman spectra
PUBLICATIONS, 3.6. - - -, astrophysical interest, 3.2.22.
M.1. T. WAVELENGTH TABLES, 3.2.4. - - -, diatomic, polyatomic mole-
Mixing, enthalpy (heat) of, see Enthalpy cules, 3.2.9.
(heat) of solution Molecular vibrational spectroscopy,
Molar volume, see Volume, molar documentation of, 3.2.19.
A10lecular Acoustics, 2.1. MOLECULAR WEIGHTS OF POLYMERS,
MOLECULAR CONSTANTS FROM MICRO- 4.3.8.
WAVE SPECTROSCOPY, 2.1.,3.2.26. Molecule-molecule reactions, chemical
Molecular (magnetic) dipole moment, kinetics data, 3.5.2.
see Magnetic dipole moment, molec- Molecules, atomic configurations, dis-
ular tances, bond angles, 3.2.44.
Molecular electronic spectra, 2.2.,2.3., -, bond energies, 3.2.45., 3.2.46.
3.2.6.-3.2.9.,3.2.19., 3.2.21., -, physical constants, 2.2., 3.2.6.,
3.2.23., 3.2.29.-3.2.34., 3.2.48., 3.2.7., 3.2.10., 3.2.13.-3.2.15.,
3.2.52.,5.3.11.-5.3.13., see also 3.2.25., 3.2.26., 3.2.35.-3.2.37.,
Ultraviolet, Visible region spectra 3.2.44.-3.2.46., 3.4.4.
- - -, diatomic, polyatomic mole- Mollier (h,sJ-Diagram, Steam Tables,
cules, 3.2.9. 3.4.16.
Molecular energies, properties, calcu- MOLTEN SALTS DATA CENTER,
lation of, 3.2.13. 3.4.22.
Molecular Microwave Spectra Tables, 3.2.25. Molybdenum and compounds, thermo-
Molecular physics, quantities and units dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
(ISO R31), 6.2.2. Moment of inertia, molecular,
MOLECULAR PROPERTIES, 1.1.1., 3.2., 3.4.4.
3.4.4. Moment, magnetic, see Magnetic dipole
Molecular rotational spectra, 2.1., moment
2.3., 3.2.6., 3.2.9., 3.2.10., 3.2.15., Monomers, NMR spectra, 3.2.42.
3.2.19., 3.2.22., 3.2.25.-3.2.28. see Morphology, crystals, 3.3.1., 3.3.2.,
also Microwave, Far infrared, Raman 3.3.8.,4.3.4.
spectra Moscow State University, U. S. S. R.,
- - -, astrophysical interest, 3.2.22. 3.4.19.,5.3.26.
- - - , diatomic, polyatomic mole- Mossbauer effect, 4.3.6.
cules, 3.2.9. Multicomponent systems, thermodyna-
Molecular rotational spectroscopy, mic, transport properties, 3.4.15.
documentation of, 3.2.19. Multilingual Dictionary of Important
MOLECULAR SPECTRA AND MOLECULAR Terms in Molecular Spectroscopy,
STRUCTURE, 3.2.9. 6.3.1.
Molecular spectra of astrophysical inter- Multiplet tables, astrophysical interest,
est, 3.2.22. ultraviolet, 3.2.1.
274
Subject Index
National Academy of Sciences, Nation- NBS Circular 500, see Selected Values
al Academy of Engineering, Nation- of Chemical Thermodynamic Pro-
al Research Council, U.S.A. perties
(NAS-NAE-NRC), 1.1.1.,1.2.5., Neon, thermodynamic, transport pro-
3.1.1.,3.1.15.,3.2.1.,3.2.14.,3.3.3., perties, 3.4.15.
3.3.6., 3.4.4., 3.4.27., 5.1., 6.3.1., Netherlands Organization for Pure
6.3.5. Scientific Research (ZWA), 3.3.6.,
National Aeronautics and Space Ad- 3.3.8.
ministration, U. S. A. (NASA), Neutron cross sections, 3.1.3., 3.1.4.,
3.3.12.,3.4.8.,3.4.11.,3.4.21.,4.3.9. 3.1.7.-3.1.12.,3.1.14.,3.1.19.,
National Association of Corrosion En- 4.1.3.
gineers, U.S.A., 3.3.3. NEUTRON CROSS SECTIONS FOR FAST
National Bureau of Standards, U. S. A. REACTOR MATERIALS, 3.1.9.
(NBS), 1.1.1., 2.3., 3.1.1., 3.1.18., Neutron data, ECSIL System for stor-
3.2.1., 3.2.2., 3.2.3., 3.2.5., 3.2.6., age, retrieval, display, 3.1.3.
3.2.10.-3.2.13., 3.2.15., 3.2.18., - - , index to literature (CINDA),
3.2.25.,3.2.46.,3.2.47.,3.3.1.,3.3.3., 3.1.19.
3.3.12., 3.3.17., 3.4.1.-3.4.3.,3.4.9. Neutronics and Photonics Calculational
-3.4.14., 3.4.18., 3.4.20.-3.4.22., Constants, Integrated System for Pro-
3.5.1.-3.5.3., 3.5.5., 4.2.1.- duction of, 3.1.3.
4.2.4., 4.3.1., 4.3.3., 4.3.5., 4.3.6., Neutron resonance parameters and ma-
4.3.9., 5.3.41., 6.2.1., 6.2.3. terials, 5.3.5.
NATIONAL COMMITIEES FOR CODATA, NEUTRONS, PROPERTIES OF, 3.1.7.-
1.2. 3.1.12.,4.1.2.,4.1.5.
NATIONAL DATA PROGRAMS, 1.1. NEW AND SECONDARY CENTERS, 4.
National Engineering Laboratory, New Materials and Methods ofInvestigating
U. K., 3.4.16. MetaJs and Alloys, 3.3.17.
NATIONAL NEUTRON CROSS SECTION New Nuclear Data, Annual Cumulations,
CENTER, U. S.A. (NNCSC), 3.1.7., 3.1.1.
3.1.8., 3.1.1 0.-3.1.12. Nickel, catalysis of ethylene hydrogen-
National Research Council of Canada, ation with, 3.5.3.
1.2.1.,3.2.9.,3.3.4.,3.3.5.,6.3.1. - and compounds, thermodynamic
National Science Foundation, U. S. A. properties, 3.4.8.
(NSF), 3.1.15.,3.2.22.,3.2.31., Nitrates, chemical kinetics data, 3.4.13.
3.3.1.,3.4.8. - , mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
National Standard Reference Data Se- - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.,
ries, National Bureau of Standards, 3.4.13.
U.S.A. (NSRDS-NBS), 1.1.1., Nitrides, thermodynamic properties,
3.1.18., 3.2.1.-3.2.3., 3.2.6., 3.4.5.,3.4.6.,3.4.10.
3.2.10., 3.2.12., 3.2.15., 3.4.1., Nitriles, thermodynamic properties,
3.4.13.,3.4.14., 3.4.18., 3.4.20., 3.4.3.
3.4.22., 3.5.1.-3.5.3., 3.5.5., Nitrogen, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
4.2.2. - , mass spectra, 3.2.35.
NATIONAL STANDARD REFERENCE DATA - , physical properties, 3.4.17.
SYSTEM, U.S.A. (NSRDS), 1.1.1., - , thermodynamic functions, 3.4.19.
2.3., 3.2.1., 3.2.3., 3.2.5., 3.2.15., - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.2.,
3.2.25., 3.3.1., 3.4.1., 3.4.9., 3.4.11., 3.4.7.,3.4.15.,3.4.17.
3.4.14., 3.4.20., 3.5.1.-3.5.3., - , - - , low temperature, 3.4.21.
3.5.5., 4.2.2., 4.2.4. - , transport properties, 3.4.15.
Naval Research Laboratory, U. S. A., - , atomic, ionic, molecular; atomic
3.4.13. collision data, low energy, 3.2.5.
18* 275
Subject Index
Nitrogen compounds, infrared spectra, Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry,

3.2.16. IUPAC (English, French, Spanish,
- -, thermodynamic properties, Japanese, Czechoslovakian, Bulg-
3.4.2. arian,Italian,Dutch versions), 6.3.1.
- -, organic, Raman spectra, 3.2.28. Nomenclature of Organosilicon Compounds,
- -, -, thermodynamic properties, IUPAC, 6.3.1.
3.4.3. Non-Aqueous Conductance Data, Survey of,
Niobium and compounds, thermodyna- 3.4.22.
mic properties, 3.4.8. Nonaqueous solvents, solubility of ele-
NMR Band Handbook, 5.3.22. ments, inorganic and organic com-
NOMENCLATURE, 6.3. pounds in, 3.4.23.
-, amino acids, 6.3.1. Nonferrous metallurgy, thermodyna-
-, biological chemistry (biochemistry), mic data for, 3.4.8.
6.3.1. Nonmetallic solids, liquids, gases; ther-
-, carbohydrates, 6.3.1. modynamic, thermophysical, trans-
-, carotenoids, 6.3.1. port properties, 3.4.20.
-, corrinoids, 6.3.1. Nova University, U.S.A., 4.3.4.
-, enzymes, 6.3.4. Nuclear charge distribution, 3.1.5.
-, folic acid, related compounds, NUCLEAR CODES CENTER, 4.1.1.
6.3.1. NUCLEAR CONSTANTS GROUP, 3.1.3.
- , heterocyclic systems, fundamental, Nuclear Data, 3.1.1.,3.1.13.,5.3.2.
6.3.1. Nuclear Data Cards, 3.1.1.
-, hydrocarbons, 6.3.1. NUCLEAR DATA PROJECT, 3.1.1.,
- , inorganic chemistry, 6.3.1. 3.1.13.,3.1.15.,3.1.17.
-, lighting, 6.3.6. Nuclear Data Sheets, 3.1.1.,3.1.15.,
-, minerals, 3.3.10.,3.3.11. 4.1.4.
-, nuclear science, technology, 6.3.5. Nuclear Data Tables, 3.1.1.,3.1.13.
-, organic chemistry, 6.3.1. Nuclear Data Tabulations, Directory to,
-, organosilicon compounds, 6.3.1. 3.1.1.
-, peptides, natural; synthetic modi- Nuclear (magnetic) dipole moment, see
fications, 6.3.1. Magnetic dipole moment, nuclear
-, physical, 6.1.2.,6.2.3. Nuclear engineering, handbook, 5.3.4.
-, physico-chemical, 6.2.3. Nuclear Level Properties, Table ofIsotopes,
-, polymers, steric regularity in, 6.3.1. 3.1.4.
-, quinones with isoprenoid side- Nuclear Level Schemes, A = 40-A =92
chains, 6.3.1. (Ca-Zr), 3.1.1.
-, silicate minerals, 3.3.11. NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE
-, spectroscopic, 6.2.3.,6.3.1. (NMR) SPECTRA, 2.3., 3.2.19.,
-, standardization of, 6.1.3. 3.2.39.-3.2.43., 4.3.6., 5.3.22.
-, steroids, 6.3.1. NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPEC-
-, vitamins, 6.3.1. TRAL DATA, SELECTED, API RP 44,
Nomenclature of Amino Acids, Steroids, 2.3., 3.2.39., see also 3.2.40.
Vitamins and Carotenoids, IUPAC NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPEC-
(English, Czechoslovakian ver- TRAL DATA, SELECTED, TRC., 2.3.,
sions), 6.3.1. 3.2.40., see also 3.2.39.
Nomenclature of Inorganic Chemistry, Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
IUPAC (English, French, Japanese, spectral data, alkaloids, 3.2.42.
Swedish, German, Czechoslovakian, - - - - - -, alloys, 4.3.6.
Dutch, Bulgarian, Portuguese, Yu- - - - - - -, hydrocarbons,
goslavian, Persian versions), 3.2.39.
6.3.1. - - - - - -, indexes to, 2.3.
276
Subject Index
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) Nuclear Theory Index Booklets, Cards,

spectral data, industrial compounds, Reference Book, 3.1.1.
3.2.41. Nuclei, decay schemes, 3.1.2., 3.1.4.,
- - - - - -, metals,intermetal- 3.1.14.,3.1.17.
lic compounds, 4.3.6. -, energy levels, 2.1., 3.1.1., 3.1.2.,
- - - - - -, monomers,3.2.42. 3.1.4.,3.1.14.-3.1.17.,4.1.4.
- - - - - -, organic com- -, interactions with electromagnetic
pounds, 3.2.39.-3.2.43. radiation, 3.1.18.
- - - - - -, organometallic -, physical constants, 3.1.1., 3.1.2.,
compounds, 3.2.39. 3.1.4.,3.1.5.,3.1.13.-3.1.17.,3.2.1.
- - - - - -, peroxides, 3.2.42. -, radii, 3.1.5.
- - - - - -, polymers, 3.2.43. -, heavy, energy levels, 4.1.4.
- - - - - -, steroids, 3.2.42., -, light, energy levels, 3.1.1.,3.1.15.,
3.2.43. 3.1.16.
- - - - - -, terpenes, 3.2.42. -, radioactive, decay schemes, energy
- - - - - -, vitamins, 3.2.42. levels, physical constants, 3.1.14.
NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPEC- Nucleus, optical model of, 4.1.3.
TRA, SADTLER RESEARCH LABORA- NUCLIDES, PROPERTIES OF, 3.1.13.-
TORIES, INC., 3.2.41. 3.1.18.
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) Nuclides, charged-particle cross sec-
spectroscopy, documentation of tions, 3.1.3.,3.1.13.
literature, 3.2.19. -, neutron cross sections, 3.1.3.,
Nuclear Physics, 3.1.1.,3.1.15.-3.1.17. 3.1.4.,3.1.7.-3.1.12.,3.1.19.
Nuclear Physics and Technology, Landolt- -, photon cross sections, 3.1.3.
Bornstein, 1'Yew Series, 2.1. -, photonuclear reactions, 3.1.18.
Nuclear Physics, Tables de Constantes - , physical constants, 3.1.2.
S electionnees, 2.2. - , reference diagrams, 5.3.6.
NUCLEAR PROPERTIES, 1.1.1.,2.1.,3.1., -, A ;:;; 40, nuclear data, physical con-
3.6.7.,4.1.,5.3.1.-5.3.8. stants, 3.1.1.
- -, general, 3.1.1.-3.1.6. Nuclidic masses and related constants,
- -, handbooks, 5.3.1.-5.3.8. IUPAP Commission on, 6.2.3.
Nuclear Properties, Nuclear Tables, PartI, NUMERICAL PROPERTY VALUES, RE-
3.1.2. COMMENDATIONS ON PUBLICATION
Nuclear quadrupole resonance frequen- OF, 6.4.
cy, 5.3.25. N. V. Philips' Gloeilampenfabrieken,
NUCLEAR RADII, LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN, Netherlands, 3.3.6.
2.1., 3.1.5.
Nuclear Reactions, Nuclear Tables, PartII, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
3.1.2. U.S.A. (ORNL), 3.1.1.,3.1.13.,
Nuclear reactions, quantities and units 3.1.17.,3.1.19.,3.2.11.,6.3.1.
(ISO R 31), 6.2.2. Occurrence of minerals, 3.3.10.
- -, thresholds of, 3.1.3. OFFICE FOR SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNI-
Nuclear reactors and instrumentation, CAL INFORMATION, U.K. (OSTI),
3.1.6. 1.1.2.,3.2.38.,3.3.7.,3.4.15.
Nuclear Science Abstracts, 3.1.1., 3.1.13., Office of Scientific Research, United
3.1.18. States Air Force, 3.1.15.
Nuclear Science and Engineering, 3.1.3. Office of Standard Reference Data,
Nuclear science, technology, nomen- National Bureau of Standards,
clature, terms, 6.3.5. U. S.A. (OSRD), 1.1.1.,2.3.,
NUCLEAR TABLES (TAB ELLEN DER 3.1.18., 3.2.3., 3.2.6., 3.2.10.-
ATOMKERNE), 3.1.2. 3.2.12., 3.2.18., 3.2.46., 3.2.47.,
277
Subject Index
3.3.12.,3.3.17.,3.4.1., 3.4.3.,3.4.10., Organic compounds, crystallographic

3.4.13., 3.4.18., 3.4.20.-3.4.22., propelties, 3.3.1.
3.5.1.-3.5.3., 3.5.5., 4.2.1.,4.2.3., - -, crystal structures, 3.2.44.,
4.3.1., 4.3.3., 4.3.5., 4.3.6., 4.3.9. 3.3.1.-3.3.4.,3.4.7.
Optical Atomic Spectra, Bibliography on - -, dielectric properties, 3.2.14.,
AnalYses oj, 3.2.1. 3.2.15.,3.3.9.
Optical Model oj the Nucleus, Index and - -, dipole moments, molecular,
Abstracted Literature Review, 4.1.3. 3.2.15.
OPTICAL PROPERTIES, 2.1., 2.2.,3.6.3.- - -, dissociation constants, 3.4.25.
3.6.6. - -, elastic constants, 3.3.9.
- -, alloys, 3.3.1. - -, identification, handbook of ta-
- - , cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. bles for, 5.5.3.
- -, crystals, 3.3.1.,3.3.8. - -, infrared spectra, 3.2.16.-3.2.21.,
- -, elements, 3.3.1.,3.4.3.,3.6.7. 5.3.15.
- - , -, compounds in steelmaking, - -, interatomic distances, configu-
3.4.10. rations, 3.2.44.
- - , hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. - -, luminescence, 3.2.49.
- -, inorganic compounds, 3.3.1., - -, magnetic rotatory power (Fara-
3.4.3. day Effect), 3.3.16.
- -, minerals, 3.3.10.,3.3.11. - -, magnetic susceptibility, 3.3.15.
- -, organic compounds, 3.3.1., - -, mass spectra, 3.2.35.-3.2.37.
3.4.3. - -, melting (freezing) points,
- -, proteins, 3.3.1.,3.6.5. 3.2.19.-3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33.,
- -, semiconductors, 5.3.36. 3.2.41., 3.4.1., 3.4.3., 5.5.4., 5.5.5.
- -, sesquiterpenoids, 3.2.48. - -, NMR spectra, 3.2.39.-3.2.43.
- -, silicate minerals, 3.3.11. - -, notation, rules for (IUP AC),
OPTICAL ROTATORY POWER, TABLES DE 6.3.1.
CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES, Alka- - -, optical properties, 3.3.1., 3.4.3.
loids, 2.2., 3.6.6. - -, physical properties, 3.219.-
OPTICAL ROTATORY POWER, TABLES DE 3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33., 3.2.36.,
CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES, Amino 3.2.41.
acids, 2.2., 3.6.5. - -, pressure-volume-temperature
OPTICAL ROTATORY POWER, TABLES DE relationships, 5.3.40.
CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES, Ste- - -, radiation chemistry data, 4.3.3.
roids, 2.2., 3.6.3. - -, radiolytic yields, 3.5.4.
OPTICAL ROTATORY POWER, TABLES DE - -, Raman spectra, 3.2.27., 3.2.28.
CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES, Triter- - -, semiconducting properties,
penes, 2.2., 3.6.4. 5.3.35.
Optical spectroscopic data, diatomic - -, solubilities, 3.4.23., 3.4.24.
molecules, 3.2.6. - -, thermodynamic constants,
Organic Acids, Bases in Aqueous Solution, 3.4.7.,5.3.39.
Dissociation Constants oj, 3.4.25. - -, thermodynamic properties,
Organic chemical reactions, homoge- 2.3.,3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7.
neous, chemical kinetics data, 3.5.1. - -, ultraviolet spectra, 2.3.,3.2.19.,
Organic chemistry, Beilsteins Hand- 3.2.30.-3.2.34., 5.3.11.-5.3.13.
book,5.1.3. - - , visible region spectra, 3.2.31.-
- -, nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. 3.2.33., 5.3.12.
Organic compounds, boiling points, - -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3.,
3.2.19.-3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33., 5.3.15.
3.2.41.,3.4.1.,3.4.3. - -, volatile, gas chromatographic
- -, cryogenic data, 3.4.21. data, 3.6.1.
278
Subject Index
ORGANIC ELECTRONIC SPECTRAL DATA, Oxford University, U.K., 3.2.19.

3.2.31. Oxidation-reduction potential,
Organic gases, mass spectra, 3.2.37. 3.4.26., 5.3.48.
Organic halogen compounds, NMR Oxidation-Reduction Potentials of Organic
spectra, 3.2.40. Systems, 5.3.48.
Organic molecules, bond energies, Oxides, constitution data, 3.4.11.
3.2.45., 3.2.46. -, crystal structures, 3.4.11., 5.4.9.
- -, vibrationalfrequencies, 3.2.10. -, mass spectra, 3.2.35.
Organic nitrogen compounds, NMR -, melting (freezing) points, 3.4.12.
spectra, 3.2.40. -, mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
- - -, thermodynamic properties, -, phase diagrams, 3.4.10.-3.4.12.
2.3., 3.4.3. -, physicochemical properties, 5.4.12.
Organic nonhydrocarbon compounds, -, specific heat, low temperature,
mass spectra, physical properties, 3.4.14.
3.2.36. -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.,
Organic oxygen compounds, NMR 3.4.6., 3.4.10.
spectra, 3.2.40. -, - -, low temperature, 3.4.14.
- - -, Raman spectra, 3.2.28. -, thermophysical properties, 3.4.20.
- - -, thermodynamic properties, -, mixed, magnetic properties, 2.1.,
3.4.3. 3.3.14.
Organic phosphorus compounds, -, rare earth, crystal structures, ther-
NMR spectra, 3.2.40. modynamic properties, 5.4.9.
Organic sulfur compounds, NMR Oxide systems, complex, thermodyna-
spectra, 3.2.40. mic properties, 3.4.10.
- - -, physicochemical constants, Oxides of Rare Earth Elements and Their
5.4.1. Refractory Compounds, 5.4.9.
- - -, thermodynamic properties, Oxygen, cryogenic data, 3.4.21.
2.3., 3.4.2. -, mass spectra, 3.2.35.
Organic Semi-conductors, 5.3.35. -, thermodynamic functions, 3.4.19.
Organic systems, oxidation-reduction -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.2.,
potentials, 5.3.48. 3.4.7.,3.4.15.
Organisation International de Metro- -, transport properties, 3.4.15.
logie Legale (OIML), 6.1.2. -, atomic, ionic, molecular; atomic
Organization for Economic Coopera- collision data, low energy, 3.2.5.
tion and Development (OEeD), -, -, -, - ; gas phase reaction
3.1.7.,3.1.11.,3.1.19. kinetics, 3.5.5.
Organometallic compounds, crystal Oxygen compounds, crystal structure,
structures, 3.3.3.,3.4.7. 3.4.4.
- -, handbook of, 5.4.15. - -, infrared spectra, 3.2.16.
- -, magnetic properties, 3.3.14. - -, thermodynamic properties,
- -, NMR spectra, 3.2.39. 2.3., 3.4.4.
- -, Raman spectra, 3.2.27. - -, thermophysical properties,
- -, solubilities, 3.4.23. 3.4.20.
- -, thermodynamic properties, 2.3., Oxygen species, neutral, gas phase
3.4.1.,3.4.7. reaction kinetics, 3.5.5.
- -, ultraviolet spectra, 2.3., 3.2.29. Ozone, gas phase reaction kinetics, 3.5.5.
- -, X-ray diffraction data, 3.3.3.
Organosilicon compounds, nomen- Palladium, catalysis of ethylene hydro-
clature, 6.3.1. genation with, 3.5.3.
Osmotic phenomena (Osmotische Pba- Parahydrogen, thermodynamic proper-
nomene), 2.1. ties, low temperature, 3.4.21.
279
Subject Index
Paramagnetic relaxation, double, com- Phosphides, crystallographic proper-

plex salts; metal sulfates, 3.3.15. ties, 3.4.11.
Paramagnetic susceptibility, see Mag- -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.10.
netic susceptibility Phosphorescence, see Luminescence
Partial molar thermodynamic quanti- Photochemistry, 3.5.1.
ties, alloys, 3.4.9. Photoelectric Spectrometry Group,
Peptide chains in proteins, configura- U. K., 3.2.34.
tions, 3.6.5. Photon Attenuation and Energy Absorption
Peptides, natural, naming of synthetic Coefficients, 3.2.47.
modifications of (IUPAC), 6.3.1. Photon collision, low energy, ioniza-
Periodic and related phenomena, quan- tion of atoms, diatomic molecules
tities and units (ISO R 31), 6.2.2. by, 3.2.5.
Peroxides, NMR spectra, 3.2.42. Photon cross sections, 3.1.3., 3.1.10.,
Pharmaceuticalmaterials,molecularelec- 3.1.13., 3.1.18., 3.2.5., 3.2.47.
tronic spectra, 3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33. PHOTONUCLEAR DATA CENTER, 3.1.18.,
Phase change, enthalpy (heat), entropy, 3.2.47.
Gibbs (free) energy of, see Enthalpy Physkal and Chemical Tables for X-ray
(heat), Entropy, Gibbs (free) energy Crystallography, 3.3.6.
of phase change Physical chemistry, consolidated index
Phase (constitutional, equilibrium) dia- of selected property values, 3.4.27.
grams, alloys, 3.4.9.-3.4.11.,5.3.46. - -, quantities and units (ISO R 31),
- -, borides, 3.4.11. 6.2.2.
- -, ceramics, 3.4.12. PHYSICAL CONSTANTS, 5.2.2.,5.4.16.,
- - , chalcogenides, 3.4.11. 6.1.1.,6.1.3.,6.2.
- - , cyanides, 3.4.12. Physical Constants of Linear Homopoly-
- , elements, compounds in steel- mers, 5.4.16.
making, 3.4.10. Physical Constants, New Values for, 6.2.3.
-, -, inorganic and organic com- Physical properties, alkaloids, 3.2.23.
pounds in solvents, 3.4.23. - -, crystals, 3.3.1.,3.3.3.,3.3.8.,
- -, halides, 3.4.12. 4.3.4.
- -, hydrides, 3.4.11. - - , gases, industrial, 3.4.17.
-, materials at high pressures, tem- - -, hydrides, 3.2.36.
peratures, 4.3.1. - -, industrial compounds, 3.2.18.,
- -, multicomponent systems, 3.4.12. 3.2.32.,3.2.41.
- -, oxides, 3.4.10.-3.4.12. - -, inorganic compounds, 3.2.19.,
- -, phosphides, 3.4.11. 3.2.21., 3.2.33., 3.2.36.
- -, silicates, 3.3.11., 5.3.45. - -, minerals, 3.3.10.,3.3.11.
- - , sulfides, 3.4.12. - -, organic compounds, 3.2.19.-
- - , thorium and uranium alloys, 3.2.21., 3.2.32., 3.2.33., 3.2.36.,
5.3.46. 3.2.41.
PHASEDIAGRAMS FORCERAMISTS,3.4.12. - -, rocks, 5.2.18.
Phase Diagrams of Silicate Systems, 5.3.45. - -, steam, water, 3.4.16.
Phase Equilibrium Diagrams of Oxide Physical Properties of Rocks under Normal
Systems, 3.4.12. and Standard Temperature and Pres-
Phase transition pressures, high pressure, 5.2.18.
sure, 4.3.1. Physical Property Values of Substances,
Phenols, thermodynamic properties, 5.2.8.
3.4.3. PHYSICAL QUANTITIES, UNITS AND SYM-
Phonon temperature, inorganic semi- BOLS; BASIC PHYSICAL CONSTANTS;
conductors, 3.3.13. NOMENCLATURE; AND RELATED
Phosphates, mineralogical data, 3.3.10. MATTERS, 6.
280
Subject Index
Physicochemical Conitants of Organo-sulfur Polymers, steric regularity in, nomen-

Compounds, 5.4.1. clature (!UPAC), 6.3.1.
Physicochemical data and standards, Polymorphs, high pressure, crystal
IUPAC Commission on, 6.2.3. structures, 4.3.1.
Physicochemical properties, crystalline Polypeptides, abbreviated designations
substances, 5.3.27. (!UP AC), 6.3.1.
- - , elements, 3.6.7. Positive ions, gaseous; appearance, ioni-
- - , oxides, 5.4.12. zation potentials, enthalpy (heat) of
- - , plutonium, alloys and com- formation, 3.2.12.
pounds, 5.4.7. POTENTIELS d'OXYDO-REDUCTION,
Physicochemical Properties of Oxides, TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTION-
5.4.12. NEES, 2.2., 3.4.26.
Physicochemical Symbols and Terminology, POUVOIR ROTATOIRE MAGNETIQUE
Manualof, 6.2.3. (EFFET F ARADA Y), TABLES DE CON-
Physics Abstracts, 3.1.13.,3.2.14.,4.3.6. STANTES SELECTIONNEES, 2.2.,3.3.16.
Physics Today, 6.2.3., 6.4.2. POWDER DIFFRACTION FILE: JOINT
Physikalisches Taschenbuch, 5.2.12. COMMITTEE ON POWDER DIFFRAC-
Piezoelectric, piezooptic constant, inor- TION STANDARDS, 3.3.3.
ganic compounds, 3.3.9. Prandtl number, see Transport (thermo-
Plasma physics, 3.2.5., 5.3.32. mechanical) properties
Plastics, abbreviation of terms relating Pressure scale, definition, 4.3.1.
to (!UP AC), 6.3.1. Pressure-volume-temperature relation-
Platinum, catalysis of ethylene hydro- ship, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
genation with, 3.5.3. - - - - , organic compounds,
Plenum Press Handbooks of High Temper- 5.3.40.
ature j}[aterials, 5.4.4. Primary Crystallographic Data, IUCr
Plutonium: Physicochemical Properties of 6.4.1.
its Compounds and Alloys, 5.4.7. Princeton University, U.S.A., 3.2.1.
Pockels Effect, see Electrooptic constant Printing Symbols and Numbers, Principles
Point group, see Crystal structure or for (ISO), 6.2.2.
Molecular electronic spectra, struc- Procedures for Inter-Conversion of Values
ture from One System of Units to Another
Polarizability, molecular, 3.2.13. (ISO), 6.2.2.
Polarization data, Raman spectra, Progress in Cryogenics, 3.3.17.
3.2.27.,3.2.28. Propane, physical, thermodynamic pro-
Polyatomic molecules, electronic spec- perties, 3.4.17.
tra, structure, 3.2.9. Propellant performance calculations,
- - , energy levels, 3.2.9., 3.2.13. thermodynamic data for, 3.4.4.
- - , microwave spectra, 3.2.25. PROPERTIES OF ELECTROLYTE SOLU-
- - , notation for spectra of, 6.2.3. TIONS, 4.3.9.
- - , physical constants, 3.2.13. Properties of 100 Linear Alkane Thiols,
- - , spectroscopic data, 2.2. Sulfides, and Symmetrical Disulfides in
- - , vibrational spectra, 3.2.9. the Ideal Gas State, 5.4.2.
Polycrystalline materials, X-ray struc- Properties of Liquid and Solid Hydrogen,
ture analysis, 5.3.26. 5.4.19.
Polymer Handbook, 5.4.17. PROPERTIES OF NEUTRONS, 3.1.7.-
Polymers, light scattering data, 4.2.4. 3.1.12.
- , molecular weights, 4.3.8. PROPERTIES OF NUCLIDES, 3.1.13.-
- , NMR spectra, 3.2.43. 3.1.18.
- , radiolytic yields, 3.5.4. Properties of Titanium Compounds and
- , thermophysical properties, 3.4.20. Related Substances, 5.3.44.
281
Subject Index
PROPERTIES RELATING TO CHEMICAL Q-value, see Disintegration energy,

REACTION RATES, 3.5. ground state
Proteins, crystallographic properties,
3.3.1. Radiation, quantities and units (ISO
- , optical properties, 3.3.1.,3.6.5. R31), 6.2.2.
Proton affinity, atoms, molecules, radi- RADIATION CHEMISTRY DATA CENTER,
cals, 3.2.45. 4.3.3.
Publication of Calorimetric and Thermo- Radiation data, alpha, beta, gamma,
dynamic Data, Resolution on, IUP AC, 3.1.4.
6.4.2. Radiation Dosimetry, 3.2.47.
Publication of Numerical Property Radiations from Radioactive Atoms in Fre-
Values, Recommendations on, 6.4. quent Use, 3.1.1.
Punched card techniques, IUPAC Com- Radiation shielding, computer program
mission on, 6.3.1. file for, 4.1.1.
Purdue University, U. S.A., 3.4.20. - - , engineering compendium on,
Pure and Applied Chemistry, 3.2.24., 3.2.47.
3.4.1.,3.4.25.,6.2.3.,6.3.1. Radical ions, magnetic properties, 2.1.,
Pyrometallurgical processes, thermo- 3.2.50.
dynamic data for, 3.4.8. Radical-radical reactions, chemical ki-
netics data, 3.5.2.
Quantities and Units of Acoustics, ISO Radical yield, see Radiolytic yield
R31, 6.2.2. Radioactive disintegration, 2.1., 3.1.1.,
Quantities and Units of Atomic and Nuclear 3.1.2.,3.1.4.,3.1.14.-3.1.17.
Physics, 6.2.2. Radioactive tracers, diffusion data, 4.3.5.
Quantities and Units for Clinicd Chemistry, Radioisotope Data, Table of Isotopes,
IUP AC, 6.2.3. 3.1.4.
Quantities and Units of Electricity and RADIOLYTIC YIELDS, TABLES DE CON-
Magnetism, ISO R31, 6.2.2. STANTES SELECTIONNEES, 2.2., 3.5.4.
Quantities and Units of Heat, ISO R31, Radiolytic yield (Quantum, radical
6.2.2. yield, G value), 3.5.4.,4.3.3.
Quantities and Units of Mechanics, ISO Radius, atomic, ionic, nuclear, see Nu-
R31, 6.2.2. clear radii.
Quantities and Units of Nuclear Reactions RAMAN SPECTRA, 2.3., 3.2.27., 3.2.28.,
and Ionizing Radiations, 6.2.2. see also Molecular rotational, vibra-
Quantities and Units of Periodic and Related tional spectra
Phenomena, ISO R31, 6.2.2. RAMAN SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED,
Quantities and Units of Physical Chemistry API RP 44, 2.3.,3.2.27., see also
and Molecular Physics, 6.2.2. 3.2.28.
Quantities and Units of Radiation and Light, RAMAN SPECTRAL DATA, SELECTED,
6.2.2. TRC, 2.3., 3.2.28., see also 3.2.27.
Quantities and Units of 51, Basic, ISO Raman spectral data, hydrocarbons,
R31, 6.2.2. 2.3.,3.2.27.
Quantum fluids (H2' D 2 , He), thermo- - - - , indexes to, 2.3.
dynamic, transport properties, - - - , organic compounds, 2.3.,
3.4.15. 3.2.27., 3.2.28.
Quantum yield (G value), see Radio- - - - , organometallic compounds
lytic yield 2.3.,3.2.27.
Quartz, mineralogical, X-ray diffraction Raman spectroscopy, documentation
data, 3.3.10. ofliterature, 3.2.19.
Quinones with isoprenoid side-chains, Rare gases (inert fluids), atomic col-
nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. lision data, low energy, 3.2.5.
282
Subject Index
Rare gases, cryogenic data, 3.4.21. RECOMMENDATIONS ON PUBLICATION OF

- -, mass spectra, 3.2.35. NUMERICAL PROPERTY VALUES, 6.4.
- -, physical properties, 3.4.17. Redox equilibria, metal-ion complexes,
- -, thermodynamic properties, 3.4.24.
3.4.7.,3.4.8.,3.4.15.,3.4.17.,3.4.19., Red System of the CN Molecule,
3.4.21. 3.2.22.
- -, transport properties, 3.4.15. Reference Book on Physicochemical Values
Rare metals, physicochemical proper- for Geochemists, 5.2.20.
ties, 3.4.8. Reference Book on Solubility, 5.3.52.
Rare Metals Handbook, 5.4.6. Reference Book on Thermophysical Proper-
Rate constant, bimolecular gas reac- ties of Gases and Liquids, 5.3.62.
tions, 3.5.2. Reflectivity (reflectance), thermal, see
- -, decomposition, inorganic salts, Thermal radiative properties
3.4.13. Refractive index, colloids, detergents,
- -, homogeneous chemical reac- electrolytes, polymers, 4.2.4.
tions, inorganic, organic, 3.5.1. -- -, elements, nonmetallic, 3.4.3.
Rate law, catalyzed hydrogenation of - -, hydrocarbons, 3.2.27.,3.4.2.
ethylene, 3.5.3. - -, inorganic compounds, 3.2.19.,
Rayleigh ratio (light-scattering inten- 3.4.3.
sity), colloids, detergents, electro- - -, molten salts, 3.4.22.
lytes, polymers, 4.2.4. -- -, organic compounds, 3.2.19.,
Rayleigh (coherent) scattering cross 3.2.20., 3.2.27., 3.4.3.
section, gamma, X-ray, 3.2.47. - -, sesquiterpenoids, 3.2.48.
Reaction, equilibrium constant, Gibbs Refractory compounds, 2.2., see also
(free) energy of, see Equilibrium High melting compounds
constant, Gibbs (free) energy of -- -, crystal structures, 5.4.9.
reaction -- -, thermodynamic properties,
Reaction Kinetics of Catalyzed Hydrogen- 5.3.42., 5.4.9., 5.4.11.
ation of Ethylene, 3.5.3. Relative Atomic Weights, Table of,
Reaction mechanism, catalyzed hydro- 3.4.1., 6.2.3.
genation of ethylene, 3.5.3. Relaxation time, dielectric, 3.2.14.
- -, decomposition, inorganic salts, RELAXATION PARAMAGNETIQUE, TABLES
3.4.13. DE CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES,
Reaction rate, homogeneous chemical 2.2., 3.3.15.
reactions, inorganic, organic, 3.5.1. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
- -, oxygen, gas phase reactions, U.S.A., 3.4.22.
3.5.5. Reports of Investigations, United States
Reactor applications, evaluated nuclear Bureau of Mines, 3.4.5.
data file for, 3.1.7. Research Institute for Pharmacy and
Reactor calculations, group constants Biochemistry, Czechoslovakia,
for, 5.3.1. 3.2.23.
Reactor characteristics, calculation of, Resistivity, electrical, alloys, 3.4.20.
3.1.6. -- -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
Reactor design, computer program file -- - , elements, 3.4.20.
for, 4.1.1. - -, -, compounds in steelmaking,
Reactor materials, cross section data, 3.4.10.
3.1.6.,3.1.7.,3.1.9.,3.2.47. - -, ferroelectric materials, 5.3.34.
Reactor operation, instrumentation, - -, molten salts, 3.4.22.
3.1.6. - -, nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20.
REACTOR PHYSICS CONSTANTS CENTER - -, low temperature, alloys, metals,
(RPCC), 3.1.6. 3.3.12.,3.4.21.
283
Subject Index
Retention data, gas chromatographic, Saturation density, cryogenic fluids,

3.6.1.,3.6.2. 3.4.21.
Retrieval Guide to Thermophysical Proper- Scattering cross section, Compton,
ties Research Literature, 3.4.20. gamma, X-ray, 3.2.47.
Review of Metal Literature, 3.4.11. Schweizerischer Nationalfonds, Swit-
Reviews of Modern Physics, 3.1.4.,3.1.15., zerland, 3.3.1.
3.1.16.,3.2.3.,3.2.5. Science Council of Japan, 1.2.3.
Rhodium, catalysis of ethylene hydro- Scintillation technique, application of
genation with, 3.5.3. organic luminescent substances in,
Richardson constant, elements, com- 3.2.49.
pounds, 5.3.31. SECONDARY NUCLEAR DATA CENTERS,
ROCK-FORMING MINERALS, 3.3.11. 4.1.
Rock-forming Minerals and Rocks, Elastic SEIDELL'S SOLUBILITIES OF INORGANIC,
Properties of, 5.2.19. METAL-ORGANIC, AND ORGANIC
Rocks, elastic properties, 5.2.19. COMPOUNDS, 3.4.23.
-, physical properties, 5.2.18. Selected Infrared, Mass, Nuclear Mag-
Rotational constant, see Moment of netic Resonance, Raman and Ultra-
inertia, molecular violet Spectral Data (API RP 44,
Rotational spectra, molecular, see Mo- TRC), see Infrared, Mass, Nuclear
lecular rotational spectra Magnetic Resonance, Raman, and
Rotation, specific optical, see Optical Ultraviolet Spectral Data
rotatory power Selenium, semiconducting properties,
Rounding Numbers, Rules for (ISO), 6.2.2. 3.3.13.
Rowland's Preliminary Table of Solar Semiconducting properties, elements,
Spectrum lV'avelengths, see Solar Spec- inorganic compounds, 3.3.13.
trum 2935 A to 8770 A - - , organic compounds, 5.3.35.
Royal Society, The, U.K., 1.1.2.,1.2.4. - - , solid solutions, 5.3.33.
RPCC Newsletter, 3.1.6. Semiconductors, crystallographic,
Rubber chemicals, ultraviolet spectra, magnetic, mechanical properties,
5.3.13. 3.3.13.
Rubidium, catalysis of ethylene hydro- - , electrical properties, 3.3.13.,5.3.36.
genation with, 3.5.3. -, optical properties, 5.3.36.
Rules for the Use of Units of the Inter- - , semiconducting properties, 2.1.,
national System ~f Units (ISO), 6.2.2. 3.3.13., 5.3.33., 5.3.35., 5.3.36.
SEMICONDUCTORS, SELECTED CONSTAN-
Sadder Research Laboratories, Inc., TES RELATIVE TO, TABLES DE CON-
U.S.A., 3.2.21.,3.2.32.,3.2.41., STANTES SELECTIONNEES, 2.2,3.3.13.
3.2.43. Sesquiterpenoids, optical, physical pro-
Salts, activity properties of water, elec- perties, ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.48.
trolytes in binary water solutions of, Shielding constants, reactor physics,
5.3.53. 3.1.6.
-, solubilities of elements, inorganic Sigma Center, see National Neutron
and organic compounds in, 3.4.23. Cross Section Center, U. S. A.
-, aqueous solutions, thermodynamic (NNCSC)
properties, 3.4.1. Silica minerals, X-ray diffraction data,
-, double, complex, paramagnetic 3.3.10.
relaxation, 3.3.15. Silicate minerals, chemical, crystallo-
-, inorganic, see Inorganic salts graphic, mechanical, physical, opti-
-, molten, density, electrical resistiv- cal properties, 3.3.11.
ity, refractive index, surface tension, - -, mineralogical data, 3.3.10.,
viscosity, 3.4.22. 3.3.11.
284
Subject Index
Silicates, crystal structures, 3.3.2. Solution equilibria (Losungsgleichge-

-, phase diagrams, 3.3.11., 5.3.45. wichte), 2.1.
Silicides, thermodynamic properties, SOLUTION PROPERTIES, 3.4.23.-3.4.26.
3.4.10. Solutions, dielectric properties, 5.3.29.
Silicon (I-IV), atomic energy levels, --, light scattering data, 4.2.4.
multiplet tables, 3.2.1. Solvents, aqueous, non-aqueous; solu-
-, semiconducting properties, 3.3.13. bility of elements, inorganic and or-
Silver, thermodynamic properties, low ganic compounds in, 3.4.23.
temperature, 3.4.14. Space group, see Crystal structure
- and compounds, thermodynamic Space research (Weltraumforschung),
properties, 3.4.8. 2.1.
Sintered materials (Sinterwerkstoffe), Specific gravity, see Density
2.1. Specific heat, see also Heat capacity
SI (Systeme International) Units, see - -, alloys, 3.4.20.
International System of Units - - , argon, 3.4.19.
Slags, thermodynamic properties, - -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
3.4.10. - - , elements, 3.4.20.
Smithsonian Meteorological Tables, 5.2.21. - -, gases, industrial, 3.4.17.
Smithsonian Physical Tables, 5.2.13. - -, nitrogen, 3.4.19.
Soft X-ray spectroscopy, alloys, inter- - - , nonmetallic solids, liquids,
metallic compounds, metals, 4.3.6. gases, 3.4.20.
Solar Spectrum 2935 A to 8770 A, 3.2.1. - -, oxygen, 3.4.19.
Solid solutions, magnetic moments, - -, steam, WMer, 3.4.16.
3.3.15. - -, low temperature, alloys, 3.4.21.
- -, semiconducting properties, - -, - - , metals, 3.4.14.,3.4.21.
5.3.33. Specific rates, elementary processes,
Solid state physics (Festkorperphysik), radiation chemistry, 4.3.3.
2.1. Specific viscosity, see Viscosity
SOLID STATE PROPERTIES, 1.1.1., 3.3., Specific volume, see Volume, specific
5.3.26.-5.3.36. Spectra, gamma-ray production, neu-
Solubility, alloys, binary, 3.4.11. tron induced, 3.1.3.
-, elements in acids, aqueous, non- Spectra of Diatomic, Po{yatomic Molecules,
aqueous solvents, bases, salts, water, Notation for, 6.2.3.
3.4.23. SPECTRAL DATA AND PHYSICAL CON-
-, gases in metals, 3.4.10.,3.4.23. STANTS OF ALKALOIDS, 3.2.23.
-, inorganic compounds in acids, Spectrochemical and other optical ana-
aqueous, non-aqueous solvents, lysis procedures, IUPAC Commis-
bases, salts, water, 3.4.23., 3.4.24., sion on, 5.5.6.
5.3.52. Spectrophotometric absorption data,
-, iron alloys, compounds, solutions, compounds for colorimetric deter-
3.4.10. mination of elements, 5.5.6.
- , metal-ion complexes, inorganic, or- Spectroscopic Data for Diatomic Molecules,
ganic, 3.4.24. Tables de Constantes Silectionnies, 2.2.,
-, minerals, rock-forming, 3.3.11. 3.2.7.
-, organic, organometallic compounds Spectroscopic properties, handbooks,
in acids, aqueous, non-aqueous sol- 5.3.9.-5.3.25.
vents, bases, salts, water, 3.4.23. Spectroscopic values, fundamental,
Solubility Products of Inorganic Substances, IAU Commission 14 on, 6.2.3.
3.4.24. Spectroscopy, index of API RP 44- TRC
Solution, enthalpy (heat) of, see En- selected data on, 2.3.
thalpy (heat) of solution -, nomenclature, units, 6.2.3.
285
Subject Index
Spectrum of the HgH Molecule, 3.2.22. Sublimation, enthalpy, entropy of, see
Spin-parity assignments, 3.1.1., Enthalpy, Entropy of phase change
3.1.16.,3.1.17. Sublimationtemperature,elements,inor-
STABILITY CONSTANTS OF METAL-ION ganic and organic compounds, 3.4.1.
COMPLEXES, 3.4.24. - - , semiconductors, inorganic,
Standard Alcoholimetric Tables, 5.4.20. 3.3.13.
Standard Order of Arrangement of Sulfates, chemical kinetics data, 3.4.13.
Elements, 3.2.16., 3.4.1.-3.4.3., - , density, 3.4.13.
3.4.6.,3.4.7. - , mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
Standards, American Association, - , paramagnetic relaxation, 3.3.15.
6.3.5. - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.,
- , astronomical, 6.2.3. 3.4.13.
- , British Institution, 6.3.5. Sulfides, phase diagrams, 3.4.12.
- , design, 6.1.2. - , properties, ideal gas state, 5.4.2.
- , fundamental, 6.1.1. - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.5.,
- , industrial, 1.1.3.,6.1.2. 3.4.10.
- , infrared wavelength, wavenumber, - , mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
3.2.24.,5.3.14. Sulfur, thermodynamic properties,
- , measurement, 6.1.2. 3.4.5.,3.4.7.
- , neutron cross section measure- Sulfur compounds, infrared spectra,
ments, 3.1.8. 3.2.16.
- , spectroscopic, 3.1.4., 3.2.18., 6.2.3. Sulphosalts, mineralogical data, 3.3.10.
- , State Committee, U. S. S. R., 1.1.3. SUN Commission, see Commission for
- , X-ray wavelength, 3.2.3. Symbols, Units and Nomenclature,
Standard states, conventions, 3.4.1. IUPAP
Stanford University, U.S.A., 3.1.5. SUPERCONDUCTIVE MATERIALS DATA
Stark Effect, 3.2.6. CENTER, 3.3.17.
STATE SERVICE FOR STANDARD AND Superconductive metals, alloys; crystal-
REFERENCE DATA, U.S.S.R. lographic, superconducting, ther-
(GSSSD), 1.1.3. modynamic properties, 3.3.17.,
Status Report: National Standard Refer- 4.3.6.
ence Data System, April 1968, NBS Surface conductance, 4.2.1.
Technical Note 448, 1.1.1. SURFACE TENSION DATA OF PURE
Steam, dissociating, saturated, super- LIQUIDS, 4.2.2.
heated; physic.al, thermodynamic, Surface tension, cryogenic fluids,
transport properties, 3.4.16. 3.4.21., 4.2.2.
Steam Charts, Tables, ICPS, 3.4.16. - - , elements, compounds in steel-
Steelmaking, thermodynamic, physico- making, 3.4.10.
chemical data for, 3.4.10. - - , hydrocarbons, 3.4.2.
Steel, molten, equilibrium constants of - - , molten salts, 3.4.22.
deoxidation reactions in, 4.3.7. - - , pure liquids, 4.2.2.
Steroids, infrared spectra, 3.2.20., Susceptibility, magnetic, see Magnetic
3.2.21. susceptibility
- , NMR spectra, 3.2.42.,3.2.43. Swan System of the C2 Molecule, 3.2.22.
- , nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1. SWEDISH A. B. ATOMENERGI AND THE
- , optical rotatory power, 2.2., 3.6.3. RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF NATIONAL
Stretching (bending) frequency, see DEFENSE, 4.1.3.
Vibrational frequency, molecular SYMBOLS, 6.2.
Structure of Crystals, 3.3.2 - , biological chemistry (bio-
STRUCTURE REPORTS, 3.3.4.,3.3.7. chemistry), 6.3.1.
Strukturbericht, 3.3.4., 3.4.11. - , chemical, 6.1.2.,6.2.3.
286
Subject Index
SYMBOLS, electrical, magnetic, 6.1.2. Tables of Experimental Dipole Moments,

- , electrical technology, 6.2.2. 5.3.30.
- , folic acid, related compounds, Tables of Frequencies of Nuclear Quadru-
6.3.1. pole Resonance, 5.3.25.
- , general principles concerning (ISO) Tables of Interplanar Distances, 5.3.28.
6.2.2. TABLES OF MOLECULAR VIBRATIONAL
- , mathematical, 6.2.2. FREQUENCIES, 3.2.10.
- , physical, 6.1.2.,6.2.2.,6.2.3. Tables of Neutron Resonance Parameters
- , physico-chemical, 6.2.3. and lVeutron Resonance A1aterials, 5.3.5.
- , printing, 6.2.2. Tables of Physical and Chemical Constants
- , standardization of, 6.1.3. and Some A1athematicalFunctions, 5.2.2.
- , transition probability, atomic, Tables of Spectral Lines, 5.3.10.
3.2.2. Tables of Spectral Lines of Neutral and
- , units, 6.1.2.,6.2.2. Ionized Atoms, 5.3.9.
- , terminology and units, IUP AC Tables of Spectrophotometric Absorption
Commission on, 6.2.3. Data of Compounds Used for the Colori-
Symbols, Units and Nomenclature in Phy- metric Determination of Elements,
sics, IUP AP, 6.2.3. 5.5.6.
Symmetric, asymmetric molecules, phy- Tables of Thermal Properties of Gases,
sical constants, 3.2.26. 5.3.41.
Symmetry class, see Crystal structure or Tables of Thermophysical Properties of
Vibrational frequency, molecular Water and Water Vapour, 5.3.55.
Symmetry Groups for X-ray Crystallo- TABLES OF WAVENUMBERS FOR THE
graphy, 3.3.6. CALIBRATION OF INFRARED SPEC-
Systematic Presentation of Isotopes and TROMETERS, 3.2.24.
Reference Diagrams for Nuclides, Tantalum and compounds, thermo-
5.3.6. dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
Taschenbuch fur Chemiker und Physiker,
TABELLEN DER ATOMKERNE, see Nu- 5.2.3.
CLEAR TABLES Technology (Technik), 2.1.
TABLE OF ISOTOPES, 3.1.4. Tellurium, semiconducting properties
Table of Relative Atomic W eights, 3.4.1.,
7
3.3.13.
6.2.3. Temperature-entropy diagrams, indus-
Tables Annuelles de Constantes et Donmies trial gases, 3.4.17.
Numeriques, see Tables de Constantes Temperature scales, Geophysical Lab-
Siiectionnies oratory, 3.4.12.
Tables (Charts) of Thermodynamic Func- - - , International Practical, 3.4.12.,
tions of Air, 3.4.19. 6.2.1.
TABLES DE CONSTANTES SELECTIONNEES, - - , thermodynamic, 6.2.1.
2.2, 3.2.7., 3.2.8., 3.2.48., 3.3.13.- Termolecular reactions, chemical ki-
3.3.16.,3.4.26.,3.5.4.,3.6.3.-3.6.6. netics data, 3.5.2.
Tabies des Isotopes, 5.3.3. Terms in Nuclear Science, 6.3.5.
Tables for Activity Properties of Water and Terpenes, NMR spectra, 3.2.42.
Electrolytes in Binary Water Solutions Terrestrial abundance, distribution of
of Salts, Acids and Alkalis, 5.3.53. minerals, see Occurrence of minerals
Tables for Thermoph)'sical Properties of Texas A & M University, U. S. A., 2.3.,
Gaseous and Liquid .Methane, 5.3.61. 3.2.16., 3.2.17., 3.2.27.-3.2.30.,
TABLES OF BIMOLECULAR GAS REAC- 3.2.35., 3.2.36., 3.2.39., 3.2.40.,
TIONS, 3.5.1.,3.5.2. 3.4.2., 3.4.3., 3.4.24.
Tables of Chemical Kinetics, Homogeneous Thermal conductivity, see Conductivity,
Reactions, 3.5.1. thermal
287
Subject Index
Thermal decomposition, sulfates, 3.4.13. THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES, 1.1.1.,

Thermal diffusivity, alloys, elements, 2.1., 2.3., 3.2.45., 3.3.17., 3.4.1.-
nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20. 3.4.21., 3.4.27., 3.6.7., 4.3.6., 4.3.9.,
Thermal expansion, see Expansion, 5.2.17., 5.3.37.-5.3.66., 5.4.9.,
thermal 5.4.11.
Thermal-neutron capture, 5.3.2. Thermodynamic properties, aliphatic
Thermal Properties of Aqueous Uni-uni- alcohols 2.3.
valent Electrolytes, 3.4.1. - -, alloys, 3.4.9.,3.4.20.,4.3.6.
Thermal Properties of Gases, Tables of, - - , ammonia, 3.4.15.,3.4.17.,
5.3.41. 3.4.18.
Thermal radiative properties, alloys, - -, electrolyte solutions, 4.3.9.
coatings, elements, nonmetallic - - , elements, 2.3., 3.4.1., 3.4.4.-
solids, 3.4.20. 3.4.7.,3.4.10.,3.4.14.,3.4.20.,3.6.7.,
- - - , high temperature materials, 5.3.38.
5.4.4. - -, handbooks of, 5.3.37.-5.3.66.
Thermionic properties, elements, com- - -, hydrocarbons, related com-
pounds, 5.3.31. pounds, 2.3.,3.4.2.,3.4.15.
Thermionic (electronic) work function, - - , inorganic compounds, 2.3.,
see Work function 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.-3.4.7.
Thermochemistry, IUPAC Commission - - ,metals, 3.4.9., 4.3.6.
on, 6.2.3., 6.4.2. - -, minerals, 5.2.17.
THERMOCHEMISTRY FOR STEELMAKING, - - , organic compounds, 2.3., 3.4.1.,
3.4.10. 3.4.3., 3.4.7.
Thermodynamic calculations, key pro- - - , oxides, 3.4.5., 3.4.6., 3.4.10.,
perty values for, 3.4.1. 3.4.14.,5.4.9.
THERMODYNAMIC CONSTANTS OF SUB- - - , oxygen, compounds, 2.3.,
STANCES, 3.4.6., 3.4.7. 3.4.2.,3.4.4.,3.4.7.,3.4.15.
Thermodynamic constants, inorganic, - -, refractory compounds, 5.3.42.,
organic compounds, 3.4.7., 5.3.39. 5.4.9.,5.4.11.
Thermodynamic data, computational - -, steam, water, 2.3.,3.4.2.,3.4.16.
techniques for, 3.4.2.-3.4.4. - - , superconductive metals, alloys,
- -, correlation with molecular struc- 3.3.17.
ture, 3.4.3. - -, titanium compounds, 5.3.44.
- -, for propellant performance cal- - -, low temperature, 3.4.14., 3.4.21.
culations, 3.4.4. THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF AM-
- -, indexes to, 2.3. MONIA, 3.4.18.
- -, mathematical correlating func- THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF CHE-
tions, 3.4.15. MICAL SUBSTANCES, 3.4.6.,3.4.7.
- -, publication of (!UPAC), 6.4.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Combustion
THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS OF AIR, Product Components, 3.4.6.
3.4.19. Thermodynamic Properties of the Elements,
Thermodynamic Functions of Dissociating 3.4.10.,5.3.38.
Steam, 3.4.16. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases,
THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS OF GASES, 5.3.66.
3.4.17. THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF ME-
Thermodynamic functions, calculation TALS AND ALLOYS, SELECTED VAL-
from heat capacity data, 3.4.14. UES FOR, 3.4.9.
- - , calculation for ideal gas state Thermodynamic stability, high melting
from molecular data, 3.2.10., compounds, 5.4.11.
3.4.18. Thermodynamic temperature scale,
- - , computer calculation of, 3.4.19. definition, 6.2.1.
288
Subject Index
Thermodynamics, Consolidated Index Thermophysical Properties of Water in the

of Selected Property Values, 3.4.27. Critical Range, 5.3.56.
-, Index of API RP44-TRC selected THERMOPHYSICAL PROPERTIES RE-
data on, 2.3. SEARCH CENTER (TPRC), 3.4.20.
-, IUPAC Commission on, 6.2.3., Thermophysical Properties Research Liter-
6.4.2. ature: A Retrieval Guide, 3.4.20.
Thermodynamics of Certain Refractory Thiaalkanes, thermodynamic proper-
Compounds, 5.3.42. ties, 3.4.2.
THERMODYNAMICS RESEARCH CENTER Thiols, properties, ideal gas state, 5.4.2.
(TRC), 2.3.,3.2.16.,3.2.17.,3.2.27., - , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.2.
3.2.28., 3.2.29., 3.2.30., 3.2.35., Thorium alloys, phase diagrams,
3.2.36., 3.2.39., 3.2.40., 3.4.2., 5.3.46.
3.4.3. Thresholds, nuclear reactions, 3.1.3.
Thermodynamic Stability of High Melting Tin and compounds, thermodynamic
Compounds, 5.4.11. properties, 3.4.8.
THERMODYNAMIC TABLES PROJECT OF Titanium and compounds, thermo-
THE INTERNATIONAL UNION OF PURE dynamic properties, 3.4.8., 5.3.44.
AND ApPLIED CHEMISTRY, 3.4.15. Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan,
Thermomechanical properties, see 3.6.1.
Transport properties Transference number, electrolyte solu-
Thermophysical Characteristics of Substan- tions, 4.3.9.
ces, 5.3.65. Transients, properties of, 4.3.3.
Thermophysical properties, air, liquid, Transition, enthalpy, entropy of, see
and constituents, 5.3.60. Enthalpy, Entropy of phase change
- - , alkali metals, 5.3.59. Transition metal compounds, magnetic
- - , alloys, 3.4.20., 5.3.63. properties, 2.1.,3.3.14.
- - , carbon dioxide, 5.3.57. Transition probabilities, electronic,
- -, elements, 3.4.20. nuclear states, 3.1.1., 3.1.5., 3.1.14.,
- -, gases, liquids, 5.3.54., 5.3.62. 3.2.2., 3.2.6., 3.2.25.
- -, mercury, 5.3.58. Transition temperature (point),
- -, metals, 5.3.63. elements, 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7.
- -, methane, 5.3.61. - - - , -, compounds in steelmak-
- -, nonmetallic solids, liquids, ing, 3.4.10.
gases, 3.4.20. - - - , hydrocarbons, 3.4.2.
- -, oxides, 3.4.20. - - -, inorganic compounds,
- -, water, 5.3.55., 5.3.56. 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.7.
- - , water vapor, 5.3.55. - - -, organic compounds, 3.4.1.,
Thermophysical Properties of Alkali Me- 3.4.3.,3.4.7.
tals, 5.3.59. - - -, organometallic compounds,
Thermophysical Properties of Carbon Di- 3.4.7.
oxide, 5.3.57. - - -, sulfate decomposition,
Thermophysical Properdes of High Tem- 3.4.13.
perature Solid Materials, 3.4.20. Transmissivity (transmittance) thermal,
Thermophysical Properties of Liquid Air see Thermal radiative properties
and Its Constituents, 5.3.60. TRANSPORT (INCLUDING THERMO-
Thermophysical Properties of Mercury, MECHANICAL, THERMOPHYSrCAL)
5.3.58. PROPERTIES, 1.1.1.,2.1.,3.4.2.,
Thermophysical Properties of Metals and 3.4.16., 3.4.20.-3.4.22., 4.3.5.,
Alloys, 5.3.63. 4.3.9., 5.3.37.-5.3.66.
Thermophysical Properties of Monatomic Transport (thermomechanical) proper-
Gases and Liquids, 5.3.54. ties, electrolyte solutions, 4.3.9.

Subject Index
Transport (thermomechanical) proper- Ultraviolet spectral data, rubber chemi-

ties, handbooks of, 5.3.37.-5.3.66. cals, 5.3.13.
- - - , hydrocarbons, 3.4.2. - - -, sesquiterpenoids, 3.2.48.
- - - , metals, alloys, 3.4.20., 4.3.5. ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA, SADTLER RE-
- - - , steam, water, 3.4.16. SEARCH LABORATORIES, INC., 3.2.32.
Triple point, industrial gases, 3.4.17. Unit cell dimensions, see Crystal struc-
Triterpenes, optical rotatory power, ture
3.6.4. United Kingdom Atomic Energy
Tritium, atomic energy levels, 3.2.1. Authority (UKAEA), 3.1.10.,
- , thermodynamic properties, 3.4.7. 6.3.5.
Tungsten and compounds, thermo- United Nations Educational, Scientific
dynamic properties, 3.4.8. and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO), 3.3.6.
UKAEA Health and Safety Branch, United States Air Force, 3.4.11.
Risley, U.K., 3.1.10. United States Atomic Energy Commis-
UKAEA NUCLEAR DATA LIBRARY, sion (USAEC), 3.1.1,.3.1.3.,3.1.4.,
3.1.10.,3.1.11. 3.1.6.,3.1. 7.,3.1.13.,3.1.15.,3.1.19.,
U.K. National Committee for 3.2.11.,3.4.9.,3.4.11.,4.3.3.
CODATA, 1.1.2.,1.2.4. United States Atomic Energy Commis-
Ultraviolet Multiplet Table, 3.2.1. sion, Division of Technical Infor-
ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA, 2.3., 3.2.6., mation Extension, 3.1.19.
3.2.19., 3.2.23., 3.2.29.-3.2.34., United States Bureau of Mines, 3.4.5.,
3.2.48., 3.2.52., 5.3.11.-5.3.13., 3.4.10.,5.4.2.
see also Molecular electronic spectra United States Calorimetry Conference,
Ultraviolet Spectra of Elastomers and Rub- 6.4.2.
ber Chemicals, 5.3.13. United States Office of Naval Research,
Ultrarliolet Spectra of Hetero-organic Com- 3.1.15.
pounds, 5.3.11. UNITS, 6.2.
ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRAL DATA, SELECT- - , acoustics, 6.2.2.
ED, API RP44, 2.3., 3.2.29., see a/so -, atomic, nuclear physics, 6.2.2.
3.2.30. - , chemical, 6.1.2., 6.2.3.
ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRAL DATA, SELECT- -, clinical chemistry, 6.2.3.
ED, TRC, 2.3., 3.2.30., see also 3.2.29. -, dielectric, 3.2.14.
Ultraviolet spectral data, alkaloids, - , electrical, magnetic, 6.1.2.,6.2.2.
3.2.23. - , general principles concerning (ISO),
- - - , aromatic compounds, 6.2.2.
3.2.33., 3.2.34. -, heat, 6.2.2.
- - - , elastomers, 5.3.13. - , International System (S1), 3.4.16.,
- - - , hydrocarbons, 2.3., 3.2.29. 3.6.7., 6.1.1., 6.2.1., 6.2.2.
- - - , indexes to, 2.3., 3.2.52. - , ionizing radiations, 6.2.2.
- - - , industrial compounds, - , mechanics, 6.2.2.
3.2.32. - , molecular physics, 6.2.2.
- - - , industrial nonhydrocarbon - , nuclear reactions, 6.2.2.
compounds, 2.3., 3.2.30. - , periodic, related phenomena, 6.2.2.
- - - , inorganic compounds, 2.3., - , physical, 6.1.2.,6.2.2.,6.2.3.
3.2.30., 3.2.33. - , physical chemistry, 6.2.2.
- - - , organic compounds, 2.3., - , radiation, light, 6.2.2.
3.2.19., 3.2.30.-3.2.34., 5.3.11.- - , radiological, 6.1.2.
5.3.13. - , spectroscopic, 6.2.3.
- - - , organometallic compounds, - , standardization of, 6.1.3.
2.3., 3.2.29. - , transition probability, atomic, 3.2.2.
290
Subject Index
Universitat Freiburg, Germany-B. R. D. Vapor pressure, inorganic compounds,

3.2.26. 2.3., 3.4.1., 3.4.3., 3.4.5.-3.4.7.
Universitat Giessen, Germany-B. R. D., - -, metals, 3.4.8., 3.4.9.
3.2.49. - -, nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20.
Universitat Heidelberg, Germany- - -, organic compounds, 2.3.,3.4.1.,
B.R.D., 3.1.17. 3.4.3.,3.4.7.
University Chemical Laboratory, Cam- - -, organometallic compounds,
bridge, U.K., 3.3.1.,3.3.7. 3.4.7.
University College, U.K., 3.3.6. Vapour Pressure of the Elements,
University of California, Berkeley, 5.3.37.
U.S.A., 3.1.3., 3.1.4., 3.1.17., Varian Associates, U. S. A., 3.2.42.
3.2.22., 3.3.1., 3.4.5., 3.4.9., 3.5.5. Verdet constant, see Magnetic rotatory
University of Louisville, U. S.A., power
3.2.31. Vibrational constant, molecular, see
University of Manchester, U. K., Force constant, Vibrational fre-
3.3.11. quency, molecular
University of Notre Dame, U. S.A., Vibrational frequency, molecular,
4.3.3. 3.2.10., 3.2.25., 3.4.4.
University of Surrey, U. K., 3.1.5. Vibrational spectra, molecular, see
University of Tokyo, Japan, 3.2.10. Molecular vibrational spectra
University of Wisconsin, U. S.A., 4.2.3. Viscosity, alloys, 3.4.20.
Uranium alloys, phase diagrams, 5.3.46. -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21.
U. S. National Committee for - , elements, 3.4.20.
CODATA, 1.2.5. -, -, compounds in steelmaking,
U. S. S. R. National Committee for 3.4.10.
CODATA, 1.1.3.,1.2.6. -, hydrocarbons, 2.3., 3.4.2.
U. S. S. R. NUCLEAR DATA INFORMATION -, molten salts, 3.4.22.
CENTRE,3.1.8., 3.1.11., 3.1.12., -, nonmetallic solids, 3.4.20.
3.1.19. -, steam, water, 3.4.16.
Utrecht Observatory, Netherlands, VISIBLE REGION SPECTRA, 3.2.31.-
3.2.1. 3.2.33., 3.2.52., 5.3.12., see also Mo-
UV ATLAS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS, lecular electronic spectra
3.2.19.,3.2.34. Visible region spectral data, indexes to,
3.2.52.
Vacuum ultraviolet spectra, 3.2.6. - - - -, industrial compounds,
Vanadium and compounds, thermo- 3.2.32.
dynamic properties, 3.4.5. - - - - , inorganic compounds,
Vaporizable compounds, mass spectra, 3.2.33.
3.2.37. - - - -, organic compounds,
Vaporization, enthalpy, entropy of, see 3.2.31.-3.2.33., 5.3.12.
Enthalpy, Entropy of phase change Vitamins, NMR spectra, 3.2.42.
Vaporization temperature, see Boiling -, nomenclature (IUPAC), 6.3.1.
point (temperature), Sublimation Volume, atomic, nonferrous metals,
temperature 3.4.8.
Vapor pressure, alloys, 3.4.20. -, molar, minerals, 5.2.17.
- -, cryogenic fluids, 3.4.21. -, specific, gases, industrial, 3.4.17.
- -, elements, 3.4.1.,3.4.3.,3.4.5.- -, -, steam, water, 3.4.16.
3.4.7.,3.4.20.,5.3.37.
- -, -, compounds in steelmaking, Water, activity properties in binary
3.4.10. solutions of salts, acids, alkalis,
- -, hydrocarbons, 2.3., 3.4.2. 5.3.53.
19* 291
Subject Index
Water, physical, transport properties, X-ray diffraction data, alloys, 3.3.3.

3.4.16. - - -, crystals, 3.3.3., 3.3.6., 3.3.8.
-, radiation chemistry data, 4.3.3. - - -, inorganic compounds, 3.3.3.
-, solubilities of elements, inorganic - - -, metals, 3.3.3.
and organic compounds in, 3.4.23. - - -, minerals, 3.3.3., 3.3.10.,
-, thermodynamic properties, 2.3., 5.2.17.
3.4.2., 3.4.16. - - -, organic compounds, 3.3.3.,
-, thermophysical properties, 5.3.55., 5.3.15.
5.3.56. - - -, organometallic compounds,
-, vapor, thermophysical properties, 3.3.3.
5.3.55. X-Ray Diffraction Powder Patterns,
Wavelengths of Emission and Disconti- Standard, 3.3.3.
nuities in Absorption ofX-Rays, Tables X-Ray Powder Data File, see Powder
de Constantes Silectionnees, 2.2. Diffraction File
Wavelength standards, infrared, 5.3.14. X-rays, wavelengths of emission and
- -, X-ray, 3.2.3. discontinuities in absorption of,
Wavelength tables, atomic spectra, 2.2.
3.2.4. X-ray spectra, elements, 3.2.3.
Wavenumber tables, for infrared spec- - -, organic compounds, 5.3.15.
trometer calibration, 3.2.24. X-ray structure analysis, polycrystalline
Wayne State University, U. S.A., 4.2.2. materials, 5.3.26.
Wiley, John, and Sons, Inc., 3.2.31., X-ray techniques (R6ntgentechnik),
3.3.10. 2.1.
Work function, elements, compounds, X-RAY WAVELENGTHS AND X-RAY
5.3.31. ATOMIC ENERGY LEVELS, 3.2.3.
- -, semiconductors, inorganic,
3.3.13. Yale University, U. S.A., 3.3.10.
WorId Meteorological Organization Yield, quantum, radiolytic, see Radio-
(WMO), 5.2.22.,6.1.2. lytic yield
Xenon, thermodynamic, transport pro- Zeeman Effect, 3.2.6.

perties, 3.4.15. Zeitschrift fur Kristallographie, 3.3.4.
X-ray absorption, wavelengths of emis- Zentralinstitut fur Kernforschung,
sion and discontinuities in, 2.2. D.D.R., 3.1.2.
X-RAY ATl'ENUATION COEFFICIENT IN- Zinc and compounds, thermodynamic
FORMATION CENTER, 3.2.47. properties, 3.4.8.
X-ray crystallography, physical, chemi- Zirconium and compounds, thermo-
cal, mathematical tables for, 3.3.6. dynamic properties, 3.4.8.
292
Country Index
(Chapters 1-4 inclusive)
Argentina 3.6.6.
Australia 3.1.8.,3.4.25.,3.6.3.,3.6.6.
Austria 3.1.2.,3.1.11.,3.2.33.
Belgium 3.1.11.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.,3.3.8.,3.4.20.
Canada 1.2.1., 3.1.6., 3.2.7.-3.2.9., 3.2.16., 3.3.3.-3.3.5.,
3.4.16.,3.6.3.,3.6.6.
Czechoslovakia 3.2.23.,3.2.33.,3.4.16.
Denmark 3.1.11., 3.4.24.
France 2.2., 3.1.11., 3.2.7., 3.2.8., 3.2.37., 3.2.48., 3.3.13.,
3.3.15., 3.3.16., 3.4.15., 3.4.26., 3.5.4., 3.6.3.-3.6.6.
GermanyBRD 1.2.2., 2.1., 3.1.9., 3.1.11., 3.1.17., 3.2.19., 3.2.26.,
3.2.33.,3.2.34.,3.2.49.,3.2.50.,3.3.14.,3.4.15.,3.4.16.,
3.4.25., 3.6.3., 4.1.4.
DDR 3.1.2.
Hungary 3.2.33.
India 3.4.15.
Israel 3.2.31., 3.3.3.
Italy 3.1.11.
Japan 1.2.3., 3.1.11., 3.2.10., 3.2.16., 3.2.20., 3.2.43., 3.3.1.,
3.3.3., 3.3.4., 3.4.15., 3.4.16., 3.4.20., 3.5.3., 3.6.1.,
3.6.3.,3.6.6.,4.1.5.,4.3.2.,4.3.7.,4.3.8.
Netherlands 3.1.11., 3.1.16., 3.2.1., 3.2.33., 3.3.3., 3.3.8., 3.4.15.,

4.1.4.,4.2.1.
New Zealand 3.1.8.

Norway 3.1.11., 3.3.3.
Poland 3.2.33.
Rumania 3.2.33.
293
Country Index
Spain 3.1.11.,3.6.6.
Sweden 3.1.11., 3.2.7., 3.2.8., 3.4.24., 4.1.3.
Switzerland 3.1.11., 3.2.7., 3.2.8., 3.3.1., 3.4.24., 3.6.3., 3.6.6.
U.K. 1.1.2., 1.2.4., 3.1.5., 3.1.6., 3.1.10., 3.1.11., 3.2.7., 3.2.8.,
3.2.16.,3.2.19., 3.2.33., 3.2.34., 3.2.38., 3.2.44., 3.3.1.,
3.3.3., 3.3.4., 3.3.6.-3.3.11., 3.4.15.-3.4.17., 3.5.2.,
3.6.3.
U.S.A. 1.1.1.,1.2.5.,2.3.,3.1.1.,3.1.3.-3.1.7.,3.1.13.,3.1.15.,
3.1.17.-3.1.19.,3.2.1.-3.2.6.,3.2.11.-3.2.18.,3.2.21.,
3.2.22., 3.2.25., 3.2.27.-3.2.33., 3.2.35.-3.2.37.,
3.2.39.-3.2.42., 3.2.46., 3.2.47., 3.2.51.-3.2.53.,
3.3.1.-3.3.3.,3.3.8.-3.3.10.,3.3.12.,3.3.17., 3.4.1.-
3.4.5.,3.4.9.-3.4.16.,3.4.18., 3.4.20.-3.4.24., 3.4.27.,
3.5.1.,3.5.5.,3.6.2.,3.6.3.,4.2.2.--4.2.4., 4.3.1., 4.3.3.-
4.3.6.,4.3.9.
U.S.S.R. 1.1.3., 1.2.6., 3.1.12., 3.1.14., 3.1.19., 3.2.33., 3.2.45.,
3.3.1., 3.3.4., 3.4.6.-3.4.8., 3.4.15., 3.4.16., 3.4.19.,
3.6.7.
294
International Projects - International Unions Index
International Projects
CINDA 3.1.19.
ENEA 3.1.11.
ICPS 3.4.16.
WMO 5.2.22.
International Unions
International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU)
1.2.,3.2.1., 3.2.6., 3.2.24., 6.1.2., 6.1.3., 6.2.3., 6.3.1.
International Astronomical Union (IAU)
3.2.1., 3.2.7., 3.2.8., 3.2.24., 6.2.3., 6.3.2.
International Union of Biochemistry ClUB)
6.3.1., 6.3.4.
International Union of Crystallography (IUCr)
3.3.1., 3.3.4., 3.3.6., 3.3.10., 6.3.3., 6.4.1.
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUP AC)
2.2.,3.2.1.,3.2.7.,3.2.8.,3.2.15.,3.2.24., 3.2.25., 3.2.36., 3.4.1., 3.4.9., 3.4.15.,
3.4.24.-3.4.26., 3.6.3., 5.5.6., 6.1.2., 6.2.3., 6.3.1., 6.4.2., 6.4.3.
International Union of Pure and Applied Physics (IUPAP)
3.1.1.,3.1.13.,3.1.14., 3.2.1.,3.2.24.,3.4.9.,6.2.1.,6.2.3.
295

1969 Book InternationalCompendiumOfNumer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1969 Book InternationalCompendiumOfNumer

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1969 Book InternationalCompendiumOfNumer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

International Compendium

of Numerical Data Projects

The Committee on Data for Science and Technology

At the time of its establishment in 1966, by the International Council of

the continuous able work of Mrs. BARBARA JAMES, in Washington, D. c.,

Organization and Membership

Chapter 1. National Data Programs and National Committees

1.2. National Committees for CODATA 4

Chapter 2. Centers Covering a Number of Areas of Science

Chapter 3. Continuing Numerical Data Projects and Their

3.2. Atomic and Molecular Properties . 46

Molecular Properties Including Spectra . 55

Infrared and Microwave Spectra . 67

Electronic Spectra - Ultraviolet (UV) and Visible 88

Indexes to Compilations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

3.4.1. Selected Values of Chemical Thermodynamic Properties 147

Solution Properties. . . 191

3.5. Properties Relating to Chemical Reaction Rates. 197

3.6. Miscellaneous Projects and Their Publications 202

Chapter 4. New and Secondary Centers

4.3. Other Specialized Centers 213

Chapter S. Handbooks and Other Sources of Useful Tabular Data

Chapter 6. Physical Quantities, Units and Symbols;

6.3. Nomenclature.................. 236

Author Index 241

Subject Index 249

Country Index 293

International Projects - International Unions Index 295

This International Compendium of Numerical Data Projects is a key part

The primary emphasis is on projects that systematically extract, evaluate,

ACA American Crystallographic Association

GSSSD Gosudarstevennaya Sluzhba Standartnykh i Spravoch-

ORNL Oak Ridge National Laboratory, U. S. A.

National Data Programs and National Committees

1.1. National Data Programs

1.1.1. National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS):

cularly those sponsored by Federal Government agencies. The Office has

1.1.2. Office for Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI):

1.1.3. The State Service for Standard and Reference Data

data. To support its function as an information center, it is developing

1.2. National Committees for CODATA

1.2.1. The Canadian National Committee for CODATA

1.2.2. The German National Committee for CODATA

1.2.3. The Japanese National Committee for CODATA

1.2.4. The U.K. National Committee for CODATA

1.2.5. The U.S. National Committee for CODATA

1.2.6. The U. S. S. R. National Committee for CODATA

Centers Covering a Number of Areas of Science

such a comprehensive coverage of all fields of science. Beginning in 1961,

Description of the volumes listed under "New Series" are to be found

Part 3, Elektrotechnik, Lichttechnik, Rontgentechnik, 1957, XVI, 1076 pp,

LANDOLT-BoRNSTEIN: Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschajten und Tech-

Group I: Kernphysik und Kerntechnik - Nuclear Physics and Technology.

Group II: Atom- und Molekularphysik - Atomic and Molecular Physics.

Vol. 2 (Supplement and extension to Vol. III{1), Elastische, piezoelektrische,

2.2. Tables de Constantes Selectionnees

The subject matter of a given monograph, both as to substance and pro-

Vol. 15. Donnees relatives aux Sesquiterpenoides - Data relative to Sesquiter-

2.3. Thermodynamics Research Center

2.3.1. The American Petroleum Institute Research Project 44